جغرافیه صنف دهم

‫ﺟﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴـﻪ‬
‫ﻣﻌﺎﺭﻑ‬
‫ﻭﺯﺍﺭﺕ ﺎ ﻑ‬
‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺩﺭﺳﻰ ﻣﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺯﺍﺭﺕ ﻣﻌﺎﺭﻑ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﺧﺮﻳﺪ ﻭ ﻓﺮﻭﺵ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﺯﺍﺭ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻴﻨﻴﺖ ﺍﻧﻜﺸﺎﻑ ﻧﺼﺎﺏ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﻲ‪،‬‬
‫ﺗﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﻣﻌﻠﻢ ﻭ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺳﺎﻳﻨﺲ‬
‫ﺭﻳﺎﺳﺖ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺍﻧﻜﺸﺎﻑ ﻧﺼﺎﺏ‬
‫ﺻﻨﻒ ‪10‬‬ ‫ﺟﺪﺍ ً ﻣﻤﻨﻮﻉ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺑﺎ ﻣﺘﺨﻠﻔﻴﻦ ﺑﺮﺧﻮﺭﺩ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻧﻰ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﻰ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﻰ ﻭ ﺗﺄﻟﻴﻒ ﻛﺘﺐ ﺩﺭﺳﻰ‬
‫ﺟﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴـﻪ ﺻـﻨﻒ ‪10‬‬
‫ﻫـ ‪ .‬ﺵ‬ ‫‪1390‬‬
‫‪www.ael.af‬‬
‫ﻣﻌﺎﺭﻑ‬
‫ﻭﺯﺍﺭﺕ ﺎ ﻑ‬
‫ﺍ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻴﻨﻴﺖ ﺍﻧﻜﺸﺎﻑ ﻧﺼﺎﺏ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﻲ‪ ،‬ﺗﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﻣﻌﻠﻢ‬
‫ﻭ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺳﺎﻳﻨﺲ‬
‫ﺭﻳﺎﺳﺖ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺍﻧﻜﺸﺎﻑ ﻧﺼﺎﺏ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﻰ ﻭ‬
‫ﺗﺄﻟﻴﻒ ﻛﺘﺐ ﺩﺭﺳﻰ‬
‫ﺟﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﻪ‬
‫ﺻﻨﻒ ﺩﻫﻢ‬
‫ﺳﺎﻝ ﭼﺎپ‪1390 :‬ﻫـ ‪ .‬ﺵ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻒ‬
‫‪Introduction & Contents.indd 1‬‬ ‫‪8/15/2011 3:48:42 PM‬‬
‫ﻣﺆﻟﻔﺎﻥ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﭘﻮﻫﺎﻧﺪ ﺩﺍﻛﺘﺮ ﻏﻼﻡ ﺟﻴﻼﻧﻰ ﻋﺎﺭﺽ‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﺆﻟﻒ ﺳﺎﻣﻌﻪ ﻭﺍﻋﻆ‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﻌﺎﻭﻥ ﺳﺮ ﻣﺆﻟﻒ ﺷﻜﻴﻼ ﺣﺒﻴﺐ‬
‫ﺍﻳﺪﻳﺖ ﻋﻠﻤﻰ ﻭ ﻣﺴﻠﻜﻰ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -‬ﭘﻮﻫﺎﻧﺪ ﻏﻼﻡ ﺟﻴﻼﻧﻰ ﻋﺎﺭﺽ‬
‫‪ -‬ﺳﺮ ﻣﻮﻟﻒ ﻧﺠﻴﺐ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻣﻴﻦ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻥ‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﻌﺎﻭﻥ ﺳﺮﻣﺆﻟﻒ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﺭﻓﻴﻖ ﻣﻮﻣﻨﺪ‬
‫‪ -‬ﻋﺰﺕ ﺍﷲ ﺳﺎﻟﻤﻰ ﻭﺭﺩگ‬
‫ﺍﻳﺪﻳﺖ ﺯﺑﺎﻧﻰ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﻋﻈﻴﻢ ﺻﺎﺩﻗﻴﺎﺭ‬
‫ﻛﻤﻴﺘﺔ ﺩﻳﻨﻰ‪ ،‬ﺳﻴﺎﺳﻰ ﻭ ﻓﺮﻫﻨﮕﻰ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -‬ﺩﺍﻛﺘﺮ ﻋﻄﺎء ﺍﷲ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﻳﺎﺭ ﻣﺸﺎﻭﺭ ﺍﺭﺷﺪ ﻭﺯﺍﺭﺕ ﻣﻌﺎﺭﻑ ﻭ ﺭﺋﻴﺲ ﻧﺸﺮﺍﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﻮﻟﻮﻯ ﺧﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﷲ ﻓﻴﺮﻭﺯﻯ‬
‫‪ -‬ﺣﺒﻴﺐ ﺍﷲ ﺭﺍﺣﻞ ﻣﺸﺎﻭﺭ ﻭﺯﺍﺭﺕ ﻣﻌﺎﺭﻑ ﺩﺭ ﺭﻳﺎﺳﺖ ﻧﺼﺎﺏ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﻰ‬
‫ﻛﻤﻴﺘﺔ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺩﻛﺘﻮﺭ ﺍﺳﺪﺍﷲ ﻣﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﺍﻧﻜﺸﺎﻑ ﻧﺼﺎﺏ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﻰ‪ ،‬ﺗﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﻣﻌﻠﻢ ﻭ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺳﺎﻳﻨﺲ‬
‫‪ -‬ﺩﻛﺘﻮﺭ ﺷﻴﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻇﺮﻳﻔﻰ ﻣﺴﺆﻭﻝ ﭘﺮﻭژﻩ ﺍﻧﻜﺸﺎﻑ ﻧﺼﺎﺏ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﻰ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺳﺮﻣﺆﻟﻒ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮ ﮔﻠﺴﺘﺎﻧﻰ ﺭﺋﻴﺲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻰ ﺍﻧﻜﺸﺎﻑ ﻧﺼﺎﺏ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﻰ ﻭ ﺗﺄﻟﻴﻒ ﻛﺘﺐ ﺩﺭﺳﻰ‬
‫ﻃﺮﺡ ﻭ ﺩﻳﺰﺍﻳﻦ‪:‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺎﻳﺖ ﺍﷲ ﻏﻔﺎﺭﻯ‬
‫ﺏ‬
‫ﺝ‬
Introduction & Contents.indd 3 8/15/2011 3:48:47 PM
www.ael.af
‫ﺳﺮود ﻣﻠﯽ‬
‫دا ﻋﺰت د ﻫـــﺮ اﻓﻐﺎن دى‬ ‫دا وﻃﻦ اﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘـــﺎن دى‬
‫ﻫﺮ ﺑﭽﯽ ﻳ‪ ３‬ﻗﻬﺮﻣــــــﺎن دى‬ ‫ﮐﻮر د ﺳﻮﻟ‪ ３‬ﮐﻮر د ﺗﻮرې‬
‫د ﺑﻠﻮ＇ــــﻮ د ازﺑﮑــــــــــــﻮ‬ ‫دا وﻃﻦ د ！ﻮﻟﻮ ﮐـﻮر دى‬
‫د ﺗﺮﮐﻤﻨــــــــﻮ د ﺗﺎﺟﮑــــــﻮ‬ ‫د ﭘ‪＋‬ﺘــــﻮن او ﻫﺰاره وو‬
‫ﭘﺎﻣﻴــﺮﻳﺎن‪ ،‬ﻧــﻮرﺳﺘﺎﻧﻴــــﺎن‬ ‫ورﺳﺮه ﻋﺮب‪－ ،‬ﻮﺟــﺮ دي‬
‫ﻫﻢ اﻳﻤــﺎق‪ ،‬ﻫﻢ ﭘﺸـﻪ ‪４‬ــﺎن‬ ‫ﺑﺮاﻫﻮي دي‪ ،‬ﻗﺰﻟﺒﺎش دي‬
‫ﻟﮑــﻪ ﻟﻤـﺮ ﭘﺮ ﺷﻨﻪ آﺳﻤـــﺎن‬ ‫دا ﻫﻴـــﻮاد ﺑﻪ ﺗﻞ ‪＄‬ﻠﻴ‪８‬ي‬
‫ﻟﮑـﻪ زړه وي ﺟــﺎوﻳــﺪان‬ ‫ﭘﻪ ﺳﻴﻨــﻪ ﮐ‪ ３‬د آﺳﻴـــﺎ ﺑﻪ‬
‫واﻳﻮ اﷲ اﮐﺒﺮ واﻳﻮ اﷲ اﮐﺒﺮ‬ ‫ﻧﻮم د ﺣﻖ ﻣﻮ دى رﻫﺒـــﺮ‬
‫ﺩ‬
‫ﺑﺴﻢ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻤﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻴﻢ‬
‫ﭘﻴﺎﻡ ﻭﺯﻳﺮ ﻣﻌﺎﺭﻑ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻠﻤﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺷﺎﮔﺮﺩﺍﻥ ﻋﺰﻳﺰ‪،‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻢ ﻭ ﺗﺮﺑﻴﻪ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺍﻧﻜﺸﺎﻑ ﻭ ﺗﻮﺳﻌﺔ ﻫﺮ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﻣﻰ ﺩﻫﺪ‪ ،‬ﻧﺼﺎﺏ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﻰ ﻳﻜﻰ ﺍﺯ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ‬
‫ﻣﻬﻢ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻢ ﻭ ﺗﺮﺑﻴﻪ ﻣﻰ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺍﻧﻜﺸﺎﻓﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻤﻰ ﻣﻌﺎﺻﺮ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺎﺯﻣﻨﺪﻯﻫﺎﻯ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﻪ ﻭﺿﻊ ﻣﻰﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﺿﺢ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻧﻜﺸﺎﻓﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻤﻰ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺎﺯﻣﻨﺪﻯﻫﺎﻯ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﻪ ﻫﻤﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺗ ََﻄ ﱡﻮﺭ ﻣﻰﺑﺎﺷﺪ؛ ﺑﻨﺎ ًء ﻻﺯﻡ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺖ ﻧﺼﺎﺏ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﻰ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻋﻠﻤﻰ ﻭ ﺩﻗﻴﻖ ﺍﻧﻜﺸﺎﻑ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﺒﺘﻪ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﻧﺼﺎﺏ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﻰ ﺗﺎﺑﻊ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺳﻴﺎﺳﻰ‪ ،‬ﻧﻈﺮﻳﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺗﻤﺎﻳﻼﺕ ﺍﺷﺨﺎﺹ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻰ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺳﺘﺮﺱ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮ ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻭ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪،‬‬
‫ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻤﻰ ﻣﻔﻴﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻧﮕﻪ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻦ ﺷﺎﮔﺮﺩﺍﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺗﺪﺭﻳﺲ ﺟﺰء ﭘﻼﻥ‬
‫ﺗﺪﺭﻳﺲ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻣﻴﺪﻭﺍﺭﻡ ﺗﺪﺭﻳﺲ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﺵﻫﺎﻯ ﺁﻣﻮﺯﺵ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺭﻫﻨﻤﻮﺩ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﭘﻼﻥ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﻰ‬
‫ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﺎﻯ ﺷﺎﮔﺮﺩﺍﻥ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻢ ﻭ ﺗﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﺑﺎ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ ﺩﺧﺘﺮﺍﻥ ﻭ ﭘﺴﺮﺍﻥ ﺧﻮﺩ‬
‫ﻫﻤﻜﺎﺭﻯ ﻣﺘﺪﺍﻭﻡ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺗﺎ ﺍﻫﺪﺍﻑ ﻭ ﺁﺭﺯﻭﻫﺎﻯ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﻣﻌﺎﺭﻑ ﺑﺮﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ ﻭ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻫﺎﻯ‬
‫ﺧﻮﺑﻰ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺷﺎﮔﺮﺩﺍﻥ ﻭ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﻣﺎ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻭﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﻡ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻌﻠﻤﺎﻥ ﮔﺮﺍﻧﻘﺪﺭ ﻣﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﻣﺆﺛﺮ ﻧﺼﺎﺏ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﻰ ﻣﺴﺆﻭﻟﻴﺖ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺻﺎﺩﻗﺎﻧﻪ ﺍﺩﺍ‬
‫ﻣﻰﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺯﺍﺭﺕ ﻣﻌﺎﺭﻑ ﻫﻤﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﺗﻼﺵ ﻣﻰ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻧﺼﺎﺏ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﻰ ﻣﻌﺎﺭﻑ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺍﺳﺎﺳﺎﺕ ﺩﻳﻦ ﻣﺒﻴﻦ ﺍﺳﻼﻡ‪،‬‬
‫ﺣﺲ ﻭﻃﻦ ﺩﻭﺳﺘﻰ ﻭ ﻣﻌﻴﺎﺭ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻋﻠﻤﻰ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻈﺮﺩﺍﺷﺖ ﻧﻴﺎﺯﻣﻨﺪﻯ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻣُﺒﺮﻡ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﺔ ﻣﺎ ﺍﻧﻜﺸﺎﻑ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻋﺮﺻﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺷﺨﺼﻴﺖﻫﺎﻯ ﻋﻠﻤﻰ ﻭ ﺩﺍﻧﺸﻤﻨﺪﺍﻥ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻢ ﻭ ﺗﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﻭ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﺎﻯ ﻣﺤﺘﺮﻡ ﺷﺎﮔﺮﺩﺍﻥ‬
‫ﺗﻤﻨﺎ ﺩﺍﺭﻡ‪ ،‬ﺗﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﺔ ﻧﻈﺮﻳﺎﺕ ﻭ ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺳﺎﻟﻢ ﻭ ﻣﻔﻴﺪ ﺧﻮﻳﺶ ﻣﺆﻟﻔﺎﻥ ﻣﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻬﺒﻮﺩ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺗﺄﻟﻴﻒ‬
‫ﻛﺘﺐ ﺩﺭﺳﻰ ﻳﺎﺭﻯ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﻫﻤﺔ ﺩﺍﻧﺸﻤﻨﺪﺍﻧﻰ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻭ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺳﻬﻢ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺍﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺆﺳﺴﺎﺕ ﻣﺤﺘﺮﻡ ﻣﻠﻰ ﻭ‬
‫ﺑﻴﻦﺍﻟﻤﻠﻠﻰ ﻭ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺩﻭﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻭ ﺗﺪﻭﻳﻦ ﻧﺼﺎﺏ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﻰ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﻭ ﻃﺒﻊ ﻭ ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﻛﺘﺐ‬
‫ﺩﺭﺳﻰ ﻫﻤﻜﺎﺭﻯ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺻﻤﻴﻤﺎﻧﻪ ﺍﻇﻬﺎﺭ ﺍﻣﺘﻨﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻗﺪﺭﺩﺍﻧﻰ ﻣﻰﻧﻤﺎﻳﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭ ﻣﻦ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻓﻴﻖ‬
‫ﻓﺎﺭﻭﻕ ﻭﺭﺩگ‬
‫ﻭﺯﻳﺮ ﻣﻌﺎﺭﻑ ﺟﻤﻬﻮﺭﻯ ﺍﺳﻼﻣﻰ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻫـ‬
‫ﻓﻬـــﺮﺳﺖ‬
‫‪2-1‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺍﻭﻝ – ﻣﺒﺎﺩﻯ‬
‫‪6-3‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭﺱ ﺍﻭﻝ – ﻧﻘﺸﻪ‪ ،‬ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻰ ﻭ ﺳﻴﺎﺳﻰ‬
‫‪8-7‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭﺱ ﺩﻭﻡ – ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻯ ﻭ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﻮﺍﺻﻼﺗﻰ‪.‬‬
‫‪10-9‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭﺱ ﺳﻮﻡ ‪ -‬ﻣﻘﻴﺎﺱ‬
‫‪13-11‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭﺱ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﻡ – ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺭﻧﮓ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ‬
‫‪17-14‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭﺱ ﭘﻨﺠﻢ – ﺍﺭﺗﺴﺎﻡ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ‬
‫‪20-18‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭﺱ ﺷﺸﻢ – ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻓﻮﺗﻮﻫﺎﻯ ﺍﻗﻤﺎﺭ ﻣﺼﻨﻮﻋﻰ‬
‫‪22-21‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺩﻭﻡ – ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻢ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ‬
‫‪26-23‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭﺱ ﻫﻔﺘﻢ – ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻢ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻓﻜﺘﻮﺭ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﻬﻢ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻤﻰ‬
‫‪30-27‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭﺱ ﻫﺸﺘﻢ – ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ‬
‫‪34-31‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭﺱ ﻧﻬﻢ – ﺭﻃﻮﺑﺖ‬
‫‪38-35‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭﺱ ﺩﻫﻢ‪ -‬ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻤﻰ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ‬
‫‪42-39‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭﺱ ﻳﺎﺯﺩﻫﻢ – ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻢ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﺳﺘﭗ‬
‫‪44-43‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺳﻮﻡ – ﻛﻮﻩ ﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺩﺷﺖ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻫﺎ‬
‫‪46-45‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭﺱ ﺩﻭﺍﺯﺩﻫﻢ – ﻭﺿﻊ ﺟﻴﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﻜﻰ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ‬
‫‪50-47‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭﺱ ﺳﻴﺰﺩﻫﻢ‪ -‬ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺍﺷﻜﺎﻝ ﺍﺭﺍﺿﻰ‬
‫‪52-51‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭﺱ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﺩﻫﻢ‪ -‬ﺳﻠﺴﻪ ﺟﺒﺎﻝ ﻭ ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺖ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻧﺪﻩ ﮔﻰ‬
‫‪56-53‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭﺱ ﭘﺎﻧﺰﺩﻫﻢ‪ -‬ﺳﻠﺴﻠﻪ ﻫﻨﺪﻭﻛﺶ‬
‫‪60-57‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭﺱ ﺷﺎﻧﺰﺩﻫﻢ¬ ﻛﻮﻩ ﺑﺎﺑﺎ‬
‫‪62-61‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭﺱ ﻫﻔﺪﻩ ﻫﻢ‪ -‬ﻛﻮﻩ ﺳﻠﻴﻤﺎﻥ‬
‫‪64-63‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭﺱ ﻫﺠﺪﻩ ﻫﻢ‪ -‬ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﻫﻤﻮﺍﺭ‪ -‬ﺩﺷﺖ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺭﻳﮕﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﻫﺎ‬
‫‪68-65‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭﺱ ﻧﺰﺩﻫﻢ – ﺣﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ‬
‫‪72-69‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭﺱ ﺑﻴﺴﺘﻢ‪ -‬ﺟﻨﮕﻼﺕ‬
‫‪76-73‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭﺱ ﺑﻴﺴﺖ ﻭﻳﻜﻢ‪ -‬ﻓﺮﺵ ﻧﺒﺎﺗﻰ‬
‫‪78-77‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭﺱ ﺑﻴﺴﺖ ﻭ ﺩﻭﻡ‪ -‬ﮔﺮﺩﺵ ﺁﺏ ﺩﺭ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻴﺖ )ﺳﺎﻳﻜﻞ ﺁﺏ(‬
‫‪82-79‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭﺱ ﺑﻴﺴﺖ ﻭ ﺳﻮﻡ‪ -‬ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺖ ﺁﺏ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩ ﺯﺭﺍﻋﺘﻰ‪ ،‬ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺍﻧﺮژﻯ ﻭ ﺣﻴﺎﺕ‬
‫‪86-83‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭﺱ ﺑﻴﺴﺖ ﻭﭼﻬﺎﺭﻡ‪ -‬ﺣﻮﺯﺭﻩ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺁﺑﮕﻴﺮ‬
‫‪90-87‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭﺱ ﺑﻴﺴﺖ ﻭ ﭘﻨﺠﻢ‪ -‬ﺣﻮﺯﻩ ﺁﻣﻮ‬
‫‪94-91‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭﺱ ﺑﻴﺴﺖ ﻭ ﺷﺸﻢ‪ -‬ﺣﻮﺯﻩ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ‬
‫‪98-95‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭﺱ ﺑﻴﺴﺖ ﻭ ﻫﻔﺘﻢ‪ -‬ﺣﻮﺯﻩ ﺁﺑﮕﻴﺮ ﻫﻠﻤﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﺎﻥ‬
‫‪102-99‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭﺱ ﺑﻴﺴﺖ ﻭﻫﺸﺘﻢ‪ -‬ﺣﻮﺯﻩ ﻫﺮﻳﺮﻭﺩ‬
‫‪106-103‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭﺱ ﺑﻴﺴﺖ ﻭ ﻧﻬﻢ‪ -‬ﺣﻮﺯﻩ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ‬
‫‪111-107‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭﺱ ﺳﻰ ﺍﻡ‪ -‬ﺟﻬﻴﻞ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﻌﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ‬
‫‪114-112‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭﺱ ﺳﻰ ﻭ ﻳﻜﻢ‪ -‬ﺧﺸﻜﺴﺎﻟﻰ ﻭ ﻛﻤﺒﻮﺩ ﺁﺏ‬
‫‪116-115‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﻡ‪ -‬ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﺯﻳﺴﺖ‬
‫‪120-117‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭﺱ ﺳﻰ ﻭ ﺩﻭﻡ‪ -‬ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻰ‬
‫‪124-121‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭﺱ ﺳﻰ ﻭ ﺳﻮﻡ‪ -‬ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﺟﻨﮕﻼﺕ‬
‫‪128-125‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭﺱ ﺳﻰ ﻭ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﻡ‪ -‬ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﺣﻴﺎﺕ ﻭﺣﺶ‬
‫ﻭ‬
‫‪130-129‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭﺱ ﺳﻰ ﻭ ﭘﻨﺠﻢ‪ -‬ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﺁﺏ‪ ،‬ﺧﺎﻙ ﻭ ﻫﻮﺍ‬
‫‪134-131‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭﺱ ﺳﻰ ﻭ ﺷﺸﻢ‪ -‬ﺁﻟﻮﺩﻩ ﮔﻰ ﻫﻮﺍﻯ ﺷﻬﺮ‬
‫‪136-135‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭﺱ ﺳﻰ ﻭ ﻫﻔﺘﻢ‪ -‬ﺍﺯ ﺩﻳﺎﺩ ﻋﺮﺍﺩﻩ ﺟﺎﺕ ﻛﻬﻨﻪ ﻭ ﺁﻟﻮﺩﻩ ﮔﻰ ﺷﻬﺮ‬
‫‪138-137‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭﺱ ﺳﻰ ﻭ ﻫﺸﺘﻢ‪ -‬ﺧﺮﺍﺑﻰ ﻭ ﺁﻟﻮﺩﻩ ﮔﻰ ﺟﺎﺩﻩ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻛﻮﭼﻪ ﻫﺎ‬
‫‪140-139‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﭘﻨﺠﻢ‪ -‬ﺁﻓﺎﺕ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻰ‬
‫‪142-141‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭﺱ ﺳﻲ ﻭ ﻧﻬﻢ‪ -‬ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ‬
‫‪145-143‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭﺱ ﭼﻬﻠﻢ‪ -‬ﺧﻄﺮﺍﺕ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ‬
‫‪148-146‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭﺱ ﭼﻬﻞ ﻭﻳﻜﻢ‪ -‬ﺳﻨﺠﺶ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ‬
‫‪150-149‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭﺱ ﭼﻬﻞ ﻭ ﺩﻭﻡ‪ -‬ﺣﻮﺯﻩ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﺧﻴﺰ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ‬
‫‪152-151‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭﺱ ﭼﻬﻞ ﻭ ﺳﻮﻡ‪ -‬ﺳﻴﻼﺏ‬
‫‪154-153‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭﺱ ﭼﻬﻞ ﻭ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﻡ‪ -‬ﺧﻄﺮﺍﺕ ﺳﻴﻞ ﻭ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻠﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ‬
‫‪156-155‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭﺱ ﭼﻬﻞ ﻭ ﭘﻨﺠﻢ‪ -‬ﺁﺗﺸﻔﺸﺎﻥ‬
‫‪158-157‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭﺱ ﭼﻬﻞ ﻭ ﺷﺸﻢ‪ -‬ﺣﻮﺯﻩ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺁﺗﺸﻔﺸﺎﻧﻰ ﻗﺒﻠﻰ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ‬
‫‪160-159‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺷﺸﻢ‪ -‬ﻛﻬﻜﺸﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺳﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻭ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ‬
‫‪164-161‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭﺱ ﭼﻬﻞ ﻭ ﻫﻔﺘﻢ‪ -‬ﻧﻈﺮﻳﺎﺕ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﭘﻴﺪﺍﻳﺶ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ‬
‫‪168-165‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭﺱ ﭼﻬﻞ ﻭ ﻫﺸﺘﻢ‪ -‬ﻛﻬﻜﺸﺎﻥ‬
‫‪170-169‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭﺱ ﭼﻬﻞ ﻭ ﻧﻬﻢ‪ -‬ﻣﻨﻈﻮﻣﻪ ﺷﻤﺴﻰ‬
‫‪174-171‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭﺱ ﭘﻨﺠﺎﻩ ﺍﻡ‪ -‬ﺳﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﻣﻪ ﺷﻤﺴﻰ‬
‫‪178-175‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭﺱ ﭘﻨﺠﺎﻩ ﻭﻳﻜﻢ‪ -‬ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻥ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ‬
‫‪180-179‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭﺱ ﭘﻨﺠﺎﻩ ﻭﺩﻭﻡ‪ -‬ﺩﺭ ﻳﺎﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﻌﺮﻭﻑ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ‬
‫‪182-181‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭﺱ ﭘﻨﺠﺎﻩ ﻭﺳﻮﻡ‪ -‬ﭘﺴﺘﻰ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺑﻠﻨﺪﻯ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﺧﺸﻜﺔ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ‬
‫‪184-183‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭﺱ ﭘﻨﺠﺎﻩ ﻭﭼﻬﺎﺭﻡ‪ -‬ﻣﻬﺘﺎﺏ ﻭ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻰ ﺁﻥ‬
‫‪186-185‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭﺱ ﭘﻨﺠﺎﻩ ﻭﭘﻨﺠﻢ‪ -‬ﺧﺴﻮﻑ ﻭ ﻛﺴﻮﻑ‬
‫‪190-187‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭﺱ ﭘﻨﺠﺎﻩ ﻭﺷﺸﻢ‪ -‬ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ‬
‫‪194-191‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭﺱ ﭘﻨﺠﺎﻩ ﻭﻫﻔﺘﻢ‪ -‬ﻛﻤﻴﺎﺕ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺔ ﺟﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺎﻳﻰ‬
‫‪196-195‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﻫﻔﺘﻢ‪-‬‬
‫‪200-197‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭﺱ ﭘﻨﺠﺎﻩ ﻭﻫﺸﺘﻢ‪ -‬ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻢ ﭼﻴﺴﺖ‬
‫‪204-201‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭﺱ ﭘﻨﺠﺎﻩ ﻭﻧﻬﻢ‪ -‬ﻭﺯﺵ ﺑﺎﺩﻫﺎ‬
‫‪208-205‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭﺱ ﺷﺼﺘﻢ‪ -‬ﻋﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﻣﺆﺛﺮ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻢ‬
‫‪214-209‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭﺱ ﺷﺼﺖ ﻭﻳﻜﻢ‪ -‬ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻢ‬
‫‪216-215‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭﺱ ﺷﺼﺖ ﻭﺩﻭﻡ‪ -‬ﻃﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﺁﺗﻤﻮﺳﻔﻴﺮ‬
‫‪218-217‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭﺱ ﺷﺼﺖ ﻭﺳﻮﻡ‪ -‬ﺁﺗﻤﻮﺳﻔﻴﺮ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ‬
‫‪220-219‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭﺱ ﺷﺼﺖ ﻭﭼﻬﺎﺭﻡ‪ -‬ﻧﻘﺶ ﺁﺗﻤﻮﺳﻔﻴﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻢ‬
‫‪222-221‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭﺱ ﺷﺼﺖ ﻭﭘﻨﺠﻢ‪ -‬ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺳﻨﺠﺶ ﻭ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﺍﺕ ﻫﻮﺍﺷﻨﺎﺳﻰ‬
‫‪226-223‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭﺱ ﺷﺼﺖ ﻭﺷﺸﻢ‪ -‬ﭼﮕﻮﻧﮕﻰ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﺑﺎﺩ‬
‫‪228-227‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭﺱ ﺷﺼﺖ ﻭﻫﻔﺘﻢ‪ -‬ﺍﺑﺮ ﺑﻨﺪﻯ ﻫﺎ ‪Clouds‬‬
‫‪232-229‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭﺱ ﺷﺼﺖ ﻭﻫﺸﺘﻢ‪ -‬ﺗﻐﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺑﺎﺭﻧﺪﻩﮔﻰ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ‬
‫ﺯ‬
‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺍﻭﻝ ‪ -‬ﻣﺒﺎﺩﻯ‬
‫‪ 1,1‬ﻣﻔﺎﻫﻴﻢ ﻭ ﺍﺻﻄﻼﺣﺎﺕ‪:‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﻳﻦ ﻓﺼﻞ ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮ ﺭﺷﺪ ﻓﻜﺮﻯ ﺷﺎﮔﺮﺩﺍﻥ ﻣﻔﺎﻫﻴﻢ ﻭ ﺍﺻﻄﻼﺣﺎﺕ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺖ ﺧﺎﺹ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻧﺎﻡ ﻣﻴﮕﻴﺮﻳﻢ‪:‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺱ ﺍﻭﻝ‪ :‬ﻧﻘﺸﻪ‬ ‫‬
‫ﺩﺭﺱ ﺩﻭﻡ‪ :‬ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻰ ﻭ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺳﻴﺎﺳﻰ‬ ‫‬
‫ﺩﺭﺱ ﺳﻮﻡ‪ :‬ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻯ ﻭ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﻮﺍﺻﻼﺗﻰ‬ ‫‬
‫ﺩﺭﺱ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﻡ‪ :‬ﻣﻘﻴﺎﺳﻬﺎ‬ ‫‬
‫ﺩﺭﺱ ﭘﻨﺠﻢ‪ :‬ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺭﻧﮓ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ‬ ‫‬
‫ﺩﺭﺱ ﺷﺸﻢ‪ :‬ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺟﻬﺎﺕ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ‬ ‫‬
‫ﺩﺭﺱ ﻫﻔﺘﻢ‪ :‬ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺗﺮﺳﻴﻢ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ‬ ‫‬
‫ﺩﺭﺱ ﻫﺸﺘﻢ‪ :‬ﺗﺼﺎﻭﻳﺮ ﻣﺎﻫﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﻳﻰ )ﺍﻗﻤﺎﺭﻣﺼﻨﻮﻋﻰ(‬ ‫‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪G10 Fasli (1).indd 1‬‬ ‫‪8/15/2011 3:55:48 PM‬‬
‫ﺩﺍﻧﺴﺘﻦ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻔﺎﻫﻴﻢ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺷﺎﮔﺮﺩﺍﻥ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﻯ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ‪ ،‬ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﺑﻜﻤﻚ ﺁﻥ ﺷﺎﮔﺮﺩﺍﻥ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺟﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺎﻳﻰ ﺁﺷﻨﺎ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺍﻧﺸﻤﻨﺪﺍﻥ ﻭ ﺷﺎﮔﺮﺩﺍﻥ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺭﻭﺵ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﻪ‬
‫ﺟﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﻪ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻰ ﺁﻣﻮﺯﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻔﺎﻫﻴﻢ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺍﺻﻠﻰ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺟﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﻪ‬
‫ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻧﻮ ﺁﻣﻮﺯﺍﻥ ﻭ ﺷﺎﮔﺮﺩﺍﻥ ﺟﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﻪ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﻣﻴﺪﻫﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﻫﺮ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺒﺎﺣﺚ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺜﺎﻟﻬﺎﻯ ﻋﻤﻠﻰ ﻭ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺷﺎﮔﺮﺩﺍﻥ ﻣﻴﮕﺬﺭﺍﻧﻴﻢ‪.‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪G10 Fasli (1).indd 2‬‬ ‫‪8/15/2011 3:55:49 PM‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﺱ ﺍﻭﻝ‬
‫ﻧﻘﺸﻪ‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ .1‬ﻧﻘﺸﻪ‪ ،‬ﭼﻮﻛﺎﺕ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﻭ ﻛﻤﻴﺎﺕ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﻪ ﺟﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺎﻳﻰ‬

‫ﺁﻳﺎ ﻣﻰ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﭼﻴﺴﺖ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﻪ ﭼﻪ ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺖ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ؟‬
‫ﺳﺎﺩﻩ ﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻳﻨﻄﻮﺭ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ‪:‬‬
‫ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﺯ ﺗﺮﺳﻴﻢ ﺣﺼﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻳﻚ‬
‫ﺣﺼﻪ ﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﺭﺽ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺳﻪ ﺑﻌﺪﻯ )ﻃﻮﻝ‪ ،‬ﻋﺮﺽ ﻭ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ( ﺑﻪ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﻓﻘﻰ ﺩﻭ ﺑﻌﺪﻯ‬
‫)ﻃﻮﻝ ﻭ ﻋﺮﺽ( ﺑﻪ ﻳﻚ ﻣﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﻭ ﻋﻼﻳﻢ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻴﺪﻫﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮ ﺁﻥ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺟﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﻪ ﺩﺍﻧﻬﺎ ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺖ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﻄﺎﻟﺐ ﺁﺗﻰ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﻣﻴﺪﻫﺪ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﭼﻮﻛﺎﺕ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ‬
‫‪ -‬ﺩﻭﺍﻳﺮﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪ ﻭ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪ‬
‫‪ -‬ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﻛﺎﻧﺘﻮﺭ‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ‬
‫‪ -‬ﻋﻼﻳﻢ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪ‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺭﻧﮓ ﻭ ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺯ‬
‫‪ -‬ﺳﻤﺖ ﻭ ﺗﻌﻴﻦ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺗﺮﺳﻴﻢ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪G10 Fasli (1).indd 3‬‬ ‫‪8/15/2011 3:55:49 PM‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﭼﻮﻛﺎﺕ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ‪:‬‬
‫ﺳﺎﺣﻪ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﺍﺭﺍﺿﻰ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻳﻚ ﭼﻮﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﺣﺎﻃﻪ ﻣﻴﮕﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﭼﻮﻛﺎﺕ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻳﻚ ﺧﻂ ﺩﺭﺷﺖ ﺑﺎ ﻳﻚ ﺧﻂ ﺑﺎﺭﻳﻚ ﺗﺮﺳﻴﻢ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭﻳﻨﻤﻮﺭﺩ‬
‫ﻣﻬﺎﺭﺕ ﻫﻨﺮﻯ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻫﺮ ﻗﺪﺭ ﭼﻮﻛﺎﺕ ﺷﻔﺎﻑ ﻭ ﺯﻳﺒﺎ ﺭﺳﻢ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺑﻬﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ‬
‫ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺩﻟﭽﺴﭗ ﻣﻰ ﺳﺎﺯﺩ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻛﻤﻴﺎﺕ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﻪ ﺟﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺎﻳﻰ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻭﺍﻳﺮ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪ ﻭ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪ ﺍﻃﻼﻕ ﻣﻴﮕﺮﺩﺩ‬
‫ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﺳﺎﺣﻪ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﻣﻴﻜﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺷﻤﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﺟﻨﻮﺏ‪ ،‬ﺷﺮﻕ ﻭ ﻏﺮﺏ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻭﺍﻳﺮ‬
‫ﻃﻮﻝ ﻭ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺟﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺎﻳﻰ ﺑﻪ ﺭﻧﮓ ﺧﻔﻴﻒ ﻭ ﻧﺎﺯﻙ ﺗﺮﺳﻴﻢ ﻣﻴﮕﺮﺩﺩ ﺗﺎ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺎﻳﺴﻪ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻛﺮﻩ ﺍﺭﺽ ﻭﺍﺿﺢ ﺳﺎﺯﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﻛﺎﻧﺘﻮﺭ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻳﻚ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻴﺪﻫﺪ‪ .‬ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﻛﺎﻧﺘﻮﺭ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻣﻴﮕﺬﺭﺩ ﻭ ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺍﺭﺍﺿﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻭﺍﺿﺢ ﻣﻰ ﺳﺎﺯﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ‪:‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺍﺭﺍﺿﻰ ﻣﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﮔﻮﻳﻨﺪ‪:‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫‪G10 Fasli (1).indd 4‬‬ ‫‪8/15/2011 3:55:49 PM‬‬
‫ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻰ‬
‫ﭼﻪ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻰ ﮔﻮﻳﻨﺪ؟‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ ) ‪ ( 2‬ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻰ‬
‫ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻰ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺗﻮﭘﻮﮔﺮﺍﻓﻰ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻓﺰﻳﻜﻰ ﻧﻴﺰ ﮔﻮﻳﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭﻳﻦ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﻫﺎ‬
‫ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﺭﺍﺿﻰ ﺑﻮﺿﺎﺣﺖ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺟﺴﺘﮕﻰ ﻫﺎ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺯ ﻭ ﻳﺎ‬
‫ﺳﺎﻳﻪ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻯ ﻭﺿﺎﺣﺖ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻫﺮ ﺧﻂ ﻛﺎﻧﺘﻮﺭ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﺳﺎﺣﻪ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ‬
‫ﻣﻴﻜﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻗﻠﻪ ﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﺩﺭﺷﺖ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻪ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺟﻬﻴﻞ ﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺧﻠﻴﺞ ﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺑﺤﻴﺮﻩ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺑﺤﺮ ﻫﺎ‬
‫ﺑﺎ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﻛﺎﻧﺘﻮﺭ ﺁﺑﻰ ﻋﻤﻖ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻴﺪﻫﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﻫﺎ ﺑﺎ ﻧﺎﻡ ﺁﻥ‪ ،‬ﻛﻮﻩ ﻫﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﻩ ﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺳﻄﻮﺡ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺩﻯ ﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻛﻮﺗﻞ ﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺗﻮﻧﻞ ﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺭﻳﮕﺴﺘﺎﻧﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺩﺷﺖ ﻫﺎ ﺑﺎ ﻋﻼﻳﻢ ﺧﺎﺹ‬
‫ﺫﻛﺮ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ ﺍﻣﺎ ﺗﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻋﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺳﻤﺖ ﻭ ﻣﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻧﻰ‬
‫ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﺩﺭﺝ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﻟﺤﺎﻅ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﻳﺖ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﻛﺎﻧﺘﻮﺭ ﻭ ﻋﻤﻖ ﺑﺤﻴﺮﻩ‪ ،‬ﺑﺤﺮ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺟﻬﻴﻞ ﺍﻳﻦ‬
‫ﻧﻮﻉ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻨﺎﻡ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻫﻴﭙﺴﻮﻣﻴﺘﺮﻳﻚ ‪ Hypsometric‬ﻧﻴﺰ ﻳﺎﺩ ﻣﻴﻜﻨﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻼ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺧﺎﻙ‪ ،‬ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻰ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜ ً‬
‫ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻤﻰ‪ ،‬ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﻳﺨﭽﺎﻟﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﻧﺒﺎﺗﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺟﻨﮕﻼﺕ ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﻫﺎ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻳﺎ ﻳﻚ ﺑﺮﺍﻋﻈﻢ‪ ،‬ﻳﺎ ﻳﻚ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﻭﻳﺎ ﻳﻚ ﻣﻤﻠﻜﺖ ﮔﻨﺠﺎﻧﻴﺪﻩ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺳﻴﺎﺳﻰ‪:‬‬
‫ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺳﻴﺎﺳﻰ ﭼﻪ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ؟‬
‫ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺳﻴﺎﺳﻰ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺍﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺳﻴﺎﺳﻰ ﻣﻤﺎﻟﻚ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺳﺮﺣﺪﻯ‬
‫ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﭘﺎﻳﺘﺨﺖ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﻣﻤﺎﻟﻚ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﻫﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﻤﺎﻟﻚ ﺧﻮﺭﺩ ﻭ ﺑﺰﺭگ ﺑﺎ ﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺗﺤﺖ‬
‫‪5‬‬
‫‪G10 Fasli (1).indd 5‬‬ ‫‪8/15/2011 3:55:52 PM‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﻪ‪،‬ﻛﺸـﻮﺭ ﻫﺎﻯ‬
‫ﻛــــﺎﻣﻨﻮﻟﺖ‪ ،‬ﺗﺤﺖ‬
‫ﻗﻴﻤﻮﻣﻴﺖ ﻭﺍﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺁﻥ‬
‫ﺑﺎ ﻃــﺮﺯ ﺳﻴﺎﺳﺖ ﺁﻥ‬
‫ﻛــــﻪ ﻳﺎ ﺟﻤﻬﻮﺭﻯ‪،‬‬
‫ﺷﺎﻫﻰ ﻣﻄﻠﻘﻪ‪ ،‬ﺷﺎﻫﻰ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺮﻭﻃﻪ‪ ،‬ﺟﻤﻬﻮﺭﻯ‬
‫ﻓـــﺪﺭﺍﻝ‪ ،‬ﺟﻤﻬﻮﺭﻯ‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ (3‬ﻧﻘﺸﺔ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺳﻴﺎﺳﻰ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺗــﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﻯ ﻭﻏﻴـــــﺮﻩ‬
‫ﻣﻰ ﺑﺎﺷــــــﺪ ﻧﺸـــﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﺩﺍﺭﻯ‪ ،‬ﺷﻬﺮﻯ ﻭ ﺷﺎﺭﻭﺍﻟﻰ ﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺣﻜﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻣﺤﻠﻰ ﻭ ﻭﻻﻳﺎﺕ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﺎً ﺩﺭﻳﻦ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ‬
‫ﻫﺎ ﺟﺎ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﻭﺳﻌﺖ‪ ،‬ﻧﻔﻮﺱ ﻭ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺖ ﻫﺮ ﻣﻤﻠﻜﺖ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﻄﻮﺭ ﺩﻗﻴﻖ ﺫﻛﺮ‬
‫ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺻﻨﻒ‪:‬‬

‫ﺷﺎﮔﺮﺩﺍﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻭ ﮔﺮﻭپ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﮔﺮﻭپ ﺍﻭﻝ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﺟﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺎﻳﻰ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ‬
‫ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻰ ﻭ ﮔﺮﻭپ ﺩﻭﻡ ﺍﻭﺻﺎﻑ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻀﻮﺭ ﻫﻤﺼﻨﻔﺎﻥ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻮﺍﻝ ﻫﺎ‪:‬‬ ‫؟‬

‫‪ -1‬ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻰ ﭼﻄﻮﺭ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ؟‬
‫‪2‬ـ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻯ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﺐ ﻣﻬﻢ ﺍﺳﺖ؟‬
‫‪ -3‬ﺑﺤﻴﺮﻩ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺍﺑﺤﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﻫﺎ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ؟‬
‫‪ -4‬ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺳﻴﺎﺳﻰ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻰ ﭼﻪ ﺗﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -5‬ﺳﺮﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﻫﺎ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﻋﻼﻣﻪ ﮔﺬﺍﺭﻯ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺻﻨﻒ‪:‬‬

‫ﻫﺮ ﺷﺎﮔﺮﺩ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﺳﻴﺎﺳﻰ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻰ ﺑﺮﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﺁﺳﻴﺎ ﻭ ﺍﺭﻭﭘﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺮﺳﻴﻢ ﻛﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪﻯ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻈﺮ ﻣﻌﻠﻢ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﮕﺬﺭﺍﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪6‬‬
‫‪G10 Fasli (1).indd 6‬‬ ‫‪8/15/2011 3:55:54 PM‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﺱ ﺩﻭﻡ‬
‫ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻯ‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ (4‬ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻯ‬

‫ﺷﺎﮔﺮﺩﺍﻥ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻯ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻴﺘﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ؟‬
‫ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻯ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺭﺍ ﮔﻮﻳﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻣﺴﺎﻳﻞ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻯ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻳﻚ ﺑﺨﺶ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻯ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻳﻚ ﻣﻤﻠﻜﺖ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﻫﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺗﻨﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻨﺎﺑﻊ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻰ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺯﻣﻴﻨﻰ ﻛﻪ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﻓﻠﺰﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﺍﺣﺠﺎﺭ ﻛﺮﻳﻤﻪ‪،‬‬
‫ﻧﻔﺖ ﻭ ﮔﺎﺯ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻣﻨﺎﺑﻊ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﻻﺭﺿﻰ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺒﻴﻞ ﭘﻴﺪﺍﻭﺍﺭ ﺯﺭﺍﻋﺘﻰ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﺑﺮﻳﻜﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺻﻨﻌﺘﻰ‪،‬‬
‫ﺗﺠﺎﺭﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺭﺩﺍﺕ ﻭﺻﺎﺩﺭﺍﺕ ﻳﻚ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﻭﻳﺎ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﻧﺮژﻯ ﺑﺮﻕ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﻫﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﺗﺮﺑﻴﻪ ﺣﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺻﻨﺎﻳﻊ ﺩﺳﺘﻰ ﻭﻳﺎ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻨﻰ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﺎً ﺩﺭﻳﻦ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﻫﺎ ﮔﻨﺠﺎﻧﻴﺪﻩ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﻮﺍﺻﻼﺗﻰ‪:‬‬

‫ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺣﻤﻞ ﻭ ﻧﻘﻞ‪ ،‬ﺟﺎﺩﻩ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺍﺳﻔﻠﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺁﻫﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺧﺸﻜﻪ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺷﻤﻮﻝ ﻣﺘﺮﻭﻫﺎ ﺩﺭﻳﻦ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﻫﺎ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﻤﻞ ﻭ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺑﺤﺮﻯ‪ ،‬ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﻛﺸﺘﻰ ﺭﺍﻧﻰ‪ ،‬ﻳﺎ ﺑﻨﺪﺭﮔﺎﻩ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﻬﻢ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ﮔﺎﻩ ﻫﺎﻯ‬
‫ﺑﺤﺮﻯ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﻣﻮﺍﺻﻼﺕ ﺑﺤﺮﻯ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﻣﻴﻜﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﻓﻀﺎﻳﻰ ﻭ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﭘﺮﻭﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﻠﻰ ﻭ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻠﻰ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺍﺻﻼﺕ ﻫﻮﺍﻳﻰ‬
‫ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻥ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻫﻮﺍﻳﻰ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﻗﻔﮕﺎﻩ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻫﺮ ﺧﻂ ﭘﺮﻭﺍﺯ‪ ،‬ﺣﺠﻢ ﺗﺮﺍﻓﻴﻚ ﻫﻮﺍﻳﻰ ﻭ‬
‫‪7‬‬
‫‪G10 Fasli (1).indd 7‬‬ ‫‪8/15/2011 3:55:57 PM‬‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ (5‬ﻧﻘﺸﺔ ﻣﻮﺍﺻﻼﺕ‬
‫ﺣﻤﻞ ﻭ ﻧﻘﻞ ﻓﻀﺎﻳﻰ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻤﭽﻮ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﻫﺎ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﻫﺎ ﻋﻼﻳﻢ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪ‪ ،‬ﻣﻘﻴﺎﺱ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﻴﺎﺕ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﻪ ﺟﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺎﻳﻰ‪ ،‬ﺳﻤﺖ ﻭ ﺟﻬﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺑﺎ ﭼﻮﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﺳﺎﺳﻰ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺷﺎﮔﺮﺩﺍﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻪ ﮔﺮﻭپ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﻫﺮ ﮔﺮﻭپ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﺭﺓ ﻳﻜﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﻣﻮﺍﺻﻼﺗﻰ‬
‫ﻣﺸﻮﺭﻩ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﮔﺮﻭپ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻀﻮﺭ ﺻﻨﻒ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻛﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻮﺍﻝ ﻫﺎ‪:‬‬ ‫؟‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻯ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﺳﺖ؟‬ ‫‪.1‬‬
‫ﺁﻳﺎ ﭘﻴﺪﺍﻭﺍﺭ ﺯﺭﺍﻋﺘﻰ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻯ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ ﭼﺮﺍ؟‬ ‫‪.2‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﻮﺍﺻﻼﺗﻰ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﭘﺪﻳﺪﻩ ﻫﺎ ﮔﻨﺠﺎﻧﻴﺪﻩ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ؟‬ ‫‪.3‬‬
‫ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﻓﻀﺎﻳﻰ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺣﻤﻞ ﻭ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺯﻣﻴﻨﻰ ﭼﻪ ﺗﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ؟‬ ‫‪.4‬‬
‫ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺍﺯ ﺻﻨﻒ‪:‬‬

‫ﻫﺮ ﺷﺎﮔﺮﺩ ﻳﻜﻰ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﻮﺍﺻﻼﺗﻰ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﺭﺳﻢ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻈﺮ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻠﻢ ﻣﻀﻤﻮﻥ ﺑﮕﺬﺭﺍﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪8‬‬
‫‪G10 Fasli (1).indd 8‬‬ ‫‪8/15/2011 3:56:00 PM‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﺱ ﺳﻮﻡ‬
‫ﻣﻘﻴﺎﺱ‬
‫ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﭼﻪ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻧﻴﺪ؟‬
‫ﻣﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﺑﺮ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻣﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻣﻔﻬﻮﻡ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻳﻜﻰ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﻣﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﻳﻚ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ”‪ “Map distance‬ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻛﺴﺮ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻪ‬
‫ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻝ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻋﺪﺩﻯ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺨﺮﺝ ﻛﺴﺮ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻭ ﺁﻧﻬﻢ ﺑﻪ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ‬
‫”‪ “Earth distance‬ﺩﻻﻟﺖ ﻣﻴﻜﻨﺪ‪.‬ﺑﻄﻮﺭﻣﺜﺎﻝ‬
‫ﻳﺎ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﺔ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ‬ ‫‪Map distance‬‬ ‫‪= Scale‬‬

‫= ﻣﻘﻴﺎﺱ‬
‫ﻓﺎﺻﻠﺔ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ‬ ‫‪Earth distance‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫ﻳﻚ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻰ ﻣﺘﺮ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﻣﺴﺎﻭﻯ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻩ ﻫﺰﺍﺭ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻰ ﻣﺘﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺭﻭﻯ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﻣﻘﻴﺎﺱ‬
‫‪10000‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ‪) = 10000 cm‬ﻧﻘﺸﻪ( ‪1cm‬‬
‫ﻳﺎ ‪ 1cm‬ﻧﻘﺸﻪ = ‪ m 100‬ﺑﺎﻻﻯ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻣﻘﻴﺎﺳﻬﺎﻯ ﺫﻳﻞ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺖ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺍﻳﻨﻄﻮﺭ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﻣﻰ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﺭﺍﺿﻰ‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﺭﺍﺿﻰ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﺭﺍﺿﻰ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ‬
‫‪9‬‬
‫‪G10 Fasli (1).indd 9‬‬ ‫‪8/15/2011 3:56:01 PM‬‬
‫ﻣﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻰ‪ :‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻣﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﻳﻚ ﮔﺮﺍﻑ ﻳﻚ ﺧﻂ ﻳﺎ ﺩﻭ ﺧﻂ ﻣﻮﺍﺯﻯ ﺑﺎ ﻫﻢ ﺗﺮﺳﻴﻢ‬
‫ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻫﺮ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﮔﺮﺍﻑ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺭﺍﺿﻰ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻴﺪﻫﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺜ ً‬
‫ﻼ‪:‬‬
‫‪0‬‬ ‫‪I‬‬ ‫‪20‬‬ ‫‪I‬‬ ‫‪40‬‬ ‫‪I‬‬ ‫‪60‬‬ ‫‪I‬‬ ‫‪80‬‬ ‫‪I‬‬ ‫‪100 km‬‬
‫‪0‬‬ ‫‪20‬‬ ‫‪40‬‬ ‫‪60‬‬ ‫‪80‬‬ ‫‪100 km‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﻳﻦ ﻣﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻰ ﻫﺮ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﮔﺮﺍﻑ ﻛﻪ ﻳﻚ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻰ ﻣﺘﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺩﻩ ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻣﺘﺮ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺍﺭﺍﺿﻰ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻴﺪﻫﺪ‪ .‬ﺷﻜﻞ ﮔﺮﺍﻑ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻬﺎﺭﺕ ﺷﺨﺺ ﺗﻌﻠﻖ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺗﺎ ﭼﻪ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﺓ ﺯﻳﺒﺎ‬
‫ﻭ ﺟﺬﺍﺏ ﺗﺮﺳﻴﻢ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻣﻴﺘﻮﺍﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻼ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﻛﺴـﺮﻯ‬ ‫ﻣﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﻟﻔﻈﻰ‪ :‬ﺍﻳﻨﻄﻮﺭ ﻣﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺑﻪ ﻟﻔﻆ ﻭﻛﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ ﻣﺜـــــــ ٌُ ً‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫ﻣﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﻟﻔﻈﻰ ﺁﻥ ﻳﻚ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻰ ﻣﺘﺮﻣﻌﺎﺩﻝ ‪ 500‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻘﻴـــﺎﺱ ﮔﺮﺍﻓـــﻰ‬
‫‪50000‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻻ‪ ،‬ﻳﻚ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻰ ﻣﺘﺮ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻝ ﺩﻩ ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻣﺘﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺭﺍﺿﻰ ﻣﻰ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺷﺎﮔﺮﺩﺍﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻨﻒ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻭ ﮔﺮﻭپ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﻳﻚ ﮔــــﺮﻭپ ﻣﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﻛﺴﺮﻯ‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫ﺭﺍ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﭼﻪ ﻣﻔﻬﻮﻡ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻭ ﮔﺮﻭپ ﺩﻭﻡ‪ ،‬ﻣﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻰ ﻫﻤﻴﻦ‬
‫‪1000000‬‬
‫ﻛﺴﺮ ﺭﺍ ﻃﻮﺭﻯ ﺗﺮﺳﻴﻢ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻫﺮﺩﻭ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻰ ﻣﺘﺮ‪ ،‬ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻝ ‪ km 10‬ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫ﺳﻮﺍﻝ ﻫﺎ‪:‬‬ ‫؟‬
‫ﺭﺍ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ -1‬ﻣﻔﻬﻮﻡ ﻣﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﻛﺴﺮﻯ‬
‫‪1500‬‬
‫‪ -2‬ﻣﻘﻴﺎﺱ ‪ 1:205000‬ﭼﻪ ﻣﻔﻬﻮﻡ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ؟‬

‫‪1‬‬
‫ﭼﻪ ﻣﻌﻨﻰ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ -3‬ﻣﻘﻴﺎﺱ‬
‫‪25000000‬‬
‫ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺍﺯ ﺻﻨﻒ‪ :‬ﺷﺎﮔﺮﺩﺍﻥ ﻣﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻰ ﺳﻪ ﺳﻮﺍﻝ‬

‫ﻓﻮﻕ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻓﻜﺮ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺗﺮﺗﺒﻴﺐ ﻭ ﺗﺮﺳﻴﻢ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪10‬‬
‫‪G10 Fasli (1).indd 10‬‬ ‫‪8/15/2011 3:56:01 PM‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﺱ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﻡ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺭﻧﮓ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ (6‬ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺭﻧﮓ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ‬
‫ﺁﻳﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺭﻧﮓ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﻣﻔﻴﺪ ﺍﺳﺖ؟‬

‫ﺷﺎﮔﺮﺩﺍﻥ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺪﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺭﻧﮓ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﭼﻪ ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺖ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻚ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺭﻧﮕﻬﺎﻯ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺟﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺎﻳﻰ ﺑﻜﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺩﻩ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﻫﺮ ﺭﻧﮓ‬
‫ﻣﻔﻬﻮﻡ ﺧﺎﺹ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺫﻫﻦ ﺷﺎﮔﺮﺩ ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻣﻰ ﺁﻭﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺭﻧﮕﻬﺎﻯ ﻣﻬﻢ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺟﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺎﻳﻰ ﺑﻜﺎﺭ ﻣﻴﺮﻭﺩ ﺍﺯﻳﻨﻘﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﻧﺪ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺭﻧﮓ ﺳﻴﺎﻩ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﭼﻮﻛﺎﺕ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﻭ ﺍﺳﻤﺎﻯ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻣﺤﻼﺕ‪ ،‬ﺷﻬﺮﻫﺎ ﻭ‬
‫ﻏﻴﺮﻩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺭﻧﮓ ﺳﺒﺰ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺳﺮﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺳﺮﺳﺒﺰ‪ ،‬ﺟﻨﮕﻼﺕ‪ ،‬ﻣﺰﺍﺭﻉ ﻭ ﺍﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺁﻥ‬
‫‪ -‬ﺭﻧﮓ ﺯﺭﺩ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﺻﺤﺮﺍﻳﻰ ﻭ ﺭﻳﮕﺴﺘﺎﻧﻰ‬
‫‪ -‬ﺭﻧﮓ ﺁﺑﻰ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺍﺑﺤﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﺟﻬﻴﻞ ﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺧﻠﻴﺞ ﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺑﺤﻴﺮﻩ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﻫﺎ‬
‫‪ -‬ﺭﻧﮓ ﺳﺮﺥ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﻣﻮﺍﺻﻼﺗﻰ‪ ،‬ﺷﺎﻫﺮﺍﻩ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻣﺮﺍﻛﺰ ﺍﺩﺍﺭﻯ ﻭ ﺳﻴﺎﺳﻰ‬
‫‪ -‬ﺭﻧﮓ ﺟﮕﺮﻯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺳﻠﺴﻠﻪ ﺟﺒﺎﻝ ﻭ ﻛﻮﻩ ﻫﺎ‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﻣﺎ ﺑﻌﻀﻰ ﺭﻧﮕﻬﺎﻯ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻫﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻯ‪ ،‬ﺳﻴﺎﺳﻰ‪ ،‬ﺑﺸﺮﻯ‬
‫ﻭ ﻃﺮﺯ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺭﺍﺿﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻣﻰ ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻋﻼﻳﻢ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺗﺬﻛﺮ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪11‬‬
‫‪G10 Fasli (1).indd 11‬‬ ‫‪8/15/2011 3:56:02 PM‬‬
‫ﻼ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺑﺤﺎﺭ‪:‬‬‫ﺗﺎﺭﻳﻜﻰ‪ ،‬ﻣﻼﻳﻢ ﺑﻮﺩﻥ ﻭ ﺗﻮﻥ ﺭﻧﮓ ﻫﻢ ﻣﻬﻢ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻣﺜ ً‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﻋﻤﻖ ‪ 0‬ﺍﻟﻰ ‪ 1000‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﺁﺑﻰ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺧﻔﻴﻒ ﻭ ﺗﺪﺭﻳﺠﺎً ﺍﺯ ﻋﻤﻖ ‪ 7000‬ﺍﻟﻰ ‪ 10000‬ﻣﺘﺮ‬
‫ﺁﺑﻰ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﻚ‬
‫ﺑﻬﻤﻴﻦ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﻛﻮﻫﺴﺘﺎﻧﻰ ﺭﻧﮓ ﺟﮕﺮﻯ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﺩﺍﻣﻨﻪ ﻛﻮﻩ ﺟﮕﺮﻯ ﻛﻢ ﺭﻧﮓ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﺟﮕﺮﻯ ﻣﻼﻳﻢ ﻭ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺑﻴﻦ ‪ 5000‬ﺍﻟﻰ ‪ 8000‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﺟﮕﺮﻯ ﺗﻴﺮﻩ ﺑﻜﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺩﻩ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊ‬
‫ﻛﻮﻫﺴﺘﺎﻧﻰ ﺍﮔﺮ ﻳﺨﭽﺎﻝ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎ ﺭﻧﮓ ﺳﻔﻴﺪ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻴﺪﻫﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺗﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﺭﻧﮕﻬﺎ ﻭ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﺭﺍ ﻓﻬﻤﻴﺪﻩ ﻣﻴﺘﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻨﺎﻡ ﻫﻴﭙﺴﻮﻣﺘﺮﻳﻚ ﻫﻢ ﻳﺎﺩ ﻣﻴﻜﻨﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﺮﺍﻛﺰ ﻓﺮﻫﻨﮕﻰ‪ ،‬ﺯﺑﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺩﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﻧﮋﺍﺩ ﻭ‬
‫ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﻣﻤﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﻫﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺭﻧﮕﻬﺎﻯ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻭ ﺟﺪﺍﮔﺎﻧﻪ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ ﺗﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ‬
‫ﺧﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪﻩ ﮔﺎﻥ ﻣﺸﻜﻼﺕ ﺭﺥ ﻧﺪﻫﺪ ﻭ ﻫﺮ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺭﻧﮕﻬﺎﻯ ﺟﺪﺍﮔﺎﻧﻪ ﺗﺸﺨﻴﺺ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺑﺘﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ TN‬ﺷﻤﺎﻝ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻰ‬
‫‪TN‬‬ ‫‪ MgN‬ﺷﻤﺎﻝ ﻣﻘﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻰ‬
‫‪MgN‬‬ ‫‪GN‬‬ ‫‪ GN‬ﺷﻤﺎﻝ ﺷﺒﻜﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﻣﺮﻛﺎﺗﻮﺭ‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ (7‬ﺟﻬﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺷﻤﺎﻝ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ‬
‫ﺁﻳﺎ ﺟﻬﺎﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﭼﻄﻮﺭ ﺗﻌﻴﻦ ﻣﻴﺘﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ؟‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺟﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺎﺋﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺕ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻪ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﻪ ﺫﻳﻞ ﺗﻌﻴﻦ ﻣﻴﮕﺮﺩﺩ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -1‬ﺩﺭ ﺣﺼﻪ ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻧﻰ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﻳﻚ ﻭﻛﺘﻮﺭ ﺭﺳﻢ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﺱ ﻭﻛﺘﻮﺭ ﻛﻠﻤﻪ‬
‫ﺷﻤﺎﻝ ﺑﺎ ﺣﺮﻑ ‪ N‬ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﻩ ﻭﻛﺘﻮﺭ ﺣﺮﻑ ‪ S‬ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻪ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺟﻨﻮﺏ ﺭﺍ ﻭﺍﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﻣﻰ ﺳﺎﺯﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -2‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺩﻭﺍﻳﺮ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪ ﻭ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﻫﺎ ﺗﺮﺳﻴﻢ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻣﺘﺪﺍﺩ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺑﺎﻻﻳﻰ ﺁﻥ ﺷﻤﺎﻝ ﻭ ﺳﻤﺖ ﭘﺎﺋﻴﻨﻰ ﺁﻥ ﺟﻨﻮﺏ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﻣﻴﻜﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -3‬ﺍﻛﻨﻮﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﻫﺎ ﻫﺪﻑ ﺍﺻﻠﻰ ﺁﻧﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺼﺔ ﻓﻮﻗﺎﻧﻰ ﺁﻥ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻪ‬
‫ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻭ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻً ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﻓﻮﻗﺎﻧﻰ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺷﻤﺎﻝ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻓﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻴﻜﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺷﻤﺎﻝ ﺣﺼﻪ ﻓﻮﻗﺎﻧﻰ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺷﺮﻕ‪ ،‬ﺳﻤﺖ‬
‫ﭼﭗ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺳﻤﺖ ﻏﺮﺏ ﻭ ﺣﺼﻪ ﭘﺎﺋﻴﻨﻰ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺟﻨﻮﺏ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻴﺪﻫﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪12‬‬
‫‪G10 Fasli (1).indd 12‬‬ ‫‪8/15/2011 3:56:02 PM‬‬
‫ﺍﻣﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺗﻮﭘﻮﮔﺮﺍﻓﻰ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺷﻤﺎﻝ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻭﻛﺘﻮﺭﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -1‬ﺷﻤﺎﻝ ﻣﻘﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻤﺎﻝ ﺟﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺎﻳﻰ ﻗﺪﺭﻯ ﺩﻭﺭﺗﺮ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺠﺎﻭﺭﺕ ﺧﻠﻴﺞ‬
‫ﻫﺪﺳﻦ‪ ،‬ﺷﻤﺎﻝ ﻛﺎﻧﺎﺩﺍ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻼﻣﻪ ﺧﺎﺹ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺮﻭﻑ ‪ MgN‬ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ‬
‫‪ -2‬ﺷﻤﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻗﻌﻰ ﻛﻪ ﻗﻄﺐ ﺷﻤﺎﻝ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺎﻣﺖ ﺳﺘﺎﺭﻩ ﻗﻄﺐ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺣﺮﻭﻑ ‪ TN‬ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺷﻤﺎﻝ ﺟﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺎﺋﻰ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻣﻴﮕﻮﻳﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -3‬ﺷﻤﺎﻝ ﺷﺒﻜﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ )‪ (UTM‬ﻳﺎ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ )ﻳﻮﻧﻴﻮﺭﺳﻞ ﺗﺮﺍﻧﺴﻮﺭﺱ ﻣﺮﻛﺎﺗﻮﺭ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺣﺮﻭﻑ ‪ GN‬ﻣﻌﺮﻓﻰ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻭﻛﺘﻮﺭﻫﺎﻯ ﺷﻤﺎﻝ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻤﺎﻟﻚ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺑﻪ ﺯﻭﺍﻳﺎﻳﻰ ﺧﻮﺭﺩ ﻭﻳﺎ ﺑﺰﺭگ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﺘﻔﺎﻭﺕ‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﻫﻤﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﺩﻭﺭ ﻳﺎ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻚ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ GN‬ﻳﺎ ﺧﻂ ﺷﻤﺎﻝ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﺮﻛﺎﺗﻮﺭ ﺍﻏﻠﺒﺎً ﻣﻮﺍﺯﻯ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻣﺎ ﺷﻤﺎﻝ ﻣﻘﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻰ‬
‫ﺑﺎ ﺷﻤﺎﻝ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻌﻀﻰ ﻣﻤﺎﻟﻚ ﻣﻨﻄﺒﻖ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺑﻌﻀﻰ ﻣﻤﺎﻟﻚ ﺍﻧﺤﺮﺍﻑ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺧﻰ‬
‫ﻣﻤﺎﻟﻚ ﺍﻧﺤﺮﺍﻑ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺻﻨﻒ‪ :‬ﺷﺎﮔﺮﺩﺍﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻪ ﮔﺮﻭپ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻫﺮ ﮔﺮﻭپ‬

‫ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺑﻪ ﻳﻜﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻤﺎﻝ ﻫﺎﻳﻜﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ ﺻﺤﺒﺖ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻮﺍﻝ ﻫﺎ‪:‬‬ ‫؟‬

‫‪ -1‬ﭼﻨﺪ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺷﻤﺎﻝ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -2‬ﺷﻤﺎﻝ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻰ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﺣﺮﻭﻑ ﺧﻼﺻﻪ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -3‬ﺷﻤﺎﻝ ﻣﻘﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻤﺎﻝ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻰ ﭼﻪ ﺗﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ؟‬
‫‪4‬ـ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﺑﻜﺪﺍﻡ ﺭﻧﮓ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ‬
‫‪5‬ـ ﺭﻧﮓ ﺁﺑﻰ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﭼﻴﺰﻫﺎ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪6‬ـ ﺻﺤﺮﺍ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﺑﻜﺪﺍﻡ ﺭﻧﮓ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﻰ ﻣﻴﻜﻨﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺮﺷﺎﮔﺮﺩ ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻤﺎﻝ ﺟﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺎﻳﻰ ﻭ ﺷﻤﺎﻝ ﻣﻘﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻰ ﺩﻭ‪ -‬ﺩﻭ ﺳﻄﺮ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻨﻒ‬
‫ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪AB‬‬
‫‪A1‬‬
‫ﺳﺘﺎﺭﻩ ﻗﻄﺐ‬
‫‪B‬‬
‫‪A‬‬
‫ﺩﺏ ﺍﻛﺒﺮ‬
‫‪13‬‬
‫‪G10 Fasli (1).indd 13‬‬ ‫‪8/15/2011 3:56:02 PM‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﺱ ﭘﻨﺠﻢ‬
‫ﻭ‪ .‬ﺍﺭﺗﺴﺎﻡ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ‪:‬‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ (8‬ﺍﺭﺗﺴﺎﻡ ﻣﺮﻛﺎﺗﻮﺭ‬
‫ﺍﺭﺗﺴﺎﻡ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﻪ ﭼﻪ ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺖ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ؟‬

‫ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺟﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺎﻳﻰ ﺑﺎﺳﺎﺱ ﻣﻌﻴﺎﺭﻫﺎﻯ ﻫﻨﺪﺳﻰ ﺑﻪ ﭼﻨﺪ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺗﺼﻨﻴﻒ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﻧﺪ‪:‬‬
‫‪ .1‬ﺍﺭﺗﺴﺎﻡ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍﻧﻪ ﻳﻰ‬
‫‪ .2‬ﺍﺭﺗﺴﺎﻡ ﻣﺨﺮﻭﻃﻰ‬
‫‪ .3‬ﺍﺭﺗﺴﺎﻡ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ‬
‫‪ .4‬ﺍﺭﺗﺴﺎﻡ ﻣﻮﻟﻮﺍﻳﺪ‬
‫‪ .5‬ﺍﺭﺗﺴﺎﻡ ﺳﻴﻨﻮﺳﺎﻳﺪﻝ‬
‫‪ .6‬ﺍﺭﺗﺴﺎﻡ ﮔﻮﺩﺯ‬
‫‪ .7‬ﺍﺭﺗﺴﺎﻡ ﺍﻳﻜﺮﺍﺕ‬
‫‪ .1‬ﺍﺭﺗﺴﺎﻡ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍﻧﻪ ﺋﻰ ‪:‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﺭﺗﺴﺎﻡ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍﻧﻪ ﺋﻰ ﻛﺮﻩ ﺷﻔﺎﻑ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍﻧﻪ ﺷﻔﺎﻑ ﮔﺬﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﻧﻮﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍﻧﻪ ﻭ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻛﺎﻏﺬ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍﻧﻪ ﻳﻰ ﺗﺎﺑﺶ ﻣﻴﺪﻫﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﺛﺮ ﺗﺎﺑﺶ ﻧﻮﺭ ﺩﻭﺍﻳﺮ ﻃﻮﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪ ﻭ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪ ﻭ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﺧﺸﻜﻪ ﻭ ﺍﺑﺤﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻻﻯ ﻛﺎﻏﺬ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍﻧﻪ ﻳﻰ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﻣﻰ‬
‫ﻳﺎﺑﺪ ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪ ﻗﻄﺒﻴﻦ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻝ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﻻﻯ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺎﻭﻯ ﺑﻪ ﺧﻂ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍ ﺗﺮﺳﻴﻢ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻋﻼﻭﻩ ﺑﺮ ﺁﻥ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﺧﺸﻜﻪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺟﺰﺍﻳﺮ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺳﺎﺣﻪ ﻗﻄﺒﻴﻦ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺍﺻﻠﻰ ﭼﻨﺪﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺑﺰﺭگ ﺗﺮ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻣﺎ ﺧﻮﺑﻰ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻫﻢ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺭﺗﺴﺎﻡ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺤﺮ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﺋﻰ‪ ،‬ﻓﻀﺎ ﻧﻮﺭﺩﻯ ﻭ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺩﺭ ﭘﺮﺗﺎﺏ‬
‫ﺍﻗﻤﺎﺭ ﻣﺼﻨﻮﻋﻰ ﺭﻫﻨﻤﻮﺩ ﺧﻴﻠﻰ ﻋﺎﻟﻰ ﻣﺤﺴﻮﺏ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺎﻣﺖ ﺯﻭﺍﻳﺎﻯ ﻳﻚ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺑﺪﺭﺳﺘﻰ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻴﺪﻫﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻬﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﺍﺭﺗﺴﺎﻡ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍﻧﻪ ﺋﻰ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﺮﻛﺎﺗﻮﺭ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪14‬‬
‫‪G10 Fasli (1).indd 14‬‬ ‫‪8/15/2011 3:56:04 PM‬‬
‫‪.2‬ﺍﺭﺗﺴﺎﻡ ﻣﺨﺮﻭﻃﻰ‪:‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﺭﺗﺴﺎﻡ ﻣﺨﺮﻭﻃﻰ ﻛﺎﻏﺬ ﻣﺨﺮﻭﻁ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻻﻯ ﻳﻚ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺎ ﺑﺎﻻﻯ‬
‫ﺩﻭ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪ ﺑﻄﻮﺭ ﻣﻤﺎﺱ‬
‫ﮔﺬﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﺍﺭﺗﺴﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺣﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﻭﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺭﺗﺴﺎﻡ‬
‫ﻣﺨﺮﻭﻃﻰ ﮔﻮﻳﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺭﺗﺴﺎﻡ ﺍﺯ ﻟﺤﺎﻅ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻭ ﺳﺎﺣﻪ‬
‫ﻣﺘﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ (9‬ﺍﺭﺗﺴﺎﻡ ﻣﺨﺮﻭﻃﻰ‬

‫‪ .3‬ﺍﺭﺗﺴﺎﻡ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ‪:‬‬
‫ﻛﺎﻏﺬ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺩﺭ ﻳﻚ ﺣﺼﻪ ﻛﺮﻩ ﻣﺠﺴﻤﻪ ﻣﻤﺎﺱ ﮔﺬﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ‬
‫ﻧﻮﺭ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻯ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻗﺎﺭﻩ ﻫﺎ ﻳﺎ ﻳﻚ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺭﻭﻯ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ‬
‫ﺍﺭﺗﺴﺎﻡ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﻣﻰ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ (10‬ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺭﺗﺴﺎﻡ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ‬
‫‪.4‬ﺍﺭﺗﺴﺎﻡ ﻣﻮﻟﻮﺍﻳﺪ‪:‬‬
‫ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻬﺎﺭﺕ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻭ ﺗﺮﺳﻴﻢ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪ ﻫﺎ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺧﺸﻜﻪ ﻭ ﺑﺤﺮ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺭﻭﻯ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﻣﻴﺪﻫﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪15‬‬
‫‪G10 Fasli (1).indd 15‬‬ ‫‪8/15/2011 3:56:07 PM‬‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ (11‬ﺍﺭﺗﺴﺎﻡ ﻣﻮﻟﻮﺍﻳﺪ‬
‫‪ .5‬ﺍﺭﺗﺴﺎﻡ ﺳﻴﻨﻮﺳﺎﻳﺪﻝ‪ ،‬ﮔﻮﺩﺯ ﻭﺍﻛﺮﺕ‪:‬‬
‫ﻫﺮﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﻣﻬﺎﺭﺕ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻫﻨﺪﺳﻰ ﻛﻤﻴﺎﺕ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﻪ ﺟﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺎﻳﻰ ﻭ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﻫﺎ ﺟﺎ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻛﻪ ﻫﺮ ﻳﻚ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺷﻜﺎﻝ ﻋﻠﻴﺤﺪﻩ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﻪ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻣﻴﺘﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ (12‬ﺍﺭﺗﺴﺎﻡ ﺍﻛﺮﺕ‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ (13‬ﺍﺭﺗﺴﺎﻡ ﺳﻴﻨﻮﺳﺎﻳﺪﻝ‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ (14‬ﺍﺭﺗﺴﺎﻡ ﮔﻮﺩﺯ‬
‫‪16‬‬
‫‪G10 Fasli (1).indd 16‬‬ ‫‪8/15/2011 3:56:10 PM‬‬
‫ﺷﺎﮔﺮﺩﺍﻥ ﺑﻪ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﮔﺮﻭپ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﮔﺮﻭپ ﺍﻭﻝ ﺍﺭﺗﺴﺎﻡ ﻣﺮﻛﺎﺗﻮﺭ )ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍﻧﻪ ﻳﻰ(‪،‬‬
‫ﮔﺮﻭپ ﺩﻭﻡ ﺍﺭﺗﺴﺎﻡ ﻣﺨﺮﻭﻃﻰ‪ ،‬ﮔﺮﻭپ ﺳﻮﻡ ﺍﺭﺗﺴﺎﻡ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﮔﺮﻭپ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﻡ ﺍﺭﺗﺴﺎﻡ‬
‫ﻣﻮﻟﻮﺍﻳﺪ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻮﺍﻝ ﻫﺎ‪:‬‬ ‫؟‬

‫‪ .1‬ﺑﻪ ﭼﻨﺪ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﺭﺗﺴﺎﻡ ﺁﺷﻨﺎ ﻫﺴﺘﻴﺪ؟‬
‫‪ .2‬ﺍﺭﺗﺴﺎﻡ ﻣﺮﻛﺎﺗﻮﺭ ﭼﻪ ﺧﺼﻮﺻﻴﺖ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ؟‬
‫‪ .3‬ﺍﺭﺗﺴﺎﻡ ﻣﺨﺮﻭﻃﻰ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﺭﺗﺴﺎﻡ ﺍﺳﺖ؟‬

‫ﻫﺮ ﺷﺎﮔﺮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﭽﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻫﺮ ﺍﺭﺗﺴﺎﻡ ﺭﺍ ﻋﻠﻴﺤﺪﻩ – ﻋﻠﻴﺤﺪﻩ ﺗﺮﺳﻴﻢ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﻧﻈﺮ ﻣﻌﻠﻢ ﻣﻀﻤﻮﻥ ﺑﮕﺬﺭﺍﻧﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪17‬‬
‫‪G10 Fasli (1).indd 17‬‬ ‫‪8/15/2011 3:56:11 PM‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﺱ ﺷﺸﻢ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻓﻮﺗﻮﻫﺎﻯ ﺍﻗﻤﺎﺭ ﻣﺼﻨﻮﻋﻰ‪:‬‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ (15‬ﺍﻗﻤﺎﺭ ﻣﺼﻨﻮﻋﻰ ﻭ ﻋﻜﺲ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻯ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺁﻳﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺗﺼﺎﻭﻳﺮ ﺍﻗﻤﺎﺭ ﻣﺼﻨﻮﻋﻲ ﭼﻪ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻧﻴﺪ؟ ﻭ ﭼﻪ ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺖ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ؟‬

‫ﻓﻮﺗﻮ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺗﺼﺎﻭﻳﺮ ﺍﻗﻤﺎﺭ ﻣﺼﻨﻮﻋﻰ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺗﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﻭ ﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﺟﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺎﻳﻰ ﺧﻴﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺟﺎﻟﺐ ﻭ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻭ ﺷﺎﮔﺮﺩﺍﻥ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺭﺯﺵ ﺁﻥ ﭘﻰ ﺑﺒﺮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ (16‬ﻗﻤﺮ ﻣﺼﻨﻮﻋﻰ ﻭ ﻋﻜﺲ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻯ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ‬
‫‪18‬‬
‫‪G10 Fasli (1).indd 18‬‬ ‫‪8/15/2011 3:56:16 PM‬‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ (17‬ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻣﺎﻫﻮﺍﺭﻩ‬
‫ﻛﻴﻬﺎﻥ ﻧﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﻜﺎﻳﻰ ﺁﺭﻡ ﺳﺘﺮﺍﻧﮓ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺍﻭﻝ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺍﭘﻮﻟﻮ ) ‪ (11‬ﺩﺭ ﻓﻀﺎ ﺩﺳﺖ ﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻭ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻣﻬﺘﺎﺏ ﭘﻴﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻮﺻﻮﻑ ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺎﺫﺑﻪ ﻣﻬﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻇﻬﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺟﺎﺫﺑﻪ ﻣﻬﺘﺎﺏ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺎﺫﺑﻪ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺷﺶ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺗﺒﻪ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﻬﺘﺎﺏ ﺩﺭ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺧﻴﻠﻰ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ )‪ (210‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻰ ﮔﺮﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺷﺐ )‪ (-110‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻰ ﮔﺮﻳﺪ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﺯﻳﻦ ﺳﺒﺐ ﻗﺸﺮ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻰ ﻣﻬﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﺯ ﺫﺭﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺧﻮﺭﺩ ﺧﺎﻛﻰ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﺷﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻗﺪ ﺁﺏ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻗﺪ ﻋﻠﻒ ﻭ ﻓﺮﺵ ﻧﺒﺎﺗﻰ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﻗﻤﺎﺭ ﻣﺼﻨﻮﻋﻰ‬
‫ﻋﻜﺲ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻯ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﮔﺮﻓﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻛﺮﻭﻯ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻴﺪﻫﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﻓﻀﺎ ﺑﻄﻮﺭ ﻣﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﺑﺪﻭﺭ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﻣﻰ ﭼﺮﺧﺪ‪ .‬ﺗﻤﺎﻣﻰ ﺍﻗﻤﺎﺭ ﻣﺼﻨﻮﻋﻰ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺪﻭﺭ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻣﻰ ﭼﺮﺧﻨﺪ ﻣﺪﺍﺭ ﺑﻴﻀﻮﻯ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺍﺯ ‪ 700‬ﺍﻟﻰ ‪ 3000‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻣﺘﺮ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ‬
‫ﻣﻴﺸﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻓﻮﺗﻮﻫﺎﻯ ﺍﻗﻤﺎﺭ ﻣﺼﻨﻮﻋﻰ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﺧﺸﻜﻪ ﻭ ﺳﻮﺍﺣﻞ ﺑﺮﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﻫﺎ ﺑﺨﻮﺑﻰ‬
‫ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻭ ﺗﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﻣﻰ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻋﻠﻤﺎﻯ ﺟﻴﻮﺩﻳﺰﻯ ﻭ ﻛﺎﺭﺗﻮﮔﺮﺍﻓﻰ ﻛﻤﻚ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﺎﺣﻪ ﺟﻨﮕﻼﺕ‪ ،‬ﺳﺎﺣﻪ ﺭﻳﮕﺴﺘﺎﻧﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺳﺎﺣﻪ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺯﺭﺍﻋﺘﻰ ﻭ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﻣﻮﺍﺻﻼﺕ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮ‬
‫ﻭﺑﺤﺮ ﺑﺨﻮﺑﻰ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻣﻰ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻥ ﺷﻬﺮﻫﺎﻯ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﻌﺖ‪ ،‬ﭘﻼﻥ ﺷﻬﺮﻯ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻭ‬
‫‪19‬‬
‫‪G10 Fasli (1).indd 19‬‬ ‫‪8/15/2011 3:56:18 PM‬‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ (18‬ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﻗﻤﺮ ﻣﺼﻨﻮﻋﻰ ﻭ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺁﻥ‬
‫ﻣﺤﻞ ﺑﻮﺩﻭﺑﺎﺵ‪،‬ﺑﻨﺪﺭﮔﺎﻩ ﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﻫﺎ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻓﻮﺗﻮﻫﺎﻯ ﺍﻗﻤﺎﺭ ﻣﺼﻨﻮﻋﻰ ﺑﺨﻮﺑﻰ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻭ‬
‫ﺗﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻣﻴﺘﻮﺍﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﻪ ﻳﺨﭽﺎﻟﻬﺎﻯ ﻛﻮﻫﺴﺘﺎﻧﻰ ﻭ ﻳﺨﭽﺎﻟﻬﺎﻯ ﻗﻄﺒﻰ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﺎً ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻓﻮﺗﻮ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺍﻗﻤﺎﺭﻣﺼﻨﻮﻋﻰ‬
‫ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﻴﮕﻴﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺧﻼﺻﻪ ﻫﻴﭻ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﺍﺯ ﭼﺸﻢ ﻛﻤﺮﻩ ﻗﻤﺮ ﻣﺼﻨﻮﻋﻰ ﭘﻨﻬﺎﻥ ﻣﺎﻧﺪﻩ‬
‫ﻧﻤﻴﺘﻮﺍﻧﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺷﺎﮔﺮﺩﺍﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻭ ﮔﺮﻭپ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﮔﺮﻭپ ﺍﻭﻝ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﻪ ﺷﻬﺮﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﻌﺎﺻﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺷﻬﺮﻫﺎﻯ‬
‫ﻛﺸﻮﺭﻫﺎﻯ ﺭﻭﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﻜﺸﺎﻑ ﻣﻘﺎﻳﺴﻪ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﮔﺮﻭپ ﺩﻭﻡ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻘﺎﻳﺴﻪ ﺳﻠﺴﻠﻪ ﺟﺒﺎﻝ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻮﺍﻝ‪:‬‬ ‫؟‬
‫ﻓﻮﺗﻮﻫﺎﻯ ﺍﻗﻤﺎﺭ ﻣﺼﻨﻮﻋﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺳﻮﺍﺣﻞ ﭼﻄﻮﺭ ﻛﻤﻚ ﻣﻴﻜﻨﺪ؟‬ ‫‪-1‬‬
‫ﺁﻳﺎ ﺳﺎﺣﻪ ﺯﺭﺍﻋﺘﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻗﻤﺎﺭ ﻣﺼﻨﻮﻋﻰ ﭼﻄﻮﺭ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ؟‬ ‫‪-2‬‬
‫ﻛﺮﻭﻳﺖ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﭼﻄﻮﺭ ﺍﺯ ﻓﻮﺗﻮﻫﺎﻯ ﺍﻗﻤﺎﺭ ﻣﺼﻨﻮﻋﻰ ﻭﺍﺿﺢ ﻣﻴﮕﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫‪-3‬‬

‫ﻫﺮ ﺷﺎﮔﺮﺩ ﻳﻚ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻗﻤﺎﺭ ﻣﺼﻨﻮﻋﻰ ﺭﺍ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ ﻭﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﺁﻥ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ‬
‫ﭼﻬﺎﺭ‪ -‬ﭼﻬﺎﺭ ﺳﻄﺮ ﺑﻨﻮﻳﺴﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪20‬‬
‫‪G10 Fasli (1).indd 20‬‬ ‫‪8/15/2011 3:56:20 PM‬‬
‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺩﻭﻡ ‪ -‬ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻢ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ‬
‫‪:‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺼﻞ ﻣﻲ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﻴﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻢ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ‬
‫‪ 1.2‬ﻓﻜﺘﻮﺭﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﻬﻢ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻤﻰ‬
‫‪ 2,2‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ‬
‫‪ 3,2‬ﺭﻃﻮﺑﺖ‬
‫‪ 5,2‬ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻤﻰ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻒ ـ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻢ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﺍﺯ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ‬
‫ﺏ ـ ﻛﻮﻫﺴﺘﺎﻧﻰ‬
‫ﺝ ـ ﺳﺘﭗ‬
‫ﺩ ـ ﻣﺪﻳﺘﺮﺍﻧﻪ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍﺋﻰ‬
‫ﻫـ ـ ﻣﻮﻧﺴﻮﻧﻰ‬
‫ﺩ ـ ﺻﺤﺮﺍﺋﻰ‬
‫‪:‬ﺷﺎﮔﺮﺩﺍﻥ ﻋﺰﻳﺰ ﺑﺎ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺼﻞ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻫﺪﺍﻑ ﺩﺍﻧﺸﻰ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺁﺷﻨﺎ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫‪.‬ـ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻓﺎﻛﺘﻮﺭﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﻬﻢ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻤﻰ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‬
‫‪.‬ـ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﺁﮔﺎﻫﻰ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‬
‫ـ ‪ //‬ﺭﻃﻮﺑﺖ‬
‫ـ ‪ //‬ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﻫﻮﺍ ﻭ ﺑﺎﺩ‬
‫ـ ‪ //‬ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻤﻲ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ‬
‫‪ //‬ﺻﺤﺮﺍﺋﻰ‬ ‫ـ‬
‫‪ //‬ﻣﻮﻧﺴﻮﻧﻰ‬ ‫ـ‬
‫‪ //‬ﻣﺪﻳﺘﺮﺍﻧﻪ ﻳﻰ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍﺋﻰ‬ ‫ـ‬
‫ـ ‪ //‬ﺍﺳﺘﭗ‬
‫ـ ‪ //‬ﻛﻮﻫﺴﺘﺎﻧﻰ‬
‫‪21‬‬
‫‪G10 Fasli (2).indd 21‬‬ ‫‪8/15/2011 3:59:34 PM‬‬
‫ﺷﺎﮔﺮﺩﺍﻥ ﻋﺰﻳﺰ ﺑﺎ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺼﻞ ﻣﻰ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﺐ ﺁﺗﻰ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‬
‫‪.‬ـ ﻓﻜﺘﻮﺭﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﻬﻢ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻤﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻔﻜﻴﻚ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﺘﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ‬
‫‪.‬ـ ﻓﺮﻕ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻤﻰ ﺭﺍ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﺘﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ‬
‫‪.‬ـ ﺗﺸﺨﻴﺺ ﺭﻃﻮﺑﺖ ﻧﺴﺒﺘﻰ ﻭ ﻣﻄﻠﻖ‬
‫‪.‬ـ ﺗﺸﺨﻴﺺ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﻭ ﭘﺴﺖ ﺑﺎﺩﻫﺎ‬
‫‪.‬ـ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻢ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻔﻜﻴﻚ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﺘﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ‬
‫‪.‬ـ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻢ ﻛﻮﻫﺴﺘﺎﻧﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﭗ ﺗﻔﻜﻴﻚ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﺘﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ‬
‫‪.‬ـ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﭗ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻢ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍﺋﻰ ﻓﺮﻕ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﺘﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ‬
‫‪.‬ـ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻢ ﻣﺪﻳﺘﺮﺍﻧﻪ ﻳﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻢ ﻛﻮﻫﺴﺘﺎﻧﻰ ﻓﺮﻕ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﺘﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ‬
‫‪.‬ـ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻢ ﻣﻮﻧﺴﻮﻧﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺪﻳﺘﺮﺍﻧﻪ ﺋﻰ ﺗﻔﻜﻴﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‬
‫‪.‬ـ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻢ ﻛﻮﻫﺴﺘﺎﻧﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺻﺤﺮﺍﻳﻰ ﺗﺸﺨﻴﺺ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﺘﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ‬
‫‪22‬‬
‫‪G10 Fasli (2).indd 22‬‬ ‫‪8/15/2011 3:59:35 PM‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﺱ ﻫﻔﺘﻢ‬
‫‪ 1,2‬ﻓﻜﺘﻮﺭ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﻬﻢ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻤﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻢ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺵ )‪ (19‬ﺷﻜﻞ ﺑﺎﻻ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻤﻰ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ )‪ (19‬ﻧﮕﺎﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻢ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻴﺪﻫﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﭼﻪ ﻋﻮﺍﻣﻠﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻨﻮﻉ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻢ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﻣﺎ ﻣﺆﺛﺮ ﺍﻧﺪ؟‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻨﺠﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩﻯ‬

‫ﺍﺯ ﻋﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﻭ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ‬
‫ﻋﻤﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻣﻬﻢ ﭘﺪﻳﺪﻩ‬
‫ﻫﺎﻯ ﺟﻮﻯ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻭﻝ‬
‫ﻣﻴﻜﻨــــــﺪ ﺍﺷــــــﺎﺭﻩ‬
‫ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ )‪(20‬‬
‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺑﻬﺎﺭ‬
‫‪23‬‬
‫‪G10 Fasli (2).indd 23‬‬ ‫‪8/15/2011 3:59:38 PM‬‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ (21‬ﻓﺼﻞ ﺧﺰﺍﻥ‬
‫‪ t‬ﺯﺍﻭﻳﻪ ﺗﺎﺑﺶ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ‪ :‬ﺗﺎﺑﺶ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﺩﺭ ﻓﺼﻞ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺳﺎﻝ ﺑﻪ ﺯﻭﺍﻳﺎﻯ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﻣﻰ ﺗﺎﺑﺪ ﺑﻄﻮﺭ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻻﻯ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪ ‪ 34‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﻭ ‪ 33‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﻪ ﺗﺎﺑﺶ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﻭﻝ ﺳﺮﻃﺎﻥ ‪ 78‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﻭ ‪ 57‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺎﻩ ﻫﻮﺍ ﮔﺮﻡ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﻣﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻭﻝ ﺣﻤﻞ‬
‫)ﺑﻬﺎﺭ( ﻭ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ )ﺧﺰﺍﻥ( ﺯﺍﻭﻳﻪ ﺗﺎﺑﺶ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ‪ 55‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ‪ 57‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮﺍﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺎﻩ ﻫﺎ‬
‫ﻫﻮﺍ ﻣﻌﺘﺪﻝ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻭﻝ ﺟﺪﻯ ﻛﻪ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﻪ ﺍﺵ ﺑﻪ ‪ 32,5‬ﻣﻰ ﺭﺳﺪ ﻫﻮﺍ ﺳﺮﺩﺗﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪t‬ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻯ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﻻﻯ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻢ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺗﺎﺛﻴﺮ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﺩﻭﺍﻳﺮ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻃﻮﺭﻳﻜﻪ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻧﻴﻢ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪ ﻫﺎﻯ ‪ 29‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﻭ ‪ 30‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ ﻭ ‪ 38‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﻭ ‪31‬‬
‫ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ ﺷﻤﺎﻟﻰ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻴﻜﻪ ﺷﻌﺎﻉ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﺑﻪ ﺧﻂ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍ ﻋﻤﻮﺩﻯ ﻣﻰ ﺗﺎﺑﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻨﻮﺑﺘﺮﻳﻦ‬
‫ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺷﻌﺎﻉ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﺑﻪ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﻪ ‪ 60‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﻭ ‪ 30‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ ﻣﻴﻞ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺷﻤﺎﻟﻰ ﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺯﻭﺍﻳﻪ ‪ 51‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ‪ 29‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ ﻣﻰ ﺗﺎﺑﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪t‬ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﭘﺴﺖ ﻭ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻬﻢ ﻭ ﻋﻤﺪﻩ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻳﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻭﺿﺎﻉ ﺟﻮﻯ ﻳﻚ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ‬
‫ﺗﺎﺛﻴﺮ ﻣﻰ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﺩ ﻣﺜ ً‬
‫ﻼ ﻭﻗﺘﻴﻜﻪ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﭘﺴﺖ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺠﺎﻭﺭﺕ ﺟﺰﻳﺮﻩ ﺁﻳﺴﻠﻨﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻣﻰ‬
‫ﺁﻳﺪ ﻛﺘﻠﻪ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﻫﻮﺍﻯ ﻣﺮﻃﻮﺏ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﻏﺮﺏ ﻭ ﺷﻤﺎﻝ ﻏﺮﺏ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺳﺒﺐ‬
‫ﺑﺮﻓﺒﺎﺭﻯ ﻭ ﺑﺎﺭﻧﺪﻩ ﮔﻰ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﺳﺎﻳﺒﺮﻳﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺳﻢ ﺯﻣﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﺑﺮﻓﺒﺎﺭﻯ‬
‫‪24‬‬
‫‪G10 Fasli (2).indd 24‬‬ ‫‪8/15/2011 3:59:38 PM‬‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ )‪(22‬‬
‫ﻫﺎﻯ ﺩﺍﻣﻨﻪ ﺩﺍﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻫﻨﺪﻭﻛﺶ ﻣﻰ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ t‬ﻛﺘﻠﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻫﻮﺍ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﺑﺎ ﺭﻃﻮﺑﺖ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺍﺳﻢ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻤﺖ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﻣﻰ ﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻢ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﺗﺎﺛﻴﺮ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺮﻓﺒﺎﺭﻯ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺑﺎﺭﻧﺪﮔﻰ ﻫﺎﻯ‬
‫ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻣﻰ ﺁﻭﺭﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪t‬ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻳﻜﻰ ﺍﺯ ﻋﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﺍﺳﺎﺳﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻤﻰ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﻣﺎ ﺑﺸﻤﺎﺭ ﻣﻴﺮﻭﺩ ﻳﻌﻨﻰ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻳﻚ ﺳﺮﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻛﻮﻫﺴﺘﺎﻧﻰ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊ ﺳﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﺮﻓﻰ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﻛﻢ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ‬
‫ﮔﺮﻡ ﺗﺮ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﻳﺖ ﻭ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺍﻓﺘﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻮﻫﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻬﻢ ﻭ ﺑﺎﺭﺯ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻤﻰ ﻣﻤﻠﻜﺖ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﻣﻴﺪﻫﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪t‬ﻃﻮﻓﺎﻥ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻫﻮﺍﻳﻰ ﮔﺎﻩ ﮔﺎﻩ ﺑﺎﻻﻯ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻢ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺗﺎﺛﻴﺮ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻣﻴﻜﻨﺪ‪.‬؛‬
‫‪25‬‬
‫‪G10 Fasli (2).indd 25‬‬ ‫‪8/15/2011 3:59:40 PM‬‬
‫ﺷﺎﮔﺮﺩﺍﻥ ﺑﻪ ﮔﺮﻭپ ﻫﺎ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻫﺮﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ ﻳﻜﻰ ﺍﺯ ﻋﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺑﺎﻫﻢ‬
‫ﺑﺤﺚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ ﻭﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﺭﺍ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺭﻭﻯ ﺻﻨﻒ ﺍﺭﺍﻳﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻮﺍﻝ ﻫﺎ‪:‬‬ ‫؟‬

‫‪1‬ـ ﻓﻜﺘﻮﺭﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻋﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﻣﻮﺛﺮ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻢ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﻫﺎ ﺍﻧﺪ ﻧﺎﻡ ﺑﺒﺮﻳﺪ؟‬
‫‪2‬ـ ﺟﻤﻼﺕ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻭ ﻏﻠﻂ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻢ ﺗﻔﻜﻴﻚ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪:‬‬
‫‪1‬ـ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻭ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﻳﺖ ﻛﻮﻩ ﻫﺎ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﺑﺎﺭﺯ ﻭ ﻣﻬﻢ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻤﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ‬
‫ﻣﻴﺪﻫﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻳﻜﻪ ﺑﺎﻻﻯ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻢ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺗﺎﺛﻴﺮ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺟﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺎﻳﻰ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺪﺕ ﭼﻨﺪﻳﻦ ﺳﺎﻝ ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ ﻣﻬﻢ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻢ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﻣﺤﺴﻮﺏ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪3‬ـ ﻛﺘﻠﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻫﻮﺍ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﺑﺎ ﺭﻃﻮﺑﺖ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺳﻢ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺳﺎﻝ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺷﺪﻩ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺭﻧﺪﮔﻰ ﻭ ﺑﺮﻓﺒﺎﺭﻯ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﺭ ﻣﻰ ﺁﻭﺭﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﻴﻞ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺭﻭﺯ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻓﺼﻞ ﺗﺎﺑﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﺯﻧﺪﻩ ﮔﻰ ﺧﻮﻳﺶ ﭼﻄﻮﺭ ﻣﻰ‬
‫ﻳﺎﺑﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪26‬‬
‫‪G10 Fasli (2).indd 26‬‬ ‫‪8/15/2011 3:59:41 PM‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﺱ ﻫﺸﺘﻢ‬
‫‪2,2‬ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ (23‬ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﺑﻪ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ‪ ،‬ﻧﻮﺭ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺮژﻯ‬
‫ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻤﻰ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﻣﺎﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺳﺎﻝ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺗﺎﺛﻴﺮ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻴﺪﻫﺪ؟‬
‫ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺳﻰ ﻭ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻬﻢ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻤﻰ ﻳﻚ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﺑﺸﻤﺎﺭ ﻣﻴﺮﻭﺩ‪،‬‬
‫ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻰ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺛﺮ ﺗﺎﺑﺶ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻣﻰ ﺁﻳﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻔﻬﻮﻡ‬
‫ﮔﺮﻣﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻓﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻗﺖ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﻭ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺟﻮﻯ ﺩﺭ ﻃﻮﻝ‬
‫ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ‪ ،‬ﻓﺼﻞ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺳﺎﻝ ﻭ ﺩﻭﺍﻳﺮ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﻣﻮﺍﺟﻪ ﻣﻴﮕﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺑﻴﻦ ‪ 29‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﻭ ‪ 30‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ ﻭ ‪ 38‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﻭ ‪ 31‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺷﻤﺎﻟﻰ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺑﻨﺎ ًء ﺩﺭ ﺟﻨﻮﺏ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﻣﻴﻞ ﺷﻌﺎﻉ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ‪ 60‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﻭ ‪ 30‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺷﻤﺎﻝ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ‬
‫ﻣﻴﻞ ﺍﺻﻐﺮﻯ ﺁﻥ ‪ 51‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﻭ ‪ 29‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺴﺎﻟﻪ ﺑﺠﺎﻯ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻭ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ‬
‫ﺍﻭﺿﺎﻉ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻤﻰ ﻳﻚ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺖ ﻣﻬﻢ ﻭﻋﻤﺪﻩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﻫﻤﭽﻨﺎﻥ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﻛﺸﻮﺭﻫﺎﻯ‬
‫ﻛﻮﻫﺴﺘﺎﻧﻰ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻩ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮ ﺁﻥ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﻧﻈﺮﺑﻪ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ‬
‫‪27‬‬
‫‪G10 Fasli (2).indd 27‬‬ ‫‪8/15/2011 3:59:42 PM‬‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ (24‬ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﻛﻮﻫﺴﺘﺎﻧﻰ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺟﻮﻯ ﺁﻥ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻓﻜﺘﻮﺭﻫﺎﻯ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻤﻰ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﻛﻮﻫﺴﺘﺎﻧﻰ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻌﻜﻮﺳﺎً ﻣﺘﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻔﻬﻮﻡ ﻛﻪ ﻫﺮ ﻗﺪﺭ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﺑﺮﻭﻳﻢ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﻛﻢ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻫﻢ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺑﺎﺭﻧﺪﻩ ﮔﻰ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﻣﻰ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻃﻮﺭﻳﻜﻪ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﺻﺪ ﻣﺘﺮ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ )ﻳﻚ( ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻰ ﮔﺮﻳﺪ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻞ ﻣﻰ‬
‫ﻳﺎﺑﺪ‬
‫‪28‬‬
‫‪G10 Fasli (2).indd 28‬‬ ‫‪8/15/2011 3:59:44 PM‬‬
‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺣﺪ ﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﻭ ﺣﺪ ﺍﻗﻞ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻌﻀﻰ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ‬
‫ﺣﺪ ﺍﻗﻞ‬ ‫ﺣﺪ ﺍﻛﺜﺮ‬ ‫ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻄﺢ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﻢ ﻣﺤﻞ‬ ‫ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ‬
‫ﺑﺤﺮ‬
‫‪ 1،1‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ‬ ‫‪ 18،4‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ‬ ‫‪ 3350‬ﻣﺘﺮ‬ ‫ﺳﺎﻟﻨﮓ ﺷﻤﺎﻟﻰ‬ ‫‪1‬‬

‫ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻰ ﮔﺮﻳﺪ‬ ‫ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻰ ﮔﺮﻳﺪ‬
‫‪// 8‬‬ ‫‪// 35،1‬‬ ‫‪ 1803‬ﻣﺘﺮ‬ ‫ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻥ ﻫﻮﺍﻳﻰ‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫ﻛﺎﺑﻞ‬
‫‪// 17،8‬‬ ‫‪// 42،8‬‬ ‫‪ 360‬ﻣﺘﺮ‬ ‫ﺷﺒﺮﻏﺎﻥ‬ ‫‪3‬‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﭼﻬﺎﺭ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺸﻜﻪ ﻣﺤﺎﻁ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫ﺑﻨﺎً ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻯ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻢ ﺑﺮﻯ ﻣﻰ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﺟﺎﻧﺐ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮ ﻛﻮﻫﺴﺘﺎﻧﻰ ﺑﻮﺩﻥ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ‬
‫ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﺷﺒﺎﻧﻪ ﺭﻭﺯﻯ ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎﻫﺎﻧﻪ ﻭ ﺳﺎﻻﻧﻪ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ‬
‫ﺧﺼﻮﺻﻴﺖ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻢ ﺧﺸﻚ ﻳﻚ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﺭﺍ ﻭﺍﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﻣﻴﺴﺎﺯﺩ‪ .‬ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﺓ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺯﻣﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺳﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﺎﻡ ﺗﺎﺑﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﮔﺮﻡ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪29‬‬
‫‪G10 Fasli (2).indd 29‬‬ ‫‪8/15/2011 3:59:44 PM‬‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ )‪(25‬‬

‫ﺷﺎﮔﺮﺩﺍﻥ ﺑﻪ ﭼﻨﺪ ﮔﺮﻭپ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﻭ ﻫﺮ ﻳﻚ ﺭﻭﻯ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﻫﻢ ﻣﺒﺎﺣﺜﻪ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ‪ ،‬ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺟﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺎﻳﻰ ‪ ،‬ﺳﻪ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻤﻰ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ‬
‫ﺳﻮﺍﻝ ﻫﺎ‪:‬‬ ‫؟‬
‫ﺟﺎﻫﺎﻯ ﺧﺎﻟﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺟﻤﻼﺕ ﻭ ﻛﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﭘﺮ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻚ ‪ ....................‬ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪ ‪ .......................‬ﺍﺳﺖ‬ ‫‪t‬‬
‫ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻴﻜﻪ ﺷﻌﺎﻉ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﺯ ‪ .......................‬ﺑﻪ ﺳﻄﺢ ‪ ..........................‬ﻣﻴﺮﺳﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪t‬‬
‫ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺑﻴﻦ ‪ .........................................‬ﻋﺮﺽ ﺷﻤﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫‪t‬‬
‫ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻤﻠﻪ ‪ ....................................‬ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ‪ .................................‬ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫‪t‬‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﻯ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻤﻰ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﺻﺤﺮﺍﻳﻰ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺼﻨﻴﻒ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪30‬‬
‫‪G10 Fasli (2).indd 30‬‬ ‫‪8/15/2011 3:59:45 PM‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﺱ ﻧﻬﻢ‬
‫ﺭﻃﻮﺑﺖ‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ (26‬ﻧﻘﺸﻪ‬
‫ﺁﻳﺎ ﺭﻃﻮﺑﺖ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻤﻰ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺭﻭﻝ ﻣﻬﻢ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ؟‬
‫ﺭﻃﻮﺑﺖ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻤﻠﺔ ﻋﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﻣﺆﺛﺮ ﻣﻬﻢ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻢ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻣﺎﻩ ﻭ ﺳﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺟﻮﻯ ﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻭﺿﺎﻉ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻤﻰ ﻳﻚ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻤﺎً ﺗﺤﺖ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻭﻝ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻴﺪﻫﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺑﺎﺭﻧﺪﻩ ﮔﻰ ﻏﺎﻟﺒﺎً‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﻛﻮﻫﺴﺘﺎﻧﻰ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﺗﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻣﻴﺮﺳﺪ‪ ،‬ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ‬
‫ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻞ ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻪ ﻭ ﻫﻮﺍﻯ ﻣﺮﻃﻮﺏ ﺯﻭﺩﺗﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺍﺷﺒﺎﻉ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻰ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺑﺎﺭﻧﺪﻩ ﮔﻰ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺧﻮﺭﺩ ﺟﺒﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﮔﺮﻡ ﻭ ﺳﺮﺩ ﮔﺎﻫﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﺑﺎﺭﻧﺪﻩ ﮔﻰ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻛﻮﻫﺴﺘﺎﻧﻰ‬
‫ﻣﻴﮕﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﺟﺎﻧﺐ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺑﺎﺭﻧﺪﻩ ﮔﻰ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﻮﺳﻤﻰ ﺑﺤﺮ ﻫﻨﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﺷﺮﻗﻰ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﺑﺎﺭﻧﺪﻩ‬
‫ﮔﻰ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺎﻩ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺗﺎﺑﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﻣﻴﮕﺮﺩﺩ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﻛﺘﻠﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻫﻮﺍﻯ ﺫﻳﻞ ﻣﺴﻠﻂ ﺍﺳﺖ‪:‬‬
‫‪31‬‬
‫‪G10 Fasli (2).indd 31‬‬ ‫‪8/15/2011 3:59:47 PM‬‬
‫ـ ﺩﺭ ﻓﺼﻞ ﺯﻣﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺟﺒﻬﻪ ﺳﺎﻳﺒﺮﻳﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻤﺎﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ـ ﺩﺭ ﻓﺼﻞ ﺑﻬﺎﺭ ﺟﺒﻬﻪ ﻣﻌﺘﺪﻝ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻳﺴﻠﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺤﻴﺮﻩ ﻛﺴﭙﻴﻦ‪.‬‬
‫ـ ﺩﺭ ﻓﺼﻞ ﺗﺎﺑﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﻫﻮﺍﻯ ﻣﺮﻃﻮﺏ ﺧﻠﻴﺞ ﻓﺎﺭﺱ ﻭ ﺑﺎﺩﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﻮﺳﻤﻰ ﺑﺤﺮ ﻫﻨﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻨﻮﺏ ﻭ‬
‫ﺟﻨﻮﺏ ﻏﺮﺏ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﺘﻠﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻫﻮﺍﻯ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺳﻢ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺳﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﺑﺎﺭﻧﺪﻩ ﮔﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﻫﻮﺍ ﻭ ﻭﺯﺵ ﺑﺎﺩﻫﺎ‪:‬‬
‫ﺣﺪ ﺍﻋﻈﻤﻰ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﻫﻮﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺑﺤﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﻪ ﻣﻴﺮﺳﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻝ ﺑﻪ )‪ (760‬ﻣﻴﻠﻰ ﻣﺘﺮ‬
‫ﻭﻳﺎ )‪ (1031‬ﻣﻴﻠﻰ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺍﻣﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻫﺮ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﻳﻴﻜﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺑﺤﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺎﻣﺖ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻋﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﺗﻤﻮﺳﻔﻴﺮ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊ ﻛﻮﻫﺴﺘﺎﻧﻰ ﺑﺎﻻ ﺑﺮﻭﻳﻢ ﻭ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﺭﻭﻣﺘﺮﻯ ﺳﺘﻮﻥ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﺏ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ ﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺳﺘﻮﻥ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﺏ ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻞ ﻣﻰ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺳﺘﻴﺸﻦ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻫﻮﺍ ﺷﻨﺎﺳﻰ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺫﻳﻞ ﻣﻰ ﻳﺎﺑﻴﻢ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﺏ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺑﺤﺮ‬ ‫ﻣﺎﻩ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﻴﺸﻦ‬

‫ﻣﻴﻠﻰ ﻣﺘﺮ‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﻣﺘﺮ‬
‫‪680‬‬ ‫‪3350‬‬ ‫ﺍﻛﺘﻮﺑﺮ‬ ‫ﺳﺎﻟﻨﮓ ﺷﻤﺎﻟﻰ‬
‫‪694،9‬‬ ‫‪3150‬‬ ‫ﺍﻛﺘﻮﺑﺮ‬ ‫ﺳﺎﻟﻨﮓ ﺟﻨﻮﺑﻰ‬
‫‪768،8‬‬ ‫‪2180‬‬ ‫ﻧﻮﺍﻣﺒﺮ‬ ‫ﻏﺰﻧﻰ‬
‫‪770،6‬‬ ‫‪1803‬‬ ‫ﺟﻨﻮﺭﻯ‬ ‫ﻛﺎﺑﻞ‬
‫‪885،7‬‬ ‫‪1185‬‬ ‫ﺟﻨﻮﺭﻯ‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺳﺖ‬
‫‪910،0‬‬ ‫‪964‬‬ ‫ﻧﻮﺍﻣﺒﺮ‬ ‫ﻫﺮﺍﺕ‬
‫‪936،4‬‬ ‫‪651‬‬ ‫ﺩﺳﺎﻣﺒﺮ‬ ‫ﻓﺮﺍﻩ‬
‫‪956،2‬‬ ‫‪552‬‬ ‫ﺟﻨﻮﺭﻯ‬ ‫ﺟﻼﻝ ﺁﺑﺎﺩ‬
‫‪969،6‬‬ ‫‪510‬‬ ‫ﺟﻨﻮﺭﻯ‬ ‫ﺑﻐﻼﻥ‬
‫‪970،3‬‬ ‫‪435‬‬ ‫ﺟﻨﻮﺭﻯ‬ ‫ﻛﻨﺪﺯ‬
‫‪977،3‬‬ ‫‪378‬‬ ‫ﺟﻨﻮﺭﻯ‬ ‫ﻣﺰﺍﺭﺷﺮﻳﻒ‬
‫ﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻛﻪ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺍﺗﻤﻮﺳﻔﻴﺮ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺗﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻣﻌﻜﻮﺱ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ‬
‫‪32‬‬
‫‪G10 Fasli (2).indd 32‬‬ ‫‪8/15/2011 3:59:47 PM‬‬
‫ﻣﻔﻬﻮﻡ ﻛﻪ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺍﺗﻤﻮﺳﻔﻴﺮ ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻞ ﻣﻰ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻫﺮﮔﺎﻩ‬
‫ﺍﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺭﺍﺍﺯ ﻟﺤﺎﻅ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﺭﻇﺮﻑ ﺳﺎﻝ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﻪ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﻢ ﻣﻰ ﺑﻴﻨﻴﻢ ﻛﻪ ﺣﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﺍﻭﺳﻂ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺎﺑﺴﺘﺎﻥ )ﻣﺎﻩ ﺍﺳﺪ( ﺑﻪ ‪ 778،4‬ﻣﻴﻠﻰ ﺑﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻬﺎﺭ ﻣﺎﻩ ﺣﻤﻞ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ‪844،18‬‬
‫ﻣﻴﻠﻰ ﺑﺎﺭﺻﻌﻮﺩ ﻣﻰ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻣﺎ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺑﻪ ﭘﺮﻧﺴﻴﭗ ﺍﺻﻠﻰ ﻭ ﻓﺰﻳﻜﻰ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﺩ ﻣﺘﻮﺟﻪ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﻢ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺤﺚ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻢ‬
‫ﺷﻨﺎﺳﻰ ﻭ ﺣﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺎﻯ ﻓﺰﻳﻜﻰ ﺍﺻﻄﻼﺡ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﭘﺴﺖ )‪( Cyclone- L.P Low Pressure‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﺎ )‪ (DEPRESSION‬ﻭ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ )‪ (Anticyclone‬ﻳﺎ )‪HIGH PRESSURE‬‬
‫‪ (H.P‬ﻧﺎﻡ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺗﺤﺖ ﻫﺮﻧﻮﻉ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﺩ ﺩﺍﻳﻤﺎً ﺍﺯ ﻣﺮﺍﻛﺰ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ‬
‫ﻫﻨﺪﻭﻛﺶ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺎﻣﺖ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﭘﺴﺖ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﻰ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ ﻣﺜ ً‬
‫ﻼ ﺑﺎﺩ ﭘﺮﻭﺍﻥ ﻭﻳﺎ ﺑﺎﺩ ﻫﺎﻯ ‪ 120‬ﺭﻭﺯﻩ‬
‫ﻫﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺮﺍﻛﺰ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺎﻣﺖ ﻣﺮﺍﻛﺰ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﭘﺴﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻣﻰ ﺍﻓﺘﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﺮﺍﻛﺰ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ‬
‫ﭘﺴﺖ ﻭ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻭﺍﻳﺮ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪ ﻭ ﺗﻮﭘﻮﮔﺮﺍﻓﻰ ﻣﻴﺘﻮﺍﻥ ﺩﺳﺘﻪ ﺑﻨﺪﻯ ﻛﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻘﻴﻜﻪ‬
‫ﺣﺪ ﺍﻋﻈﻤﻰ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﺪ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﭘﺴﺖ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﺳﺮﺩﺗﺮﻣﺮﺍﻛﺰ‬
‫ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻣﻰ ﺁﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺩﻭﺍﻳﺮﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪ ﻣﺮﺍﻛﺰ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺫﻳﻞ ﻣﻰ ﻳﺎﺑﻴﻢ‪:‬‬
‫‪1‬ـ ﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺧﻂ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻯ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﭘﺴﺖ‬
‫‪2‬ـ ﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺧﻂ ﺳﺮﻃﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺟﺪﻯ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻯ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ‬
‫‪3‬ـ ﺳﺎﺣﻪ ﺧﻂ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﻩ ﺁﺭﻛﺘﻴﻚ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺘﺎﺭﻛﺘﻴﻚ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻯ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﭘﺴﺖ )ﺑﻪ ﻣﻘﺎﻳﺴﻪ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ‬
‫ﻗﻄﺒﻴﻦ(‬
‫‪4‬ـ ﺳﺎﺣﻪ ﻗﻄﺒﻴﻦ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻯ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﺣﻪ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﻧﻴﻤﻜﺮﻩ ﺷﻤﺎﻟﻰ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻯ‬
‫ﺁﺳﻤﺎﻥ ﺻﺎﻑ ﻭ ﺑﺎﺭﻧﺪﮔﻰ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪33‬‬
‫‪G10 Fasli (2).indd 33‬‬ ‫‪8/15/2011 3:59:47 PM‬‬
‫ﺷﺎﮔﺮﺩﺍﻥ ﺑﻪ ﮔﺮﻭپ ﻫﺎ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﻫﺮ ﮔﺮﻭپ ﺭﻭﻯ ﻧﻜﺎﺕ ﺍﺳﺎﺳﻰ ﺩﺭﺱ ﺑﺎﻫﻢ ﺑﺤﺚ‬
‫ﻛﻨﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﺑﺤﺚ ﺭﺍ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺭﻭﻯ ﺻﻨﻒ ﺍﺭﺍﻳﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻮﺍﻝ ﻫﺎ‪:‬‬ ‫؟‬

‫‪1‬ـ ﺭﻃﻮﺑﺖ ﭼﻄﻮﺭ ﺍﻭﺿﺎﻉ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻤﻰ ﻳﻚ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻭﻝ ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﺪ‬
‫‪2‬ـ ﺁﻳﺎ ﺑﺎﺩﻫﺎ ﻣﻴﺘﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻢ ﻣﻮﺛﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﺟﻮﺍﺏ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪:‬‬
‫‪3‬ـ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﭘﺴﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﺣﻪ ‪ . . .‬ﻭ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﺣﻪ ‪. . .‬‬
‫ﺏ ـ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﻩ ﺟﺪﻯ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻒ ـ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﻩ ﺳﺮﻃﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺩـ ﻫﻴﭽﻜﺪﺍﻡ‬ ‫ﺝ ـ ﺧﻂ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍ‬
‫‪4‬ـ ﺣﺪ ﺍﻋﻈﻤﻰ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩ ـ ﻫﻴﭽﻜﺪﺍﻡ‬ ‫ﺝ ـ ﻣﺎﻩ ﺟﺪﻯ‬ ‫ﺏ ـ ﻣﺎﻩ ﺍﺳﺪ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻒ ـ ﻣﺎﻩ ﺳﻨﺒﻠﻪ‬

‫ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻭ ﻣﻄﻠﺐ)ﺭﻃﻮﺑﺖ ﻭ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﻫﻮﺍ( ﺗﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺍﻧﺴﺘﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺧﻮﻳﺸﺮﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻳﻚ‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺑﻨﻮﻳﺴﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪34‬‬
‫‪G10 Fasli (2).indd 34‬‬ ‫‪8/15/2011 3:59:47 PM‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﺱ ﺩﻫﻢ‬
‫ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻤﻰ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ (27‬ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻤﻰ‬
‫ﭼﮕﻮﻧﮕﻰ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻤﻰ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ؟‬

‫ﺑﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﻣﻬﻢ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻢ ﭼﻮﻥ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ‪ ،‬ﺭﻃﻮﺑﺖ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺭﻧﺪﮔﻰ‪ ،‬ﻣﺮﺍﻛﺰ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ‬
‫ﭘﺴﺖ ﻭ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻤﻰ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺫﻳﻞ ﻣﻴﺘﻮﺍﻥ ﺗﺼﻨﻴﻒ ﻛﺮﺩ‪:‬‬
‫ـ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻢ ﺻﺤﺮﺍﻳﻰ‬
‫ـ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻢ ﻣﻮﻧﺴﻮﻥ‬
‫ـ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻢ ﻣﺪﻳﺘﺮﺍﻧﻪ ﺍﻯ‬
‫ـ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻢ ﺳﺘﭗ‬
‫ـ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻢ ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﭙﺎﻳﻦ ﺗﻨﺪﺭﺍ‬
‫ـ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻢ ﻛﻮﻫﺴﺘﺎﻧﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﺼﻨﻴﻒ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻤﻰ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺯﻭﻧﻬﺎﻯ ﻧﺒﺎﺗﻰ ﻛﻪ ﻋﻠﻤﺎ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺗﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‬
‫‪ .1‬ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻢ ﺻﺤﺮﺍﻳﻰ‪:‬‬
‫ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻘﻴﻜﻪ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺗﺎﺛﻴﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻢ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﻧﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻳﮕﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺻﺪﻳﻘﻰ‪ ،‬ﺩﺷﺖ‬
‫‪35‬‬
‫‪G10 Fasli (2).indd 35‬‬ ‫‪8/15/2011 3:59:48 PM‬‬
‫ﻣﺎﺭﮔﻮ‪ ،‬ﺩﺷﺖ ﺟﻬﻨﺪﻡ‪ ،‬ﺩﺷﺖ ﺑﻜﻮﺍ ﻭ ﻳﻚ ﻧﻮﺍﺭ‬
‫ﺻﺤﺮﺍﻳﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻣﺘﺪﺍﺩ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ ﺁﻣﻮ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻢ ﺻﺤﺮﺍﻳﻰ ﺁﻧﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺑﺎﺭﻧﺪﻩ ﮔﻰ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﻃﻮﻝ ﺳﺎﻝ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻢ ﻭ ﻭﻗﻔﻪ ﻳﻰ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ (28‬ﺟﻨﮕﻞ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺳﻮﺯﻧﻰ ﺑﺮگ‬

‫ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﺓ ﺑﺎﺭﻧﺪﻩ ﮔﻰ ﻭﺳﻄﻰ ﻣﺎﻫﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﺯ ‪5‬ـ‪ 10‬ﻣﻴﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻣﺘﺮ ﺗﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﻧﻤﻰ ﻛﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﻤﭽﻨﺎﻥ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﺩﺭ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺷﺐ ﻭ‬
‫ﺭﻭﺯ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺳﻢ ﺗﺎﺑﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺯﻣﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ‬
‫ﻣﻰ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺮﻑ ﻧﻤﻰ ﺑﺎﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺭﻭﻯ ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﻋﻠﺖ‬
‫ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮ ﻋﻮﺍﺭﺽ ﺟﻮﻯ ﺍﺣﺠﺎﺭ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻢ ﺷﻜﺴﺘﻪ ﻭ‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ (29‬ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﻣﺪﻳﺮﺍﺗﻪ ﻳﻰ‬ ‫ﺗﻮﺩﻩ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺧﻮﺭﺩ ﻭ ﺑﺰﺭگ ﺭﻳﮕﻰ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺩﻭﻥ‬
‫‪ DUNE‬ﺗﭙﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺭﻳﮕﻰ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﻴﮕﺮﺩﺩ ﻭ‬
‫ﻧﺒﺎﺗﺎﺕ ﺧﺎﺭﺩﺍﺭ ﻭ ﺯﻗﻮﻡ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﻭ‬
‫ﻛﻤﻰ ﺭﻃﻮﺑﺖ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻣﻰ ﺭﻭﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -2‬ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻢ ﻣﻮﻧﺴﻮﻧﻰ‬
‫ﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺳﭙﻴﻦ ﻏﺮ ﻭ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﻛﻮﻫﺴﺘﺎﻧﻰ ﻧﻮﺭﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﻭ‬
‫ﻟﻐﻤﺎﻥ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻢ ﻣﻮﻧﺴﻮﻥ ﻣﻰ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻﻳﺖ ﭘﻜﺘﻴﺎ ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ (30‬ﺟﻨﮕﻞ ﭘﻬﻦ ﺑﺮگ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﻣﻌﺘﺪﻝ‬
‫ﺑﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﺧﻮﺳﺖ ﺍﺯ ﻭﺯﺵ ﺑﺎﺩﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﻮﻧﺴﻮﻧﻰ‬
‫ﺑﺤﺮ ﻫﻨﺪ ﻣﺴﺘﻔﻴﺪ ﻣﻴﮕﺮﺩﺩ‪ ،‬ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺎﺑﺴﺘﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻣﺮﻃﻮﺏ ﺑﺤﺮ ﻫﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺳﺮﺩ ﺳﺎﻳﺒﺮﻳﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺮﻃﻮﺏ ﻣﻰ ﺳﺎﺯﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﻮﺍﻯ ﻣﺮﻃﻮﺏ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﺎﺣﻪ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﺯﻣﻴﻨﻪ ﺭﺷﺪ‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ (31‬ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﺗﻨﺪﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﻧﺒﺎﺗﺎﺕ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﺭﭼﻪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻠﻮﻁ‪ ،‬ﻧﺸﺘﺮ ﻭ ﺟﻠﻐﻮﺯﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ‬
‫ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪36‬‬
‫‪G10 Fasli (2).indd 36‬‬ ‫‪8/15/2011 3:59:52 PM‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺎﻩ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻋﻘﺮﺏ ﻭ ﻗﻮﺱ‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﺎﺣﻪ ﻧﺴﺒﺘﺎً ﻫﻮﺍﻯ ﺧﺸﻚ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻣﺎﻩ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺳﺎﻝ‬
‫ﻫﻮﺍﻯ ﺁﻥ ﻣﺮﻃﻮﺏ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺑﺎﺭﻧﺪﻩ ﮔﻰ ﺳﺎﻻﻧﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻴﻦ‬
‫‪ 460‬ﻭ ‪ 680‬ﻣﻴﻠﻰ ﻣﺘﺮ ﻣﻴﺮﺳﺪ ﻛﻪ‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ )‪(32‬‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﻳﻚ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﻧﺴﺒﺘﺎً ﻣﺮﻃﻮﺏ ﺭﺍ ﻭﺍﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﻣﻴﺴﺎﺯﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .3‬ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻢ ﻣﺪﻳﺘﺮﺍﻧﻪ ﻳﻰ‬

‫ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻢ ﻣﺪﻳﺘﺮﺍﻧﻪ ﻳﻰ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﺷﺮﻗﻰ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻯ ﺧﺼﻮﺻﻴﺎﺕ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ‪:‬‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻤﻰ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﻧﮕﺎﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﺳﺎﺣﺎﺕ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻢ ﻣﺪﻳﺘﺮﺍﻧﻪ ﻳﻰ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻴﺪﻫﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪1‬ـ ﺗﺎﺑﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺧﺸﻚ ﻭ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﮔﺮﻡ‪.‬‬
‫‪2‬ـ ﺑﺎﺭﻧﺪﻩ ﮔﻰ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﺎﻡ ﺯﻣﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﻰ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪3‬ـ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﻭﺳﻄﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺎﺑﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ‪ 22‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻰ ﮔﺮﻳﺪ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺮ ﻣﻴﺮﻭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪4‬ـ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺑﺎﺭﻧﺪﮔﻰ ﺩﺭ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺳﺎﻝ ﺑﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﺩﺭﻓﺼﻞ ﺯﻣﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ‪ 20‬ﺗﺎ ‪ 40‬ﻣﻴﻠﻰ ﻣﺘﺮ ﻣﻰ‬
‫ﺭﺳﺪ‪ ،‬ﺟﻼﻝ ﺁﺑﺎﺩ ﻛﻪ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﺧﻮﺏ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻢ ﻣﺪﻳﺘﺮﺍﻧﻪ ﺍﻯ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺣﺪ ﻭﺳﻄﻰ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﻫﺸﺖ‬
‫ﺳﺎﻟﻪ ﺑﻪ ‪ 21‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻰ ﮔﺮﺍﺩ ﻭ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺑﺎﺭﻧﺪﻩ ﮔﻰ ﺍﺯ ‪ 147‬ﻣﻴﻠﻰ ﻣﺘﺮ ﺑﻪ ‪ 390‬ﻣﻴﻠﻰ ﻣﺘﺮ‬
‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﻰ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﺭﻧﺪﻩ ﮔﻰ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﺎً ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻥ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺮﻓﺒﺎﺭﻯ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﻪ ﻧﻤﻴﺮﺳﺪ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺑﻠﻨﺪﺗﺮ ﺍﺯ ‪ 900‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﺑﺮﻓﺒﺎﺭﻯ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺍﻣﻨﻪ ﻛﻮﻩ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺳﭙﻴﻦ ﻏﺮ ﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﻣﻴﺘﻮﺍﻧﻴﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﺧﺖ ﮔﺰ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻌﻀﻰ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﻧﺴﺒﺘﺎً ﻫﻤﻮﺍﺭ ﺟﻼﻝ ﺁﺑﺎﺩ ﺍﺯ ﻓﺼﻞ ﺧﺸﻚ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻮﺍﺣﻰ‬
‫ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﮔﻰ ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﻛﺸﺖ ﺑﺮﻧﺞ‪ ،‬ﻧﺒﺎﺗﺎﺕ ﻓﺎﻣﻴﻞ ﺳﺘﺮﻭﺱ‪ ،‬ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﻳﺖ ﻧﻴﺸﻜﺮ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭﺧﺖ‬
‫ﺧﺮﻣﺎ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪ ﺁﺏ ﻭ ﻫﻮﺍﻯ ﻣﺪﻳﺘﺮﺍﻧﻪ ﻳﻰ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪37‬‬
‫‪G10 Fasli (2).indd 37‬‬ ‫‪8/15/2011 3:59:53 PM‬‬
‫ﺷﺎﮔﺮﺩﺍﻥ ﺑﻪ ﮔﺮﻭپ ﻫﺎ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﻫﺮ ﮔﺮﻭپ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻤﻰ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺳﻮﺍﻻﺕ ﺯﻳﺮ ﭘﺎﺳﺦ ﺩﻫﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪1‬ـ ﺧﺼﻮﺻﻴﺎﺕ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻢ ﺻﺤﺮﺍﻳﻰ ﻭ ﻣﺪﻳﺘﺮﺍﻧﻪ ﻳﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﻫﻢ ﻣﻘﺎﻳﺴﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪2‬ـ ﺧﺼﻮﺻﻴﺎﺕ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻤﻰ ﻣﺪﻳﺘﺮﺍﻧﻪ ﻳﻰ ﻭ ﻣﻮﻧﺴﻮﻧﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﻫﻢ ﻣﻘﺎﻳﺴﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻮﺍﻝ ﻫﺎ‬ ‫؟‬

‫‪1‬ـ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻢ ﺟﻼﻝ ﺁﺑﺎﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻯ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﺧﺼﻮﺻﻴﺎﺕ ﻣﻰ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪2‬ـ ﺗﺎﺑﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺧﺸﻚ ﻭ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﮔﺮﻡ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻭﺻﺎﻑ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺁﺏ ﻭ ﻫﻮﺍ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺝ‪ .‬ﺁﺏ ﻭ ﻫﻮﺍﻯ ﺻﺤﺮﺍﻳﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ .‬ﺁﺏ ﻭ ﻫﻮﺍﻯ ﻣﻮﺳﻤﻰ‬
‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﻫﺮ ﺳﻪ ﺟﻮﺍﺏ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺍﺳﺖ‬ ‫ﺏ‪ .‬ﺁﺏ ﻭ ﻫﻮﺍﻯ ﻣﺪﻳﺘﺮﺍﻧﻪ ﻳﻰ‬
‫‪3‬ـ ﻛﺸﺖ ﺑــــﺮﻧﺞ‪ ،‬ﻧﻴﺸﻜﺮ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭﺧﺖ ﺧــــــﺮﻣﺎ ﻭ ﺳﺘﺮﻭﺱ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺁﺏ ﻭ ﻫﻮﺍ ﻣﻰ‬
‫ﺭﻭﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺝ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﭙﺎﻳﻦ ﺗﻨﺪﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ .‬ﺁﺏ ﻭﻫﻮﺍﻯ ﺻﺤﺮﺍﻳﻰ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﺪﻳﺘﺮﺍﻧﻪ ﻳﻰ‬ ‫ﺏ‪ .‬ﺁﺏ ﻭ ﻫﻮﺍﻯ ﻣﻮﻧﺴﻮﻧﻰ‬
‫‪4‬ـ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻼﻝ ﺁﺑﺎﺩ ﺑﺎﺭﻧﺪﻩ ﮔﻰ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﺎً ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ؟‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﺳﻮﺍﻻﺕ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺣﺮﻑ ﺹ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﺳﻮﺍﻻﺕ ﻏﻠﻂ ﺣﺮﻑ ﻍ ﺑﮕﺬﺍﺭﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪t‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﻛﻮﻫﺴﺘﺎﻧﻰ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺑﺎﺭﻧﺪﮔﻰ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﻫﻤﻮﺍﺭ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪t‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﻫﻮﺍ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﮔﺮﻡ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪t‬ﺑﺮﻓﺒﺎﺭﻯ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﮔﺮﻡ ﻭ ﻛﻢ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻓﺮﺍﻩ‪ ،‬ﺟﻼﻝ ﺁﺑﺎﺩ‪ ،‬ﻟﺸﻜﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﺪ ﺍﻋﻈﻤﻰ ﺑﺎﺭﻧﺪﮔﻰ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻮﺍﺣﻰ ﻣﺮﻛﺰﻯ ﻭ ﺷﻤﺎﻝ ﻏﺮﺑﻰ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪،‬‬ ‫‪t‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻋﻠﺖ ﺑﺮﻓﺒﺎﺭﻯ ﻓﺼﻞ ﺯﻣﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺟﺒﻬﻪ ﺳﺮﺩ ﺳﺎﻳﺒﺮﻳﺎ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﻣﻴﺪﻫﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻭﺻﺎﻑ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻢ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺯﻳﺴﺖ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺳﻄﺮ ﺑﻨﻮﻳﺴﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪38‬‬
‫‪G10 Fasli (2).indd 38‬‬ ‫‪8/15/2011 3:59:53 PM‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﺱ ﻳﺎﺯﺩﻫﻢ‬
‫‪ .4‬ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻢ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﺳﺘﭗ‪:‬‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ (33‬ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻢ ﻛﻮﻫﺴﺘﺎﻧﻰ‬
‫ﺁﻳﺎ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻢ ﺳﺘﭗ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻯ ﭼﻰ ﺧﺼﻮﺻﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﺳﺖ ؟‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺳﺎﺣﻪ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻢ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﺳﺘﭗ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻢ ﻣﻮﻧﺴﻮﻥ ﻭ ﻣﺪﻳﺘﺮﺍﻧﻪ ﻳﻰ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ‬
‫ﻭ ﺧﺼﻮﺻﻴﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﺭﺯﻳﻜﻪ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻢ ﺳﺘﭗ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺏ ﻭﻫﻮﺍﻯ ﺑﺮﻯ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﺷﺐ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ‪ 20‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻰ ﮔﺮﻳﺪ‬
‫ﻣﻰ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﺩﺭ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺳﺎﻝ ﺗﺎ ‪ 30‬ﻭ ‪ 35‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺑﺎﻻ ﻣﻴﺮﻭﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﺭﻧﺪﮔﻰ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﺎً‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺳﻢ ﺯﻣﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺑﻮﻗﻮﻉ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﻭ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻪ ‪ 250‬ـ ‪ 300‬ﻣﻴﻠﻰ ﻣﺘﺮ ﻣﻴﺮﺳﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ‬
‫ﺳﺘﭗ ﺍﻛﺜﺮﺍ ً ﻋﻠﻔﺰﺍﺭ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﺑﺘﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﭘﺴﺖ ﻗﺎﻣﺖ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻌﻀﻰ ﺟﺎﻫﺎ ﻧﻴﺰﺍﺭ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻭﺳﻴﻊ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻣﻰ ﺁﻭﺭﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺗﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﺣﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﻧﻘﺶ ﺍﺭﺯﻧﺪﻩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺧﻮﺷﺒﺨﺘﺎﻧﻪ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﻳﺖ ﺳﻠﺴﻠﻪ ﺟﺒﺎﻝ ﻫﻨﺪﻭﻛﺶ ﻭ ﺳﭙﻴﻦ ﻏﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ‬
‫ﺻﺤﺮﺍﻫﺎﻯ ﻭﺳﻴﻊ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻮﺍﺣﻰ ﺍﺯﺑﻴﻦ ﺑﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﺳﺘﭗ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺫﺭﻳﻌﺔ ﺳﻠﺴﻠﻪ ﻛﻮﻫﻬﺎﻯ ﻫﻨﺪﻭﻛﺶ ﺑﺪﻭﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﺟﺪﺍﮔﺎﻧﻪ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ‬
‫ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪:‬‬
‫ـ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﺳﺘﭗ ﺷﻤﺎﻟﻰ‬
‫ـ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﺳﺘﭗ ﺟﻨﻮﺑﻰ‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﺳﺘﭗ ﺷﻤﺎﻝ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﻴﺸﻦ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﺘﻴﻮﺭﻭﻟﻮژﻳﻜﻰ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ‬
‫‪39‬‬
‫‪G10 Fasli (2).indd 39‬‬ ‫‪8/15/2011 3:59:53 PM‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﺪ ﺍﺯ‪ :‬ﺑﻐﻼﻥ‪ ،‬ﻣﻴﻤﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻣﺰﺍﺭﺷﺮﻳﻒ‪ ،‬ﻛﻨﺪﺯ ﻭ ﻫﺮﺍﺕ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﻴﺸﻦ ﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻘﻰ‬
‫ﻫﻤﻮﺍﺭ ﺳﺘﭗ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻭ ﻧﺸﻴﺒﻰ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺷﻤﺎﻟﻰ ﻫﻨﺪﻭﻛﺶ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﺎً ﺩﺭ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺳﺎﺣﻪ‬
‫ﺳﺘﭗ ﺷﻤﺎﻟﻰ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺧﺼﻮﺻﻴﺎﺗﻰ ﻛﻪ ﺳﺘﭗ ﺷﻤﺎﻟﻰ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺧﻮﺑﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺗﺮﺑﻴﻪ ﻣﺎﻟﺪﺍﺭﻯ ﻭ ﺯﺭﺍﻋﺖ‬
‫ﻓﺮﺍﻫﻢ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺭﻧﺪﻩ ﮔﻰ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺑﻬﺎﺭﻯ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﻟﻠﻤﻰ ﻛﺎﺭﻯ ﮔﻨﺪﻡ‪ ،‬ﺧﺮﺑﻮﺯﻩ ﻭ‬
‫ﺗﺮﺑﻮﺯ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺗﺮﺑﻴﻪ ﮔﻮﺳﻔﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﻗﺮﻩ ﻗﻞ ﻭ ﺍﺳﭗ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﻰ‬
‫ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺯﺭﻉ ﭘﻨﺒﻪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺑﺮﻧﺞ ﻭ ﻟﺒﻠﺒﻮ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﻣﺬﻛﻮﺭ ﺗﻮﺳﻌﻪ ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺳﺎﺣﻪ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻤﻰ ﺳﺘﭗ ﺟﻨﻮﺑﻰ‪:‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﺣﻪ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻤﻰ ﺳﺘﭗ ﺟﻨﻮﺑﻰ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺗﺮﺑﻴﻪ ﺣﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺯﺭﻉ ﺑﻌﻀﻰ ﺣﺒﻮﺑﺎﺕ ﺍﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﭘﺬﻳﺮ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﻭ ﺟﻮﺩ ﺳﺎﺣﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻊ‪ ،‬ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮ ﻗﻠﺖ ﺁﺏ‪ ،‬ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻥ ﺗﻮﭘﻮﮔﺮﺍﻓﻰ ﻭﻋﺪﻡ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪﺕ‬
‫ﺧﺎﻙ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪﺍﺕ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﺓ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺳﺘﭗ ﺷﻤﺎﻟﻰ ﻧﻤﻴﺮﺳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪5‬ـ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻢ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﭙﺎﻳﻦ ﺗﻨﺪﺭﺍ‬

‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻢ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊ ﻛﻮﻫﺴﺘﺎﻧﻰ )ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ‪ 3000 - 2500‬ﻣﺘﺮ( ﺑﻪ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﻪ‬
‫ﻣﻴﺮﺳﺪ‪ .‬ﺣﺪ ﺍﺻﻐﺮﻯ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺗﺮ ﺍﺯ ‪ -5‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮﺍﺩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺗﺎﺑﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻰ ‪ 15‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮﺍﺩ ﻣﻰ ﺭﺳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ )‪(34‬‬
‫‪40‬‬
‫‪G10 Fasli (2).indd 40‬‬ ‫‪8/15/2011 3:59:55 PM‬‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ )‪(35‬‬
‫‪ -7‬ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻢ ﻛﻮﻫﺴﺘﺎﻧﻰ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻢ ﻛﻮﻫﺴﺘﺎﻧﻰ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﺳﺎﺣﺎﺕ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺑﻤﻼﺣﻈﻪ ﻣﻴﺮﺳﺪ؟‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻢ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﻧﮕﺎﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﺳﺎﺣﺎﺕ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻢ ﻛﻮﻫﺴﺘﺎﻧﻰ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻴﺪﻫﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊ ﻭ ﻛﻮﻫﺴﺘﺎﻧﻰ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻢ ﻣﻴﮕﺮﺩﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮﺧﻼﻑ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺑﺎﺭﻧﺪﮔﻰ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﺓ ﺭﻃﻮﺑﺖ ﻫﻮﺍ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﻣﻰ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ‬
‫ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﺷﺒﺎﺭﻭﺯﻯ ﻣﺎﻩ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺗﺎﺑﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺯﻣﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻌﻨﻰ‪:‬‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺑﺎﺭﻧﺪﮔﻰ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻢ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﺳﺎﺣﻪ ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﻣﺎ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﻟﺤﺎﻅ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻓﺘﺎﺩﻩ ﮔﻰ ﻛﻮﻫﻬﺎ ﻭ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﻧﺸﻴﺒﻰ ﻫﺎ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﻭ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﻪ ﺗﺎﺑﺶ‬
‫ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﭼﻮﻥ ﻫﺮﻧﻮﻉ ﻛﺘﻠﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﺮﻃﻮﺏ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺟﺒﻬﻪ ﺳﺮﺩﻳﻜﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻓﺮﺍﺯ‬
‫ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊ ﻭ ﺳﻠﺴﻠﻪ ﺟﺒﺎﻝ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﻣﻰ ﮔـــﺬﺭﺩ ﺑﺮﻓﺒﺎﺭﻯ ﻭ ﺑﺎﺭﻧﺪﮔﻰ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﺭ‬
‫ﻣﻰ ﺁﻭﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻴﺸﻦ ﺳﺎﻟﻨﮓ ﺷﻤﺎﻟﻰ ﻭ ﺟﻨﻮﺑﻰ ﺑﻬﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻢ ﻛﻮﻫﺴﺘﺎﻧﻰ ﺍﺳﺖ‬
‫ﺣﺪ ﺍﻋﻈﻤﻰ‬ ‫ﺣﺪ ﺍﺻﻐﺮﻯ‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﻴﺸﻦ‬
‫ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ‬ ‫ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺭﻧﺪﻩ ﮔﻰ‬
‫ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻰ ﮔﺮﻳﺪ‬ ‫ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻰ ﮔﺮﻳﺪ‬ ‫‪mm‬‬
‫‪ 24,8‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻰ‬ ‫‪ -27,8‬ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻰ‬ ‫‪1236,9‬‬ ‫ﺳﺎﻟﻨﮓ‬
‫ﮔﺮﻳﺪ‬ ‫ﮔﺮﻳﺪ‬ ‫ﻣﻴﻠﻰ ﻣﺘﺮ‬ ‫ﺷﻤﺎﻟﻰ‬
‫‪ +23‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻰ‬ ‫‪ -23,8‬ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻰ‬ ‫‪1206,9‬‬ ‫ﺳﺎﻟﻨﮓ‬
‫ﮔﺮﻳﺪ‬ ‫ﮔﺮﻳﺪ‬ ‫ﻣﻴﻠﻰ ﻣﺘﺮ‬ ‫ﺟﻨﻮﺑﻰ‬
‫‪41‬‬
‫‪G10 Fasli (2).indd 41‬‬ ‫‪8/15/2011 3:59:56 PM‬‬
‫ﺷﺎﮔﺮﺩﺍﻥ ﺑﻪ ﮔﺮﻭپ ﻫﺎ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ‪،‬ﮔﺮﻭپ ﺍﻭﻝ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ ﻧﻘﺶ ﻛﻮﻩ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻋﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﺭﺓ ﺫﺧﺎﻳﺮ ﺁﺑﻰ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ‪ ،‬ﮔﺮﻭپ ﺩﻭﻡ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ ﻣﺰﻳﺖ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻯ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻢ ﺳﺘﭗ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﺑﺎﻫﻢ ﺑﺤﺚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ ﻭﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﺭﺍ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺭﻭﻯ ﺻﻨﻒ ﺍﺭﺍﻳﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻮﺍﻝ ﻫﺎ‪:‬‬ ‫؟‬

‫ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﺟﻮﺍﺏ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪1‬ـ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊ ﻭ ﻛﻮﻫﺴﺘﺎﻧﻰ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻢ ﻣﻴﮕﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪2‬ـ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺑﺎﺭﻧﺪﻩ ﮔﻰ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻢ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﺳﺎﺣﻪ ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪3‬ـ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺛﺮ ﻛﺘﻠﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﺮﻃﻮﺏ ﻭ ﺟﺒﻬﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺳﺮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊ ﺑﺮﻓﺒﺎﺭﻯ ﻭ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺭﻧﺪﻩ ﮔﻰ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪4‬ـ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺳﺎﺣﻪ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻢ ﺳﺘﭗ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻢ ﻣﻮﻧﺴﻮﻥ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪5‬ـ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﺳﺘﭗ ﺍﻛﺜﺮﺍ ً ﻋﻠﻔﺰﺍﺭ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻌﻀﻰ ﺟﺎﻫﺎ ﺑﺘﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﭘﺴﺖ ﻗﺎﻣﺖ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻌﻀﻰ‬
‫ﺟﺎﻫﺎ ﻧﻴﺰﺍﺭﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻣﻰ ﺁﻭﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪6‬ـ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﺩ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺳﺎﻳﺒﺮﻳﺎﻳﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﺎﻡ ﺯﻣﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺑﺮﻓﺒﺎﺭﻯ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﺭ ﻣﻰ ﺁﻭﺭﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻢ ﻛﻮﻫﺴﺘﺎﻧﻰ ﻭ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻢ ﺳﺘﭗ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﻧﻘﺶ ﻣﻬﻢ ﻭ ﺍﺭﺯﻧﺪﻩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ؟ ﺍﻳﻦ‬
‫ﻣﻄﻠﺐ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﺗﺤﻘﻴﻘﻰ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻰ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺍﻧﺴﺘﻨﻰ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﻫﻤﺼﻨﻔﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺑﮕﺬﺍﺭﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪42‬‬
‫‪G10 Fasli (2).indd 42‬‬ ‫‪8/15/2011 3:59:57 PM‬‬
‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺳﻮﻡ‬
‫ﻛﻮﻩ ﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺩﺷﺖ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﻫﺎ‬
‫‪ 1,3‬ﻭﺿﻊ ﺟﻴﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﻜﻰ‬
‫‪ 2,3‬ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﺭﺍﺿﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻒ ـ ﺳﻠﺴﻠﻪ ﺟﺒﺎﻝ ﻭ ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺖ ﺁﻥ‬
‫ـ ﻫﻨﺪﻭﻛﺶ‪ ،‬ﻛﻮﻩ ﺑﺎﺑﺎ‬
‫ـ ﺳﭙﻴﻦ ﻏﺮ ﻭ ﺳﻠﺴﻠﻪ ﺳﻠﻴﻤﺎﻥ‬
‫ـ ﺗﻴﺮ ﺑﻨﺪ ﺗﺮﻛﺴﺘﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺏ ـ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﻫﻤﻮﺍﺭ‬
‫‪ 2,3‬ﺩﺷﺖ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺭﻳﮕﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﻫﺎ‬
‫‪ 3,3‬ﺣﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺟﻨﮕﻼﺕ ﻭ ﻓﺮﺵ ﻧﺒﺎﺗﻰ‬
‫‪ 4,3‬ﮔﺮﺩﺵ ﺁﺏ ﺩﺭ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﺖ‬
‫‪ 5,3‬ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺖ ﺁﺏ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩ ﺯﺭﺍﻋﺘﻰ‪ ،‬ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺍﻧﺮژﻯ ﻭﺣﻴﺎﺕ‬
‫‪ 6,3‬ﺣﻮﺯﻩ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺁﺑﮕﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻒ ـ ﺣﻮﺯﻩ ﺁﻣﻮ‬
‫ﺏ ـ ﺣﻮﺯﻩ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ‬
‫ﺝ ـ ﺣﻮﺯﺓ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻫﻠﻤﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺩ ـ ﺣﻮﺯﻩ ﻫﺮﻳﺮﻭﺩ‬
‫ﻫـ ـ ﺣﻮﺯﻩ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ‬
‫ﻭ ـ ﺟﻬﻴﻞ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﻌﺮﻭﻑ‬
‫ﺡ ـ ﺧﺸﻜﺴﺎﻟﻰ ﻭ ﻛﻤﺒﻮﺩ ﺁﺏ‬
‫ﺷﺎﮔﺮﺩﺍﻥ ﻋﺰﻳﺰ ﺑﺎ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺼﻞ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻫﺪﺍﻑ ﺩﺍﻧﺸﻰ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺁﺷﻨﺎ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪:‬‬
‫ـ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺟﻴﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﻜﻰ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ـ ‪ //‬ﺳﻠﺴﻠﻪ ﺟﺒﺎﻝ ﻭ ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺖ ﺁﻥ‬
‫ـ ‪ //‬ﻫﻨﺪﻭﻛﺶ ﺷﺮﻗﻰ ﻭ ﻏﺮﺑﻰ‬
‫‪43‬‬
‫‪G10 Fasli (3).indd 43‬‬ ‫‪8/15/2011 4:01:55 PM‬‬
‫ـ ‪ //‬ﻛﻮﻩ ﺑﺎﺑﺎ‬
‫ـ ‪ //‬ﻛﻮﻩ ﺳﻠﻴﻤﺎﻥ‬
‫ـ ‪ //‬ﺗﻴﺮﺑﻨﺪ ﺗﺮﻛﺴﺘﺎﻥ‬
‫ـ ‪ //‬ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﻫﻤﻮﺍﺭ ﺩﺷﺖ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺭﻳﮕﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﻫﺎ‬
‫ـ ‪ //‬ﺣﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺟﻨﮕﻼﺕ ﻭ ﻓﺮﺵ ﻧﺒﺎﺗﻰ ﻛﻮﻫﺴﺘﺎﻧﻰ‬
‫ـ ‪ //‬ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺖ ﺁﺏ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩ ﺯﺭﺍﻋﺘﻰ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺍﻧﺮژﻯ ﻭ ﺣﻴﺎﺕ‬
‫ـ ‪ //‬ﺣﻮﺯﻩ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺁﺑﮕﻴﺮ‬
‫ـ ‪ //‬ﺣﻮﺯﺓ ﺁﻣﻮ‬
‫ـ ‪ //‬ﺣﻮﺯﺓ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ‬
‫ـ ‪ //‬ﺣﻮﺯﺓ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻫﻠﻤﻨﺪ‬
‫ـ ‪ //‬ﺣﻮﺯﺓ ﻫﺮﻳﺮﻭﺩ‬
‫ـ ‪ //‬ﺣﻮﺯﻩ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ‬
‫ـ ‪ //‬ﺟﻬﻴﻞ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﻌﺮﻭﻑ‬
‫ـ ‪ //‬ﺧﺸﻜﺴﺎﻟﻰ ﻭ ﻛﻤﺒﻮﺩ ﺁﺏ‬
‫ـ ‪ //‬ﮔﺮﺩﺵ ﺁﺏ ﺩﺭ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﺖ ﺳﺎﻳﻜﻞ ﺁﺏ‬
‫ﺷﺎﮔﺮﺩﺍﻥ ﻋﺰﻳﺰ ﺑﺎ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺼﻞ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻫﺪﺍﻑ ﻣﻬﺎﺭﺗﻰ ﺫﻳﻞ ﺩﺳﺖ ﻳﺎﺑﻨﺪ‪:‬‬
‫ـ ﺷﺎﮔﺮﺩﺍﻥ ﺑﺘﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺟﻴﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﻜﻰ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ ﺩﻫﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ـ ﺳﻠﺴﻠﻪ ﺟﺒﺎﻝ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻛﻮﻩ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻛﻮﭼﻚ ﺗﻔﻴﻜﻚ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﺘﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ـ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﺳﻠﺴﻠﻪ ﺟﺒﺎﻝ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﻭﻯ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﻫﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ـ ﺗﺸﺨﻴﺺ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊ ﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﻗﻠﻪ ﻛﻮﻩ ﻫﻨﺪﻭﻛﺶ‬
‫ـ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺩﺷﺖ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﻫﻤﻮﺍﺭ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ‬
‫ـ ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺖ ﺣﻴﺎﺗﻰ ﺁﺏ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ ﺩﻫﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ـ ﮔﺮﺩﺵ ﺁﺏ ﺩﺭ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﺘﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ـ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﻬﻢ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﻭﻯ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺑﺘﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ـ ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺖ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻯ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﺘﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ـ ﺟﻬﻴﻞ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﻌﺮﻭﻑ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﻭﻯ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺑﺘﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪44‬‬
‫‪G10 Fasli (3).indd 44‬‬ ‫‪8/15/2011 4:01:55 PM‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﺱ )‪( 12‬‬
‫‪3‬ـ ‪ 1‬ﻭﺿﻊ ﺟﻴﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﻜﻰ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ (36‬ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﺟﻴﻮﻟﻮﺟﻰ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ‬

‫ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺩﻭﺍﺭ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺟﻴﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﻜﻰ ﺩﺳﺘﺨﻮﺵ ﭼﻪ ﺗﺤﻮﻻﺗﻰ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ؟‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﺩﻭﺍﺭ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺟﻴﻮﻟﻮﺟﻰ ﺗﺤﻮﻻﺕ ﻭ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻯ ﺑﺎﻻﻯ ﻗﺸﺮ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﭘﺪﻳﺪ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﻛﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﺤﻮﻻﺕ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺁﻣﺪﻥ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻇﺎﻫﺮﻯ ﻓﻌﻠﻰ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺳﻠﺴﻠﻪ ﺟﺒﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺍﺑﺤﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﭘﺴﺘﻰ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺑﻠﻨﺪﻯ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺗﻮﺍﻡ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺭﻩ‬
‫ﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺟﻠﮕﻪ ﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺩﺷﺖ ﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺻﺤﺮﺍ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺯﺍﺩﻩ ﺗﺤﻮﻻﺕ ﺩﻭﺭﻩ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ‬
‫ﺟﻴﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﻜﻰ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﻭ ﺗﻬﺪﺍﺏ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﺎﺕ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﺭﺍﺿﻰ ﺳﺎﺣﺎﺕ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻳﻚ‬
‫ﻣﻤﻠﻜﺖ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻳﻚ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﻣﻴﺪﻫﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﭘﻮﮔﺮﺍﻓﻰ ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯﻯ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺘﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻠﺴﻠﻪ ﺟﺒﺎﻝ ﺷﺎﻣﺦ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭﻩ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻋﻤﻴﻖ ﻭ‬
‫ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻫﺎﻯ ﺧﺮﻭﺷﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺳﻄﻮﺡ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊ‪ ،‬ﺗﭙﻪ ﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺩﺷﺖ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺻﺤﺮﺍ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺛﺮ ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖ‬
‫ﻫﺎﻯ ﺩﺍﻣﻨﻪ ﺩﺍﺭ ﻃﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺭﺿﻰ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻭﺭﺓ ﭘﺮﻯ ﻛﺎ ﻣﺒﺮﻳﻦ‪ Precambrian‬ﺷﺮﻭﻉ‬
‫ﻭ ﺗﺎ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺩﻭﺭﺓ ﻣﻴﺰﻭﺯﻭﻳﻴﻚ ﺳﺎﺣﺎﺕ ﻭﺳﻴﻊ ﺁﺳﻴﺎﻯ ﻣﺮﻛﺰﻯ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻭﻗﻴﺎﻧﻮﺱ‬
‫ﺑﺰﺭﮔﻰ ﺑﻨﺎﻡ ﺗﻴﺘﺲ ‪ Thytes‬ﻓﺮﺍ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﺳﻠﺴﻠﻪ ﺟﺒﺎﻝ ﺭﺍﻛﻰ‪ ،‬ﺁﻟﭗ‪ ،‬ﻫﻤﺎﻟﻴﺎ ﻭ‬
‫ﺳﻠﺴﻠﻪ ﺟﺒﺎﻝ ﻫﻨﺪﻭﻛﺶ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻭﺭﻩ ﺗﺮﺷﻴﺮﻯ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻋﻬﺪ ﻣﻴﺰﻭﺯﻭﻳﻴﻚ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﻧﻮﻋﻴﺖ ﺍﺣﺠﺎﺭ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺁﻫﻜﻰ‪ ،‬ﺍﺣﺠﺎﺭ ﺭﻳﮕﻰ‪ ،‬ﺷﻴﻞ ﻫﺎ ﻭ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻧﮕﻠﻮ ﻣﺮﺍﺗﻬﺎ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﻣﻴﺪﻫﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﺟﻨﻮﺑﻰ ﻫﻨﺪﻭﻛﺶ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﻪ ﻣﻴﺮﺳﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﻤﭽﻨﺎﻥ‬
‫‪45‬‬
‫‪G10 Fasli (3).indd 45‬‬ ‫‪8/15/2011 4:01:58 PM‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻣﺰﺍﺭ ﺷﺮﻳﻒ ﺗﺨﺖ ﺭﺳﺘﻢ‪ ،‬ﻫﺰﺍﺭ ﺳﻤﭻ ﺳﻤﻨﮕﺎﻥ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﺎً ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻯ ﺁﻫﻚ‪ ،‬ﻻﻳﻢ ﻭ ﻣﺎﺭﻝ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ‬
‫ﺑﻘﺎﻳﺎﻯ ﺑﺤﺮ ﺗﻴﺘﺲ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻴﺪﻫﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻋﻬﺪ ﺳﻮﻡ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺖ ﺍﻻﺭﺿﻰ ﺳﻴﻨﻮﺯﻭﻳﻴﻚ ‪ Cenozoic‬ﺍﺣﺠﺎﺭ ﺭﺳﻮﺑﻰ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻘﺎﻳﺎﻯ ﻣﻬﻢ‬
‫ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺷﻴﻞ ﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﻧﮕﻠﻮﻣﺮﺍﺕ ﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﺣﺠﺎﺭ ﺭﻳﮕﻰ ﻭﺁﺗﺸﻔﺸﺎﻧﻰ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﻣﻴﺪﻫﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻋﺼﺮ ﻛﻮﺍﺗﺮﻧﺮﻯ ‪ Quaternary‬ﺩﻭ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺭﺳﻮﺏ ﮔﺬﺍﺭﻯ ﻛﻪ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺎﺩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﻪ‬
‫ﻣﻴﺮﺳﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻛﺜﺮﺍ ً ﺩﺭ ﻧﻮﺍﺣﻰ ﻧﻴﻤﻪ ﺻﺤﺮﺍﻳﻰ ﻭ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﻫﻤﻮﺍﺭ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻋﻤﻮﻡ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻨﻮﺏ ﻏﺮﺏ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺩﺷﺖ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻧﻤﻴﺮﻭﺯ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎﺭﺟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻧﻮﺯﺍﺩ‪ ،‬ﮔﻮﺩﺯﻳﺮﻩ ﻭ‬
‫ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺳﺎﺣﺎﺕ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻓﺮﺍﻩ‪ ،‬ﻧﻴﻤﺮﻭﺯ‪ ،‬ﻫﻠﻤﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﻛﻨﺪﻫﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺯﺍﺑﻞ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭﺑﺮ ﻣﻰ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺻﻨﻒ‪:‬‬

‫ﺷﺎﮔﺮﺩﺍﻥ ﺑﻪ ﮔﺮﻭپ ﻫﺎ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻫﺮ ﮔﺮﻭپ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ ﻣﺮﺍﺣﻞ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺩﻭﺭﻩ ﻫﺎﻯ‬
‫ﺟﻴﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﻜﻰ ﻭ ﺗﺎﺛﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺗﻮﭘﻮﮔﺮﺍﻓﻰ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺟﺴﺘﮕﻰ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻫﻢ‬
‫ﺑﺤﺚ ﻭ ﮔﻔﺘﮕﻮ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﺭﺍ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺭﻭﻯ ﺻﻨﻒ ﺍﺭﺍﻳﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻮﺍﻝ ﻫﺎ‪:‬‬ ‫؟‬

‫ـ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺘﻦ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﺟﻮﺍﺏ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪:‬‬
‫‪1‬ـ ﺗﻮﭘﻮﮔﺮﺍﻓﻰ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﻣﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺩﺍﻣﻨﻪ ﺩﺍﺭ ﻃﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺭﺿﻰ ﺍﺳﺖ‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻭﺭﻩ ﭘﺮﻯ ﻛﺎﻣﺒﺮﻳﻦ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﻭ ﺗﺎ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪2‬ـ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻭﺭﺓ ﭘﺮﻯ ﻛﺎﻣﺒﺮﻳﻦ ﺳﺮﺍﺳﺮ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﻣﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻭﻗﻴﺎﻧﻮﺱ ﺑﻨﺎﻡ ﺗﻴﺘﺲ ﻓﺮﺍ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ‬
‫ﺑﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺸﺮﻳﺢ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪:‬‬
‫‪1‬ـ ﺍﺯ ﻋﻬﺪ ﺳﻮﻡ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺖ ﺍﻻﺭﺿﻰ ﻣﻴﺰﻭﻳﻴﻚ ﺍﺣﺠﺎﺭ ﺭﺳﻮﺑﻰ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﺳﺎﺣﺎﺕ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ‬
‫ﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ ﻧﺎﻡ ﺑﺒﺮﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪2‬ـ ﺩﺭ ﻋﺼﺮ ﻛﻮﺍﺗﺮﻧﺮﻯ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻥ ﻫﺎ ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭﺍﺿﺢ ﺳﺎﺯﻳﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﺭﺓ ﺑﺤﺮ ﺗﻴﺘﺲ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺟﻤﻊ ﺁﻭﺭﻯ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﺟﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻨﻒ ﺍﺭﺍﻳﻪ‬
‫ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪46‬‬
‫‪G10 Fasli (3).indd 46‬‬ ‫‪8/15/2011 4:01:58 PM‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﺱ )‪(13‬‬
‫‪ 2،3‬ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺍﺷﻜﺎﻝ ﺍﺭﺍﺿﻰ‬
‫ﺍﺭﺍﺿﻰ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻟﺤﺎﻅ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻥ ﭼﻄﻮﺭ ﻣﻰ ﻳﺎﺑﻴﺪ؟‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﺎﺕ ﻃﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺭﺿﻰ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﺭﺍﺿﻰ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻭﺍﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ‬
‫ﻣﻴﺘﻮﺍﻧﻴﻢ‪:‬‬
‫ﺣﺼﻪ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﺍﺷﻜﺎﻝ ﺍﺭﺍﺿﻰ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺟﺴﺘﮕﻴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﭼﻴﻦ ﺧﻮﺭﺩﻩ ﮔﻰ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺷﻜﺴﺘﮕﻴﻬﺎﻯ‬
‫ﺗﻜﺘﻮﻧﻴﻜﻰ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﺭﺍﺿﻰ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﺑﺎﺭﺯ ﻭ ﺁﺷﻜﺎﺭ‬
‫ﻭﺍﺿﺢ ﻣﻴﺴﺎﺯﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻌﻨﻰ ﻛﻤﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺧﺎﻙ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺑﺤﺮ ‪ 259‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺷﻤﺎﻝ ﻏﺮﺏ ﺧﻢ ﺁﺏ ﻭ ﺑﻠﻨﺪﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﺁﻥ ﻗﻠﻪ ﻛﻮﻩ ﻫﻨﺪﻭﻛﺶ ﺷﺮﻗﻰ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻨﺎﻡ ﻧﻮﺷﺎﺥ‬
‫ﻳﺎﺩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻯ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ‪ 7485‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺑﺤﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺷﻤﺎﻝ ﺷﺮﻕ ﻗﻠﺔ ﺗﺮﺍﺟﻤﻴﺮ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﭼﺘﺮﺍﻝ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻯ ‪ 7750‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮﻳﻦ ﻣﻴﺘﻮﺍﻥ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﺭﺍﺿﻰ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺭﻭﻯ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺫﻳﻞ ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ ﻛﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ :‬ﺳﺮﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ‪ 300‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻰ ‪ 500‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺑﺤﺮ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ‬
‫ﻋﻤﻮﻡ ﺗﺤﺖ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﺭﺍﺿﻰ ﭘﺴﺖ ﻭ ﻳﺎﻛﻢ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﻪ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻴﮕﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ‪ :‬ﺍﺭﺍﺿﻰ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﺍﺯ ‪ 500‬ﺗﺎ ‪ 2000‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﻧﺪ ﺳﺎﺣﻪ ﺯﺭﺍﻋﺘﻰ‬
‫‪47‬‬
‫‪G10 Fasli (3).indd 47‬‬ ‫‪8/15/2011 4:02:00 PM‬‬
‫ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﺧﻴﺰ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﻣﻴﺪﻫﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺝ‪ :‬ﺍﺭﺍﺿﻰ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ‪ 2000‬ﺍﻟﻰ ‪ 6000‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺳﻠﺴﻠﻪ ﻛﻮﻩ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﺗﻌﻠﻖ ﻣﻰ ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪1‬ـ ﺍﺭﺍﺿﻰ ﻛﻢ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺳﻪ ﺣﻮﺯﻩ ﺫﻳﻞ ﻣﻴﮕﺮﺩﺩ‪:‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻒ ـ ﺣﻮﺯﻩ ﺁﻣﻮ‬
‫ﺏ ـ ﺣﻮﺯﻩ ﻫﻠﻤﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺝ ـ ﺣﻮﺯﻩ ﻧﻨﮕﺮﻫﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻒ ـ ﺳﺎﺣﻪ ﻛﻢ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺣﻮﺯﻩ ﺁﻣﻮ ﺩﺭ ﺷﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﻏﺮﺏ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ ﻗﻴﺼﺎﺭ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ‬
‫‪ 259‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﻭ ﺗﺎ ﺳﺎﺣﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺪ ﻭ ﻳﻨﮕﻰ ﻗﻠﻌﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ‪ 425‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﮔﺴﺘﺮﺵ ﻣﻰ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ‬
‫ﺳﺎﺣﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺮﺍﻧﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻰ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ ﺁﻣﻮ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺳﻮﺍﺣﻞ ﺳﻔﻠﻰ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ ﻛﻮﻛﭽﻪ‪ ،‬ﺳﻮﺍﺣﻞ‬
‫ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ ﻛﻨﺪﺯ ﺗﺎ ﺍﺷﻜﺎﺷﻢ‪ ،‬ﺣﻮﺯﻩ ﺗﺎﺷﻘﺮﻏﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺣﻮﺯﻩ ﺳﻔﻠﻰ ﺑﻠﺦ ﺁﺏ ﺗﺎ ﺟﻨﻮﺏ ﻣﺰﺍﺭﺷﺮﻳﻒ‪،‬‬
‫ﺣﻮﺯﻩ ﺷﺒﺮﻏﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺩﻭﻟﺖ ﺁﺑﺎﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺪﺧﻮﻯ ﺍﻣﺘﺪﺍﺩ ﻣﻰ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ ـ ﺳﺎﺣﻪ ﻛﻢ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺣﻮﺯﻩ ﻫﻠﻤﻨﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻨﻮﺏ ﻏﺮﺏ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺣﻮﺯﻩ‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ 38‬ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻰ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ‬
‫‪48‬‬
‫‪G10 Fasli (3).indd 48‬‬ ‫‪8/15/2011 4:02:02 PM‬‬
‫ﺳﻔﻠﻰ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ ﻫﻠﻤﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺧﺎﺷﺮﻭﺩ‪ ،‬ﻓﺮﺍﻩ ﺭﻭﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﺩﺭﺳﻜﻦ ﻭ ﮔﻮﺩﺯﻳﺮﻩ ﻣﻴﮕﺮﺩﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ‬
‫ﻋﻤﻮﻡ ﺩﺷﺖ ﮔﻮﺩﺯﻳﺮﻩ‪ ،‬ﺩﺷﺖ ﺟﻬﻨﺪﻡ‪ ،‬ﺩﺷﺖ ﺍﻣﻴﺮﺍﻥ‪ ،‬ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﺭﺍﺿﻰ ﭼﺨﺎﻧﺴﻮﺭ‪ ،‬ﺯﺭﻧﺞ‪،‬‬
‫ﻛﻨﮓ‪ ،‬ﻫﺎﻣﻮﻥ ﺻﺎﺑﺮﻯ ﻭ ﻫﺎﻣﻮﻥ ﭘﻮﺯﻙ ﻭ ﺍﻃﺮﺍﻑ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺍﺣﺘﻮﺍ ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺝ ـ ﺣﻮﺯﻩ ﻛﻢ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻧﻨﮕﺮﻫﺎﺭ ﺳﺎﺣﻪ ﻧﺴﺒﺘﺎً ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻮﺍﺣﻞ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺼﺔ‬
‫ﺟﻼﻝ ﺁﺑﺎﺩ ﺗﺎ ﺣﺼﻪ ﻟﻌﻞ ﭘﻮﺭ ﺩﺭﺑﺮ ﻣﻴﮕﻴﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﺣﺠﺎﺭ ﺭﻳﮕﻰ ﺩﻭﺭﺓ ﻛﻮﺍﺗﺮﻧﺮﻯ ﻭ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ‬
‫ﺍﺣﺠﺎﺭ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﺩﻭﺭﻩ ﻫﺎ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮ ﺁﻥ ﺭﻃﻮﺑﺖ ﻛﺎﻓﻰ ﺍﺭﺍﺿﻰ ﺯﺭﺍﻋﺘﻰ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻦ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻢ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍﻳﻰ ﭘﻴﺪﺍﻭﺍﺭ ﻧﺒﺎﺗﺎﺕ ﻣﺪﻳﺘﺮﺍﻧﻪ ﻳﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﻧﻴﺰ‬
‫ﺍﻧﻜﺸﺎﻑ ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫ﺷﺎﮔﺮﺩﺍﻥ ﺑﻪ ﮔﺮﻭپ ﻫﺎ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻫﺮ ﮔﺮﻭپ ﺭﻭﻯ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﺐ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﻫﻢ ﺑﺤﺚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‬
‫ﻭ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﺭﺍ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺭﻭﻯ ﺻﻨﻒ ﺍﺭﺍﻳﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪1‬ـ ﺳﻪ ﺣﻮﺯﻩ ﻛﻢ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ )ﺁﻣﻮ‪ ،‬ﻫﻠﻤﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﻧﻨﮕﺮﻫﺎﺭ(‬
‫‪2‬ـ ﺍﺭﺍﺿﻰ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ‬
‫‪3‬ـ ﺍﺭﺍﺿﻰ ﻛﻮﻫﺴﺘﺎﻧﻰ‬
‫ﺳﻮﺍﻝ ﻫﺎ‪:‬‬ ‫؟‬

‫ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺘﻦ ﺟﺎﻫﺎﻯ ﺧﺎﻟﻰ ﺭﺍ ﭘﺮ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪1‬ـ ﻛﻤﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺑﺤﺮ ‪ ....................................‬ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪2‬ـ ﺑﻠﻨﺪﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﺁﻥ ﻗﻠﻪ ﻫﻨﺪﻭﻛﺶ ﺷﺮﻗﻰ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻨﺎﻡ ‪ ............‬ﻳﺎﺩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻯ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ‬
‫‪ ..............‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪49‬‬
‫‪G10 Fasli (3).indd 49‬‬ ‫‪8/15/2011 4:02:03 PM‬‬
‫‪3‬ـ ﺍﺭﺍﺿﻰ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ‪ .........................‬ﺍﻟﻰ ‪ .............................‬ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺳﻠﺴﻠﻪ ﻛﻮﻩ ﻫﺎﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭﺑﺮ ﻣﻰ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪4‬ـ ﺍﺭﺍﺿﻰ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﺍﺯ ‪ .......................‬ﺍﻟﻰ ‪ ...................‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﺳﺖ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻯ ﭼﻪ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻣﻰ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪5‬ـ ﺳﺮﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻫﺎﻳﻴﻜﻪ ﺍﺯ ‪ ......‬ﺍﻟﻰ‪ .....‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺑﺤﺮ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﻋﻤﻮﻡ‬
‫ﺗﺤﺖ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ‪ ......‬ﻛﻢ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻳﺎﺩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺷﺮﺡ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ!‬
‫‪1‬ـ ﺳﺎﺣﻪ ﻛﻢ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺁﻣﻮ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﺳﺎﺣﺎﺕ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻧﺎﻡ ﺑﺒﺮﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪2‬ـ ﺣﻮﺯﻩ ﻫﻠﻤﻨﺪ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻯ ﭼﻪ ﺧﺼﻮﺻﻴﺖ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻤﻰ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ؟‬
‫‪3‬ـ ﺣﻮﺯﻩ ﻛﻢ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻧﻨﮕﺮﻫﺎﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺧﺼﻮﺻﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻤﻰ ﻭ ﺯﺭﺍﻋﺘﻰ ﺁﻥ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ؟‬

‫ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﺳﻔﻴﺪ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺮﺳﻴﻢ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺭﺍﺿﻰ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺭﻧﮓ ﻫﺎﻯ‬
‫ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﺁﻥ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪50‬‬
‫‪G10 Fasli (3).indd 50‬‬ ‫‪8/15/2011 4:02:03 PM‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﺱ ) ‪( 14‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ .‬ﺳﻠﺴﻠﻪ ﺟﺒﺎﻝ ﻭ ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺖ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﻰ‬
‫ﺳﻠﺴﻠﻪ ﺟﺒﺎﻝ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻧﺪﻩ ﮔﻰ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻧﻬﺎ ﭼﻪ ﻧﻘﺸﻰ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ؟‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺩﻗﺖ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻛﻮﻩ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻰ ﺩﻫﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺳﻠﺴﻠﻪ ﺟﺒﺎﻝ‬
‫ﻭ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﺍﺭﺍﺿﻰ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ ﻣﺴﺎﻳﻞ ﺟﻴﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﻜﻰ‪ ،‬ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻰ ﻭ‬
‫ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻥ ﺗﻮﭘﻮﮔﺮﺍﻓﻰ‪ ،‬ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻢ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺮﺍﺭ ﻧﻔﻮﺱ‪ ،‬ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻯ ﻭ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﺩﺍﺭﻯ‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﮕﺬﺭﺍﻧﻴﻢ ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺖ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﺔ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﻣﻴﮕﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫ﺳﻠﺴﻠﻪ ﺟﺒﺎﻝ ﻭ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ‪ 3‬ﺣﺼﺔ ﺳﺮﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭﺑﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺖ‬
‫ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﻛﻮﻫﺴﺘﺎﻧﻰ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﻰ ﻣﻴﻜﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﻠﺴﻠﻪ ﻛﻮﻩ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﻯ ﻏﺮﺑﻰ‬
‫ﻫﻤﺎﻟﻴﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻤﺎﻝ ﻫﻮﻧﺰﺍ ‪ Hunza‬ﻳﻌﻨﻰ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﻗﺮﺍﻗﺮﻡ ﻭ ﺷﻤﺎﻝ ﺷﺮﻗﻰ ﭘﺎﻣﻴﺮ ﺧﻮﺭﺩ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ‬
‫ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺷﻤﺎﻝ ﺷﺮﻕ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻮﻯ ﺟﻨﻮﺏ ﻏﺮﺏ ﺗﻮﺳﻌﻪ ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺣﺼﺺ‬
‫ﻣﺮﻛﺰﻯ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺷﻐﺎﻝ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﺗﺎ ﻭﻻﻳﺖ ﺑﺎﺩﻏﻴﺲ‪ ،‬ﻫﺮﺍﺕ ﻭ ﻓﺮﺍﻩ ﻣﻴﺮﺳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﻤﭽﻨﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺼﺺ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﻠﺴﻠﻪ ﺑﺰﺭگ ﻛﻮﻫﺴﺘﺎﻧﻰ ﺳﻠﺴﻠﻪ ﻛﻮﻩ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻯ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺟﻨﻮﺏ ﻭ ﺷﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻣﺘﺪﺍﺩ ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺖ ﺟﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺎﻳﻰ ﺁﻥ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻠﺴﻠﻪ‬
‫ﻛﻮﻩ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻫﻨﺪﻭﻛﺶ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺷﺎﺧﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻓﺮﻋﻰ ﻫﻨﺪﻭﻛﺶ ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻩ‪ .‬ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﻳﺖ ﺣﻮﺯﻩ‬
‫ﺁﺑﮕﻴﺮ ﻭ ﻳﺨﭽﺎﻟﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻌﻀﻰ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊ ﭘﺎﻣﻴﺮ ﻭ ﻫﻨﺪﻭﻛﺶ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﺁﻥ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﺯﺭﺍﻋﺖ ﺍﻧﻜﺸﺎﻑ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺍﻣﺎﻥ ﺳﻠﺴﻠﻪ ﺟﺒﺎﻝ ﺭﺍ ﺳﺮﺳﺒﺰ ﻭ ﺷﺎﺩﺍﺏ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺻﺤﺮﺍﻳﻰ ﺑﻮﺩﻥ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﻧﺠﺎﺕ ﺩﻫﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻨﺎً ﺑﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﻠﺴﻠﻪ ﺟﺒﺎﻝ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﻳﮕﺎﻧﻪ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻰ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺻﺤﺮﺍﻳﻰ ﺑﻮﺩﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ‬
‫‪51‬‬
‫‪G10 Fasli (3).indd 51‬‬ ‫‪8/15/2011 4:02:04 PM‬‬
‫ﺳﺎﺣﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﻫﻢ ﺯﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺯﻣﻴﻨﻪ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺑﺎﺭﻧﺪﻩ ﮔﻰ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻛﻮﻫﺴﺘﺎﻧﻰ ﻓﺮﺍﻫﻢ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬ﻫﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﺳﻠﺴﻠﻪ ﻫﻨﺪﻭﻛﺶ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻧﻤﻴﺪﺍﺷﺖ ﺍﻟﺒﺘﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﺣﻪ‬
‫ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺻﺤﺮﺍﻯ ﻋﺮﺑﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﻳﻚ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﺻﺤﺮﺍﻳﻰ ﻭ ﺭﻳﮕﺴﺘﺎﻧﻰ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺗﺎﺳﻴﺴﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺍﻧﻜﺸﺎﻓﺎﺕ ﺑﺸﺮﻯ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﻪ ﻧﻤﻴﺮﺳﻴﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻨﺮﻭ‬
‫ﺳﻠﺴﻠﻪ ﺟﺒﺎﻝ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﻣﺎ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻯ ﺍﺭﺯﺵ ﺣﻴﺎﺗﻰ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﻃﻮﺭﻳﻜﻪ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ ﻧﻴﻞ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ‬
‫ﻣﺼﺮ ﺑﻬﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﻧﻌﻤﺖ ﻭ ﻫﺪﻳﻪ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺳﻠﺴﻠﻪ ﻛﻮﻩ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﭼﻮﻥ‬
‫ﻫﻨﺪﻭﻛﺶ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﻬﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﻧﻌﻤﺖ ﻭ ﻫﺪﻳﻪ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﻣﺤﺴﻮﺏ ﻣﻴﮕﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﻀﻰ ﺍﺯ ﻛﻮﻩ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﭘﻮﺷﻴﺪﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻨﮕﻞ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭﻯ ﺍﺯ ﻛﻮﻩ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﻣﺎ‬
‫ﺑﺮﻑ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺩﺍﻳﻤﻰ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺮﻑ ﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺗﺎﺑﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺁﺏ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻛﺸﺖ‬
‫ﻭ ﺯﺭﺍﻋﺖ‪ ،‬ﻧﻮﺷﻴﺪﻥ ﻭ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺑﺮﻕ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻋﻼﻭﻩ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﺫﺧﺎﻳﺮ ﺑﺰﺭگ ﻣﻌﺪﻧﻰ‬
‫ﺑﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﺁﻫﻦ‪ ،‬ﻣﺲ‪ ،‬ﺳﺮﺏ ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻩ ﺳﻨﮕﻬﺎﻯ ﻗﻴﻤﺘﻰ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺒﻴﻞ ﻳﺎﻗﻮﺕ‪ ،‬ﻻﺟﻮﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﺯﻣﺮﺩ ﻭ‬
‫ﻏﻴﺮﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻛﻮﻩ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺻﻨﻒ‪:‬‬

‫ﺷﺎﮔﺮﺩﺍﻥ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺮﺳﻴﻢ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻛﻮﻩ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﻬﻢ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻭﻯ ﺁﻥ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﻫﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻮﺍﻝ ﻫﺎ‪:‬‬ ‫؟‬

‫ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺘﻦ ﺟﺎﻫﺎﻯ ﺧﺎﻟﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﻛﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﭘﺮ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪1‬ـ ﺳﻠﺴﻠﻪ ﺟﺒﺎﻝ ﻭ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ‪ ........................................‬ﺳﺮﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭﺑﺮ‬
‫ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪2‬ـ ﻛﻮﻩ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﻣﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻤﺎﻝ ‪ ................................‬ﻳﻌﻨﻰ ﻗﺮﺍﻗﺮﻡ ﻭ ﺷﻤﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺷﺮﻗﻰ ﭘﺎﻣﻴﺮ ﺧﻮﺭﺩ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪3‬ـ ﺳﻠﺴﻠﻪ ﺟﺒﺎﻝ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﻳﮕﺎﻧﻪ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻰ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻭﺿﻊ ‪ ...........‬ﺑﻮﺩﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﺎﺣﻪ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺑﺮﻫﻢ ﺯﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪4‬ـ ﻛﻮﻩ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﭘﻮﺷﻴﺪﻩ ﺍﺯ ‪ ...........................‬ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪5‬ـ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭﻯ ﺍﺯ ‪ ................‬ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ‪ .........................‬ﺩﺍﻳﻤﻰ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺁﻳﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺯﻧﺪﻩ ﮔﻰ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻛﻮﻩ ﻫﺎ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ؟ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﻛﻮﻩ ﻫﺎ؟ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻗﺎﻣﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻫﺎﻯ‬
‫ﺷﻬﺮﻯ ﻳﺎ ﺩﻫﺎﺗﻰ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺠﺎﻭﺭﺕ ﺁﻥ ﻛﻮﻩ ﻫﺎ ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺁﻣـــﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ ﻧﺎﻡ ﺑﺒﺮﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ‬
‫ﺑﺎ ﻫﻤﺼﻨﻔﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﮔﺬﺍﺭﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪52‬‬
‫‪G10 Fasli (3).indd 52‬‬ ‫‪8/15/2011 4:02:05 PM‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﺱ ) ‪( 15‬‬
‫ﺳﻠﺴﻠﻪ ﻫﻨﺪﻭﻛﺶ‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ (40‬ﻫﻨﺪﻭﻛﺶ ﺷﺮﻗﻰ ﺳﺎﺣﻪ ﭘﻨﺠﺸﻴﺮ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻴﺪﻫﺪ‬
‫ﺳﻠﺴﻠﻪ ﻛﻮﻩ ﻫﻨﺪﻭﻛﺶ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﭼﻪ ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺖ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ؟‬

‫ﺑﻪ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﻛﻮﻩ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﻧﮕﺎﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﻫﻨﺪﻭﻛﺶ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻴﺪﻫﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﻨﺪﻭﻛﺶ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻌﺮﻭﻓﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﻭ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﺳﻠﺴﻠﻪ ﻛﻮﻩ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭﺍﻣﺘﺪﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊ ﭘﺎﻣﻴﺮ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺷﻤﺎﻝ ﺷﺮﻕ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺎﻣﺖ ﺟﻨﻮﺏ ﻏﺮﺏ ﺍﻟﻰ ﻛﻮﻩ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺑﺎ ﺍﻣﺘﺪﺍﺩ ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻮﺍﺣﻰ ﻣﺮﻛﺰﻯ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺳﺎﺣﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻌﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭﺑﺮ ﻣﻴﮕﻴﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺣﺼﻪ‬
‫ﻣﺮﻛﺰﻯ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺁﻥ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺳﻠﺴﻠﻪ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺷﺎﺧﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩ‬
‫ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﻛﻪ ﻫﺮ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺎﻣﻬﺎﻯ ﻣﺤﻠﻰ ﻳﺎﺩ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻠﺴﻠﻪ ﻫﻨﺪﻭﻛﺶ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﺷﻤﺎﻝ ﻭ ﺟﻨﻮﺏ ﻳﻌﻨﻰ ﺩﻭ ﺣﻮﺯﻩ ﺁﺑﮕﻴﺮ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺁﺑﻬﺎﻯ ﺣﻮﺯﻩ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺑﻬﺎﻯ ﺁﻣﻮ ﺟﺪﺍ ﻣﻴﺴﺎﺯﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﻀﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺎ ﺩﺍﻥ ﻫﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻮﻩ ﺭﺍ ﻗﻔﻘﺎﺯ ﻫﻨﺪ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﻫﻨﺪﻭﻛﺶ ﻧﺎﻣﻰ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻛﻮﺷﺎﻧﻰ ﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﻳﺖ ﺳﻠﺴﻠﻪ ﻫﻨﺪﻭﻛﺶ ﺳﺒﺐ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺁﺏ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺟﺎﺭﻯ ﻛﺸﻮﺭﻣﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻬﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺎﻣﺖ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ‬
‫ﺍﻓﺘﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﻠﺴﻠﻪ ﻣﻨﺎﺑﻊ ﺳﺮﺷﺎﺭ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻰ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﻧﻬﻔﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺛﺮﻭﺕ ﻣﻬﻢ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻟﺤﺎﻅ‬
‫ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻥ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﻣﻴﺪﻫﺪ‪ .‬ﺣﻮﺯﻩ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺁﺑﮕﻴﺮ ﺁﻥ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﺷﺎﺩﺍﺑﻰ ﻭ ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺯﺭﺍﻋﺘﻰ‬
‫ﺳﺎﺣﻪ ﺟﻨﮕﻼﺕ‪ ،‬ﭼﺮﺍﮔﺎﻩ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﭘﻴﺪﺍﻭﺍﺭ ﻧﺒﺎﺗﻰ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﻳﻚ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺭﻩ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻫﻨﺪﻭﻛﺶ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ‬
‫‪53‬‬
‫‪G10 Fasli (3).indd 53‬‬ ‫‪8/15/2011 4:02:06 PM‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺮﺍﺭ ﻧﻔﻮﺱ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﻣﺎ ﻣﻌﻀﻼﺕ ﺗﺮﺍﻧﺴﭙﻮﺭﺗﻰ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺧﻢ ﻭ ﭘﻴﭽﻰ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺩﺭﻩ‬
‫ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺳﻠﺴﻠﻪ ﺟﺒﺎﻝ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﺁﻧﻬﻢ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﻰ ﺩﻭﻟﺖ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻯ ﺑﺸﺮﻯ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ‬
‫ﺣﻔﺮ ﺗﻮﻧﻞ ﺳﺎﻟﻨﮓ ﻭ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻥ ﺷﺎﻫﺮﺍﻩ ﺑﺰﺭگ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﻣﺰﺍﺭﺷﺮﻳﻒ ﺗﺎ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﺓ ﺣﻞ‬
‫ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺖ ﻭ ﻣﺰﺍﻳﺎﻯ ﻫﻨﺪﻭﻛﺶ ﺩﺭﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻄﻠﺐ ﺧﻴﻠﻰ ﺍﺭﺯﻧﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﺭﺯﺵ ﺣﻴﺎﺗﻰ‬
‫ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺳﺮﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺑﺒﺎﺭ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﻫﻨﺪﻭﻛﺶ ﺭﺍ ﺧﻮﺑﺘﺮ ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﻢ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺑﺪﻭ ﺣﺼﻪ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ‬
‫ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ‪:‬‬
‫‪A‬ـ ﻫﻨﺪﻭﻛﺶ ﺷﺮﻗﻰ‬
‫‪B‬ـ ﻫﻨﺪﻭﻛﺶ ﻏﺮﺑﻰ‬
‫‪ A‬ـ ﻫﻨﺪﻭﻛﺶ ﺷﺮﻗﻰ‪:‬‬

‫ﺑﻪ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﻛﻮﻩ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﺓ ﻫﻨﺪﻭﻛﺶ ﺷﺮﻗﻰ ﻭ ﻏﺮﺑﻰ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺭﻭﻯ ﺁﻥ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﻨﺪﻭﻛﺶ ﺷﺮﻗﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺭﺓ ﺯﻳﺒﺎﻙ ﺍﻟﻰ ﻛﻮﺗﻞ ﺧﺎﻭﺍﻙ ﺍﻣﺘﺪﺍﺩ ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻤﻠﻪ‬
‫ﺑﺰﺭﮔﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﺳﻠﺴﻠﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻛﺸﻮﺭﻣﺎ ﺑﺸﻤﺎﺭ ﻣﻴﺮﻭﺩ‪ .‬ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ﮔﺴﺘﺮﺵ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﻠﺴﻠﻪ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺷﻤﺎﻝ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ ﻛﻮﻛﭽﻪ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭﺟﻨﻮﺏ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻴﻜﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻃﻮﻝ ﺁﻥ‬
‫‪360‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻣﺘﺮ ﻭ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺼﺔ ﻭﺳﻂ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺷﻬﺮ ﻓﻴﺾ ﺁﺑﺎﺩ ﻭ ﺷﻬﺮ ﻣﻬﺘﺮﻻﻡ‬
‫ﺳﺎﺣﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻌﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺣﺘﻮﺍ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺁﺑﻬﺎﻯ ﺷﻤﺎﻟﻰ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻛﺮﺍﻥ ﻭ ﻣﻨﺠﺎﻥ‪،‬‬
‫ﻛﻮﻛﭽﻪ ﻭ ﺍﺷﻜﻤﺶ ﻭ ﺁﺑﻬﺎﻯ ﺟﻨﻮﺑﻰ ﺍﻟﻴﺸﻨﮓ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻴﻨﮕﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ ﻛﻨﺮ ﻭ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ‬
‫ﭘﻨﺠﺸﻴﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﻣﻴﺪﻫﺪ‪ .‬ﻛﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﻠﺴﻠﻪ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ‪ 5000‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺑﻌﻀﻰ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﻛﻢ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺁﻥ ﻛﻮﺗﻞ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﻯ ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﻭﻻﻳﺖ ﻧﻨﮕﺮﻫﺎﺭ‬
‫ﻭ ﻟﻐﻤﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺭﻩ ﻛﺮﺍﻥ ﻭ ﻣﻨﺠﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺭﺳﺞ‪ ،‬ﺗﺎﻟﻘﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺑﺪﺧﺸﺎﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺭﺍﻩ ﭘﻴﺎﺩﻩ ﺭﻭ‬
‫ﻭﺻﻞ ﻣﻴﺴﺎﺯﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻠﻞ ﺷﺎﻣﺦ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﻠﺴﻠﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﻑ ﭘﻮﺷﻴﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺑﺤﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ‪7000‬‬
‫ﻣﺘﺮ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻠﻪ ﻣﻌﺮﻭﻑ ﻭ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﺁﻥ ﺗﺮﺍﺟﻤﻴﺮ ﺩﺭ ﭼﺘﺮﺍﻝ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺍﺯ ﺧﺎﻙ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﻰ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‬
‫ﻭﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺑﺤﺮ ﺑﻪ ‪ 7750‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﻣﻴﺮﺳﺪ‪ .‬ﻗﻠﻪ ﻧﻮﺷﺎﺥ ﺩﺭ ﺧﺎﻙ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻯ ‪ 7485‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺑﺤﺮ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﺸﻴﺐ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺷﻤﺎﻝ ﻫﻨﺪﻭﻛﺶ ﺷﺮﻗﻰ ﻋﺎﺭﻯ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻨﮕﻼﺕ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﻣﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺸﻴﺐ‬
‫ﻫﺎﻯ ﺟﻨﻮﺑﻰ ﺁﻥ ﺟﻨﮕﻼﺕ ﻓﺮﺍﻭﺍﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﮔﻮﻧﺎﮔﻮﻥ ﺩﺭﺧﺘﺎﻥ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﻗﺎﻣﺖ ﺑﻠﻮﻁ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﺭﭼﻪ‪ ،‬ﺳﺮﻭ‪ ،‬ﺟﻠﻐﻮﺯﻩ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺩﺍﻡ ﻭﺣﺸﻰ ﺯﻳﺘﻮﻥ ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻩ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﻠﻨﺪﺗﺮ ﺍﺯ ‪4000‬‬
‫‪54‬‬
‫‪G10 Fasli (3).indd 54‬‬ ‫‪8/15/2011 4:02:06 PM‬‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ )‪(41‬‬
‫ﻣﺘﺮ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺮﻓﻬﺎﻯ ﺩﺍﻳﻤﻰ ﻭ ﻳﺨﭽﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﭘﻮﺷﻴﺪﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺁﺑﻬﺎﻯ ﺩﺍﻳﻤﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺸﻴﺒﻰ‬
‫ﻫﺎﻯ ﺷﻤﺎﻟﻰ ﻭ ﺟﻨﻮﺑﻰ ﭘﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻰ ﺁﻭﺭﺩ ﻭ ﻣﺮﺩﻣﺎﻥ ﻣﺎﻟﺪﺍﺭ ﺗﺎ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ‪ 3600‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﻣﻮﺍﺷﻰ ﺧﻮﺩ‬
‫ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺗﻐﺬﻳﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﺎﻡ ﺗﺎﺑﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﭼﺮﺍﻧﻴﺪﻥ ﻣﻰ ﺑﺮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﻨﺪﻭﻛﺶ ﺷﺮﻗﻰ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺳﻠﺴﻠﻪ ﻭﺍﺧﺎﻥ ﻭ ﭘﺎﻣﻴﺮ ﺑﺎ ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺷﺪﻳﺪ ﺗﻜﺘﻮﻧﻴﻜﻰ ﻣﻮﺍﺟﻪ‬
‫ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻭﺍﻳﻞ ﺗﺮﺷﻴﺮﻯ ﺷﻜﺴﺘﮕﻰ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻯ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺁﻣﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺘﻰ‬
‫ﻛﻼﻳﻦ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺳﻨﻜﻼﻳﻦ ﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﺩﺭﻩ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﻯ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺻﺨﺮﻩ ﻫﺎﻯ ﮔﺮﺍﻧﻴﺖ ﻭ ﻣﺘﺤﻮﻟﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﻠﺴﻠﻪ ﺑﻮﻓﺮﺕ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻛﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪﻩ‬
‫ﮔﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺩﻭﺍﺭ ﭘﺮﻣﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﭘﺮﻯ ﻛﺎﻣﺒﺮﻳﻦ ﻭ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﺍﺩﻭﺍﺭ ﭘﺎﻟﻴﻮﺯﻭﻳﻴﻚ ﻣﻴﻜﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖ ﺍﺋﺘﻜﺎﻝ‬
‫ﻳﺨﭽﺎﻝ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﺎﺣﻪ ﺍﺛﺮ ﺑﺮﺍﺯﻧﺪﻩ ﻭﺍﺭﺩﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺭﺓ ﻛﺮﺍﻥ ﻭ ﻣﻨﺠﺎﻥ ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺍﻓﺘﺎﺩﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺠﻤﻦ‪ ،‬ﭘﻮﺷﺎﻝ ﻭ ﺧﺎﻭﺍﻙ ﻣﻮﺭﻳﻨﻬﺎﻳﻰ ﻳﺨﭽﺎﻟﻰ ﺑﻪ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻪ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻯ ﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺍﻣﻨﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺷﻤﺎﻟﻰ ﻭ ﺟﻨﻮﺑﻰ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻴﻞ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻨﺮﻭ ﺁﺏ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﻫﺎ ﻳﻜﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺭﻩ ﻫﺎﻯ‬
‫ﻫﺮﺩﻭ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺸﻴﺒﻰ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﺳﺮﺍﺯﻳﺮ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻯ ﻋﻈﻴﻤﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺤﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﺮﻕ ﺁﺑﻰ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .B‬ﻫﻨﺪﻭﻛﺶ ﻏﺮﺑﻰ‪:‬‬
‫ﻫﻨﺪﻭﻛﺶ ﻏﺮﺑﻰ ﺍﺯ ﻛﻮﺗﻞ ﺧﺎﻭﺍﻙ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺎﻣﺖ ﻏﺮﺏ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺑﻨﺪ ﺍﻣﻴﺮ ﺍﻣﺘﺪﺍﺩ‬
‫ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺁﻥ ﺗﺪﺭﻳﺠﺎً ﻛﺎﺳﺘﻪ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﻠﺴﻠﻪ ﺟﺒﺎﻝ ‪240‬‬
‫ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻣﺘﺮ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭﻩ ﺗﺎﻟﻪ ﻭ ﺑﺮﻓﻚ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺪﺭﺍﺏ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺷﻤﺎﻝ ﻭ ﺩﺭﻩ ﭘﻨﺠﺸﻴﺮ ﻭ‬
‫ﻏﻮﺭﺑﻨﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺍﻣﻨﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺟﻨﻮﺑﻰ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﻠﺴﻠﻪ ﺳﺮﭼﺸﻤﻪ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﺷﺎﺩﺍﺑﻰ ﻭ ﺳﺮﺳﺒﺰﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻫﻤﭽﻨﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺷﻤﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ ﺍﻧﺪﺭﺍﺏ‪ ،‬ﻣﻨﺠﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺳﻴﻐﺎﻥ ﻭ‬
‫‪55‬‬
‫‪G10 Fasli (3).indd 55‬‬ ‫‪8/15/2011 4:02:08 PM‬‬
‫ﻛﻬﻤﺮﺩ ﺑﺎﻫﻢ ﻳﻜﺠﺎ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ ﭘﻠﺨﻤﺮﻯ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻴﺴﺎﺯﺩ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻻﺧﺮﻩ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ ﻛﻨﺪﺯ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ ﺁﻣﻮ ﻣﻴﺮﻳﺰﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻫﻨﺪﻭﻛﺶ ﻏﺮﺑﻰ ﺍﺯ ‪ 4500‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﺗﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﻧﻤﻴﻜﻨﺪ ﺑﻠﻨﺪﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﻗﻠﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻨﺎﻡ ﭼﺘﭙﺎﻝ ‪5429‬‬
‫ﻣﺘﺮ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻭ ﻛﻮﺗﻞ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﻌﺮﻭﻑ ﺁﻥ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺗﻨﺪ ﺍﺯ‪ :‬ﻛﻮﺗﻞ ﺧﺎﻭﺍﻙ ‪ 3600‬ﻣﺘﺮ‪ ،‬ﻛﻮﺗﻞ‬
‫ﻛﻮﺷﺎﻥ ‪ 4370‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ‪ ،‬ﻛﻮﺗﻞ ﭼﺎﺭﺩﺭ ‪ 4236‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ‪ ،‬ﻛﻮﺗﻞ ﺩﻧﺪﺍﻥ ﺷﻜﻦ ‪2700‬‬
‫ﻣﺘﺮ‪ ،‬ﻛﻮﺗﻞ ﺷﺒﺮ ‪ 3200‬ﻣﺘﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﻨﺪﻭﻛﺶ ﻏﺮﺑﻰ ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮ ﻛﻤﻰ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻨﺪﻭﻛﺶ ﺷﺮﻗﻰ ﺻﻌﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﻮﺭ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺷﺎﻫﺮﺍﻩ ﺑﺰﺭگ ﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﺷﻤﺎﻝ ﻭ ﺟﻨﻮﺏ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﺍﺯ ﻗﻠﺐ ﻫﻤﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻛﻮﻩ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﺗﻮﻧﻞ ﺳﺎﻟﻨﮓ ﻭ ﺩﺭﺓ ﺷﻜﺎﺭﻯ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﺳﺎﺣﻪ ﻣﻰ ﮔﺬﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺩﺭﺧﺘﺎﻥ ﺧﻨﺠﻚ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺩﺍﻡ ﻭﺣﺸﻰ‪ ،‬ﺷﻤﺸﺎﺩ ﻭ ﺍﺭﭼﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﻛﻢ ﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﻨﺪﻭﻛﺶ ﻏﺮﺑﻰ ﺍﺯ ﻟﺤﺎﻅ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻥ ﺟﻴﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﻜﻰ ﺳﺎﺣﻪ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺗﻜﺘﻮﻧﻴﻜﻰ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﺷﻜﺴﺘﮕﻰ‬
‫ﻫﺎﻯ ﺑﺰﺭگ ﺟﻴﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﻜﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﻪ ﻣﻴﺮﺳﺪ‪ ،‬ﺻﺨﺮﻩ ﻫﺎﻯ ﮔﺮﺍﻧﻴﺖ ﻭ ﺑﻘﺎﻳﺎﻯ ﺭﺳﻮﺑﺎﺕ‬
‫ﭘﺎﻟﻴﻮﺯﻭﻳﻴﻚ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻨﺠﺎ ﺑﻜﺜﺮﺕ ﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﻨﺎﺑﻊ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻰ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺒﻴﻞ ﭼﻮﻧﻪ‪ ،‬ﺯﻏﺎﻝ ﺳﻨﮓ‪ ،‬ﺍﺣﺠﺎﺭ‬
‫ﻛﺮﻳﻤﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺭﻩ ﭘﻨﺠﺸﻴﺮ‪ ،‬ﺟﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﺍﺝ ﻭ ﺁﺷﭙﺸﺘﻪ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﺓ ﻏﻨﺎﻯ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻰ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫ﺷﺎﮔﺮﺩﺍﻥ ﺑﻪ ﮔﺮﻭپ ﻫﺎ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻫﺮ ﮔﺮﻭپ ﺭﻭﻯ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﺐ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﻫﻢ ﺑﺤﺚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ـ ﻫﻨﺪﻭﻛﺶ ﺷﺮﻗﻰ‪ ،‬ﻫﻨﺪﻭﻛﺶ ﻏﺮﺑﻰ‬
‫ﺳﻮﺍﻝ ﻫﺎ‪:‬‬ ‫؟‬

‫‪1‬ـ ﺳﻠﺴﻠﻪ ﻫﻨﺪﻭﻛﺶ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺣﻮﺯﻩ ﺁﺑﮕﻴﺮ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﻣﻴﻜﻨﺪ؟ ﻧﺎﻡ ﺑﺒﺮﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪2‬ـ ﻫﻨﺪﻭﻛﺶ ﺷﺮﻗﻰ ﺍﺯ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﺳﺎﺣﻪ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﺷﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ﮔﺴﺘﺮﺵ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﻭﺍﺿﺢ ﺳﺎﺯﻳﺪ؟‬
‫‪3‬ـ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﺳﺎﺣﻪ ﻣﻮﺭﻳﻨﻬﺎﻯ ﻳﺨﭽﺎﻟﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺛﺮ ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖ ﺍﺋﺘﻜﺎﻟﻰ ﭘﺪﻳﺪ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﻭﺍﺿﺢ‬
‫ﺳﺎﺯﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪4‬ـ ﺑﻠﻨﺪﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﻗﻠﻪ ﻫﻨﺪﻛﺶ ﺷﺮﻗﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺁﻥ ﻧﺎﻡ ﺑﺒﺮﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪5‬ـ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﺷﺎﻫﺮﺍﻩ ﺑﺰﺭگ ﺍﺯ ﻗﻠﺐ ﻫﻨﺪﻭﻛﺶ ﻏﺮﺑﻰ ﻣﻰ ﮔﺬﺭﺩ ﻧﺎﻡ ﺑﺒﺮﻳﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺖ ﺣﻴﺎﺗﻰ ﻫﻨﺪﻭﻛﺶ ﺷﺮﻗﻰ ﻭ ﻫﻨﺪﻭﻛﺶ ﻏﺮﺑﻰ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻭﻯ ﺩﻩ ﺳﻄﺮ ﺑﻨﻮﻳﺴﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻨﻒ ﺑﺎ ﻫﻤﺼﻨﻔﺎﻥ ﺩﺭﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﮔﺬﺍﺭﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪56‬‬
‫‪G10 Fasli (3).indd 56‬‬ ‫‪8/15/2011 4:02:08 PM‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﺱ ) ‪( 16‬‬
‫ﻛﻮﻩ ﺑﺎﺑﺎ‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ (42‬ﺑﻪ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﻓﻮﻕ ﻧﮕﺎﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻭﺿﻊ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻰ ﻛﻮﻩ ﺑﺎﺑﺎ ﺁﺷﻨﺎ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ‬
‫ﻛﻮﻩ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻣﺘﺪﺍﺩ ﻏﺮﺑﻰ ﻫﻨﺪﻭﻛﺶ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻠﻨﺪﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﻭ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﻛﻮﻩ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﻣﺤﺴﻮﺏ‬
‫ﻣﻴﮕﺮﺩﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺷﺮﻕ ﻛﻮﺗﻞ ﺣﺎﺟﻴﮕﻚ ﻭ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﻏﺮﺑﻰ‬
‫ﺳﻴﺎﻩ ﮔﺮﺩ ﻏﻮﺭﺑﻨﺪ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻣﺘﺪﺍﺩ ﻫﻨﺪﻭﻛﺶ ﻏﺮﺑﻰ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺎﻣﺖ ﺷﺮﻕ ﻭ ﻏﺮﺏ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺭﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻃﻮﻝ ﻛﻮﻩ ﺑﺎﺑﺎ ‪ 200‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻣﺘﺮ ﻭ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻭﺳﻄﻰ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻪ ‪ 4000‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﻣﻴﺮﺳﺪ ﻗﻠﻪ ﻣﻌﺮﻭﻑ ﺁﻥ‬
‫ﺑﻨﺎﻡ ﺷﺎﻩ ﻓﻮﻻﺩﻯ ‪ 5140‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺑﺤﺮ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻛﻪ ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﭘﻮﺷﻴﺪﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﻑ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ‬
‫‪57‬‬
‫‪G10 Fasli (3).indd 57‬‬ ‫‪8/15/2011 4:02:12 PM‬‬
‫ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺧﻮﺑﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺗﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﻣﻮﺍﺷﻰ ﻣﺮﺩﻣﺎﻥ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻓﺼﻞ ﺗﺎﺑﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﻓﺮﺍﻫﻢ ﻣﻴﻜﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﻮﻩ ﺑﺎﺑﺎ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﻣﻬﻢ ﺁﺑﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺁﺑﻬﺎﻯ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ ﺑﺎﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﻣﻴﺪﻫﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻧﺸﻴﺒﻰ ﻫﺎﻯ‬
‫ﺷﻤﺎﻟﻰ ﺁﻥ ﺁﺏ ﺑﻨﺪ ﺍﻣﻴﺮ ﻭ ﺑﻠﺦ ﺁﺏ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺸﻴﺒﻰ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺟﻨﻮﺑﻰ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ ﻫﻠﻤﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﻏﺮﺏ ﺁﻥ ﻫﺮﻳﺮﻭﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﻓﺘﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﻠﺴﻠﻪ ﻣﻌﺮﻭﻑ ﺣﻮﺯﻩ‬
‫ﺑﺰﺭگ ﺁﺑﮕﻴﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﻣﺮﻛﺰﻯ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻢ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺎﺑﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﮔﺮﻡ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻩ ﺳﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﺮﻓﮕﻴﺮ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻨﺎ ًء ﻣﺸﻜﻼﺕ‬
‫ﺗﺮﺍﻧﺴﭙﻮﺭﺗﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﺭ ﻣﻰ ﺁﻭﺭﺩ ﺩﺭﺧﺘﺎﻥ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﻗﺎﻣﺖ ﺟﻨﮕﻼﺕ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﭼﻨﺪﺍﻥ ﻧﻤﻰ ﺭﻭﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﻮﺗﻞ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﻌﺮﻭﻑ ﻛﻮﻩ ﺑﺎﺑﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﺣﻪ ﺷﺮﻕ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﻧﺪ ﺍﺯ‪ :‬ﻛﻮﺗﻞ ﻋﺮﺍﻕ‪ ،‬ﻛﻮﺗﻞ ﺷﺎﺗﻮ‪،‬‬
‫ﻛﻮﺗﻞ ﮔﺮﺩﻥ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭ‪ ،‬ﻛﻮﺗﻞ ﻣﻼﻳﻌﻘﻮﺏ‪ ،‬ﻛﻮﺗﻞ ﺣﺎﺟﻴﮕﻚ‪ ،‬ﻛﻮﺗﻞ ﺍﻭﻧﻰ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﻣﻰ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ ‪ .‬ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻮﺗﻞ ﻫﺎ ﺍﺯ ‪ 3000‬ﺗﺎ ‪ 3700‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﻣﻴﺮﺳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﭙﻴﻦ ﻏﺮ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﻠﺴﻠﻪ ﻛﻮﻩ ﻣﻌﺮﻭﻑ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻨﻮﺏ ﻭﻻﻳﺖ ﻧﻨﮕﺮﻫﺎﺭ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﺯ ﻟﺤﺎﻇﻰ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﺎﻡ ﺷﻬﺮﺕ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻛﻪ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊ ﺁﻥ ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﻑ ﭘﻮﺷﻴﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺳﻔﻴﺪ ﺑﻨﻈﺮ ﻣﻴﺮﺳﺪ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪﻩ ﮔﺎﻥ ﺁﻥ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﻠﺴﻠﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺳﭙﻴﻦ ﻏﺮ )ﻛﻮﻩ ﺳﻔﻴﺪ( ﻳﺎﺩ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻗﺒ ً‬
‫ﻼ‬
‫ﺑﻨﺎﻡ ﺳﻔﻴﺪ ﻛﻮﻩ ﺷﺮﻗﻰ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻳﺎﺩ ﻣﻴﺸﺪ‪ .‬ﺳﭙﻴﻦ ﻏﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻜﺼﺪ ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻣﺘﺮﻯ ﻏﺮﺏ ﭘﺸﺎﻭﺭ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ‬
‫ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺷﻤﺎﻝ ﺧﺮﻭﺍﺭ ﺩﺭ ﻟﻮﮔﺮ ﺍﻣﺘﺪﺍﺩ ﻣﻰ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻠﻪ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻨﺎﻡ ﺳﻴﻜﺎﺭﺍﻡ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻪ ‪ 4755‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﻣﻴﺮﺳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺁﻥ ﻛﺎﺳﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻛﻮﻩ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺟﻨﻮﺏ ﻭﻻﻳﺖ ﻟﻮﮔﺮ ﺗﻮﺳﻌﻪ ﻣﻰ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻧﺸﻴﺒﻰ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺷﻤﺎﻝ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻌﺎﻭﻧﻴﻦ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺧﻮﺭﺩ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻌﻀﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﻮﻗﺖ ﻭ ﻣﻮﺳﻤﻰ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻯ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺁﺏ ﻛﻢ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺧﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﺠﺮﺍﻯ ﺧﺸﻚ ﻭ ﺳﻴﻼﺑﻰ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﺮﺧﺮﻭﺩ ﺳﺮﺣﺪ ﻏﺮﺑﻰ ﺳﭙﻴﻦ ﻏﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻮﺭ ﻏﺮ )ﺳﻴﺎﻩ ﻛﻮﻩ ﺷﺮﻗﻰ( ﺟﺪﺍ ﻣﻴﺴﺎﺯﺩ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ‬
‫ﻛﺮﻡ ﻭ ﻣﻌﺎﻭﻧﻴﻦ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺸﻴﺒﻰ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺟﻨﻮﺑﻰ ﻭﺟﻨﻮﺏ ﻏﺮﺑﻰ ﺳﭙﻴﻦ ﻏﺮ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺷﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﺣﻮﺯﻩ‬
‫ﭘﻜﺘﻴﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻨﮕﺮﻫﺎﺭ ﺟﺪﺍ ﻣﻴﺴﺎﺯﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺭﺯﺵ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﻠﺴﻠﻪ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺟﻠﺐ ﻧﻈﺮ ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻟﺤﺎﻅ ﺍﺭﺯﺵ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻯ ﺑﻬﺘﺮﻳﻦ‬
‫ﺳﺎﺣﻪ ﺭﺷﺪ ﺟﻨﮕﻼﺕ ﺳﻮﺯﻧﻰ ﺑﺮگ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﺭﭼﻪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻠﻮﻁ‪ ،‬ﻧﺸﺘﺮ‪ ،‬ﺟﻠﻐﻮﺯﻩ‪ ،‬ﺑﻴﺠﻮﺭ ﻭ ﭘﺎﻳﻦ‬
‫ﺭﺍﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﻣﻴﺪﻫﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪58‬‬
‫‪G10 Fasli (3).indd 58‬‬ ‫‪8/15/2011 4:02:12 PM‬‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ )‪(43‬‬
‫ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺳﻠﺴﻠﻪ ﺳﭙﻴﻦ ﻏﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﻚ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭ ﻣﺎﻧﻊ ﻭﺭﻭﺩ ﻫﻮﺍﻯ ﻣﻮﺳﻤﻰ ﻫﻨﺪ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‬
‫ﺍﻣﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪ ﺗﻮﺭﺧﻢ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻣﺘﺪﺍﺩ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ‪ ،‬ﻧﻔﻮﺫ ﻫﻮﺍﻯ ﻣﻮﺳﻤﻰ ﻫﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺩﺭﻩ ﻫﺎﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻴﺸﻨﮓ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻴﻨﮕﺎﺭ ﺗﺎﺛﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻣﻰ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺷﺎﮔﺮﺩﺍﻥ ﺑﻪ ﮔﺮﻭپ ﻫﺎ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻫﺮ ﮔﺮﻭپ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺘﻦ ﺩﺭﺱ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﻮﺍﻻﺕ‬
‫ﭘﺎﺳﺦ ﺩﻫﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪1‬ـ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﻛﻮﻩ ﺑﺎﺑﺎ‬
‫‪2‬ـ ﻛﻮﺗﻞ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﻌﺮﻭﻑ ﻛﻮﻩ ﺑﺎﺑﺎ‬
‫‪3‬ـ ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺖ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻯ ﺳﭙﻴﻦ ﻏﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪59‬‬
‫‪G10 Fasli (3).indd 59‬‬ ‫‪8/15/2011 4:02:13 PM‬‬
‫ﺳﻮﺍﻝ ﻫﺎ‪:‬‬ ‫؟‬
‫‪1‬ـ ﺳﻠﺴﻠﻪ ﻛﻮﻩ ﺑﺎﺑﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺠﺎ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺝ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺷﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺷﺮﻕ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺏ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻏﺮﺏ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﺮﻛﺰﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ‬
‫‪2‬ـ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻛﻮﻩ ﺑﺎﺑﺎ‪:‬‬
‫ﺝ‪ 500 .‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻣﺘﺮ‬ ‫ﺏ‪ 200 .‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻣﺘﺮ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ 100 .‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻣﺘﺮ‬
‫ﺩ‪ 700 .‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻣﺘﺮ‬
‫‪3‬ـ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻛﻮﺗﻞ ﺣﺎﺟﻴﮕﻚ‪:‬‬
‫ﺝ‪ 3300 .‬ﻣﺘﺮ‬ ‫ﺏ‪ 1800 .‬ﻣﺘﺮ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ 2500 .‬ﻣﺘﺮ‬
‫ﺩ‪ 3700 .‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻣﺘﺮ‬
‫‪4‬ـ ﻗﻠﻪ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﺳﭙﻴﻦ ﻏﺮ‬
‫ﺝ‪ .‬ﺳﻴﻜﺎﺭﺍﻡ‬ ‫ﺏ‪ .‬ﺗﺮﺍﺟﻤﻴﺮ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ .‬ﺷﺎﻩ ﻓﻮﻻﺩﻯ‬
‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﻧﻮﺷﺎﺥ‬

‫ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﻓﺰﻳﻜﻰ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﻧﺎﻡ ﭼﻨﺪ ﻛﻮﻩ‪ ،‬ﻧﺎﻡ ﭼﻨﺪ ﻗﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻧﺎﻡ ﭼﻨﺪ ﻛﻮﺗﻞ‪ ،‬ﻧﺎﻡ‬
‫ﭼﻨﺪ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻛﻮﻩ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﺬﻛﻮﺭ ﺳﺮﭼﺸﻤﻪ ﻣﻰ ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ‬
‫ﻭ ﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﭘﺮﻯ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﺎﻡ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ‬ ‫ﻧﺎﻡ ﭼﻨﺪ ﻛﻮﺗﻞ‬ ‫ﻧﺎﻡ ﭼﻨﺪ ﻗﻠﻪ‬ ‫ﻧﺎﻡ ﭼﻨﺪ ﻛﻮﻩ‬
‫‪60‬‬
‫‪G10 Fasli (3).indd 60‬‬ ‫‪8/15/2011 4:02:13 PM‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﺱ ) ‪( 17‬‬
‫ﻛﻮﻩ ﺳﻠﻴﻤﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ (44‬ﻛﻮﻩ ﺳﻠﻴﻤﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺁﻳﺎ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻛﻮﻩ ﺳﻠﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﻣﺎ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﺳﺖ؟‬

‫ﻛﻮﻩ ﺳﻠﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻣﺘﺪﺍﺩ ﺳﺮﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺷﺮﻗﻰ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻤﺎﻝ ﺑﻪ ﺟﻨﻮﺏ ﺑﻴﻦ ﭼﻤﻜﻨﻰ‬
‫ﻣﺮﻛﺰﻯ ﺑﻠﻮﭼﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺗﺎ ﺳﺎﺣﺎﺕ ﻛﻮﻳﺘﻪ ﺍﻣﺘﺪﺍﺩ ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﺳﻠﺴﻠﻪ ﺟﺒﺎﻝ ﺑﺰﺭگ‬
‫ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﻣﺤﺴﻮﺏ ﻣﻴﮕﺮﺩﺩ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻝ ﺑﻪ ‪ 600‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻣﺘﺮ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻭ ﺣﺼﻪ ﻳﻌﻨﻰ‬
‫ﻛﻮﻩ ﺳﻠﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺷﺮﻗﻰ ﻭ ﻏﺮﺑﻰ ﺟﺪﺍ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺷﺮﻗﻰ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻭﺯﻳﺮﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺳﻠﺴﻠﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻛﻮﻫﺴﺘﺎﻧﻰ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﻣﻴﺪﻫﺪ‪ ،‬ﺷﺎﺧﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺩﻭﻣﻰ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻜﺘﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﭘﻜﺘﻴﻜﺎ ﻭ ﺑﻠﻮﭼﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﮔﺴﺘﺮﺵ ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻪ ﻭ‬
‫ﺣﻮﺯﻩ ﺳﻨﺪ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻭﻻﻳﺎﺕ ﺟﻨﻮﺑﻰ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺟﺪﺍ ﻣﻴﺴﺎﺯﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﻣﺎ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻛﻠﺘﻮﺭﻯ ﺑﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪﻩ ﮔﺎﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﻳﻜﺴﺎﻥ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻯ ﻓﺮﻫﻨﮓ ﻭ ﻛﻠﺘﻮﺭ ﻣﺸﺘﺮﻙ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺧﻂ‬
‫ﺳﺮﺣﺪﻯ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﻠﺴﻠﻪ ﺟﺒﺎﻝ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻗﺒﺎﻳﻞ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻢ ﺟﺪﺍ ﻣﻰ ﺳﺎﺯﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﻠﺴﻠﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻯ ﺧﺼﻮﺻﻴﺎﺕ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻰ ﺑﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭﺭﻭﺩ ﻫﻮﺍﻯ‪ ،‬ﻣﺮﻃﻮﺏ ﺣﻮﺯﻩ‬
‫ﺳﻨﺪ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﺑﺎﺭﻧﺪﻩ ﮔﻰ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﻮﺳﻤﻰ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﺎﺣﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺟﻨﮕﻼﺕ ﻭ ﺳﺎﺣﺎﺕ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺸﻴﺒﻰ‬
‫ﻫﺎﻯ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﻪ ﻣﻴﺮﺳﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻟﺤﺎﻅ ﺍﺭﺯﺵ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻯ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﻠﻰ ﻭ ﻣﺤﻠﻰ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ‬
‫ﻣﺎ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻯ ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺖ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﻌﺖ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺟﻨﮕﻼﺕ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺧﺎﻙ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻳﻚ‬
‫ﻫﺰﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻰ ﻳﻚ ﻫﺰﺍﺭ ﻭ ﭘﻨﺠﺼﺪ ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻣﺘﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﻣﻴﺮﺳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻠﻪ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻨﺎﻡ ﺗﺨﺖ ﺳﻠﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﻳﺎﺩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻪ ‪ 3200‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺑﺤﺮ ﻣﻴﺮﺳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪61‬‬
‫‪G10 Fasli (3).indd 61‬‬ ‫‪8/15/2011 4:02:14 PM‬‬
‫ﺗﻴﺮﺑﻨﺪ ﺗﺮﻛﺴﺘﺎﻥ‪:‬‬
‫ﺗﻴﺮﺑﻨﺪ ﺗﺮﻛﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺷﻤﺎﻝ ﻏﺮﺏ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊ ﻭ ﻛﻮﻫﺴﺘﺎﻧﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﻣﻴﺪﻫﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﻠﺴﻠﻪ ﻛﻮﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻤﺎﻝ ﻏﺮﺏ ﻛﻮﻩ ﺣﺼﺎﺭ ﻭ ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪ ﻏﺮﺏ ﺑﻠﺦ ﺁﺏ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺷﺮﻕ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻃﺮﻑ ﻏﺮﺏ ﺍﻣﺘﺪﺍﺩ ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺗﺎ ﺑﺎﻻ ﻣﺮﻏﺎﺏ ﻣﻴﺮﺳﺪ‪ .‬ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻮﻩ ﺑﻪ ‪ 300‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻣﺘﺮ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻎ ﻣﻴﮕﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻭﺳﻂ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻤﺎﻝ ﻏﺮﺏ ﻛﻮﻩ ﺣﺼﺎﺭ ﺩﺭ ﻋﻼﻗﻪ ﺷﺎﻝ ﻛﺎﺷﺎﻥ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ‬
‫ﻭﻻﻳﺖ ﺟﻮﺯﺟﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ‪ 4207‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﻣﻴﺮﺳﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻠﻨﺪﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﻗﻠﻪ ﺁﻥ ‪ 3895‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﻗﻠﻪ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻮﺳﻮﻡ ﺑﻪ ﻗﺮﻩ ﺟﻨﮕﻞ ‪ 2985‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺑﺤﺮ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻮﻩ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺩﻭ ﻭﻻﻳﺖ ﻏﺮﺑﻰ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﻳﻌﻨﻰ ﻓﺎﺭﻳﺎﺏ ﻭ ﺑﺎﺩﻏﻴﺲ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪ‬
‫ﺟﻨﻮﺑﻰ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻌﺎﻭﻧﻴﻦ ﺭﻭﺩ ﻣﺮﻏﺎﺏ ﺳﺮﭼﺸﻤﻪ ﻣﻴﮕﻴﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺸﻴﺐ ﺷﻤﺎﻟﻰ ﺁﻥ ﺭﻭﺩ ﻗﻴﺼﺎﺭ ﻭ‬
‫ﻣﻌﺎﻭﻧﻴﻦ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻮﻩ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻯ ﭘﺴﺘﻪ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭﻟﻰ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺩﺭﺧﺘﺎﻧﻴﻜﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻠﺴﻠﻪ ﻛﻮﻩ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺷﺮﻗﻰ ﻭ ﻏﺮﺑﻰ‬
‫ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺳﺮﻭ‪ ،‬ﺻﻨﻮﺑﺮ‪ ،‬ﺍﺭﭼﻪ‪ ،‬ﺯﻳﺘﻮﻥ‪ ،‬ﺑﻠﻮﻁ ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺛﺮﻯ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻨﺠﺎ‬
‫ﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﻧﻤﻴﺸﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﺎﻡ ﺑﻬﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺗﺎﺑﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺣﺼﺺ ﺷﻤﺎﻝ ﻭ ﺟﻨﻮﺑﻰ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻮﻩ ﺳﺮﺳﺒﺰ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﭼﺮﺍﮔﺎﻩ ﻫﺎﻯ‬
‫ﺧﻮﺑﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻣﻰ ﺁﻭﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺳﻪ ﻣﺎﻩ ﺑﻬﺎﺭ ﺍﺭﺍﺿﻰ ﻧﺴﺒﺘﺎً ﻣﻼﻳﻢ ﺍﺯ ﮔﻴﺎﻩ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻋﻠﻒ ﻫﺎﻯ‬
‫ﭘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﮔﻞ ﭘﻮﺷﺎﻧﻴﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻓﻀﺎﻯ ﻣﻌﻄﺮﻯ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻣﻰ ﺁﻭﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﻠﺴﻠﻪ ﺟﺒﺎﻝ ﺑﻪ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭ ﺑﺰﺭگ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺴﻴﺮ ﺑﺎﺩﻫﺎﻯ ﺻﺤﺮﺍﻳﻰ ﺗﺮﻛﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺭﻭﺳﻰ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻭﺻﺎﻑ ﻧﻴﻤﻪ ﺻﺤﺮﺍﻳﻰ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺸﻴﺒﻰ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺷﻤﺎﻝ ﻭ ﺷﻤﺎﻝ ﻏﺮﺑﻰ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺿﺎﺣﺖ ﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺷﺎﮔﺮﺩﺍﻥ ﺑﻪ ﮔﺮﻭپ ﻫﺎ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻫﺮ ﻳﻚ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﺳﻔﻴﺪ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺮﺳﻴﻢ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ‬
‫ﺭﻭﻯ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﻛﻮﻩ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺳﻠﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺗﻴﺮﺑﻨﺪﺗﺮﻛﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻮﺍﻝ ﻫﺎ‪:‬‬ ‫؟‬

‫‪1‬ـ ﺳﻠﺴﻠﻪ ﻛﻮﻩ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻉ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﺩﻭﺭﺓ ﺟﻴﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﻜﻰ ﺍﺳﺖ؟‬
‫‪2‬ـ ﻗﻠﻪ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﺳﻠﺴﻠﻪ ﻛﻮﻩ ﺳﻠﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺁﻥ ﻭﺍﺿﺢ ﺳﺎﺯﻳﺪ؟‬
‫‪3‬ـ ﺷﺎﺧﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻳﻜﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﺳﻠﺴﻠﻪ ﻛﻮﻩ ﺳﻠﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﻛﻮﻩ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﺤﻠﻰ ﻭ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻮﻯ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ‬
‫ﻣﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﻣﻴﺪﻫﺪ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﻫﺎ ﺍﻧﺪ ﻧﺎﻡ ﺑﺒﺮﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪4‬ـ ﺗﻴﺮﺑﻨﺪ ﺗﺮﻛﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺠﺎ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ؟‬

‫ﺍﻭﺻﺎﻑ ﺑﺮﺍﺯﻧﺪﻩ ﺳﻠﺴﻠﻪ ﻛﻮﻩ ﺳﻠﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺗﻴﺮﺑﻨﺪ ﺗﺮﻛﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺭﺯﺵ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻯ ﺁﻥ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺳﻄﺮ ﺑﻨﻮﻳﺴﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪62‬‬
‫‪G10 Fasli (3).indd 62‬‬ ‫‪8/15/2011 4:02:15 PM‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﺱ ) ‪( 18‬‬
‫ﺏ ‪ -‬ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﻫﻤﻮﺍﺭ ـ ﺩﺷﺖ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺭﻳﮕﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﻫﺎ‪:‬‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ (45‬ﺳﺮﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻫﻤﻮﺍﺭ ﺑﺎ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻛﺎﺭﻳﺰ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺁﻳﺎﺗﻮﺟﻪﻛﺮﺩﻩﺍﻳﺪﻛﻪﺩﺷﺖﻫﺎﻭﺭﻳﮕﺴﺘﺎﻧﻬﺎﺩﺭﻛﺪﺍﻡﺳﺎﺣﺎﺕﻛﺸﻮﺭﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖﺩﺍﺭﺩ؟‬
‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﻋﻮﺍﺭﺽ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻰ ﻭ ﺗﻮﭘﻮﮔﺮﺍﻓﻰ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻟﺤﺎﻅ ﺍﺭﺍﺿﻰ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﮕﺬﺭﺍﻧﻴﻢ‬

‫ﺳﺮﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻪ ﺑﺨﺶ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪:‬‬
‫‪1‬ـ ﺳﻠﺴﻠﻪ ﺟﺒﺎﻝ‬
‫‪2‬ـ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﻛﻢ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ‬
‫‪3‬ـ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﻫﻤﻮﺍﺭ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺤﺚ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﻫﻤﻮﺍﺭ ﻭ ﺩﺷﺖ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﻪ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻴﺪﻫﻴﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻧﻘﺎﻃﻴﻜﻪ ﺳﻠﺴﻠﻪ ﺟﺒﺎﻝ ﻭ ﺟﻮﺩ ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺁﺑﻴﺎﺭﻯ ﻭ ﻣﻨﺎﺑﻊ ﺁﺑﻰ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻈﺮ ﻧﺮﺳﺪ ﻭ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺭﻧﺪﻩ ﮔﻰ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺪ ﺍﻗﻞ ﺑﺮﺳﺪ ﺳﺎﺣﻪ ﺩﺷﺖ ﻭ ﺻﺤﺮﺍ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻣﻰ ﺁﻭﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ـ ﺩﺭ ﺷﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺩﺷﺖ ﺷﻴﺮﻣﺎﻫﻰ ﻭ ﺩﺷﺖ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺭﻳﮕﺴﺘﺎﻧﻰ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺑﻠﺦ ﻭ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ ﺁﻣﻮ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﻏﺮﺏ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﻕ ﺗﻮﺳﻌﻪ ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻪ ﺧﺼﻮﺻﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻢ ﻧﻴﻤﻪ ﺻﺤﺮﺍﻳﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻰ ﺑﺨﺸﺪ ﺯﻳﺮﺍ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﺎﻡ ﺑﻬﺎﺭ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻥ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻮﻯ ﺑﺮﺧﻮﺭﺩﺍﺭ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺎﺑﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻯ ﻫﻮﺍﻯ ﺧﺸﻚ‬
‫ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﺎﺣﻪ ﺭﻳﮕﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻴﺮﺧﺎﻥ ﺑﻨﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺧﻤﺎﺏ ﺍﻣﺘﺪﺍﺩ ﻣﻰ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ـ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻮﺯﻩ ﻫﻠﻤﻨﺪ ﺍﺭﺍﺿﻰ ﻫﻤﻮﺍﺭ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻃﺮﺍﻑ ﺟﻬﻴﻞ ﮔﻮﺩ ﺯﺭﻩ‪ ،‬ﺩﺷﺖ ﺟﻬﻨﺪﻡ‪،‬‬
‫ﺭﻳﮕﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺻﺪﻳﻘﻰ‪ ،‬ﺩﺷﺖ ﺍﻣﻴﺮﺍﻥ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﺭﺍﺿﻰ ﭼﺨﺎﻧﺴﻮﺭ ﻛﻪ ﺳﺎﺣﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻊ ﺭﻳﮕﺴﺘﺎﻧﻰ‬
‫ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭﺑﺮﻣﻰ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻭﺻﺎﻑ ﺻﺤﺮﺍﻳﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺷﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﻭ ﺭﺳﻮﺏ ﮔﺬﺍﺭﻯ‬
‫ﻛﻮﺍﺗﺮﻧﺮﻯ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻨﺠﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻈﺮ ﻣﻴﺮﺳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪63‬‬
‫‪G10 Fasli (3).indd 63‬‬ ‫‪8/15/2011 4:02:16 PM‬‬
‫ـ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻨﮕﺮﻫﺎﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺭﺍﺿﻰ ﺳﺎﺣﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻊ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭﺑﺮ ﻣﻰ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺷﺮﻕ‪ ،‬ﺍﺭﺍﺿﻰ ﺭﻳﮕﺴﺘﺎﻧﻰ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﺛﻤﺮﺧﻴﻞ ﻭ ﻏﺎﺯﻯ ﺁﺑﺎﺩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻟﻐﻤﺎﻥ ﺩﺷﺖ ﮔﻤﺒﻴﺮﻯ ﻭ ﺩﺷﺖ ﺳﺮﺧﻜﺎﻥ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﺎﺣﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻯ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍﻳﻰ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺯ ‪ 500‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﻟﺤﺎﻅ ﺍﻭﺻﺎﻑ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻤﻰ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﻫﻤﭽﻨﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻟﻮﮔﺮ ﺩﺷﺖ ﺳﻘﺎﻭﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺎﭘﻴﺴﺎ ﺭﻳﮓ ﺭﻭﺍﻥ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻳﺎﺩ ﺁﻭﺭﻯ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺷﺖ ﻫﺎ ﺧﻴﻠﻰ ﻭﺳﻴﻊ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﺗﭙﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺭﻳﮕﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻨﺠﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﻪ ﻣﻴﺮﺳﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻟﺤﺎﻅ‬
‫ﺗﺮﺍﻧﺴﭙﻮﺭﺗﻴﺸﻦ ﻣﺸﻜﻼﺕ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻯ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺎﺭ ﻣﻰ ﺁﻭﺭﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺷﺎﮔﺮﺩﺍﻥ ﺑﻪ ﮔﺮﻭپ ﻫﺎ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻫﺮ ﮔﺮﻭپ ﺭﻭﻯ ﻣﻄﻠﺐ ﻋﻤﺪﺓ ﺩﺭﺱ ﺑﺤﺚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‬
‫ﻭ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﺷﺎﻥ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺭﻭﻯ ﺻﻨﻒ ﺍﺭﺍﻳﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻮﺍﻝ ﻫﺎ‪:‬‬ ‫؟‬

‫‪1‬ـ ﺳﺮﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﻟﺤﺎﻅ ﻋﻮﺍﺭﺽ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻰ ﻭ ﺗﻮﭘﻮﮔﺮﺍﻓﻰ ﺑﻪ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺑﺨﺶ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ‬
‫ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ؟‬
‫‪2‬ـ ﺩﺭ ﺷﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﺩﺷﺖ ﻫﺎ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻧﺎﻡ ﺑﺒﺮﻳﺪ؟‬
‫‪3‬ـ ﺍﻭﺻﺎﻑ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻤﻰ ﺩﺷﺖ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺣﻮﺯﻩ ﻫﻠﻤﻨﺪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪4‬ـ ﺩﺷﺖ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺣﻮﺯﻩ ﻧﻨﮕﺮﻫﺎﺭ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺎﻡ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪5‬ـ ﺭﻳﮕﺴﺘﺎﻧﻬﺎﻯ ﺳﺎﺣﺎﺕ ﺟﻨﻮﺏ ﻏﺮﺑﻰ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﻰ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺍﻧﺴﺘﻨﻰ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﺩﺷﺖ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺭﻳﮕﺴﺘﺎﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﻭﻯ‬
‫ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﭘﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻰ ﺁﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ‪ 5‬ﺳﻄﺮ ﺑﻨﻮﻳﺴﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪64‬‬
‫‪G10 Fasli (3).indd 64‬‬ ‫‪8/15/2011 4:02:17 PM‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﺱ ) ‪( 19‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ (46‬ﺳﺮﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻋﻠﻔﺰﺍﺭ‬
‫ﺁﻳﺎ ﻣﻴﺘﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﭼﻨﺪ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺣﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺎﻡ ﺑﺒﺮﻳﺪ؟‬

‫ﺑﻪ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺣﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﻧﮕﺎﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺣﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﺷﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻴﺪﻫﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺣﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﺷﺒﻴﻪ ﺣﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﺪﻳﺘﺮﺍﻧﻪ ﻳﻰ ﻭ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍﻳﻰ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﺳﺖ‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻟﺤﺎﻅ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﻣﺎ ﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻗﻠﻤﺮﻭ ﺣﻴﻮﺍﻧﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﺗﺤﺖ ﻗﻄﺒﻰ ﻭ ﺗﺤﺖ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍﻳﻰ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﻣﻴﺪﻫﺪ‪ .‬ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﻭﺟﻠﺐ ﺗﻮﺭﻳﺰﻡ ﺭﻭﻝ ﻣﻬﻢ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﭘﻨﺎﻩ ﮔﺎﻩ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺣﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﻛﻤﻴﺎﺏ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺁﻫﻮﻯ ﻣﺎﺭﺧﻮﺭ‪ ،‬ﺁﻫﻮﻯ‬
‫ﻣﺎﺭﻛﻮﭘﻮﻟﻮ‪ ،‬ﺁﻫﻮﻯ ﺧﺘﻦ‪ ،‬ﭘﻠﻨﮓ ﺑﺮﻓﻰ ‪ ،‬ﻛﻠﻨﮓ ﺳﻔﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﭘﺴﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺍﻥ ﻭ ﺳﻢ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻥ‬
‫ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻣﻬﻴﺎ ﻣﻴﺴﺎﺯﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻼ ﺧﺮﺱ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻨﮕﻼﺕ ﻧﻮﺭﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﻣﻰ ﺯﻳﺴﺖ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﻛﺮﺍﻧﻪ ﻳﻰ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ ﺁﻣﻮ ﺑﺒﺮ ﻧﻴﺰ‬ ‫ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﻗﺒ ً‬
‫ﺯﻧﺪﻩ ﮔﻰ ﻣﻴﻜﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﭘﻠﻨﮓ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺩﻭﺭﺩﺳﺖ ﻫﻨﺪﻭﻛﺶ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﮔﺮگ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻛﻮﻫﺴﺘﺎﻧﻬﺎ ﺯﻧﺪﻩ ﮔﻰ ﻣﻰ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺧﺸﻜﺴﺎﻟﻰ ﺍﻏﻠﺒﺎً ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﻮﺍﺭﻳﻬﺎ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﻣﻰ‬
‫ﺁﻳﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺭﻭﺑﺎﻩ ﺳﺮﺥ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺭﺯﺵ ﺧﺎﺹ ﻃﺒﻰ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﺩﺭ ﻛﻮﻫﺴﺘﺎﻧﻬﺎﻯ ﻣﺮﻛﺰﻯ ﺩﺳﺘﻴﺎﺏ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﮔﻮﺳﻔﻨﺪ ﻭﺣﺸﻰ‪ ،‬ﺑﺰﻛﻮﻫﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺭﻩ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻭﺍﺧﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺳﺎﺣﺎﺕ ﺩﻭﺭ ﻭ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻚ ﻭ ﺑﺰ‬
‫ﻛﻮﻫﻰ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﻛﻮﻫﺴﺘﺎﻧﻰ ﻭ ﺩﺷﺖ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺳﺘﭗ ﺷﻤﺎﻟﻰ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪65‬‬
‫‪G10 Fasli (3).indd 65‬‬ ‫‪8/15/2011 4:02:18 PM‬‬
‫ﺳﻠﺴﻠﻪ ﻛﻮﻩ ﻫﻨﺪﻭﻛﺶ ﺳﺮﺣﺪ ﺍﻧﻔﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺳﺎﺣﻪ ﺣﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﺗﺤﺖ ﻗﻄﺒﻰ ﻭ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍﻳﻰ‬
‫ﺑﺸﻤﺎﺭ ﻣﻴﺮﻭﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﻟﺤﺎﻅ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻨﻮﺏ ﺷﺮﻕ ﻫﻨﺪﻭﻛﺶ ﺷﺎﺩﻯ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﺣﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺗﺤﺖ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍﻳﻰ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻟﻮﺱ ﺳﺘﭗ ﺷﻤﺎﻝ ﺧﺎﺭ ﭘﺸﺖ ﺯﻳﺴﺖ ﻣﻴﻨﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺴﺎﻳﻞ ﺟﻠﺪﻯ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻣﻰ ﺁﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺷﻐﺎﻝ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮﺟﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻯ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ‪ 441‬ﻧﻮﻉ ﻃﻴﻮﺭ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﺷﺎﻥ ﭘﺮﻧﺪﻩ ﮔﺎﻥ ﺁﺑﻰ ﻭ ﻣﻬﺎﺟﺮ ﺍﻧﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ‬
‫ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺗﻐﺬﻳﻪ ﻭ ﭼﻮﭼﻪ ﺩﻫﻰ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺍﺯ ﻫﺎﻣﻮﻥ ﻫﻠﻤﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﻫﺎﻣﻮﻥ ﭘﻮﺯﻙ‪ ،‬ﺁﺏ‬
‫ﺍﻳﺴﺘﺎﺩﻩ ﻏﺰﻧﻰ‪ ،‬ﺩﺷﺖ ﻧﺎﻭﺭ ﻭ ﺑﻌﻀﻰ ﺳﺎﺣﺎﺕ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻴﻨﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺭﺍﭘﻮﺭ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺏ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﺎﺩﻩ ﻏﺰﻧﻰ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻔﺘﺎﺩ ﻭ ﭘﻨﺞ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻃﻴﻮﺭ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻭﺍﻳﻞ ﺑﻬﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺗﺎﺑﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﺯﻧﺪﻩ ﮔﻰ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﻌﺪﺍ ً ﺩﺭ ﻓﺼﻞ ﺯﻣﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺎﻣﺖ‬
‫ﺣﻮﺯﻩ ﺳﻨﺪ ﻣﻬﺎﺟﺮﺕ ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺎﺛﻴﺮ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻢ ﺑﺎﻻﻯ ﻃﻴﻮﺭ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻘﺎﻳﺴﻪ ﺣﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﻭ ﻧﺒﺎﺗﺎﺕ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﻣﺤﺴﻮﺱ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﻭﺳﻌﺖ‬
‫ﺍﺭﺍﺿﻰ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪ ﺗﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﻧﻤﻴﻜﻨﺪ ﭘﺮﻧﺪﻩ ﮔﺎﻥ ﻣﻴﺘﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﻧﻈﺮ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪﺕ ﺍﺭﺍﺿﻰ ﻭ ﻣﺤﻴﻄﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺟﺎ ﺧﻮﺑﺘﺮ ﺯﻳﺴﺖ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ ﺑﻨﺎ ًء ﺁﺷﻴﺎﻧﻪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ‬
‫ﻣﻰ ﺩﻫﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﭘﺮﻧﺪﻩ ﮔﺎﻧﻴﻜﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﺁﺷﻴﺎﻧﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺮﻧﺪﻩ ﮔﺎﻥ ﻫﺎﻣﻮﻥ‪ ،‬ﺟﻬﻴﻞ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺁﺏ‬
‫ﻼ ﻛﺮﮔﺲ‪ ،‬ﺷﺎﻫﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻛﻠﻤﺮﻍ ﻭ ﺑﻮﻡ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊ‬ ‫ﻫﺎﻯ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﺎﺩﻩ ﻏﺰﻧﻰ ﻣﺘﻤﺎﻳﺰ ﺍﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﺜ ً‬
‫ﺍﻣﺮﺍﺭ ﺣﻴﺎﺕ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﻭ ﮔﻮﺷﺖ ﺧﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻣﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﻃﻼﻕ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻫﺎﻣﻮﻥ ﻫﺎ ﭘﺮﻧﺪﻩ ﮔﺎﻧﻰ ﺟﻠﺐ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻚ ﺟﺎﻯ ﺑﺠﺎﻯ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺍﻗﺎﻣﺖ ﺷﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﻴﻜﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻨﺠﺎ ﺣﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﺷﺎﻥ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻤﻰ ﺑﻄﻮﺭ ﻣﺨﺘﺼﺮ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ‬
‫ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﻪ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻴﺪﻫﻴﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﻣﻮﻧﺴﻮﻥ ﭘﻜﺘﻴﺎ ﻭ‬
‫ﻧﻮﺭﺳﺘﺎﻥ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻯ ﺣﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ‬
‫ﭼﻮﻥ ﻣﻴﻤﻮﻥ‪ ،‬ﺷﺎﺩﻯ‪،‬‬
‫ﮔﺮگ‪ ،‬ﻣﻮﺵ ﺧﺮﻣﺎ‪ ،‬ﺷﺐ‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ‬
‫)‪47‬‬ ‫ﭘﺮﻙ ﭼﺮﻣﻰ‪ ،‬ﺯﺍﻍ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭﺍﺝ‪،‬‬
‫ﻛﺒﻚ ﻛﻮﻫﻰ‪ ،‬ﻣﻮﺵ ﭘﻮﺯ ﺩﺍﺭ‬
‫ﻭ ﻏﻴﺮﻩ‪.‬‬
‫‪66‬‬
‫‪G10 Fasli (3).indd 66‬‬ ‫‪8/15/2011 4:02:19 PM‬‬
‫ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﺳﺘﭗ‪ :‬ﺣﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺧﺎﺭﭘﺸﺖ‪ ،‬ﻣﻮﺵ‪ ،‬ﻻﺷﺨﻮﺭﺍﻥ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺻﺎً‬
‫ﻏﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺣﺸﺮﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﺯﺍﻍ‪ ،‬ﺧﺮﮔﻮﺵ‪ ،‬ﺭﻭﺑﺎﻩ ﻭ ﭼﻠﭙﺎﺳﻪ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﺑﻜﺜﺮﺕ ﻳﺎﻓﺖ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﺍﻟﭙﺎﻳﻦ‪ :‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﺎً ﺣﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﭘﺴﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺑﺰ ﻛﻮﻫﻰ ﺩﺭ ﭘﺎﻣﻴﺮ‪،‬‬
‫ﺑﺪﺧﺸﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻮﺭﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎﺭﺧﻮﺭﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﮔﻮﺳﻔﻨﺪ ﻛﻮﻫﻰ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺍﺧﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺳﻄﻮﺡ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊ ﻣﺮﻛﺰﻯ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺪﺧﺸﺎﻥ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﺎﻥ ﭘﺮﻧﺪﻩ ﮔﺎﻧﻰ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺯﺍﻍ ﺳﻴﺎﻩ ﻛﻮﻫﺴﺘﺎﻧﻰ‪ ،‬ﺯﺍﻍ‪ ،‬ﻣﺮﻍ‬
‫ﻛﻮﻫﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻮﺯﻩ ﮔﻞ ﻛﻮﻩ‪ ،‬ﻛﺒﻚ ﺯﺭﻯ‪ ،‬ﻛﺒﻚ ﻛﻮﻫﻰ‪ ،‬ﻗﻄﻦ‪ ،‬ﺑﻮﺩﻧﻪ ﻭ ﻏﻴﺮﻩ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ‬
‫ﻣﻴﺮﺳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﺻﺤﺮﺍﻳﻰ‪ :‬ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺣﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺗﻴﻜﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﺣﺎﺕ ﮔﺮﻡ ﺳﻴﺮ ﺭﻳﮕﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺻﺪﻳﻘﻰ‪،‬‬
‫ﻧﻮﺍﺣﻰ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻓﺮﺍﻩ ﻭ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﻰ ﺩﺷﺖ ﺁﺭﺑﻮ ﻭ ﻣﺎﺭﮔﻮ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﻪ ﻣﻴﺮﺳﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ‬
‫ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻣﻮﺷﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺭﻭﺑﺎﻩ‪ ،‬ﻛﻔﺘﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﺷﻐﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﺣﺸﺮﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺧﺰﻧﺪﻩ ﮔﺎﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﻭﺣﺸﻰ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮ ﺍﻭﺻﺎﻑ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻤﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﺣﺎﺕ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﻣﺎ ﺣﻴﺎﺕ ﺑﺴﺮ‬
‫ﻣﻴﺒﺮﻧﺪ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺑﺤﺚ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻳﻢ ﺍﻣﺎ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺣﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻫﻠﻰ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﺳﺘﭗ ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺵ‬
‫ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻪ ﻭ ﻫﻤﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻰ ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﻋﺎﻳﺪﺍﺗﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪ‬
‫ﮔﻮﺷﺖ‪ ،‬ﺷﻴﺮ‪ ،‬ﭘﺸﻢ ﻭ ﻏﻴﺮﻩ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﻣﻴﺪﻫﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ )‪(48‬‬
‫‪67‬‬
‫‪G10 Fasli (3).indd 67‬‬ ‫‪8/15/2011 4:02:19 PM‬‬
‫ﺷﺎﮔﺮﺩﺍﻥ ﺑﻪ ﮔﺮﻭپ ﻫﺎ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻫﺮ ﻳﻚ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺘﻦ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﻮﺍﻝ ﻫﺎ ﺟﻮﺍﺏ‬
‫ﺩﻫﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪1‬ـ ﺣﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻤﻰ ﭼﻪ ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪2‬ـ ﺍﺯ ﺣﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﻬﻢ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻤﻰ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﻧﺎﻡ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻮﺍﻝ ﻫﺎ‪:‬‬ ‫؟‬

‫‪1‬ـ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺣﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﺷﺒﻴﻪ ﺣﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﻣﺪﻳﺘﺮﺍﻧﻪ ﺍﻯ ﻭ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍﻳﻰ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪2‬ـ ﺧﺮﺱ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻨﮕﻼﺕ ﭘﻜﺘﻴﺎ ﺯﻳﺴﺖ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪3‬ـ ﺧﺮﺱ ﻭﺣﺸﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﺷﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺯﻧﺪﻩ ﮔﻰ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻮﺍﻻﺕ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪:‬‬
‫‪1‬ـ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﻛﻮﻩ ﺳﺎﺣﻪ ﺍﻧﻔﺼﺎﻝ ﺣﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﺳﺎﺣﻪ ﻗﻄﺒﻰ ﻭ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍﻳﻰ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪2‬ـ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﻣﺎ ﭼﻨﺪ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻃﻴﻮﺭ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻧﺎﻡ ﺑﺒﺮﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪3‬ـ ﭘﺮﻧﺪﻩ ﮔﺎﻧﻴﻜﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﺁﺷﻴﺎﻧﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﻫﺎ ﺍﻧﺪ‪.‬؟‬
‫‪4‬ـ ﺣﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﺻﺤﺮﺍﻳﻰ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﻫﺎ ﺍﻧﺪ ﺻﺮﻑ ﻧﺎﻡ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﻳﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺑﺎ ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺨﺎﻧﻪ ﻭ ﻣﻨﺎﺑﻊ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺣﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺟﻤﻊ‬
‫ﺁﻭﺭﻯ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻧﺎﻡ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺣﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻣﺤﻞ ﺍﻗﺎﻣﺖ ﻭ ﺍﺭﺯﺵ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻯ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺎﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﭘﺮ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺭﺯﺵ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻯ‬ ‫ﻣﺤﻞ ﺍﻗﺎﻣﺖ‬ ‫ﻧﺎﻡ ﺣﻴﻮﺍﻥ‬
‫‪68‬‬
‫‪G10 Fasli (3).indd 68‬‬ ‫‪8/15/2011 4:02:19 PM‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﺱ ‪20‬‬
‫ﺟﻨﮕﻼﺕ‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﺟﻨﮕﻼﺕ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﭼﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻯ‬
‫ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﻰ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬؟‬
‫ﺟﻨﮕﻼﺕ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻬﻤﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﻣﻨﺎﺑﻊ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻰ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ‬

‫ﻧﻘﺶ ﻣﻮﺛﺮﻯ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺭﻓﻊ ﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﺟﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺑﻨﻴﻪ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻯ‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ‬ ‫ﺟﺎﻣﻌﻪ ﻭ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫)‪(49‬‬ ‫ﺟﻨﮕﻼﺕ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺪﻡ ﺍﻭﻝ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻘﻮﻳﻪ ﺑﻨﻴﻪ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻯ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺑﺪﺳﺖ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻥ ﺍﺳﻌﺎﺭ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻰ‪،‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺳﻌﻪ ﺻﻨﺎﻳﻊ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﻭ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺖ ﺧﺎﺹ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺩﻭﻡ ﺍﺯ ﻧﮕﺎﻩ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﺯﻳﺴﺖ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﺻﻼﺡ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻢ‪ ،‬ﺳﺮﺳﺒﺰﻯ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ‪ ،‬ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻯ‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﺗﺨﺮﻳﺐ ﺧﺎﻙ ﺫﺭﻳﻌﺔ ﺑﺎﺩ ﻭ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻥ‪ ،‬ﺗﻜﺜﺮ ﺣﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻭﺣﺸﻰ‪ ،‬ﻓﺮﺍﻫﻢ ﺁﻭﺭﻯ ﻋﻠﻮﻓﻪ ﻭ ﺧﻼﺻﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻯ‬
‫ﺭﻃﻮﺑﺖ ﻭ ﺁﺑﺮﻳﺰﻩ ﻫﺎ ﺧﻴﻠﻰ ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺖ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺭﺧﺘﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺳﺒﺐ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ ﺗﺎ ﺍﺯ ﻭﻗﻮﻉ ﺳﻴﻼﺏ ﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺮﺳﺎﻳﺶ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻧﻘﺮﺍﺽ ﺗﻨﻮﻉ ﺣﻴﺎﺗﻰ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻯ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﺯﻳﺒﺎﻳﻰ‬
‫ﻃﺒﻴﻌﺖ ﺍﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻼ ﻓﺮﻭﺵ ﭼﻮﺏ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻥ ﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺗﺴﺨﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﺯﻏﺎﻝ‬ ‫ﺟﻨﮕﻼﺕ ﻓﻮﺍﻳﺪ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻯ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﻣﺜ ً‬
‫ﻭ ﻣﻴﻮﻩ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﻐﺰ ﺩﺍﺭ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺛﺮﺍﺕ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻘﻮﻳﻪ ﺍﻧﻜﺸﺎﻑ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩ ﻣﻠﻰ ﺣﺎﻳﺰ‬
‫ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺷﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻴﺪﻫﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﻛﻮﻫﺴﺘﺎﻧﻰ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺟﻨﻮﺏ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻨﮕﻼﺕ ﺍﻧﺒﻮﻩ‬
‫ﺳﻮﺯﻧﻰ ﺑﺮگ ﻭ ﭘﻬﻦ ﺑﺮگ ﭘﻮﺷﺎﻧﻴﺪﻩ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﻛﻮﻩ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺟﻨﻮﺏ ﺷﺮﻗﻰ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺳﻠﻴﻤﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻭ ﺳﭙﻴﻦ ﻏﺮ ﻭ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﭼﺘﺮﺍﻝ ﻭ ﻫﻨﺪﻭﻛﺶ ﻭ ﭘﺎﻣﻴﺮ ﺑﺸﻤﻮﻝ ﻧﻮﺭﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﺗﺎ‬
‫ﺩﺍﻣﻨﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻨﮕﻼﺕ ﺻﻨﻌﺘﻰ ﻭ ﭘﺮﺍﺭﺯﺵ ﺳﻮﺯﻧﻰ ﺑﺮگ ﺑﻠﻮﻁ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻫﻢ ﺗﭙﻪ‬
‫ﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﺷﻤﺎﻝ ﻏﺮﺏ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻨﮕﻼﺕ ﭘﺴﺘﻪ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺩﺭﺧﺘﺎﻥ ﭘﻮﺷﻴﺪﻩ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺣﻔﻆ ﻭ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻭﻝ ﺟﻨﮕﻼﺕ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺩﻭﻟﺖ ﻭ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻋﻨﻌﻨﻮﻯ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ‬
‫ﺁﻥ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﻰ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﻳﻜﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺗﺨﺮﻳﺒﺎﺕ ﻋﻤﺪﺓ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﺯﻳﺴﺖ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﻣﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺭﻓﺘﻦ ﺟﻨﮕﻼﺕ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺟﻨﮓ ﻭ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻛﻪ ﺿﺎﻳﻌﻪ ﺑﺰﺭگ ﻣﻨﺎﺑﻊ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻰ ﺷﻤﺮﺩﻩ‬
‫ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺗﺨﻤﻴﻦ ﺳﺎﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺧﻮﺭﺍﻛﻪ ﻭ ﺯﺭﺍﻋﺖ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ )‪ (WFO‬ﺍﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻧﻜﺸﺎﻓﻰ ﻣﻠﻞ ﻣﺘﺤﺪ ﺩﺭ‬
‫‪69‬‬
‫‪G10 Fasli (3).indd 69‬‬ ‫‪8/15/2011 4:02:21 PM‬‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪50‬‬
‫ﺳﺎﻝ ‪ 1980‬ﺟﻨﮕﻼﺕ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ‪ 2,2‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﻫﻜﺘﺎﺭ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺣﺘﻮﺍ ﻣﻰ ﻛﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﻭ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺳﺎﻝ ‪ 1991‬ﻡ ﻓﻴﺼﺪﻯ ﺟﻨﮕﻼﺕ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﺑﻪ ‪ 1,9‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﻫﻜﺘﺎﺭ ﺗﻘﻠﻴﻞ ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺁﺧﺮﻳﻦ ﺍﺣﺼﺎﻳﻴﻪ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻴﺪﻫﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺟﻨﮕﻼﺕ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ‪ 2‬ﻓﻴﺼﺪ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﺭﺍﺿﻰ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ‬
‫ﻣﻴﺪﻫﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻝ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺟﻨﮓ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﻛﻤﺒﻮﺩ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺳﻮﺧﺖ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻨﮕﻼﺕ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺗﺴﺨﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻭ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻣﻘﺎﺻﺪ ﺍﺯﺩﻳﺎﺩ ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺑﻬﺮﻩ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻯ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻨﮕﻼﺕ ﺳﻴﺮ ﺻﻌﻮﺩﻯ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻰ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﺎﺣﺎﺕ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺟﻨﮕﻼﺕ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﺍﻣﻨﻴﺖ ﻭ ﺧﺎﻟﻰ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻦ ﺳﺎﺣﻪ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺻﺎً ﺩﺭﺧﺘﺎﻥ ﻛﻪ‬
‫ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻚ ﺳﺮﻛﻬﺎ ﻭ ﻣﻨﺎﺯﻝ ﻣﺴﻜﻮﻧﻰ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺑﺮﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺟﻨﮕﻼﺕ ﻣﻨﺪﻩ ﺍﻳﺮ ﺩﺭ ﻭﻻﻳﺖ ﭘﻜﺘﻴﺎ ﻛﻪ ﻗﻮﺍﻯ ﺭﻭﺱ ﺑﺨﺎﻃﺮ ﺑﺎﺯ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻦ ﺳﺎﺣﻪ‬
‫ﺩﻳﺪ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺁﺗﺶ ﺯﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺁﺗﺶ ﺳﻮﺯﻯ ﺟﻨﮕﻼﺕ ﻭﻻﻳﺖ ﻛﻨﺮ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﻧﺰﺍﻉ ﻭ ﺑﻰ ﺗﻔﺎﻭﺗﻰ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﮔﺎﻥ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﮔﺮﻓﺖ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻭ ﺍﺗﺨﺎﺫ ﺗﺪﺍﺑﻴﺮ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺣﺎﺿﺮ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺗﺨﺮﻳﺐ ﺟﻨﮕﻼﺕ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﻭﺧﻴﻢ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻣﻜﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻧﺎﺑﻮﺩﻯ ﺩﺭﺧﺘﺎﻥ ﻛﻬﻦ ﻭ ﻧﻮ‬
‫ﻧﻬﺎﻝ ﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻛﻠﻰ ﺍﺣﺴﺎﺱ ﻣﻰ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺟﻨﮕﻼﺕ ﺑﺎﻗﻴﻤﺎﻧﺪﻩ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﻣﻴﺘﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺧﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﺷﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻯ ﻭ ﻣﺤﻴﻄﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺩﻫﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﻋﻤﻮﻡ ﺟﻨﮕﻼﺕ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻪ ﺩﺳﺘﻪ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ‪:‬‬
‫‪1‬ـ ﺟﻨﮕﻼﺕ ﺻﻨﻌﺘﻰ‬
‫‪2‬ـ ﺟﻨﮕﻼﺕ ﭘﺴﺘﻪ‬
‫‪3‬ـ ﺟﻨﮕﻼﺕ ﺑﺘﻪ ﻳﻰ‬
‫‪1‬ـ ﺟﻨﮕﻼﺕ ﺻﻨﻌﺘﻰ‪:‬‬
‫ﺟﻨﮕﻼﺕ ﺻﻨﻌﺘﻰ ﺳﻮﺯﻧﻰ ﺑﺮگ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮﮔﻬﺎﻯ ﺁﻥ ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﺳﺒﺰ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻋﺎﺕ ‪2000‬‬
‫ﻭ ‪ 3000‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﺭﺷﺪ ﻭ ﻧﻤﻮ ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﺟﻨﻮﺑﻰ ﻭ ﺷﺮﻗﻰ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻛﻪ‬
‫‪70‬‬
‫‪G10 Fasli (3).indd 70‬‬ ‫‪8/15/2011 4:02:22 PM‬‬
‫ﻳﻚ ﺳﺎﺣﻪ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻝ ﺑﻪ ﻳﻚ ﻣﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﻫﻜﺘﺎﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺷﻐﺎﻝ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻮﺍﺣﻰ ﻣﺮﻛﺰﻯ ﭘﻜﺘﻴﺎ‪،‬‬
‫‪＄‬ﺪران‪ ،‬ﻣﻨﮕﻞ‪ ،‬ﺟﺎﺟﻰ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺟﻨﮕﻼﺕ ﺩﺭ ﻭﻻﻳﺎﺕ ﻛﻨﺮ ﻭ ﻟﻐﻤﺎﻥ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ‬
‫ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﻣﺤﺮﻭﻗﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﺭ ﻣﻨﺎﺯﻝ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻋﻨﻌﻨﻮﻯ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻰ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺟﻨﮕﻼﺕ ﻛﻨﺮﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻟﻐﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﺷﺠﺎﺭ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻧﺸﺘﺮ‪ ،‬ﺍﺭﭼﻪ‪ ،‬ﺟﻠﻐﻮﺯﻩ‪ ،‬ﺯﻳﺘﻮﻥ ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻩ ﺑﻤﻼﺣﻈﻪ‬
‫ﻣﻴﺮﺳﺪ‪ .‬ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺟﻨﮕﻼﺕ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺋﺘﻜﺎﻻﺕ ﺧﺎﻙ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻯ ﻣﻴﻜﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻢ ﺭﺍ ﮔﻮﺍﺭﺍ ﻭ‬
‫ﻣﺮﻃﻮﺏ ﻣﻰ ﺳﺎﺯﺩ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻣﺮﺩﻣﺎﻥ ﺁﻥ ﻣﺤﻞ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﻋﺎﻳﺪﺍﺗﻰ ﺧﻮﺑﻰ ﻣﺤﺴﻮﺏ ﻣﻰ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﻣﻴﻠﻮﻥ ﻫﺎ ﺩﺭﺧﺖ ﺯﻳﺘﻮﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻗﺴﻢ ﻭﺣﺸﻰ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺷﺠﺎﺭ ﺩﺭ ﻭﻻﻳﺖ‬
‫ﻧﻨﮕﺮﻫﺎﺭ ﻭ ﭘﻜﺘﻴﺎ ﺳﺎﺣﻪ ‪ 16000‬ﻫﻜﺘﺎﺭ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺣﺘﻮﺍ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻣﻴﻮﻩ ﺯﻳﺘﻮﻥ ﺍﺻﻼﺡ‬
‫ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻯ ‪ 14‬ﺍﻟﻰ ‪ 22‬ﻓﻴﺼﺪ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻫﺮ ﺗﻦ ﺯﻳﺘﻮﻥ ‪ 160‬ﺍﻟﻰ ‪ 220‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﮔﺮﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﺑﺪﺳﺖ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﻣﻴﺘﻮﺍﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪2‬ـ ﺟﻨﮕﻼﺕ ﭘﺴﺘﻪ‪:‬‬
‫ﺟﻨﮕﻼﺕ ﭘﺴﺘﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﺷﻤﺎﻝ ﻏﺮﺑﻰ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﺩﺭ ﻭﻻﻳﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﺩﻏﻴﺲ ﻭ ﺳﻤﻨﮕﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ‬
‫ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺗﺨﻤﻴﻨﺎً ﺳﺎﺣﺔ ‪ 3‬ﻫﺰﺍﺭ ﻫﻜﺘﺎﺭ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺣﺘﻮﺍ ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺟﻨﮕﻼﺕ ﭘﺴﺘﻪ ﻭ ﻣﺤﺼﻮﻻﺕ‬
‫ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻘﻮﻳﻪ ﺑﻨﻴﻪ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻯ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﺭﻭﻝ ﺍﺭﺯﻧﺪﻩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪﺍﺕ ﺁﻥ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺳﺎﻟﻪ ﺑﻪ ‪ 2‬ﺍﻟﻰ ‪3‬‬
‫ﻫﺰﺍﺭ ﺗﻦ ﻣﻴﺮﺳﺪ ﻭ ﻳﻚ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺁﻥ ﻋﻼﻭﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﺓ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻰ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺻﺎﺩﺭ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺩﻣﺎﻥ ﻣﺤﻠﻰ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺠﺎﻭﺭﺕ ﺟﻨﮕﻼﺕ ﺯﻧﺪﻩ ﮔﻰ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺟﻤﻊ ﺁﻭﺭﻯ ﻣﺤﺼﻮﻻﺕ‬
‫ﭘﺴﺘﻪ ﻭ ﻓﺮﻭﺵ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﺯﺍﺭ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﻣﻌﻴﺸﻴﺖ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺮﺍﻫﻢ ﻣﻰ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺣﻔﻆ ﻭ ﻣﺮﺍﻗﺒﺖ‬
‫ﺟﻨﮕﻼﺕ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺩﻭﻟﺖ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﻰ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪3‬ـ ﺟﻨﮕﻼﺕ ﭘﺮﺍﮔﻨﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺘﻪ ﻳﻰ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺟﻨﮕﻼﺕ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﭘﺮﺍﮔﻨﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﺷﻤﺎﻟﻰ‪ ،‬ﻣﺮﻛﺰﻯ ﻭ ﺟﻨﻮﺏ ﻏﺮﺑﻰ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ‬
‫ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﻳﺖ ﺁﻥ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﻯ ﻭ ﺣﺎﻳﺰ ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺖ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺗﺨﺮﻳﺐ ﺧﺎﻙ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﺑﺎﺩ ﻭ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻥ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻯ ﻣﻰ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﻋﻤﺪﻩ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺟﻨﮕﻼﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺳﻜﺴﺎﻭﻝ‪ ،‬ﭼﺮﮔﺲ‪ ،‬ﭘﺴﺘﻪ ﭘﺪﻝ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺩﺍﻡ ﻛﻮﻫﻰ‪ ،‬ﺍﺭﭼﻪ ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺟﻨﮕﻼﺕ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺗﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻨﻮﺏ ﺷﺮﻕ ﻭ ﺷﻤﺎﻝ ﻏﺮﺏ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﻪ ﻣﻴﺮﺳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻋﺎﺕ ‪ 2000‬ﻭ ‪ 3000‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺟﻨﮕﻼﺕ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻈﺮ ﻣﻴﺮﺳﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺻﻨﻮﺑﺮ‬
‫ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﻫﻤﭽﻨﺎﻥ ﺩﺭﺧﺖ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﻣﻐﺰ‪ ،‬ﺷﻔﺘﺎﻟﻮﻯ ﺧﻮﺩﺭﻭ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺩﺍﻡ‪ ،‬ﺯﺭﺷﻚ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﮕﻮﺭ‬
‫ﺧﻮﺩﺭﻭ‪ ،‬ﺷﻨﮓ‪ ،‬ﺯﻳﺘﻮﻥ‪ ،‬ﺍﻛﺎﺳﻴﺎ ﻭ ﻋﻨﺎﺏ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻨﮕﻼﺕ ﻛﻮﻫﻰ ﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺟﻨﮕﻼﺕ‬
‫ﺷﺮﻗﻰ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺩﺭﺧﺘﺎﻥ ﺳﺮﻭ‪ ،‬ﺻﻨﻮﺑﺮ ﻭ ﺳﺪﺭ ﺑﻤﻼﺣﻈﻪ ﻣﻴﺮﺳﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻧﻮﺭﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﻋﻼﻭﻩ ﺑﺮ ﺻﻨﻮﺑﺮ‪،‬‬
‫‪71‬‬
‫‪G10 Fasli (3).indd 71‬‬ ‫‪8/15/2011 4:02:22 PM‬‬
‫ﻭ ﺟﻠﻐﻮﺯﻩ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺎﺭ ﺧﻮﺩﺭﻭ‪ ،‬ﺑﻠﻮﻁ‪ ،‬ﺭﻳﻤﻪ ﻭ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﻣﻐﺰ ﺧﻮﺩﺭﻭ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺟﻨﮕﻼﺕ ﻏﺮﺑﻰ‬
‫ﻋﻼﻭﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺷﺠﺎﺭ ﭘﺴﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﺧﻨﺠﻚ‪ ،‬ﺍﺭﭼﻪ ﻭ ﺷﻴﺮ ﺧﺸﺖ ﺩﺭ ﻭﻻﻳﺖ ﺑﺎﺩﻏﻴﺲ ﻭﻫﺮﺍﺕ ﻣﻰ‬
‫ﺭﻭﻳﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺍﺩﺭﺳﻜﻦ ﻭ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﻏﻮﺭﺍﺕ ﺑﺘﻪ ﻛﺘﻴﺮﺍ ﻭ ﺑﺎﺩﺍﻡ ﺗﻠﺦ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺟﻨﮕﻼﺕ ﺷﻤﺎﻝ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺭﺧﺘﺎﻥ ﭘﺴﺘﻪ ﭘﻮﺷﻴﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻧﻬﺮﻳﻦ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺪﺭﺍﺏ ﻭ ﺧﻨﺠﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺩﺭﺧﺘﺎﻥ ﭘﺴﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻛﻮﻩ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺩﻭﺷﻰ ﺩﺭﺧﺘﺎﻥ ﺑﻠﻮﻁ ﭘﺴﺖ ﻗﺎﻣﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫ﺷﺎﮔﺮﺩﺍﻥ ﺑﻪ ﮔﺮﻭپ ﻫﺎ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﻫﺮ ﮔﺮﻭپ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﻓﻮﺍﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺖ ﺟﻨﮕﻼﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ ﺩﻫﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻮﺍﻝ ﻫﺎ‪:‬‬ ‫؟‬

‫‪1‬ـ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﺳﺎﺣﺎﺕ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻯ ﺟﻨﮕﻼﺕ ﺻﻨﻌﺘﻰ ﻭ ﭘﺮ ﺍﺭﺯﺵ ﺍﺳﺖ؟ ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ‬
‫ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪2‬ـ ﺣﻔﻆ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻯ ﺟﻨﮕﻼﺕ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﺭﮔﺎﻥ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻭﻝ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪3‬ـ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺟﻨﮕﻼﺕ ﭼﻪ ﻓﺎﻳﺪﺓ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻯ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪1‬ـ ﺳﺎﺣﺎﺕ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺟﻨﮕﻼﺕ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﻣﺎ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ‪ ................‬ﺍﺯ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺭﻓﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪2‬ـ ﺟﻨﮕﻼﺕ ﺻﻨﻌﺘﻰ ﺳﻮﺯﻧﻰ ﺑﺮگ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻋﺎﺕ ‪ ...........‬ﻭ ‪ ..........‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﺭﺷﺪ ﻭ ﻧﻤﻮ‬
‫ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪3‬ـ ﺟﻨﮕﻼﺕ ﺑﺘﻪ ﻳﻰ ﻭ ﭘﺮﺍﮔﻨﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕ ‪ ،.............‬ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﻧﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ـ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻨﮕﻼﺕ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﻛﺮﺩ؟ ﺩﺍﻧﺴﺘﻨﻰ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻨﺞ ﺳﻄﺮ ﺑﻨﻮﻳﺴﻴﺪ‬
‫ﻭ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﺻﻨﻒ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﺼﻨﻔﺎﻥ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺍﺭﺍﻳﻪ ﺑﺪﺍﺭﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪72‬‬
‫‪G10 Fasli (3).indd 72‬‬ ‫‪8/15/2011 4:02:23 PM‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﺱ ) ‪( 21‬‬
‫ﻓﺮﺵ ﻧﺒﺎﺗﻰ‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ (51‬ﻓﺮﺵ ﻧﺒﺎﺗﻰ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻓﺮﺳﺎﻳﺶ ﺁﺳﻴﺐ ﭘﺬﻳﺮ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ﺁﻳﺎ ﻣﻴﺘﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﺯ ﭼﻬﺎﺭ ﻧﺒﺎﺕ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻰ ﻧﺎﻡ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﻳﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ؟‬
‫ﺧﺼﻮﺻﻴﺎﺕ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻰ‪ ،‬ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﻳﺖ ﺁﺏ ﻭ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻥ ﺗﻮﭘﻮﮔﺮﺍﻓﻰ‪ ،‬ﻣﻮﺛﺮ ﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﺭﺷﺪ ﻭ‬

‫ﻧﻤﻮﻯ ﻧﺒﺎﺗﺎﺕ ﺩﺭﻳﻚ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﻣﺤﺴﻮﺏ ﻣﻴﮕﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﻛﻮﻫﺴﺘﺎﻧﻰ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻧﺒﺎﺗﺎﺕ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ‪ ،‬ﺭﻃﻮﺑﺖ‪،‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﺭﻧﺪﻩ ﮔﻰ ﻭﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﺭﺍﺿﻰ ﻣﻴﺘﻮﺍﻥ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻛﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺷﻤﺎﻟﻰ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﻣﺎ‬
‫ﺗﻨﻮﻉ ﺧﻮﺏ ﻧﺒﺎﺗﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﻣﺎ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﻣﻴﺪﻫﺪ‪ .‬ﻋﻼﻭﺗﺎً ﺩﺭ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﻧﺒﺎﺗﺎﺕ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻯ‬
‫ﻧﻴﺰ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺯﻳﺮﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻤﻠﺔ ﻧﺒﺎﺗﺎﺕ ﻭﺣﺸﻰ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺍﺯ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﺻﺎﺩﺭ ﻣﻴﮕﺮﺩﺩ ﺩﺭﻩ ﻫﺎﻯ‬
‫ﺑﺪﺧﺸﺎﻥ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﺯﻳﺮﻩ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﻣﻴﻜﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺗﺨﻢ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﺒﺎﺕ ﻫﺰﺍﺭ ﻫﺎ ﺳﺎﻝ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ‬
‫ﺭﺍﻩ ﺍﺑﺮﻳﺸﻢ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻤﺎﻟﻚ ﺷﺮﻗﻰ ﻭﻏﺮﺑﻰ ﺻﺎﺩﺭ ﻣﻴﮕﺮﺩﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺮﺵ ﻧﺒﺎﺗﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺼﻨﻴﻒ ﺫﻳﻞ ﻣﻴﺘﻮﺍﻥ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﻪ ﻛﺮﺩ‪:‬‬
‫‪1‬ـ ﻧﺒﺎﺗﺎﺕ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﻣﻮﻧﺴﻮﻥ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﺷﺠﺎﺭ ﻭ ﻧﺒﺎﺗﺎﺗﻴﻜﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺯﻳﺘﻮﻥ‪ ،‬ﺳﺮﻭ‪ ،‬ﭘﺎﻧﺪﺭﻭﺳﺎ )ﺍﺯ ﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﻧﺒﺎﺗﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺳﻮﺯﻧﻰ ﺑﺮگ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ( ﻧﺎﺟﻮ‪ ،‬ﭼﻬﺎﺭﻣﻐﺰ‪ ،‬ﭘﻨﺒﻪ‪ ،‬ﭘﺴﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﺗﻮﺕ‪ ،‬ﭘﻨﺠﻪ ﭼﻨﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﮔﻞ ﺑﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﺳﻨﺠﺪ‪،‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﺧﺖ ﻋﻜﺎﺳﻰ ﻣﺮچ ﺳﻴﺎﻩ ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻩ‪ ،‬ﺍﺷﺠﺎﺭ ﻭ ﻧﺒﺎﺗﺎﺗﻴﻜﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ‪ 1000‬ﺗﺎ ‪ 2000‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﻳﺎﻓﺖ‬
‫‪73‬‬
‫‪G10 Fasli (3).indd 73‬‬ ‫‪8/15/2011 4:02:24 PM‬‬
‫ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻓﺮ‪ ،‬ﺑﻠﻮﻁ‪ ،‬ﺍﺭﭼﻪ‪ ،‬ﻧﺸﺘﺮ‪ ،‬ﺟﻠﻐﻮﺯﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭ‪ ،‬ﻧﺎﺟﻮ ﻭ ﭘﺎﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻋﺎﺕ‪ 2000‬ﺗﺎ‬
‫‪ 2500‬ﻣﺘﺮ‪ ،‬ﻣﻰ ﺭﻭﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺮ ﺍﺯ ‪ 3000‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﺳﺎﺣﻪ ﺭﺷﺪ ﻭ ﻧﻤﻮﻯ ﺟﻨﮕﻼﺕ ﺩﺭ ﺳﭙﻴﻦ ﻏﺮ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﻴﺮﻭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪2‬ـ ﻧﺒﺎﺗﺎﺕ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﻣﺪﻳﺘﺮﺍﻧﻪ ﻳﻰ ﺣﻮﺯﻩ ﻣﺮﻛﺰﻯ ﻧﻨﮕﺮﻫﺎﺭ‪:‬‬

‫ﻧﺒﺎﺗﺎﺗﻴﻜﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻢ ﻣﺪﻳﺘﺮﺍﻧﻪ ﻳﻰ ﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻧﻴﺸﻜﺮ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮﻧﺞ‪ ،‬ﻧﺒﺎﺗﺎﺕ ﻓﺎﻣﻴﻞ ﺳﺘﺮﻭﺱ‪،‬‬
‫ﻧﺎﺭﻧﺞ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎﻟﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﺳﻨﺘﺮﻩ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﺎً ﺩﺭ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻋﺎﺕ ‪ 500‬ﺗﺎ ‪ 550‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺣﻮﺯﻩ ﻧﻨﮕﺮﻫﺎﺭ ﻣﻴﮕﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﺒﺎﺗﺎﺕ ﻣﺜﻞ ﮔﻞ ﺑﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﮔﺰ‪ ،‬ﺯﻳﺘﻮﻥ‪ ،‬ﻣﺮچ ﺳﻴﺎﻩ‪ ،‬ﺗﻮﺕ‪ ،‬ﻛﺞ ﻧﻬﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭﺧﺖ ﺍﻛﺎﺳﻰ ﻭ ﻧﺎﺟﻮ‬
‫ﻧﻴﺰ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﻧﺒﺎﺗﺎﺕ ﻣﻌﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻨﻘﻄﻪ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻣﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮ ﺗﺎﺛﻴﺮ ﻫﻮﺍﻯ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺳﻤﻰ ﻧﺒﺎﺗﺎﺕ ﺳﻮﺯﻧﻰ ﺑﺮگ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺍﻣﻨﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺳﭙﻴﻦ ﻏﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺜﺮﺕ ﻣﻰ ﺭﻭﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪3‬ـ ﻧﺒﺎﺗﺎﺕ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﺳﺘﭗ‪:‬‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﻧﺒﺎﺗﺎﺕ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻋﻠﻔﻰ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻛﻪ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺗﺮ ﺑﻘﺴﻢ ﺣﺒﻮﺑﺎﺕ ﺯﺭﻉ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ ﻭﻟﻰ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﻫﻤﻮﺍﺭﻳﻬﺎ ﻭ ﻧﺸﻴﺒﻰ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺩﺍﻣﺎﻥ ﻛﻮﻩ ﻫﺎ ﻋﻼﻭﻩ ﺑﺮ ﻧﺒﺎﺗﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻔﻰ ﺍﺷﺠﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺑﺘﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺧﺸﺒﻰ‬
‫)ﻧﺒﺎﺗﺎﺕ ﺳﺎﻗﺔ ﭼﻮﺑﻰ( ﻭ ﻧﻴﻤﻪ ﺧﺸﺒﻰ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻛﺮﺍﻧﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ ﺁﻣﻮ ﺍﺯ ﻟﺤﺎﻅ ﺧﺼﻮﺻﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻤﻰ ﺍﻭﺻﺎﻑ ﺟﺪﺍﮔﺎﻧﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﻳﺖ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ ﺁﻣﻮ ﺭﻃﻮﺑﺖ ﻧﺴﺒﺘﻰ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﺗﺮ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺧﻮﺑﻰ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻧﻤﻮﻯ ﻧﺒﺎﺗﺎﺕ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺧﺎﻛﻬﺎﻯ ﺭﺳﻮﺑﻰ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪ ﺯﻣﻴﻨﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻧﺒﺎﺗﺎﺕ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺑﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﭼﻨﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﺷﻴﺮﻳﻦ ﺑﻮﻳﻪ‪ ،‬ﮔﺰ ﻭ‬
‫ﺳﺎﻛﺴﻮﻝ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻣﻴﺴﺎﺯﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺯﻳﺘﻮﻥ ﻭﺣﺸﻰ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﺻﺤﺮﺍﻳﻰ ﻭ ﺳﺘﭗ ﻣﻰ ﺭﻭﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪4‬ـ ﻧﺒﺎﺗﺎﺕ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﺷﻴﺒﻪ ﺧﺸﻚ ﻭ ﻧﻤﻴﻪ ﺻﺤﺮﺍﻳﻰ‪:‬‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﻫﻤﻮﺍﺭ ﺟﻨﻮﺏ ﻏﺮﺏ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﻧﺒﺎﺗﺎﺕ ﺻﺤﺮﺍﻳﻰ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺑﺘﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺍﺭﺗﻪ ﻣﻴﺰﻳﺎ ﻛﻪ ﻋﻮﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺑﻨﺎﻡ ﺗﺮﺥ ﻳﺎﺩ ﻣﻴﻜﻨﻨﺪ ﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺷﺘﺮﺧﺎﺭ ﺟﺎﺭﻭﺏ ﺑﺘﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﭘﺴﺖ ﻗﺎﻣﺖ ﻭ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺑﺘﻪ‬
‫ﻫﺎﻯ ﺧﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺭ ﻓﺮﺵ ﻧﺒﺎﺗﻰ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻮﺍﺣﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﻣﻴﺪﻫﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺑﻌﻀﻰ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﻫﺎ ﺟﺎﻳﻴﻜﻪ ﺁﺏ‬
‫ﻣﻴﺴﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻓﺮﺍﻩ‪ ،‬ﺯﺭﻧﺞ ﻭ ﺑﺴﺖ ﺍﺷﺠﺎﺭ ﺍﺯﻗﺒﻴﻞ ﺑﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﭼﻨﺎﺭ ﻭ ﮔﺰ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻈﺮ ﻣﻴﺮﺳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪74‬‬
‫‪G10 Fasli (3).indd 74‬‬ ‫‪8/15/2011 4:02:24 PM‬‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ )‪(52‬‬
‫‪5‬ـ ﻧﺒﺎﺗﺎﺕ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ‪:‬‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﺣﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ‪900‬ـ‪ 1800‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﻭ ﺑﻌﻀﻰ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ‪ 2000‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﻧﺒﺎﺗﺎﺗﻴﻜﻪ ﺫﻳ ً‬
‫ﻼ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺁﻥ ﻧﺎﻡ ﻣﻰ ﺑﺮﻳﻢ ﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﻛﺎﺳﻨﻰ‪ ،‬ﺭﻭﺍﺵ‪ ،‬ﺯﻧﺒﻖ‪ ،‬ﻻﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﭘﺴﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺑﺎﺩﺍﻡ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺠﺎﻭﺭﺕ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻟﻒ ﻭ ﻧﺸﻴﺒﻰ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺷﺮﻗﻰ ﻛﻮﻩ ﭘﻐﻤﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺧﻮﺍﺟﻪ ﺳﻴﺎﺭﺍﻥ ﺑﺘﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺍﺭﻏﻮﺍﻥ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻣﻰ ﺭﻭﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪6‬ـ ﻧﺒﺎﺗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﭙﺎﻳﻦ ﺗﻨﺪﺭﺍ‪:‬‬

‫ﻧﻮﺍﺣﻰ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﻧﺸﻴﺒﻰ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻛﻮﻫﺴﺘﺎﻧﻰ ﺑﺪﺧﺸﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺧﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺭﺍﻍ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺳﻠﺴﻠﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﺮﻛﺰﻯ‬
‫ﻫﻤﺎﻟﻴﺎ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺑﺎﺭﻧﺪﻩ ﮔﻰ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﻛﺘﻠﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻫﻮﺍﻯ ﻣﺮﻃﻮﺏ ﻣﻮﻧﺴﻮﻥ ﺩﺭﻳﻦ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ‬
‫ﺗﺎﺛﻴﺮ ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮ ﺁﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻮﺍﺣﻰ ﭘﻮﺷﻴﺪﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺒﺎﺗﺎﺕ ﮔﻞ ﺳﻨﮓ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺍﺷﺠﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺑﺘﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ‬
‫ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﻗﺎﻣﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﻧﻤﻴﺸﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﻧﻜﺸﺎﻑ ﺧﺎﻙ‪ ،‬ﺳﺮﺩﻯ ﻫﻮﺍ‪ ،‬ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﻭﺯﺵ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺩﻫﺎﻯ ﻛﻮﻫﺴﺘﺎﻧﻰ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻮﺍﺣﻰ ﺭﺍﻍ‪ ،‬ﺷﻴﻮﺍ ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﺾ ﺁﺑﺎﺩ ﻭ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊ ﺣﻮﺯﺓ ﻛﻮﻛﭽﻪ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﭙﺎﻳﻦ ﺗﻨﺪﺭﺍ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﺭ ﻣﻰ ﺁﻭﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪7‬ـ ﻧﺒﺎﺗﺎﺕ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊ ﻭ ﻛﻮﻫﺴﺘﺎﻧﻰ‪:‬‬

‫ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ‪ 3800‬ﺍﻟﻰ ‪ 4000‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﻳﺖ ﺑﺮﻑ ﻭ ﻳﺦ ﺑﻨﺪﻯ‬
‫ﺳﺎﺣﻪ ﺭﺷﺪ ﻭ ﻧﻤﻮﻯ ﻧﺒﺎﺗﺎﺕ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺰ ﺍﺯ ﮔﻞ ﺳﻨﮓ )ﻻﻳﻜﻦ( ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻧﻮﻉ‬
‫ﻧﺒﺎﺗﺎﺕ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﻧﻤﻰ ﺭﻭﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪75‬‬
‫‪G10 Fasli (3).indd 75‬‬ ‫‪8/15/2011 4:02:26 PM‬‬
‫ﺷﺎﮔﺮﺩﺍﻥ ﺑﻪ ﮔﺮﻭپ ﻫﺎ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻫﺮ ﮔﺮﻭپ ﺑﻄﻮﺭ ﻣﻘﺎﻳﺴﻮﻯ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺑﺎ ﻫﻢ ﺑﺤﺚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﺭﺍ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺭﻭﻯ ﺻﻨﻒ ﺍﺭﺍﻳﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻮﺍﻝ ﻫﺎ‪:‬‬ ‫؟‬

‫‪1‬ـ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ‪ .....................‬ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪2‬ـ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻧﺒﺎﺗﺎﺕ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﻪ ‪ ..................................................‬ﻣﻴﺘﻮﺍﻥ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻛﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -3‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺣﺮﻑ )ﺹ( ﺩﺭ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻏﻠﻂ ﺣﺮﻑ )ﻍ(‬
‫ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ‪ 1000‬ﺗﺎ ‪ 2000‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﻧﺒﺎﺗﺎﺕ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻓﺮ‪ ،‬ﺑﻠﻮﻁ‪ ،‬ﺍﺭﭼﻪ‪ ،‬ﺳﺮﻭ ﻭ ﻧﺎﺟﻮ ﻣﻴﺮﻭﻳﺪ) (‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻧﺸﻴﺒﻰ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺷﻤﺎﻝ ﻫﻨﺪﻭﻛﺶ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺻﺎً ﺩﺭ ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪ ﺳﺎﻟﻨﮓ ﺍﺷﺠﺎﺭ ﺳﻮﺯﻧﻰ ﺑﺮگ ﺑﻪ‬
‫(‬ ‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﻪ ﻣﻴﺮﺳﺪ‪).‬‬
‫ﻧﺒﺎﺗﺎﺕ ﻓﺎﻣﻴﻞ ﺳﺘﺮﻭﺱ )ﻧﺎﺭﻧﺞ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎﻟﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﺳﻨﺘﺮﻩ( ﺍﻭﺻﺎﻑ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻢ ﺻﺤﺮﺍﻳﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪( ) .‬‬
‫ﻧﺒﺎﺗﺎﺗﻴﻜﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺳﺘﭗ ﺷﻤﺎﻟﻰ ﺗﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﻧﺪ ﺍﺯ ﭼﻨﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﺳﻨﺠﺪ‪ ،‬ﮔﺰ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ‬
‫ﺑﺘﻪ ﻫﺎ‪.‬‬

‫ﺑﺎ ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺨﺎﻧﻪ ﻭ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻣﻨﺎﺑﻊ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ ﻓﺮﺵ ﻧﺒﺎﺗﻰ ﻭ ﻧﺒﺎﺗﺎﺕ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻰ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﭼﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻫﺎ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﻴﮕﻴﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺍﻧﺴﺘﻨﻰ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺳﻄﺮ ﺑﻨﻮﻳﺴﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﺑﺎ ﻫﻢ ﺻﻨﻔﺎﻥ ﺍﺭﺍﻳﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪76‬‬
‫‪G10 Fasli (3).indd 76‬‬ ‫‪8/15/2011 4:02:26 PM‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﺱ ) ‪( 22‬‬
‫ﮔﺮﺩﺵ ﺁﺏ ﺩﺭ ﻃﺒﻌﻴﺖ )ﺳﺎﻳﻜﻞ ﺁﺏ(‬
‫ﺗﺒﺨﻴﺮ‬
‫ﻋﻤﻞ ﺗﺒﺨﻴﺮ‬ ‫ﺁﺑﻬﺎﻯ ﺭﻭﺍﻥ‬

‫ﺁﺏ ﺑﺤــــــــــــﺮ‬
‫ﻣﺤﻞ ﻫﺎﻳﺪﺭﻭﺳﺎﻳﻜﻞ‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ )‪(53‬‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺑﺎﻻ ﺩﻗﺖ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺁﺏ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻣﻰ ﺑﻴﻨﻴﺪ‪،‬‬
‫ﺁﺑﻬﺎﻯ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺮﺓ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻫﻤﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺍﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﻣﺮﺍﺣﻞ ﮔﻮﻧﺎﮔﻮﻥ ﻭ‬
‫ﭘﻴﭽﻴﺪﺓ ﺭﺍ ﻃﻰ ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺁﻧﻜﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺍﻭﻝ ﺑﺮ ﻣﻴﮕﺮﺩﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﺎﻳﻜﻞ ﺁﺏ ﺩﻭﺭﺍﻥ ﻳﺎ‬
‫ﺳﺎﻳﻜﻞ ﺁﺑﻰ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺁﺏ ﺩﺭ ﻃﺒﻌﻴﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ‪:‬‬
‫‪1‬ـ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﮔﺎﺯ‪ :‬ﺁﺏ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺛﺮ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺨﺎﺭ ﻣﺒﺪﻝ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ ﻭﻗﺘﻴﻜﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺑﺨﺎﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺨﻮﺩ‬
‫ﮔﺮﻓﺖ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﮔﺎﺯ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﻴﻜﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪2‬ـ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺟﺎﻣﺪ‪ :‬ﺁﺏ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺛﺮ ﺳﺮﺩﻯ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺻﻔﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺎﻣﺪ ﻣﺒﺪﻝ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ‬
‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻰ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺟﺎﻣﺪ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻰ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﻳﺦ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮﻑ ﻭ ژﺍﻟﻪ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪3‬ـ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ‪ :‬ﺁﺏ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﻭﻗﺘﻰ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﻫﻮﺍ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺻﻔﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﮔﺮﺩﺵ ﻳﺎ ﺳﺎﻳﻜﻞ ﺁﺏ ﺩﺭ ﭼﻬﺎﺭ ﺑﺨﺶ ﺍﺻﻠﻰ ﻛﺮﺓ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻳﻌﻨﻰ ﻫﻮﺍ ﻳﺎ ‪Atmosphere‬‬
‫ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻳﺎ ‪ Lithosphere‬ﺁﺏ ﻳﺎ ‪ Hydrosphere‬ﻭﺑﺎﻳﻮﺳﻔﻴﺮ ‪ Biosphere‬ﻳﺎ ﻛﺮﻩ‬
‫ﺣﻴﺎﺗﻰ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﻰ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﺎﻳﻜﻞ ﻳﺎ ﺩﻭﺭﺍﻥ ﺁﺏ ﺍﺯ ﺗﺒﺨﻴﺮ ﺁﺏ ﺑﺤﺮ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺁﺏ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﺤﺎﺭ ﻭ ﻣﻨﺎﺑﻊ ﺁﺑﻰ ﺗﺒﺨﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻓﻀﺎ ﺻﻌﻮﺩ ﻣﻴﻜﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﻪ ﺑﺎﺩ ﺩﺭ ﻓﻀﺎ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻣﻰ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﺛﺮ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻛﺘﻠﻪ‬
‫ﻫﻮﺍ‪ ،‬ﺑﺨﺎﺭ ﺁﺏ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻣﻴﺘﻮﺭﻭﻟﻮﺟﻰ ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﺑﺮﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﻣﻴﺪﻫﺪ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﺛﺮ‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﺷﺒﺎﻉ ﺩﻭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﺗﻜﺎﺛﻒ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻥ ﻣﺒﺪﻝ ﻣﻴﮕﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﺁﺏ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻥ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺰﻣﻴﻦ ﻓﺮﻭ ﻣﻰ‬
‫ﺁﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﭼﻨﺪﻳﻦ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻣﻰ ﺍﻓﺘﺪ‪ ،‬ﻳﻚ ﺣﺼﺔ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺭﻭﻯ ﺧﺎﻙ ﺩﻓﻌﺘﺎً ﺟﺬﺏ‬
‫ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﺼﺪﻯ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻯ ﺁﻥ ﺩﻓﻌﺘﺎَ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺛﺮ ﺗﺎﺑﺶ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺧﺎﻙ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺗﺒﺨﻴﺮ ﻭ‬
‫‪77‬‬
‫‪G10 Fasli (3).indd 77‬‬ ‫‪8/15/2011 4:02:28 PM‬‬
‫)ﺗﺮﺍﻧﺴﭙﺎﻳﺮﻳﺸﻦ( ﺍﺯ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻧﺒﺎﺕ ﻣﺠﺪﺩﺍ ً ﺑﻪ ﻓﻀﺎ ﺻﻌﻮﺩ ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻳﻚ ﺣﺼﺔ ﺁﺏ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻥ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺳﻄﺢ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﻓﺘﻴﺪﻩ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻧﻬﺮ ﺑﺤﺮﻛﺖ ﻣﻰ ﺍﻓﺘﺪ ﻭ ﻗﺴﻤﺎً ﺩﺭ ﺧﺎﻙ‬
‫ﺟﺬﺏ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ ﺗﺎ ﺁﻧﻜﻪ ﺁﺏ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺯﻣﻴﻨﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﻣﻴﺪﻫﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺁﺑﻬﺎﻯ ﺭﻭﻯ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻭ ﺁﺏ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺯﻣﻴﻨﻰ ﻫﺮﺩﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺛﺮ ﻗﻮﻩ ﺟﺎﺫﺑﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺎﻣﺖ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺗﺎ ﺍﻧﻜﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺤﺮ ﻣﻰ ﺭﻳﺰﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺻﻄﻼﺡ ﻫﺎﻳﺪﺭﻭﺳﺎﻳﻜﻞ ﻳﺎﺩ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻚ ﺣﺼﻪ ﺁﺏ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻜﻪ ﻳﻚ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﺑﺮﺳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻃﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﺧﺎﻙ ﺟﺬﺏ‬
‫ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺁﺑﻬﺎﻯ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺯﻣﻴﻨﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﻣﻴﺪﻫﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻌﻀﻰ ﻣﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﺁﺑﻬﺎﻯ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺯﻣﻴﻨﻰ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ‬
‫ﺁﺑﻬﺎﻯ ﺟﺎﺭﻯ ﻭ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﺭ ﻣﻰ ﺁﻭﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﺎﻳﻜﻞ ﻫﺎﻳﺪﺭﻭﻟﻮﺟﻰ ﻳﻚ ﻧﻤﺎﻯ ﺧﻮﺏ ﻫﺎﻳﺪﺭﻭﻟﻮﺟﻰ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﺭﻧﺪﻩ ﮔﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺭﻭﻯ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻭ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺯﮔﺸﺖ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻓﻀﺎ ﻭﻳﺎ ﺑﺤﺮ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮ ﺁﻥ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﻣﻴﺘﻮﺍﻧﻴﻢ ﻛﻪ ﺳﺎﻳﻜﻞ ﻫﺎﻳﺪﺭﻭﻟﻮﺟﻰ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻳﻜﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻣﻜﻤﻞ ﻳﻜﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﺍﻧﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﺎﻳﻜﻞ ﺁﺏ ﺩﺭ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﺖ ﺑﻄﻮﺭ ﻣﺘﻤﺎﺩﻯ ﻭ ﻣﺴﻠﺴﻞ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻫﻤﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺷﺎﮔﺮﺩﺍﻥ ﺑﻪ ﮔﺮﻭپ ﻫﺎ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻫﺮ ﮔﺮﻭپ ﺷﻜﻞ ﮔﺮﺩﺵ ﺁﺏ ﺩﺭ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﺖ ﺭﺍﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺩﻗﺖ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻰ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ ﺳﭙﺲ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺭﺍﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻰ ﻓﻬﻤﻨﺪ ﺑﺮﻭﻯ ﻳﻚ ﻛﺎﻏﺬ ﺑﻨﻮﻳﺴﻨﺪ ﻭ‬
‫ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪﺓ ﺷﺎﻥ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺭﻭﻯ ﺻﻨﻒ ﺍﺭﺍﻳﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻮﺍﻝ ﻫﺎ‪:‬‬ ‫؟‬

‫‪1‬ـ ﺁﺏ ﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺮﺓ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﻪ ﭼﻪ ﺷﻜﻠﻰ ﺍﻧﺪ ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪2‬ـ ﮔﺮﺩﺵ ﺁﺏ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﺑﺨﺶ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻛﺮﺓ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﻴﮕﻴﺮﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺟﻤﻼﺕ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻭ ﻏﻠﻂ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪1‬ـ ﺁﺏ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺛﺮ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﻏﻠﻴﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺨﺎﺭ ﻣﺒﺪﻝ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﮔﺎﺯ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺖ) (‬
‫‪2‬ـ ﺁﺏ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﻭﻗﺘﻰ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﻫﻮﺍ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪( ).‬‬
‫‪3‬ـ ﺳﺎﻳﻜﻞ ﺁﺏ ﻳﺎ ﺩﻭﺭﺍﻥ ﺁﺏ ﺍﺯ ﺗﺒﺨﻴﺮ ﺁﺏ ﺑﺤﺮ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ‪( ).‬‬
‫‪4‬ـ ﺁﺑﻬﺎﻯ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﻻﺭﺿﻰ ﻭ ﺁﺏ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺯﻣﻴﻨﻰ ﻫﺮﺩﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺛﺮ ﻗﻮﻩ ﺟﺎﺫﺑﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺎﻣﺖ‬
‫(‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻻ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﺪ‪).‬‬

‫ﺗﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪ :‬ﺑﺎ ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺨﺎﻧﻪ ﻭ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻣﻨﺎﺑﻊ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺳﺎﻳﻜﻞ ﻫﺎﻳﺪﺭﻭﻟﻮﺟﻰ ﻳﺎ‬
‫ﮔﺮﺩﺵ ﺁﺏ ﺩﺭ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﺖ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﺍﻧﻔﺮﺍﺩﻯ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺟﻤﻊ ﺁﻭﺭﻯ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ‬
‫ﮔﺬﺍﺭﺵ ﻳﺎ ﺭﻭﺯﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻯ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻨﻒ ﺑﻴﺎﻭﺭﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪78‬‬
‫‪G10 Fasli (3).indd 78‬‬ ‫‪8/15/2011 4:02:28 PM‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﺱ ) ‪( 23‬‬
‫‪ 5,3‬ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺖ ﺁﺏ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩ ﺯﺭﺍﻋﺘﻰ‪ ،‬ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺍﻧﺮژﻯ ﻭ ﺣﻴﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ )‪(54‬ﺑﻨﺪ ﺑﺮﻕ‬
‫ـ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻳﻜﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻬﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﻧﻌﻤﺖ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻧﻬﺎ ﭼﻴﺴﺖ؟‬
‫ـ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﻣﻴﺘﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺩﺭﺳﺖ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻨﺎﺑﻊ ﺩﻗﺖ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﻫﻴﻢ؟‬
‫ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ‪ 3‬ﺣﺼﻪ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺁﺏ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺎﻻ‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫ﺑﻨﮕﺮﻳﺪ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻛﺮﻩ ﺍﻯ ﺁﺑﻰ ﺭﻧﮓ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﺩﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻘﻂ ‪ ٪2,8‬ﺍﺯ ﺁﺑﻬﺎ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻳﺨﭽﺎﻝ ﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺟﻬﻴﻞ ﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺁﺏ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﺗﻤﻮﺳﻔﻴﺮ ﻭ‬
‫ﺁﺏ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺧﺎﻛﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺁﺏ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺯﻣﻴﻨﻰ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺯﻧﺪﻩ ﮔﻰ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻧﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﻭ ﻧﺒﺎﺗﺎﺕ ﺑﻪ ﺁﺏ ﻭﺍﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺍﻣﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺏ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺼﺎﺭﻑ‬
‫ﺁﺷﺎﻣﻴﺪﻥ ﻭ ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎﻯ ﺭﻭﺯﻣﺮﻩ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩ ﻧﻤﻰ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺁﺏ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺯﺭﺍﻋﺖ‪ ،‬ﺻﻨﻌﺖ ﻭ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺍﻧﺮژﻯ‬
‫ﺑﺮﻕ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻰ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺸﺮ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﻏﺬﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻣﺪﺕ ﻃﻮﻻﻧﻰ ﺯﻧﺪﻩ ﺑﻤﺎﻧﺪ ﺍﻣﺎ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺁﺏ ﻧﻤﻰ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺣﻴﺎﺕ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﺩﻫﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺁﺷﺎﻣﻴﺪﻥ ﻭ ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺭﻭﺯﺍﻧﻪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺁﺑﻬﺎﻯ ﺷﺮﻳﻦ‬
‫ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻳﻌﻨﻰ ﺁﺑﻴﻜﻪ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﻧﻤﻜﻬﺎﻯ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﻛﻢ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺁﺑﻬﺎﻯ ﺍﻭﻗﻴﺎﻧﻮﺱ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺑﺤﻴﺮﻩ ﻫﺎ‬
‫ﺷﻮﺭ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺼﻔﻴﻪ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﺕ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺮﻣﺎﻳﻪ‬
‫ﮔﺬﺍﺭﻯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺍﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺗﺄﺳﻴﺴﺎﺕ ﺁﺏ ﺷﺮﻳﻦ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﭘﺲ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻧﺎﭼﺎﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺁﺑﻬﺎﻯ ﺷﻴﺮﻳﻦ‬
‫‪79‬‬
‫‪G10 Fasli (3).indd 79‬‬ ‫‪8/15/2011 4:02:30 PM‬‬
‫ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺧﺸﻜﻪ ﻭ ﺍﺗﻤﻮﺳﻔﻴﺮ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺍﻛﺘﻔﺎ ﻛﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﺠﻢ ﺁﺑﻬﺎﻯ ﺷﺮﻳﻦ ﺩﺭﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﻛﻢ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ‪ ٪2,8‬ﺍﺯ ﺣﺠﻢ ﻛﻞ ﺁﺑﻬﺎﻯ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﻣﺘﺄﺳﻔﺎﻧﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺁﺏ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻳﺖ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺑﺎﺭﻧﺪﻩ‬
‫ﮔﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺑﻬﺎﻯ ﺷﻴﺮﻳﻦ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻳﺦ ﺩﺭ ﻳﺨﭽﺎﻝ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻗﻄﺒﻰ ﻭ ﻛﻮﻫﺴﺘﺎﻧﻰ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻰ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺁﺏ ﺍﺑﺤﺎﺭ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻴﭻ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻰ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺁﺑﻬﺎﻯ ﺷﺮﻳﻦ‬
‫ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺟﻬﻴﻞ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺁﺑﻬﺎﻯ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺯﻣﻴﻨﻰ ﺩﺳﺘﺮﺳﻰ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﺒﺘﻪ ﺁﺑﻬﺎﻯ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻫﻢ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻃﺒﻘﺔ ﻗﺸﺮ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺣﻔﺮﭼﺎﻩ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﻧﺎﻝ ﻛﺸﻰ ﻭ ﺑﻜﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺩﻥ‬
‫ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻫﺎﻯ ﭘﻤﭗ ﺁﺑﻰ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﻰ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺁﺏ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻧﺪﻩ ﮔﻰ ﺭﻭﺯﺍﻧﻪ ﻧﻘﺶ ﭘﺮ ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺘﻰ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺏ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﺼﺎﺭﻑ‬
‫ﺷﻬﺮﻯ ﻭﺧﺎﻧﮕﻰ‪ ،‬ﻣﺼﺎﺭﻑ ﺯﺭﺍﻋﺘﻰ ﻭ ﺻﻨﻌﺘﻰ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﺁﺑﻬﺎﻯ ﺳﻄﺤﻰ ﻋﻼﻭﻩ ﺑﺮ ﻣﺼﺎﺭﻑ‬
‫ﻳﺎﺩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺣﻤﻞ ﻭ ﻧﻘﻞ ﻛﺎﻻ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺮﻳﻦ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮ ﺁﻥ ﺿﺎﻳﻌﺎﺕ ﺁﺏ‬
‫ﻭ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺍﻓﺰﻭﻥ ﻧﻔﻮﺱ‪ ،‬ﺁﺏ ﺷﺮﻳﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻬﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﺑﻰ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺁﺏ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﻣﻨﺎﺯﻝ‪ ،‬ﻣﺰﺍﺭﻉ ﻭ ﺻﻨﺎﻳﻊ ﺳﺒﺐ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺁﻣﺪﻥ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺁﺏ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺯﻣﻴﻨﻰ ﻣﻴﮕﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍﻯ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺩﺭﺳﺖ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺏ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺁﺷﺎﻣﻴﺪﻧﻰ ﺑﻬﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺟﺪﺍ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺁﺏ ﺁﺷﺎﻣﻴﺪﻧﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺑﻬﺎﻯ‬
‫ﻣﺼﺮﻓﻰ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺯﺭﺍﻋﺖ ﻫﻢ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﺷﻬﺎﻯ ﺁﺑﻴﺎﺭﻯ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻭﻳﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﺷﻬﺎﻯ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺁﺑﻴﺎﺭﻯ ﺑﻬﺮﻩ ﺑﺮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﺵ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻭ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺁﺑﻴﺎﺭﻯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻛﺸﺖ ﻧﺒﺎﺗﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﺍﺗﻼﻑ ﺁﺏ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻯ ﻣﻴﻜﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﺩﺭﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻥ ﻛﺎﻓﻰ ﺑﺒﺎﺭﺩ ﺯﺍﺭﻋﻴﻦ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﺕ ﺑﻪ ﺁﺑﻴﺎﺭﻯ ﻣﺤﺼﻮﻻﺕ ﺯﺭﺍﻋﺘﻰ ﺧﻮﻳﺶ‬
‫ﻧﺪﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﺑﻬﺘﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺁﺑﻴﺎﺭﻯ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺯﺭﺍﻋﺘﻰ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺎ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻤﻰ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﻣﻨﻈﻢ‬
‫ﻼ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﻛﻢ ﺁﺏ ﻧﺒﺎﺗﺎﺕ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻡ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺸﻜﻰ ﻛﺎﺷﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﺕ‬ ‫ﮔﺮﺩﺩﻣﺜ ً‬
‫ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺘﻦ ﻧﺒﺎﺕ ﺑﻪ ﺁﺏ ﻭﺍﻓﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺻﺮﻓﻪ ﺟﻮﻳﻰ ﺁﺏ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻯ ﻣﻴﻜﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺁﺏ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻨﻌﺖ ﻧﻴﺰﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻰ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻳﺎﺩ ﺁﻭﺭﻯ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺭﻭﺯﺍﻧﻪ ﻣﻠﻴﻮﻥ‬
‫ﻫﺎ ﻟﻴﺘﺮ ﺁﺏ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺻﻨﻌﺖ ﻣﻮﺭﺩﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻰ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﮔﺎﻩ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺑﺮﻕ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺁﺏ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺳﺮﺩ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻣﻮﻟﺪ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻫﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻛﺸﻮﺭﻫﺎﻯ ﺍﻧﻜﺸﺎﻑ ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻪ‬
‫ﺁﺏ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻛﺜﻴﻒ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺼﻔﻴﻪ ﺩﻭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﻳﺎ ﺭﻯ ـ ﺳﺎﻳﻜﻞ )‪ (Recycle‬ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺷﻬﺮﻫﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻴﻜﻨﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺁﺏ ﺩﺭ ﺯﺭﺍﻋﺖ ﺭﻭﻝ ﺍﺭﺯﻧﺪﺓ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺍﺭﺍ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺎﺑﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﻧﺒﺎﺗﺎﺕ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﺕ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺳﻴﻔﻮﻥ‪ ،‬ﺑﻨﺪﻫﺎﻯ ﺁﺑﮕﺮﺩﺍﻥ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻛﺎﻧﺎﻟﻬﺎﻯ ﻛﺎﻧﻜﺮﻳﺘﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺯﺭﺍﻋﺘﻰ‬
‫‪80‬‬
‫‪G10 Fasli (3).indd 80‬‬ ‫‪8/15/2011 4:02:30 PM‬‬
‫ﺭﻫﻨﻤﺎﻳﻰ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﻟﺤﺎﻅ ﺍﺭﺯﺵ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻯ‪،‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻫﺎﻯ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﺧﻮﺏ‬
‫ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺍﻧﺮژﻯ ﺑﺮﻕ ﺁﺑﻰ ﺍﺳﺖ‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﺑﻨﺪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺑﺮﻕ ﺁﺑﻰ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺑﻨﺪ‬ ‫ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺁﺑﻴﺎﺭﻯ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺯﺭﺍﻋﺘﻰ‬
‫ﻛﺠﻜﻰ‪ ،‬ﺑﻨﺪ ﺳﺮﻭﺑﻰ‪ ،‬ﺑﻨﺪ ﻧﻐﻠﻮ‬
‫ﻭ ﺑﻨﺪ ﺩﺭﻭﻧﺘﻪ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ‬ ‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪55‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﻕ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﺍﻛﻨﻮﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺑﺮﻕ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ‬
‫ﺑﻬﻤﻴﻦ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺑﻨﺪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺁﺑﮕﺮﺩﺍﻥ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﭘﺮﻭژﻩ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻭﺍﺩﻯ ﻫﻠﻤﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﻧﻨﮕﺮﻫﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻟﻮﮔﺮ‪ ،‬ﻫﺮﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﻭ ﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﺷﻤﺎﻝ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻫﺎﻯ ﺯﺭﺍﻋﺘﻰ ﺁﺏ ﻛﺎﻓﻰ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻣﻰ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ‪56‬‬

‫ﺷﺎﮔﺮﺩﺍﻥ ﺑﻪ ﮔﺮﻭپ ﻫﺎ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻫﺮ ﮔﺮﻭپ ﻓﻜﺮ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﻫﻤﺼﻨﻔﺎﻥ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻣﺸﻮﺭﻩ‬
‫ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺷﻤﺎ ﭼﻪ ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎﻯ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻴﺘﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﺍﺩ ﺗﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺿﻴﺎﻉ ﺁﺏ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺨﺶ ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖ‬
‫ﻫﺎﻯ ﺭﻭﺯﺍﻧﻪ ﺧﺎﻧﮕﻰ ﻭ ﺯﺭﺍﻋﺘﻰ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻯ ﺷﻮﺩ؟‬
‫‪81‬‬
‫‪G10 Fasli (3).indd 81‬‬ ‫‪8/15/2011 4:02:33 PM‬‬
‫ﺳﻮﺍﻝ ﻫﺎ‪:‬‬ ‫؟‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﻮﺍﻝ ﻫﺎ ﺟﻮﺍﺏ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﺟﻮﺍﺏ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﻋﻼﻣﺖ )√(‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺁﺏ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﺯ‪:‬‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪6‬‬

‫ﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺝ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺏ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪.‬‬
‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪7‬‬
‫‪2‬ـ ﺯﻧﺪﻩ ﮔﻰ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﻭ ﻧﺒﺎﺗﺎﺕ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﻭﺍﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﻪ‪:‬‬
‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﻫﻴﭽﻜﺪﺍﻡ‬ ‫ﺝ‪ .‬ﺁﺏ‬ ‫ﺏ‪ .‬ﺯﺭﺍﻋﺖ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ .‬ﺻﻨﺎﻳﻊ‬
‫‪3‬ـ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺁﺏ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺷﺮﻳﻦ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﭼﻨﺪ ﻓﻴﺼﺪ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩ‪٪5,6 .‬‬ ‫ﺝ‪٪ 4,8 .‬‬ ‫ﺏ‪٪ 3,9 .‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪٪2,8 .‬‬
‫ﺷﺮﺡ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪:‬‬
‫‪1‬ـ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺏ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺳﻄﺤﻰ ﻋﻼﻭﻩ ﺑﺮ ﻣﺼﺎﺭﻑ ﺭﻭﺯﺍﻧﻪ ﻣﻨﺎﺯﻝ ﺩﺭ ﭼﻪ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ‬
‫ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﻴﮕﻴﺮﺩ‬
‫‪2‬ـ ﺩﺭ ﺯﺭﺍﻋﺖ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﺭﻭﺵ ﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻜﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺗﺎ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺼﺎﺭﻑ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺪ ﺁﺏ‬
‫ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻯ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪3‬ـ ﺁﺏ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻨﻌﺖ ﻭ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪﺍﻧﺮژﻯ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ‬ ‫ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ ﺁﺏ‬ ‫ﻣﻨﺎﺑﻊ ﺁﺏ‬
‫ﺷﻮﺭ‬ ‫ﺷﻴﺮﻳﻦ‬
‫ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺟﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺎﻳﻰ ﺻﻨﻒ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻣﻨﺎﺑﻊ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻣﻨﺎﺑﻊ ﺁﺏ ﺭﺍ ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﻳﻰ‬
‫ﻭ ﺩﺳﺘﻪ ﺑﻨﺪﻯ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﻤﺮﻳﻦ ﺟﺪﻭﻟﻰ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺑﺎﻻ ﺑﻜﺸﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺳﺘﻮﻥ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﺁﺏ‪ ،‬ﻧﺎﻡ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺟﻬﻴﻞ ﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺑﻨﺪﻫﺎ ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺫﻛﺮ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺘﻮﻥ‬
‫ﺩﻭﻡ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ ﺁﺏ ﺭﺍ ﻳﻌﻨﻰ ﺁﺏ ﺷﺮﻳﻦ ﻭ ﺷﻮﺭ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺘﻮﻥ ﺳﻮﻡ ﺑﻨﻮﻳﺴﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻨﺎﺑﻊ‬
‫ﭼﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪82‬‬
‫‪G10 Fasli (3).indd 82‬‬ ‫‪8/15/2011 4:02:33 PM‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﺱ ) ‪( 24‬‬
‫‪ 6,3‬ﺣﻮﺯﻩ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺁﺑﮕﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺣﻮﺯﻩ ﺁﻣﻮ‬
‫ﺣﻮﺯﻩ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺷﻤﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺣﻮﺯﻩ ﻫﺮﻳﺮﻭﺩ ﻭ ﻣﺮﻏﺎﺏ‬ ‫ﺣﻮﺯﺓ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ‬
‫ﺣﻮﺯﺓ ﻫﻠﻤﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ (57‬ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﺣﻮﺯﻩ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺁﺑﮕﻴﺮ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﺯﻩ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺁﺑﮕﻴﺮ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺑﮕﻮﻳﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺣﻮﺯﻩ‬
‫ﺁﺑﮕﻴﺮ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ؟‬
‫ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﺭﺍﺿﻰ ﻭ ﺍﻭﺻﺎﻑ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻤﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺁﺑﻬﺎﻯ ﺟﺎﺭﻯ‪ ،‬ﺁﺑﻬﺎﻯ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺯﻣﻴﻨﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﻛﻮﻫﺴﺘﺎﻧﻰ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻣﻨﺎﺑﻊ ﺣﻮﺯﻩ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺁﺑﮕﻴﺮ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺳﻠﺴﻠﻪ ﺟﺒﺎﻝ ﻫﻨﺪﻭﻛﺶ ﻭ‬
‫ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊ ﺁﻥ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﻣﻴﺪﻫﺪ ﺑﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﺑﺮﻓﻬﺎﻯ ﺩﺍﻳﻤﻰ ﻭ ﻛﺘﻠﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻳﺨﭽﺎﻟﻰ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﻭﺍﺧﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﭘﺎﻣﻴﺮ‪ ،‬ﻫﻨﺪﻭﻛﺶ ﺷﺮﻗﻰ ﻭ ﻏﺮﺑﻰ ﻭ ﻛﻮﻩ ﺑﺎﺑﺎ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺳﺎﻟﻪ ﺭﻭﻯ ﻳﻜﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻰ‬
‫ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﺎﻡ ﺑﻬﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺗﺎﺑﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺮﻓﻬﺎ ﺫﻭﺏ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺁﺏ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺟﺎﺭﻯ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻮﺯﻩ ﻫﺎﻯ‬
‫ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻣﻰ ﺁﻭﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮ ﺭﻳﺰﺵ ﺑﺮﻑ ﻭ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺍﻭﺍﻳﻞ ﺑﻬﺎﺭ ﺣﺠﻢ‬
‫ﺁﺏ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻓﺼﻞ ﺑﻬﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺗﺎﺑﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺷﺪﻩ ﮔﺎﻫﻰ ﻣﺘﻼﻃﻢ‪ ،‬ﺳﻴﻼﺑﻰ ﻭ ﻃﻮﻓﺎﻧﻰ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ‬
‫ﻭ ﮔﺎﻫﻰ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺁﺑﺨﻴﺰﻯ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻫﺎ ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮ ﻧﺒﻮﺩ ﻧﺒﺎﺗﺎﺕ ﻛﺎﻓﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﺭﺍﺿﻰ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺗﺨﺮﻳﺐ ﻭ‬
‫ﺍﺋﺘﻜﺎﻝ ﺍﺭﺍﺿﻰ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺴﻴﺮ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﻣﺠﺎﻭﺭ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺳﺮﺳﺒﺰ ﻭ ﺯﺭﺍﻋﺘﻰ ﻣﻰ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪83‬‬
‫‪G10 Fasli (3).indd 83‬‬ ‫‪8/15/2011 4:02:33 PM‬‬
‫ﭼﻮﻥ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻫﺎﻯ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻌﺎﻭﻧﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺧﻴﻠﻰ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊ ﺳﺮﭼﺸﻤﻪ‬
‫ﻣﻰ ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻨﺮﻭ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻛﺸﻮﺭﻣﺎ‬
‫ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﻋﻤﻮﻡ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻋﻠﻴﺎﻯ‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ‬
‫‪58‬‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺩ ﺧﻴﻠﻰ ﺳﺮﻳﻊ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ‬
‫ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﺗﺨﺮﻳﺐ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﻭ ﺳﻮﺍﺣﻞ‬
‫ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻌﻀﻰ ﺟﺎﻫﺎ‬
‫ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﻫﺎ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﺎً ﺧﻮﺭﺩ ﻭ ﮔﺎﻫﻰ‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ ﺗﻨﮕﻨﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻄﻮﺭ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ ﺁﻣﻮ ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮ ﺗﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺳﺎﺣﻪ ﭘﺎﻣﻴﺮ ﻭ ﺧﻤﺎﺏ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﺗﺮ ﺍﺯ ‪2700‬‬
‫ﻣﺘﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺳﺎﻻﻧﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﺓ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻯ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻭ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺭﺳﻮﺑﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﺧﻮﺩ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﻣﻴﺪﻫﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻑ‬
‫ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺍﺭﺍﺿﻰ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻯ ﺧﺎﻛﻬﺎﻯ ﺭﺳﻮﺑﻰ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﺣﺠﺎﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖ ﻧﻔﻮﺫ ﺁﺏ‬
‫ﺭﺍ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﺁﺏ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺷﺪﻩ ﭼﺸﻤﻪ ﺳﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻛﺎﺭﻳﺰﻫﺎﻯ‬
‫ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﺷﺒﻜﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺁﺑﻬﺎﻯ ﺟﺎﺭﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻘﺎﻳﺴﻪ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﻣﻌﺘﺪﻟﻪ‬
‫ﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍﻳﻰ ﻛﻢ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﺳﺮﺯﻣﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﻛﻞ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ‬
‫ﺗﺤﺖ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍﻳﻰ ﻭ ﻧﻴﻤﻪ ﺻﺤﺮﺍﻳﻰ‬ ‫ﺷﻜﻞ‬
‫‪59‬‬
‫ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﺁﺑﻬﺎﻯ ﺟﺎﺭﻯ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ‪11‬‬
‫ﻓﻴﺼﺪ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺣﻮﺯﻩ ﺳﻨﺪ ﻭ ‪ 79‬ﻓﻴﺼﺪ‬
‫ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺳﺮﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ‬
‫‪84‬‬
‫‪G10 Fasli (3).indd 84‬‬ ‫‪8/15/2011 4:02:33 PM‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﻫﺎﻣﻮﻥ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺩﺷﺖ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺁﺑﻬﺎﻯ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻰ ﺭﻳﺰﺩ ﻭ ﻣﺘﺒﺎﻗﻰ ‪ 20‬ﻓﻴﺼﺪ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻛﺸﻮﺭﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﺠﺎﻭﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻤﻬﻮﺭﻳﺖ ﺗﺮﻛﻤﻨﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺍﺯﺑﻜﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻣﻰ ﺍﻓﺘﺪ‪ ،‬ﺩﺑﺖ ﺁﺏ‬
‫ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﺷﺮﻗﻰ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﻴﻜﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻌﻀﻰ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﻏﺮﺑﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﻗﻢ ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻞ ﻣﻰ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺁﺑﻬﺎﻯ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﭘﻨﺞ ﺣﻮﺯﻩ ﺁﺑﮕﻴﺮ ﺗﺼﻨﻴﻒ ﻣﻴﻨﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ .‬ﺣﻮﺯﻩ ﺁﻣﻮ )ﺍﻭﻛﺴﺲ(‬
‫ﺏ‪ .‬ﺣﻮﺯﻩ ﻫﺮﻳﺮﻭﺩ‬
‫ﺝ‪ .‬ﺣﻮﺯﻩ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ )ﺳﻨﺪ(‬
‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﺣﻮﺯﻩ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻫﻠﻤﻨﺪ‬
‫ﻫـ ‪ .‬ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻫﺎﻯ ﺧﻮﺭﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻮﺯﻩ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ ﻏﺰﻧﻰ‪ ،‬ﺑﻠﺨﺎﺏ ﻭ ﺍﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺁﻥ‪.‬‬

‫ﺷﺎﮔﺮﺩﺍﻥ ﺑﻪ ﮔﺮﻭپ ﻫﺎ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻫﺮ ﮔﺮﻭپ ﻣﺘﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻗﺖ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ‬
‫ﺳﻮﺍﻻﺕ ﭘﺎﺳﺦ ﺩﻫﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪1‬ـ ﺁﺏ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺟﺎﺭﻯ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﻨﺎﺑﻊ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻰ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻣﻰ ﺁﻳﻨﺪ؟‬
‫‪2‬ـ ﭼﺮﺍ ﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻫﺎﻯ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﺳﻴﻼﺑﻰ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﻨﺪ؟‬
‫‪3‬ـ ﺣﻮﺯﻩ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺁﺑﮕﻴﺮ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺎﻡ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻯ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪85‬‬
‫‪G10 Fasli (3).indd 85‬‬ ‫‪8/15/2011 4:02:33 PM‬‬
‫ﺳﻮﺍﻝ ﻫﺎ‪:‬‬ ‫؟‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﺟﻤﻼﺕ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺣﺮﻑ )ﺹ( ﺩﺭ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﺟﻤﻼﺕ ﻏﻠﻂ ﺣﺮﻑ )ﻍ( ﺑﮕﺬﺍﺭﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪1‬ـ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﺭﺍﺿﻰ‪ ،‬ﻋﻮﺍﺭﺽ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻰ ﻭ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻤﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻥ ﺁﺑﻬﺎﻯ ﺟﺎﺭﻯ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ‬
‫(‬ ‫ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ )‬
‫‪2‬ـ ﻣﻨﺎﺑﻊ ﺁﺑﻰ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺳﻠﺴﻠﻪ ﺟﺒﺎﻝ ﻫﻨﺪﻭﻛﺶ ﻭ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊ ﺁﻥ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﻣﻴﺪﻫﺪ‪.‬‬
‫(‬ ‫)‬
‫‪3‬ـ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻫﺎﻯ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻌﺎﻭﻧﻴﻦ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊ ﺳﺮﭼﺸﻤﻪ ﻣﻰ ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮ ﺁﻥ‬
‫ﺧﻴﻠﻰ ﺑﻄﻰ ﺍﻧﺪ‪( ).‬‬
‫‪4‬ـ ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﺷﺒﻜﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺁﺑﻰ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻘﺎﻳﺴﻪ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﻣﻌﺘﺪﻟﻪ ﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍﻳﻰ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫(‬ ‫)‬
‫(‬ ‫‪5‬ـ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﺁﺑﻬﺎﻯ ﺟﺎﺭﻯ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ‪ 15‬ﻓﻴﺼﺪ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺣﻮﺯﻩ ﺳﻨﺪ ﻣﻰ ﺭﻳﺰﺩ‪) .‬‬

‫ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﺳﻔﻴﺪ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺮﺳﻴﻢ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺣﻮﺯﻩ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺁﺑﮕﻴﺮ ﺭﺍ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻫﺎﻯ‬
‫ﺁﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺭﻧﮓ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺟﺪﻭﻟﻰ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺑﻜﺸﻴﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺘﻮﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻭﻝ ﻧﺎﻡ ﺣﻮﺯﺓ ﺁﺑﮕﻴﺮ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺳﺘﻮﻥ ﺩﻭﻡ ﻧﺎﻡ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺣﻮﺯﻩ ﻳﺎﺩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺘﻮﻥ‬
‫ﺳﻮﻡ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺳﺎﺯﻳﺪ‬
‫ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ‬ ‫ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﺣﻮﺯﻩ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺁﺑﮕﻴﺮ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺣﻮﺯﻩ‬

‫‪1‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫‪.‬‬
‫‪86‬‬
‫‪G10 Fasli (3).indd 86‬‬ ‫‪8/15/2011 4:02:34 PM‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﺱ )‪( 25‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻒ ـ ﺣﻮﺯﻩ ﺁﻣﻮ‪:‬‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ (60‬ﺣﻮﺯﻩ ﺁﻣﻮ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻫﺎﻯ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺩﻗﺖ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﺣﻮﺯﻩ ﺁﺑﮕﻴﺮ ﺁﻣﻮ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ‬
‫ﺑﮕﻮﻳﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ؟‬
‫ﺣﻮﺯﻩ ﺁﻣﻮ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺁﻧﻌﺪﻩ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺸﻴﺒﻰ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺷﻤﺎﻝ ﻭ ﺷﻤﺎﻝ ﺷﺮﻕ ﺳﻠﺴﻠﻪ‬
‫ﻫﻨﺪﻭﻛﺶ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﻓﺘﻴﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﻳﻜﻌﺪﺓ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ ﺁﻣﻮ ﻭﺻﻞ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻋﺪﺓ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺁﻥ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺩﺷﺖ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺭﻳﮕﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻭﺳﻴﻊ ﺷﻤﺎﻝ ﻫﻨﺪﻭﻛﺶ ﺟﺬﺏ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﻫﺎ ﻗﺴﻤﺎً‬
‫ﺑﻐﺮﺽ ﺁﺑﻴﺎﺭﻯ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻯ ﺑﺮﻕ ﺁﺑﻰ ﺁﻥ ﺧﻴﻠﻰ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺍﻣﺎ‬
‫ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺍﻧﺮژﻯ ﺑﺮﻕ ﺁﺑﻰ ﺧﻴﻠﻰ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ ﺁﻣﻮ‪:‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ ﺁﻣﻮ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻤﻠﺔ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻫﺎﻯ ﺷﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﻣﺤﺴﻮﺏ ﻣﻴﮕﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﺷﻬﺮﺕ‬
‫ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺨﻰ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻭ ﺷﺎﻫﺪ ﻣﺪﻧﻴﺖ ﻛﻬﻦ ﺑﺨﺪﻯ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻠﺦ ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﺷﻤﺎﻝ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻮﻧﺎﻧﻴﺎﻥ ﻗﺪﻳﻢ ﺁﻣﻮ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻨﺎﻡ ﺍﻭﻛﺴﺲ ‪ oxus‬ﻭ ﺍﻋﺮﺍﺏ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺻﻄﻼﺡ ﺟﻴﺤﻮﻥ ﻳﺎﺩ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ ﺁﻣﻮ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺑﻬﺎﻯ ﻳﺨﭽﺎﻟﻰ ﭘﺎﻣﻴﺮ ﻭ ﻭﺍﺧﺎﻥ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺁﺏ ﺯﺭﻛﻮﻝ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﻳﺨﭽﺎﻟﻰ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ‪ 4125‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ ﺁﻣﻮ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺧﺎﻙ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﻣﻴﺪﻫﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻌﺎﻭﻥ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ ﻭﺍﺧﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻭﺍﺧﺠﻴﺮ ﻭ ﻛﻮﻝ ﭼﻘﻤﻘﺘﻴﻦ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺷﺮﻕ ﻗﻠﻌﺔ ﭘﻨﺞ ﺑﺮ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ ﭘﺎﻣﻴﺮ ﻳﻜﺠﺎ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﻯ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻨﺎﻡ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ ﭘﻨﺞ ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻣﻰ‬
‫ﺁﻭﺭﺩ ﻭ ﺗﺎ ﺁﻯ ﺧﺎﻧﻢ ﺟﺎﻳﻰ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ ﻛﻮﻛﭽﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻰ ﺭﻳﺰﺩ ﺑﻨﺎﻡ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ ﭘﻨﺞ ﻳﺎﺩ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ‪،‬‬
‫‪87‬‬
‫‪G10 Fasli (3).indd 87‬‬ ‫‪8/15/2011 4:02:34 PM‬‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ )‪(61‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻜﻪ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ ﻛﻮﻛﭽﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ ﭘﻨﺞ ﻣﻰ ﺭﻳﺰﺩ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺑﻨﺎﻡ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ ﺁﻣﻮ‬
‫ﻳﺎﺩ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ ﺁﻣﻮ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪ ﺯﺭﻛﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺧﻤﺎﺏ ﺳﺮﺣﺪ ﺳﻴﺎﺳﻰ ﺟﻤﻬﻮﺭﻯ ﺍﺳﻼﻣﻰ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ‪،‬‬
‫ﺗﺎﺟﻜﺴﺘﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺍﻭﺯﺑﻜﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺗﺮﻛﻤﻨﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺭﺍﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﻣﻴﺪﻫﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎً ‪ 1200‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻣﺘﺮ ﻃﻮﻝ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻜﻪ ﺩﺭﻩ ﺧﻤﺎﺏ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺮﻙ ﮔﻔﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺎﻣﺖ ﺷﻤﺎﻝ ﻏﺮﺏ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﻓﺘﻴﺪﻩ ﻭ‬
‫ﺑﻼﺧﺮﻩ ﺑﻪ ﺟﻬﻴﻞ ﺍﺭﺍﻝ ‪ ARAL‬ﻣﻰ ﺭﻳﺰﺩ‪ ،‬ﻃﻮﻝ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻰ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ‪ 2500‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻣﺘﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺁﻧﺠﻤﻠﻪ ‪ 1300‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻣﺘﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺧﺎﻙ ﺗﺮﻛﻤﻨﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺍﺯﺑﻜﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ ﺁﻣﻮ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﺍﻟﻰ ﻣﺼﺐ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﻪ ﻣﻰ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ ﻳﻌﻨﻰ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻜﻰ ﻗﻠﻌﻪ‬
‫ﭘﻨﺞ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺼﺔ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺪ ﺑﻪ ‪ 2000‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﻣﻴﺮﺳﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺼﺔ ﻛﻠﻔﺖ ﺑﻴﻦ‬
‫‪1700‬ـ‪ 2000‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﻣﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﺣﻪ ﺗﺎﺵ ﮔﺬﺭ ﺑﻪ ‪ 2500‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﻣﻴﺮﺳﺪ ﻭ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺑﻌﻀﻰ ﺟﺎﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ‪ 5000‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﻎ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺮﻋﻜﺲ ﻋﻤﻖ ﺁﻥ ﻛﻢ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﻳﻚ ﻭ ﻧﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺩﻭﻧﻴﻢ ﻣﺘﺮ ﻣﻰ ﺭﺳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻌﺎﻭﻧﻴﻦ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ ﺁﻣﻮ ﺩﺭ ﺧﺎﻙ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﺯ ﻛﻮﻛﭽﻪ ﻭ ﻛﻨﺪﺯ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺁﺑﻬﺎﻯ‬
‫ﻭﺍﺧﺎﻥ ﻭ ﭘﺎﻣﻴﺮ ﭼﻬﻞ ﻓﻴﺼﺪ ﻣﻌﺎﻭﻧﻴﻦ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﻣﻴﺪﻫﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻟﺤﺎﻅ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺁﺏ ‪20‬ـ ‪30‬‬
‫ﻓﻴﺼﺪ ﺁﺏ ﺁﻣﻮ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺣﺘﻮﺍ ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﻌﺎﻭﻧﻴﻦ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺎﺣﻞ ﺷﻤﺎﻝ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻰ ﺭﻳﺰﺩ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺟﻤﻬﻮﺭﻳﺖ ﺗﺎﺟﻜﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺍﻭﺯﺑﻜﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻬﻤﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﺁﻥ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺗﻨﺪ ﺍﺯ ﮔﻮﻧﺖ‪،‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ ﻭﺍﻧﭻ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ ﻗﺰﻝ ﺳﻮ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ ﻭﺧﺶ ﻭ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﻛﺎﻓﺮ ﻧﻬﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺳﺮﺧﺎﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﭼﻮﻥ ﺁﺏ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ ﺁﻣﻮ ﺍﺯ ﺯﺭﻛﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺩﺷﺖ ﻗﻠﻌﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﻣﻴﮕﺬﺭﺩ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺁﻥ‬
‫ﻛﻢ ﻭ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺁﻥ ﺳﺮﻳﻊ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﻳﺖ ﺗﻨﮕﻨﺎ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺁﺑﺸﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﺎﺣﻪ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ‬
‫ﺑﺮﻕ ﺁﺑﻰ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻣﻴﺘﻮﺍﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪88‬‬
‫‪G10 Fasli (3).indd 88‬‬ ‫‪8/15/2011 4:02:36 PM‬‬
‫ﺍﻣﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻨﺠﺎﻫﺎ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ‬
‫ﻛﺸﺘﻰ ﺭﺍﻧﻰ ﻧﺒﻮﺩﻩ ﻟﻴﻜﻦ‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﺩﺷﺖ ﻗﻠﻌﻪ ﻭ ﺁﻯ‬
‫ﺧﺎﻧﻢ ﻭﺳﻌﺖ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺁﻥ‬
‫ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ‬
‫ﺁﺏ ﻛﻢ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ ﻛـــــﻪ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺯﺭﺍﻋﺖ ﻭ ﺣﻤﻞ‬
‫ﻭ ﻧﻘﻞ ﻛﺸﺘﻰ ﻫﺎ ﺧﻴﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ ﺁﻣﻮ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺼﺔ‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ )‪(62‬‬ ‫ﺑﻨﺪﺭ ﺗﺎ ﺷﮕﺬﺭ‪ ،‬ﺑﻨﺪﺭ‬
‫ﻛﻠﻔﺖ ﻭ ﺑﻨﺪﺭ ﻗﺰﻝ ﻗﻠﻌﻪ )ﺷﻴﺮﺧﺎﻥ ﺑﻨﺪﺭ( ﻣﺮﺍﻛﺰ ﻣﻬﻢ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺻﺎﺩﺭﺍﺕ ﻭ ﻭﺍﺭﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻣﺘﻌﺔ‬
‫ﺗﺠﺎﺭﺗﻰ ﺑﺸﻤﺎﺭ ﻣﻴﺮﻭﺩ ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﻫﻤﺴﺎﻳﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺷﻤﺎﻝ ﻭ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﺗﺮﺍﻧﺰﻳﺖ ﺁﻥ‪ ،‬ﺭﺍﻩ ﻫﺎﻯ‬
‫ﺍﺭﻭﭘﺎﻳﻰ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﻨﺎﺩﺭ ﻭﺻﻞ ﻣﻰ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺗﺎﻧﻜﻬﺎﻯ ﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﻧﻔﺖ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺠﺎﻭﺭﺕ ﺑﻨﺪﺭ ﻛﻠﻔﺖ‬
‫ﺍﻋﻤﺎﺭ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻛﻪ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻂ ﺗﺮﺍﻧﺴﭙﻮﺭﺗﻰ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺸﻜﻼﺕ ﻣﻮﺍﺟﻪ ﻧﮕﺮﺩﺩ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ‬
‫ﺑﻨﺪﺭﮔﺎﻩ ﻫﺎ ﻣﺮﺍﻛﺰ ﺗﺠﺎﺭﺗﻰ‪ ،‬ﺻﻨﺎﻋﺘﻰ ﻭ ﺷﺎﻫﺮﺍﻩ ﺑﺰﺭگ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﻭ ﻣﺰﺍﺭﺷﺮﻳﻒ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﻫﻢ ﻭﺻﻞ‬
‫ﻣﻰ ﺳﺎﺯﺩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻟﺤﺎﻅ ﺍﺭﺯﺵ ﺗﺠﺎﺭﺗﻰ ﻭ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻯ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺩﺭ ﺧﻮﺭ ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺖ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ ﻛﻮﻛﭽﻪ‪:‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ ﻛﻮﻛﭽﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﻣﻌﺮﻭﻓﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ ﺑﺪﺧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﺤﺴﻮﺏ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺭﻩ ﻛﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻋﺎﺕ ‪ 3800‬ﺍﻟﻰ ‪ 4000‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺧﻢ ﻭ ﭘﻴﭽﻰ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﺍﺭﺍﺿﻰ ﺑﺪﺧﺸﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﭘﻴﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺼﻪ ﺧﻮﺍﺟﻪ ﻏﺎﺭ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ ﺁﻣﻮ ﻣﻰ ﺭﻳﺰﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﺷﺮﻗﻰ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻬﻴﻞ ﺩﻭﻓﺮﻳﻦ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺎﻣﺖ ﻏﺮﺏ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻣﻰ ﺍﻓﺘﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ ﺁﻣﻮ ﺳﻪ ﻣﻌﺎﻭﻥ ﻛﻮﭼﻚ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻨﺎﻡ‬
‫ﻭﺭﺩﺝ‪ ،‬ﻳﺎﻣﮕﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻏﻴﻼﻥ ﻳﺎﺩ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺟﻨﻮﺑﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﺳﺎﺣﻪ ﺁﺑﮕﻴﺮ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺸﻴﺒﻰ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻛﺮﺍﻥ‬
‫ﻭ ﻣﻨﺠﺎﻥ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﻣﻴﺪﻫﺪ ﻭ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺩﺭﻩ ﺟﺮﻡ ﺑﻪ ﻛﻮﻛﭽﻪ ﻭﺻﻞ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻤﻖ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ ﻛﻮﻛﭽﻪ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﻭ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺁﻥ ﻛﻢ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻌﻀﻰ ﺟﺎﻫﺎ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻚ ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻣﺘﺮ‬
‫ﺗﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﻧﻤﻴﻜﻨﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺍﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﺁﺏ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﻬﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺟﻮﻳﺒﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ‬
‫ﺯﺭﺍﻋﺖ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺪﺧﺸﺎﻥ ﺍﻧﻜﺸﺎﻑ ﭼﻨﺪﺍﻧﻰ ﻧﻜﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺷﻬﺮ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺨﻰ ﺁﻯ ﺧﺎﻧﻢ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺼﻪ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ ﻛﻮﻛﭽﻪ ﻭ ﭘﻨﭻ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻧﻔﻮﺫ ﻳﻮﻧﺎﻧﻰ ﻫﺎ‬
‫ﺷﻬﺮ ﺧﻴﻠﻰ ﺑﺎ ﺷﻜﻮﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺣﻤﻼﺕ ﺍﺟﻨﺒﻰ ﻫﺎ ﻋﻈﻤﺖ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺩﺍﺩ ﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺮﺍﺑﻪ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻭﻳﺮﺍﻧﻪ ﻣﺒﺪﻝ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﭘﻴﺪﺍﻭﺍﺭ ﺯﺭﺍﻋﺘﻰ ﻭ ﺗﺮﺑﻴﻪ ﺣﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ‬
‫ﺳﺎﺣﻪ ﺍﻧﻜﺸﺎﻑ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪..‬‬
‫‪89‬‬
‫‪G10 Fasli (3).indd 89‬‬ ‫‪8/15/2011 4:02:37 PM‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ ﻛﻨﺪﺯ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﺷﻤﺎﻝ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﺍﺭﺯﺵ ﺧﺎﺹ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻯ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺁﺏ ﺁﻥ‬
‫ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻛﻮﻛﭽﻪ ﺳﺮﻳﻊ ﻭ ﺗﻨﺪ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺮﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻫﻤﻮﺍﺭ ﻭ ﺩﺭﻩ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻓﺮﺍﺥ ﺑﺤﺮﻛﺖ‬
‫ﻣﻰ ﺍﻓﺘﺪ‪ .‬ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺯﺭﺍﻋﺘﻰ ﺑﻐﻼﻥ ﻭ ﻛﻨﺪﺯ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺠﺎﻭﺭﺕ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﺳﺎﺣﺎﺕ ﻭﺳﻴﻊ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﻣﻴﺪﻫﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺁﺑﻴﺎﺭﻯ ﻭﺯ ﺭﺍﻋﺖ ﺧﻴﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ ﻛﻨﺪﺯ ﻣﻌﺎﻭﻧﻴﻦ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻣﻬﻤﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﺁﻥ ﻫﺎ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﻧﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ ﺍﻧﺪﺭﺍﺏ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ ﺗﺎﻟﻘﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻧﻬﺮﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻨﺠﺎ‬
‫ﺻﺮﻑ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺎﻡ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻳﺎﺩ ﺁﻭﺭ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﻳﻢ‪.‬‬

‫ﺷﺎﮔﺮﺩﺍﻥ ﺑﻪ ﮔﺮﻭپ ﻫﺎ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻫﺮ ﮔﺮﻭپ ﺭﻭﻯ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﻫﻢ ﺑﺤﺚ‬
‫ﻛﻨﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪﺓ ﺷﺎﻥ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺭﻭﻯ ﺻﻨﻒ ﺍﺭﺍﻳﻪ ﺩﻫﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ـ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ ﺁﻣﻮ‬
‫ـ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ ﻛﻮﻛﭽﻪ‬
‫ـ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ ﻛﻨﺪﺯ‬
‫ﺳﻮﺍﻝ ﻫﺎ‪:‬‬ ‫؟‬

‫‪1‬ـ ﺣﻮﺯﻩ ﺁﻣﻮ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﻫﺎ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﻛﻮﻩ ﻫﺎ ﺳﺮﭼﺸﻤﻪ ﻣﻰ ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ؟‬
‫‪2‬ـ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺠﺎﻭﺭﺕ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ ﺁﻣﻮ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﺪﻧﻴﺖ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺪﻳﻢ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻳﻮﻧﺎﻧﻴﺎﻥ ﺁﻣﻮ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﻧﺎﻡ ﻳﺎﺩ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ؟‬
‫‪3‬ـ ﻣﻌﺎﻭﻧﻴﻦ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ ﺁﻣﻮ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺎﻡ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪4‬ـ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ ﺁﻣﻮ ﺳﺮﺣﺪ ﺳﻴﺎﺳﻰ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﻤﺎﻟﻚ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﻣﻴﺪﻫﺪ؟‬
‫‪5‬ـ ﻧﻘﺶ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ ﻛﻮﻛﭽﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻭﻻﻳﺖ ﺑﺪﺧﺸﺎﻥ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪ :‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺖ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺨﻰ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ ﺁﻣﻮ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ ﻛﻮﻛﭽﻪ ﻭ ﺍﺭﺯﺵ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻯ‬
‫ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ ﻛﻨﺪﺯ ﺩﺍﻧﺴﺘﻨﻰ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ‪ 15‬ﺳﻄﺮ ﺑﻨﻮﻳﺴﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﻫﻤﺼﻨﻔﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﮔﺬﺍﺭﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪90‬‬
‫‪G10 Fasli (3).indd 90‬‬ ‫‪8/15/2011 4:02:37 PM‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﺱ )‪(26‬‬
‫ﺣﻮﺯﻩ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ (63‬ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﺣﻮﺯﻩ ﺁﺑﮕﻴﺮ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ‬

‫ﺑﻪ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﺣﻮﺯﻩ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺁﺑﮕﻴﺮ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺩﻗﺖ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ؟ ﺣﻮﺯﻩ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﻮﺯﻩ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻌﺎﻭﻧﻴﻨﻰ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺷﻤﺎﻝ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺳﻠﺴﻠﻪ ﺟﺒﺎﻝ‬
‫ﻫﻨﺪﻭﻛﺶ ﺍﺣﺎﻃﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻋﺎﺕ ‪3900‬ـ ‪ 4500‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﺳﺮﭼﺸﻤﻪ ﻣﻰ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ‬
‫ﭘﻨﺠﺸﻴﺮ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ ﻏﻮﺭﺑﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ ﻋﻠﻴﺸﻨﮓ ﻭ ﻋﻠﻴﻨﮕﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ ﻛﻨﺮ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﻣﻌﺎﻭﻧﻴﻦ ﺁﻥ‬
‫ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻑ ﻏﺮﺏ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊ ﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﺳﺎﺣﻪ ﺁﺑﮕﻴﺮ ﺁﻧﺮﺍﺩﺭﻩ ﺍﻭﻧﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻨﻮﺏ ﻏﺮﺏ ﺳﻠﺴﻠﻪ‬
‫ﻛﻮﻩ ﭘﻐﻤﺎﻥ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﻣﻴﺪﻫﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻤﺎﻧﺠﺎ ﺳﺮﭼﺸﻤﻪ ﻣﻰ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻫﻤﭽﻨﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﺟﻨﻮﺑﻰ ﺣﻮﺯﻩ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ ﻟﻮﮔﺮ‪ ،‬ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﺧﻮﮔﻴﺎﻧﻰ ﻭ ﺳﭙﻴﻦ ﻏﺮ ﺍﺣﺘﻮﺍ ﻣﻰ‬
‫ﻛﻨﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﻴﻜﻪ ﺗﻮﺭﺧﻢ ﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺷﺮﻗﻰ ﺣﻮﺯﻩ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﻰ ﻣﻴﻨﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺖ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻰ ﺣﻮﺯﻩ ﺁﺑﮕﻴﺮ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﺑﻪ ‪ 75390‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻣﺘﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﻣﻰ ﺭﺳﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ‬
‫ﺷﺎﺩﺍﺑﻰ ﻭ ﺳﺮﺳﺒﺰﻯ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻧﻜﺸﺎﻑ ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺯﺭﺍﻋﺘﻰ ﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﺤﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﺮﻕ ﺁﺑﻰ‬
‫ﻧﻘﺶ ﻣﻬﻢ ﻭ ﺍﺭﺯﻧﺪﻩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﺣﺎﺕ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺮﺍﺭ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﻧﻔﻮﺱ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﻮﺯﻩ‬
‫ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﻟﺤﺎﻅ ﺭﻗﺒﺔ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻰ ﺣﻮﺯﻩ ﺁﺑﮕﻴﺮ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ‪ 12,5‬ﻓﻴﺼﺪ ﺳﺎﺣﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺷﻐﺎﻝ ﻣﻰ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﻃﻮﻝ‬
‫ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﺩﺭ ﺧﺎﻙ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ‪ 360‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻣﺘﺮ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪ ﺗﻮﺭﺧﻢ ﺳﺮﺣﺪ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺣﺼﻪ ﮔﻮﺷﺘﻪ ﺗﺮﻙ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ‪ 140‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻣﺘﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺮﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﭘﺸﺎﻭﺭ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺩﺭ‬
‫‪91‬‬
‫‪G10 Fasli (3).indd 91‬‬ ‫‪8/15/2011 4:02:39 PM‬‬
‫ﺣﺼﺔ ﺍﺗﻚ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ ﺳﻨﺪ ﻣﻰ ﺭﻳﺰﺩ ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮ ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﻋﻠﺖ ﺣﻮﺯﻩ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻨﺎﻡ ﺣﻮﺯﻩ ﺳﻨﺪ ﻧﻴﺰ‬
‫ﻳﺎﺩ ﻣﻴﻜﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻨﺠﺎ ﺍﺯ ﻋﻤﺪﻩ ﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺁﻥ ﻳﺎﺩ ﺁﻭﺭ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﻳﻢ‪:‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ‪:‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ‪ 3500‬ﻣﺘﺮﻯ ﻏﺮﺏ ﻛﻮﻩ ﭘﻐﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺼﺔ ﻛﻮﺗﻞ ﺍﻭﻧﻰ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﻣﻴﮕﻴﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺭﺍﻩ ﺟﻨﻮﺏ ﻏﺮﺏ ﻛﻮﻩ ﻗﺮﻭﻍ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻨﮕﻰ ﻟﻠﻨﺪﺭ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺑﻪ ﺣﻮﺯﺓ ﺣﺎﺻﻠﺨﻴﺰ‬
‫ﭼﻬﺎﺭﺩﻫﻰ ﻣﻴﺮﺳﺪ ﻧﻮﺍﺣﻰ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﺩﻫﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺷﺎﺩﺍﺏ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﮔﺬﺭﮔﺎﻩ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻦ ﻣﻌﺎﻭﻥ‬
‫ﺁﻥ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻨﺎﻡ ﭼﻤﭽﻪ ﻣﺴﺖ ﺷﻬﺮﺕ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻣﻰ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ‪ ،‬ﺭﺍﻩ ﺗﻨﮕﻰ ﮔﺬﺭﮔﺎﻩ ﺭﺍ ﭘﻴﺶ‬
‫ﻣﻴﮕﻴﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻭﺳﻂ ﺷﻬﺮ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﻣﻰ ﮔﺬﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺎ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻜﻰ ﺷﻤﺎﻝ ﺷﻴﻨﻪ ﺑﮕﺮﺍﻣﻰ‬
‫ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ ﻟﻮﮔﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﻳﻜﺠﺎ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺁﺏ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻣﻰ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺪ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﺗﺎ‬
‫ﺟﺎﻳﻴﻜﻪ ﺁﺏ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ ﻟﻮﮔﺮ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻥ ﻳﻜﺠﺎ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ ﺁﺏ ﻭﺍﻓﺮ ﻭ ﺩﺍﻳﻤﻰ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﻳﻌﻨﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻭﺍﻳﻞ‬
‫ﺗﺎﺑﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺗﺎ ﺍﺧﻴﺮ ﺧﺰﺍﻥ ﺁﺏ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻛﺜﺮﺍ ً ﺧﺸﻚ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺮﺳﺒﺰﻯ ﻭﺍﺩﻯ‬
‫ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻨﻮﺏ ﭘﻞ ﭼﺮﺧﻰ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺗﻨﮕﻰ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﺩﻭﺍﻡ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻣﺎﻫﻰ ﭘﺮ ﻣﻴﺮﺳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺼﺔ ﻣﺎﻫﻰ ﭘﺮ ﺑﻨﺪ ﺑﺮﻕ ﺑﺎﻻﻯ ﺁﻥ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﺭ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺑﻬﺎﺭ‬
‫ﻭ ﺯﻣﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺑﺮﻕ ﻛﺎﻓﻰ ﺁﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﺤﺼﺎﻝ ﻣﻰ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺎﻫﻰ ﭘﺮ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺩﺭﻩ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺗﻨﮓ‬
‫ﻼ ﺑﻪ‬‫ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺗﺎ ﺁﻧﻜﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺍﺩﻯ ﻧﻐﻠﻮ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻣﻴﮕﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻧﻐﻠﻮ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ ﭘﻨﺠﺸﻴﺮ ﻛﻪ ﻗﺒ ً‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ )‪(64‬‬
‫‪92‬‬
‫‪G10 Fasli (3).indd 92‬‬ ‫‪8/15/2011 4:02:41 PM‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ ﻏﻮﺭﺑﻨﺪ ﻳﻜﺠﺎ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﻭﺻﻞ ﻣﻴﮕﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﺑﻌﺪﺍ ً ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺣﻮﺯﺓ‬
‫ﺳﺮﻭﺑﻰ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪ ﺳﺮﻭﺑﻰ ﺑﻨﺪﺑﺮﻕ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﻣﻰ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ ‪ 22‬ﻫﺰﺍﺭ ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻭﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﺑﺮﻕ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﻣﻰ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻃﻰ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﺳﺮﻭﺑﻰ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺗﻨﮕﻰ ﺍﺑﺮﻳﺸﻢ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺑﻌﺪﺍ ً ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ‬
‫ﺳﺮﻛﻨﺪﻭ ﺑﺎﺑﺎ ﺳﺮﺧﻜﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻛﭻ ﻋﺰﻳﺰﺧﺎﻥ ﻣﻴﮕﺮﺩﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ ﻟﻐﻤﺎﻥ )ﺍﻟﻴﺸﻨﮓ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻴﻨﮕﺎﺭ( ﺑﺎ ﺁﻥ‬
‫ﻭﺻﻞ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻜﻪ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺩﺭﻭﻧﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﺑﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻛﺎﻧﺎﻝ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﺭ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﻫﻢ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺍﺳﺘﺤﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﺮﻕ ﻭ ﻫﻢ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﭘﺮﻭژﻩ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺯﺭﺍﻋﺘﻰ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﻰ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ ﻭ‬
‫ﺳﺮﺧﺮﻭﺩ ﺩﺭ ﻏﺮﺏ ﺟﻼﻝ ﺁﺑﺎﺩ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻥ ﻳﻜﺠﺎ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻜﻰ ﺑﻬﺴﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﻛﺎﻣﻪ‬
‫ﻣﻌﺎﻭﻥ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﻰ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ ﻛﻨﺮ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻥ ﻳﻜﺠﺎ ﻣﻴﮕﺮﺩﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻦ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﭘﺸﺎﻭﺭ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻜﻰ ﺍﺗﻚ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ ﺳﻨﺪ ﻣﻰ ﺭﻳﺰﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻃﻮﻝ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﺗﺎ ﻣﺼﺐ ﻳﻌﻨﻰ ﺍﺯ ﻛﻮﺗﻞ ﺍﻭﻧﻰ ﺗﺎ ﺍﺗﻚ ﺳﻨﺪ ‪ 500‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻣﺘﺮ‬
‫ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻛﻪ ‪ 360‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻣﺘﺮ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺧﺎﻙ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ ﻛﻨﺮ‪:‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ ﻛﻨﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻜﻰ ﻛﻮﺗﻞ ﺑﺮﻭﻏﻴﻞ )ﺟﻨﻮﺏ ﻫﻨﺪﻭﻛﺶ ﺷﺮﻗﻰ( ﺍﺯ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ‪ 4000‬ﻣﺘﺮ‬
‫ﺳﺮﭼﺸﻤﻪ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻭﺍﺩﻯ ﻭﺍﺧﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻳﺎﺭﻗﻨﺪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﻫﻢ ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ ﻣﻴﺪﻫﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺃ ﺩﺭﺍﺛﺮ ﻳﻜﺠﺎ‬
‫ﺷﺪﻥ ﺁﺏ ﭼﻨﺪﻳﻦ ﺩﺭﻩ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﺳﻠﺴﻠﻪ ﻛﻮﻩ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺳﻤﺖ ﭼﭗ ﻭ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ‬
‫ﺳﺮﺍﺯﻳﺮ ﻣﻴﮕﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺪﺭﻳﺞ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺍﻓﺰﻭﺩﻩ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻩ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﻣﻴﺪﻫﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﻜﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﭼﺘﺮﺍﻝ ﻣﻰ ﮔﺬﺭﺩ ﺑﻨﺎﻡ ﺭﻭﺩ ﭼﺘﺮﺍﻝ ﻳﺎﺩ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻜﻪ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ ﻟﻨﺪﻯ‬
‫ﺳﻴﻦ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻣﻰ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﺑﺒﻌﺪ ﺑﻨﺎﻡ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ ﻛﻨﺮ ﻳﺎﺩ ﻣﻴﮕﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻴﻜﻪ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ ﻛﻨﺮ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﭼﻐﻪ ﺳﺮﺍﻯ ﻣﻴﺮﺳﺪ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ ﭘﻴﭻ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻥ ﻭﺻﻞ ﻣﻴﮕﺮﺩﺩ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻴﻮﻩ ﻭ ﺷﻴﮕﻰ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻜﻰ ﻛﺎﻣﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﻭﺻﻞ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺏ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺯﺭﺍﻋﺘﻰ ﻭ‬
‫ﺳﺮﺳﺒﺰﻯ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻣﻰ ﺁﻳﺪ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﺑﺎﻻﻯ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻢ ﺁﻥ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺗﺎﺛﻴﺮ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﻪ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻣﻴﻜﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪93‬‬
‫‪G10 Fasli (3).indd 93‬‬ ‫‪8/15/2011 4:02:41 PM‬‬
‫ﺷﺎﮔﺮﺩﺍﻥ ﺑﻪ ﮔﺮﻭپ ﻫﺎ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﻫﺮ ﮔﺮﻭپ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﻫﻢ ﺑﺤﺚ‬
‫ﻛﻨﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﺭﺍ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺭﻭﻯ ﺻﻨﻒ ﺍﺭﺍﻳﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ـ ﺣﻮﺯﻩ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﻳﺎ ﺳﻨﺪ ـ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ـ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ ﻛﻨﺮ‬
‫ﺳﻮﺍﻝ ﻫﺎ‪:‬‬ ‫؟‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﺟﻤﻼﺕ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺣﺮﻑ )ﺹ( ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﺟﻤﻼﺕ ﻏﻠﻂ ﺣﺮﻑ )ﻍ( ﺭﺍ‬
‫‪1‬ـ ﺣﻮﺯﻩ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻌﺎﻭﻧﻴﻦ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺷﻤﺎﻝ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺳﻠﺴﻠﻪ ﺟﺒﺎﻝ ﻫﻨﺪﻭﻛﺶ ﺍﺣﺎﻃﻪ‬
‫(‬ ‫ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪) .‬‬
‫(‬ ‫‪2‬ـ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺖ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻰ ﺣﻮﺯﻩ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﺑﻪ ‪ 75390‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻣﺘﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﻣﻴﺮﺳﺪ‪) .‬‬
‫(‬ ‫‪3‬ـ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﺩﺭ ﺧﺎﻙ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ‪ 560‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻣﺘﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ‪) .‬‬
‫‪4‬ـ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ‪ 3500‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻏﺮﺏ ﻛﻮﻩ ﭘﻐﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﻨﺎﻡ ﻛﻮﺗﻞ ﺍﻭﻧﻰ ﺳﺮﭼﺸﻤﻪ‬
‫ﻣﻰ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪( ).‬‬
‫‪5‬ـ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻜﻰ ﺷﻤﺎﻝ ﺷﻴﻨﻪ ﺑﮕﺮﺍﻣﻰ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻌﺎﻭﻥ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ ﻟﻮﮔﺮ ﻳﻜﺠﺎ‬
‫(‬ ‫ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺁﺏ ﺁﻥ ﻛﻢ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ‪) .‬‬
‫‪6‬ـ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺑﻬﺴﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﻛﺎﻣﻪ ﻣﻌﺎﻭﻥ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﻳﻌﻨﻰ ﭘﻨﺠﺸﻴﺮ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻥ ﻳﻜﺠﺎ‬
‫(‬ ‫ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ‪) .‬‬
‫‪7‬ـ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ ﻛﻨﺮﺩﺭ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﻳﻜﺠﺎ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﺩ؟‬

‫ﺗﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺟﺪﻭﻟﻰ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﻧﺎﻡ ﺣﻮﺯﻩ ﺁﺑﮕﻴﺮ‪ ،‬ﻧﺎﻡ ﻣﻌﺎﻭﻧﻴﻦ ﺣﻮﺯﺓ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﻭ ﺭﻗﺒﻪ ﺁﺑﮕﻴﺮﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻟﺤﺎﻅ ﺳﻤﺖ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﺎﻡ ﻣﻌﺎﻭﻧﻴﻦ ﺣﻮﺯﺓ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ‬ ‫ﻧﺎﻡ ﺣﻮﺯﻩ ﺁﺑﮕﻴﺮ‬
‫‪94‬‬
‫‪G10 Fasli (3).indd 94‬‬ ‫‪8/15/2011 4:02:42 PM‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﺱ )‪(27‬‬
‫ﺣﻮﺯﻩ ﺁﺑﮕﻴﺮ ﻫﻠﻤﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ (65‬ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﺣﻮﺯﻩ ﺁﺑﮕﻴﺮ ﻫﻠﻤﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﺣﻮﺯﻩ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺁﺑﮕﻴﺮ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﺩﻗﺖ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﺣﻮﺯﻩ ﻫﻠﻤﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺁﻳﺎ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﻫﺎ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﻮﺯﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ؟‬
‫ﺣﻮﺯﺓ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻫﻠﻤﻨﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻨﻮﺏ ﻏﺮﺏ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﻧﺴﺒﺘﺎً ﻭﺳﻴﻊ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺷﻐﺎﻝ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ‬
‫ﺷﺒﻜﻪ ﺁﺑﻰ ﺟﻨﻮﺏ ﻏﺮﺏ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻫﺎﻯ ﺫﻳﻞ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﻮﺯﻩ‬
‫ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ‪:‬‬
‫‪1‬ـ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ ﻫﻠﻤﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺳﺎﺣﻪ ﺁﺑﮕﻴﺮ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻝ ‪ 154300‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻣﺘﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ‪ 23,6‬ﻓﻴﺼﺪ‬
‫ﺣﻮﺯﻩ ﺁﺑﮕﻴﺮ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺣﺘﻮﺍ ﻣﻴﻜﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪2‬ـ ﻓﺮﺍﻩ ﺭﻭﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻯ ﺳﺎﺣﻪ ﺁﺑﮕﻴﺮ ‪ 33000‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻣﺘﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ‪ 4,4‬ﻓﻴﺼﺪ ﺣﻮﺯﻩ ﺁﺑﮕﻴﺮ‬
‫ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭﺑﺮﻣﻰ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪3‬ـ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ ﺍﺩﺭﺳﻜﻦ ﺑﺎ ﺳﺎﺣﻪ ﺁﺑﮕﻴﺮ ‪ 22000‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻣﺘﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ‪ 3,5‬ﻓﻴﺼﺪ ﺣﻮﺯﻩ ﺁﺑﮕﻴﺮ ﺭﺍ‬
‫‪4‬ـ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﺭﻭﺩ ﺑﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺁﺑﻬﺎﻯ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﺎﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻃﻼﻕ ﻫﺎ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻯ ﺳﺎﺣﻪ ﺁﺑﮕﻴﺮ ‪ 117320‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻣﺘﺮ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ‪ 17,8‬ﻓﻴﺼﺪ ﺣﻮﺯﻩ ﺁﺑﮕﻴﺮ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻰ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻮﺯﻩ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻫﻠﻤﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﻣﻴﺪﻫﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻫﺎﻯ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺣﻮﺯﻩ ﺍﺑﮕﻴﺮ ﻫﻠﻤﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻯ ﺣﻮﺯﺓ ﺁﺑﮕﻴﺮ ‪340000‬‬
‫ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻣﺘﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﺭﺍﺿﻰ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﺗﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺼﻒ ﺳﺎﺣﻪ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻉ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺣﺘﻮﺍ ﻣﻰ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﻎ ﺑﻪ ‪ 51،8 ٪‬ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﻮﺯﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﺣﻮﺯﻩ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﺘﺮ ﻭ ﺁﺏ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ‬
‫‪95‬‬
‫‪G10 Fasli (3).indd 95‬‬ ‫‪8/15/2011 4:02:42 PM‬‬
‫ﺭﺍ ﺩﺍﺭﺍ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﺨﺘﺼﺮﻯ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻫﺎﻯ‬
‫ﻣﺸﻬﻮﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﻮﺯﻩ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﻪ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ‬
‫ﻣﻴﺪﻫﻴﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ ﻫﻠﻤﻨﺪ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﻃﻮﻳﻞ ﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﻭ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﺘﺮﻳﻦ‬
‫ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻫﺎﻯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﻮﺯﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﻣﺤﺴﻮﺏ‬
‫ﻣﻴﮕﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﺗﺎ ﻣﺼﺐ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ‬
‫ﺧﺎﻙ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻭ ﻳﮕﺎﻧﻪ‬
‫ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺣﺪ ﺍﻋﻈﻤﻰ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ‬
‫ﺯﺭﺍﻋﺘﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻌﻤﻞ ﻣﻰ ﺁﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺰﺭﮔﺘﺮﻳﻦ‬
‫ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﺍﻧﺮژﻯ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺑﺮﻕ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﻧﻴﺰ‬
‫ﻣﺤﺴﻮﺏ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ ﻫﻠﻤﻨﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺸﻴﺒﻰ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻏﺮﺑﻰ ﻛﻮﻩ‬
‫ﭘﻐﻤﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻏﺮﺏ ﻛﻮﺗﻞ ﺍﻭﻧﻰ ﺑﻪ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ (66‬ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ ﻫﻠﻤﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻨﺪ ﻛﺠﻜﻰ‬ ‫ﻳﻚ ﻭ ﻧﻴـــــﻢ ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻣﺘﺮﻯ ﺁﻥ ﺳـــﺮﭼﺸﻤﻪ‬
‫ﻣﻴﮕﻴﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻨﻮﺏ ﮔﺮﺩﻥ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﻝ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺼﻪ ﺩﺍﻣﻨﺔ ﻛﻮﺗﻞ ﻣﻼﻳﻌﻘﻮﺏ‬
‫ﺳﺮﺣﺪ ﻏﺮﺑﻰ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻥ ﺭﺍﺗﺮﻙ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻧﻮﺍﺣﻰ ﺟﻨﻮﺑﻰ ﺑﺎﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﭘﻴﻤﻮﺩﻩ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻭﻻﻳﺖ ﺍﺭﺯﮔﺎﻥ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻌﺎﻭﻧﻴﻦ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺩﻫﺮﺍﻭﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻣﻰ ﺍﻓﺘﺪ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ‬
‫ﺑﻨﺪ ﻛﺠﻜﻰ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺁﻥ ﻭﺳﻴﻊ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺳﺎﺣﻪ ﺑﺰﺭگ ﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﺁﺏ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺑﺮﻕ ﺁﺑﻰ‬
‫ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﻣﻴﺪﻫﺪ‪ .‬ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺎﻣﺖ ﻟﺸﻜﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺮﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻧﻴﻤﻪ‬
‫ﺻﺤﺮﺍﻳﻰ ﻗﻮﺱ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺼﺔ ﺩﺭﻭﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﻭ ﭼﻬﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺟﻚ ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﺣﻪ‬
‫ﻛﻤﺎﻝ ﺧﺎﻥ ﻭﻻﻳﺖ ﻧﻴﻤﺮﻭﺯ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺷﻤﺎﻝ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﻴﻜﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺣﺼﻪ ﺧﻮﺍﺑﮕﺎﻩ ﻭ ﻛﻨﮓ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻣﺘﺪﺍﺩ ﺳﺮﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﺑﺎﺧﻢ ﻭ ﭘﻴﭻ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﻣﻴﺪﻫﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺎﺧﻪ‬
‫ﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺼﻪ ﺩﻟﺘﺎﻯ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺣﺎﺟﻰ ﮔﻚ ﻭ ﺑﻨﺪ ﻛﻬﻚ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻨﻮﺏ ﺯﺭﻧﺞ ﺑﻪ ‪ 1400‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻣﺘﺮ ﻣﻴﺮﺳﺪ‪،‬‬
‫ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻴﺎﻯ ﻫﻠﻤﻨﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺮﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻛﻮﻫﺴﺘﺎﻧﻰ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﻟﺤﺎﻅ‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﻛﻮﺗﻞ ﺍﻭﻧﻰ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺑﻨﺪ ﻛﺠﻜﻰ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺳﺮﻳﻊ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺩﺭﺓ ﺁﻥ ﻛﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ‪ 3900‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﺑﻪ ﭘﻨﺠﺼﺪ ﻣﺘﺮ ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻞ ﻣﻰ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻛﻮﺗﻞ ﺍﻭﻧﻰ ﻭ‬
‫ﺑﻨﺪ ﻛﻬﻚ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ ﻫﻠﻤﻨﺪ ﺑﻪ ‪ 3320‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﻣﻴﺮﺳﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻟﺤﺎﻅ ﺷﺪﺕ ﻭ‬
‫ﺍﺋﺘﻜﺎﻝ ﺧﻴﻠﻰ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪96‬‬
‫‪G10 Fasli (3).indd 96‬‬ ‫‪8/15/2011 4:02:44 PM‬‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ (67‬ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ ﻫﻠﻤﻨﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻜﻰ ﻟﺸﻜﺮ ﮔﺎﻩ‬
‫ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺁﺏ ﻫﻠﻤﻨﺪ ﻧﺎﻣﻨﻈﻢ ﺍﺳﺖ ﭼﻮﻥ ﺁﺏ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﻣﻰ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺭژﻳﻢ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﻭﺏ‬
‫ﻭ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻨﻈﻢ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺑﻬﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻭﺍﻳﻞ ﺗﺎﺑﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺁﺏ ﺁﻥ ﻃﻐﻴﺎﻧﻰ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺍﻣﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺳﻂ ﻭ ﺍﺧﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺗﺎﺑﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻭﺍﻳﻞ ﻣﺎﻩ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺧﺰﺍﻥ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺁﺏ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻈﺮ ﻣﻴﺮﺳﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﻫﻤﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻟﺤﺎﻅ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺁﺏ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﺑﻴﻦ ‪ 60‬ـ ‪ 2000‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﻣﻜﻌﺐ ﻓﻰ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺳﺎﻝ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﻴﺎﺑﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺯ ‪ 60‬ﺍﻟﻰ ‪ 70‬ﻓﻴﺼﺪ ﺁﺏ ﻫﻠﻤﻨﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺑﻬﺎﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻣﻰ ﺍﻓﺘﺪ ﺍﺭﺍﺿﻰ ﻳﻴﻜﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺎﺣﻪ‬
‫ﻛﺠﻜﻰ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺗﺮ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺁﺏ ﻫﻠﻤﻨﺪ ﺁﺑﻴﺎﺭﻯ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻝ ﺑﻪ ‪ 700000‬ﺟﺮﻳﺐ‬
‫ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻛﻪ ﺣﺎﺻﻼﺕ ﻗﻨﺎﻋﺖ ﺑﺨﺸﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺪﺳﺖ ﻣﻰ ﺁﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺭﺳﻮﺑﺎﺕ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ ﻫﻠﻤﻨﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺎﻣﻮﻥ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺭﺳﻮﺑﻰ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﺳﺎﻝ ﺩﻟﺘﺎﻯ‬
‫ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺎﻣﺖ ﻏﺮﺏ ﻣﻰ ﻟﻐﺰﺍﻧﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﺁﺏ ﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﻫﺎﻣﻮﻥ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺎﻣﺖ‬
‫ﻏﺮﺏ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺭﻓﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﺗﺪﺭﻳﺠﻰ ﺁﺏ ﻫﺎﻣﻮﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻧﻄﺮﻑ ﻣﺮﺯ ﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺣﺎﻟﻴﻜﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺑﺮﻳﺰﻩ ﻫﺎﻣﻮﻥ ﻣﺬﻛﻮﺭ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺯﺭﻧﺞ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﻴﺘﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﺑﻠﻜﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻤﺪﻳﺪ ﻧﻞ‪ ،‬ﺁﺏ‬
‫ﺁﺷﺎﻣﻴﺪﻧﻰ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﺕ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ ﻣﻴﺨﺮﻧﺪ ﻳﻌﻨﻰ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺏ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻧﻰ‬
‫ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﻴﺘﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻗﺒﻮﻝ ﻧﻤﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﻫﺎﻳﻴﻜﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺣﻮﺯﺓ ﻫﻠﻤﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﻳﻌﻨﻰ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺎﻣﺖ ﺟﻨﻮﺏ ﻏﺮﺏ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ‬
‫ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﻧﺪ ﺍﺯ‪:‬‬
‫ـ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ ﺍﺭﻏﻨﺪﺍﺏ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ ﺗﺮﻧﻚ ﻭ ﺍﺭﻏﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﻣﻌﺎﻭﻧﻴﻦ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ ﻫﻠﻤﻨﺪ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻓﺮﺍﻩ ﺭﻭﺩ‪ ،‬ﺭﻭﺩ‬
‫ﺍﺩﺭﺳﻜﻦ‪ ،‬ﺧﺎﺷﺮﻭﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺁﺏ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﺎﺩﺓ ﻧﺎﻭﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﺣﻮﺯﻩ ﺁﺑﮕﻴﺮ ﻫﻠﻤﻨﺪ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪97‬‬
‫‪G10 Fasli (3).indd 97‬‬ ‫‪8/15/2011 4:02:45 PM‬‬
‫ﺷﺎﮔﺮﺩﺍﻥ ﺑﻪ ﮔﺮﻭپ ﻫﺎ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻫﺮ ﮔﺮﻭپ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺘﻦ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﻮﺍﻻﺕ‬
‫ﺟﻮﺍﺏ ﺩﻫﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﺭﺍ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺭﻭﻯ ﺻﻨﻒ ﺍﺭﺍﻳﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ـ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻫﺎﻳﻴﻜﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺣﻮﺯﻩ ﻫﺎﻣﻮﻥ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﻭﺻﻞ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﻧﺪ ﻧﺎﻡ ﮔﻴﺮﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ـ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ ﻫﻠﻤﻨﺪ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺨﺘﺼﺮﺍ ً ﻣﻌﺮﻓﻰ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻮﺍﻝ ﻫﺎ‪:‬‬ ‫؟‬

‫ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺘﻦ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﺟﻮﺍﺏ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪1‬ـ ﺣﻮﺯﻩ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﺝ‪ .‬ﺟﻨﻮﺏ ﻏﺮﺏ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ .‬ﺳﺎﺣﻪ ﺟﻨﻮﺏ ﺷﺮﻕ ﺏ‪ .‬ﺳﺎﺣﻪ ﺷﻤﺎﻝ ﺷﺮﻕ‬
‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﺷﻤﺎﻝ ﻏﺮﺏ‬
‫‪2‬ـ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ ﻫﻠﻤﻨﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻛﺠﺎ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻭ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﺳﺎﺣﺎﺕ ﺭﺍ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﺪ؟‬
‫‪3‬ـ ﺭﺳﻮﺏ ﮔﺬﺍﺭﻯ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ ﻫﻠﻤﻨﺪ ﭼﻪ ﻋﻮﺍﻗﺐ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﺭ ﻣﻰ ﺁﻭﺭﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺑﻴﺎﻭﺭﻳﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺏ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ ﻫﻠﻤﻨﺪ ﭼﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺍﻧﺴﺘﻨﻰ‬
‫ﻫﺎﻯ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ ﮔﺰﺍﺭﺵ ﺍﺭﺍﻳﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪98‬‬
‫‪G10 Fasli (3).indd 98‬‬ ‫‪8/15/2011 4:02:46 PM‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﺱ )‪(28‬‬
‫ﺣﻮﺯﺓ ﻫﺮﻳﺮﻭﺩ‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ (68‬ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﺣﻮﺯﻩ ﻫﺮﻳﺮﻭﺩ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﺣﻮﺯﻩ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺁﺑﮕﻴﺮ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺩﻗﺖ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﺳﺎﺣﻪ ﺣﻮﺯﺓ ﻫﺮﻳﺮﻭﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﺍﺭﺯﺵ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻯ ﻭ ﺯﺭﺍﻋﺘﻰ ﻫﺮﻳﺮﻭﺩ ﭼﻪ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻧﻴﺪ؟‬
‫ﺣﻮﺯﻩ ﻫﺮﻳﺮﻭﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺷﻤﺎﻝ ﻏﺮﺏ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺯﺭﺍﻋﺘﻰ ﻭ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺮﺍﺭ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﻧﻔﻮﺱ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﻮﺯﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺣﻮﺯﺓ ﺁﺑﮕﻴﺮ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻝ ﺑﻪ ‪ 39300‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻣﺘﺮ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﻭ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺁﻥ ‪ 850‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻣﺘﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ ﻫﺮﻳﺮﻭﺩ‪:‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ ﻫﺮﻳﺮﻭﺩ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﻬﻢ ﻭ ﺑﺰﺭگ ﺣﻮﺯﻩ ﺷﻤﺎﻝ ﻏﺮﺏ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻃﻮﻻﻧﻰ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺎﻣﺖ ﺷﺮﻕ ﻭ ﻏﺮﺏ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﺍﻭﻟﻰ ﻫﺮﻳﺮﻭﺩ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ‬
‫ﻟﻌﻞ ﻭ ﺳﺮﺟﻨﮕﻞ ﻭ ﺳﻨﮕﻞ ﺁﺏ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻏﺮﺏ ﻛﻮﻩ ﺑﺎﺑﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺎﻣﺖ ﭼﻐﭽﺮﺍﻥ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻫﺎﻯ ﻛﻮﭼﻚ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻯ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺼﻪ ﺩﻭﻟﺖ ﻳﺎﺭ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻥ ﻳﻜﺠﺎ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﻌﺎﻭﻥ ﻣﻬﻢ‬
‫ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ ﺗﮕﺎﺏ ﺍﻭﺷﻼﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻤﺎﻝ ﺳﻠﺴﻠﻪ ﺳﻴﺎﻩ ﻛﻮﻩ ﺳﺮﭼﺸﻤﻪ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻣﻮﺍﺯﻯ‬
‫‪99‬‬
‫‪G10 Fasli (3).indd 99‬‬ ‫‪8/15/2011 4:02:46 PM‬‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻫﺮﻳﺮﻭﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺎﻣﺖ ﻏﺮﺏ‬
‫ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﻣﺎﺭﻭﻩ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ ﻫﺮﻳﺮﻭﺩ ﻭﺻﻞ ﻣﻰ‬
‫ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺮﻳﺮﻭﺩ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻨﻮﺏ ﺷﻬﺮ ﻫﺮﺍﺕ‬
‫ﻣﻰ ﮔﺬﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﻌﺪﺍ ً ﺩﺭﻳــــﺎﻯ‬
‫ﻛﺮﺥ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﺣﻪ ﺷـــﺮﻗﻰ ﻫﺮﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪69‬‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﻣﻌﺎﻭﻧﻴﻦ ﺳﺎﺣــﻞ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ ﺁﻥ‬
‫ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺸﻴﺒﻰ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺳﻔﻴﺪ ﻛﻮﻩ ﺑﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺸﻴﺒﻰ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺟﻨﻮﺑﻰ ﺑﻨﺪ ﺳﺒﺰﻙ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﻣﻰ‬
‫ﮔﻴﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ ﻫﺮﻳﺮﻭﺩ ﻳﻜﺠﺎ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ‪ 95‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻣﺘﺮ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﺣﻮﺯﻩ‬
‫ﺁﺑﮕﻴﺮ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻝ ‪ 7820‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻣﺘﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ ﻫﺮﻳﺮﻭﺩ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺳﻠﺴﻠﻪ ﺳﻔﻴﺪ ﻛﻮﻩ ﻭ ﺳﻴﺎﻩ ﻛﻮﻩ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻣﻨﻈﻢ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺎﻣﺖ ﻏﺮﺏ‬
‫ﺩﻧﺒﺎﻝ ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺩﻫﻜﺪﻩ ﻛﻮﻫﺴﺎﻥ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎً ‪ 560‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻣﺘﺮ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻮﺍﺯﻯ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺳﻔﻴﺪ ﻛﻮﻩ ﻭ ﺳﻴﺎﻩ ﻛﻮﻩ ﻣﻰ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺷﻜﺴﺘﮕﻰ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺟﻴﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﻜﻰ ﺗﻮﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻫﻜﺪﻩ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻛﻮﻫﺴﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺎﻣﺖ ﺷﻤﺎﻝ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ‪95‬‬
‫ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻣﺘﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺩﻫﺎﻧﻪ ﺫﻭﺍﻟﻔﻘﺎﺭ ﻃﻰ ﻣﻴﻜﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺫﻭﺍﻟﻔﻘﺎﺭ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺧﺎﻙ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺮﻙ‬
‫ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﺳﺮﺣﺪ ﻣﺸﺘﺮﻙ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺩﻭﻟﺖ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ ﻭ ﺗﺮﻛﻤﻨﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺳﺮﺧﺲ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﻣﻴﺪﻫﺪ‪،‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪﺍ ً ﻗﺪﺭﻯ ﺟﺎﻧﺐ ﺷﻤﺎﻝ ﻏﺮﺏ ﺍﻧﺤﺮﺍﻑ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺭﻳﮕﺴﺘﺎﻧﻬﺎﻯ ﺗﺮﻛﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺭﻭﺳﻰ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ‬
‫ﺗﺮﻛﻤﻨﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺟﺬﺏ ﻣﻴﮕﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺮﻳﺮﻭﺩ ﻋﻼﻭﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﺍﺭﺯﺵ ﺧﺎﺹ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻯ ﻭ ﺯﺭﺍﻋﺘﻰ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﺳﺖ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻯ ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺖ‬
‫ﺑﺰﺭگ ﺳﻴﺎﺳﻰ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﺳﻼﻡ ﻗﻠﻌﻪ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺩﻫﺎﻧﻪ ﺫﻭﺍﻟﻔﻘﺎﺭ ﺳﺮﺣﺪ ﺳﻴﺎﺳﻰ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﻣﻴﺪﻫﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺮﻳﺮﻭﺩ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﺍﻟﻰ ﻣﺤﻠﻪ ﺍﻭﺑﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺮﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻛﺎﻣ ً‬
‫ﻼ ﻛﻮﻫﺴﺘﺎﻧﻰ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ‬
‫ﺳﺎﺣﻪ ﺯﺭﻉ ﺣﺒﻮﺑﺎﺕ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻗﺴﻤﺎً ﺑﻪ ﺣﻴﺚ ﭼﺮﺍﮔﺎﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻣﻰ ﺁﻳﺪ‪،‬‬
‫‪100‬‬
‫‪G10 Fasli (3).indd 100‬‬ ‫‪8/15/2011 4:02:46 PM‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﺳﺘﺎﻫﺎﻯ ﺍﻭﺑﻰ ﺑﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪ ﻣﺎﺭﻭﻩ ﺟﺎﻳﻴﻜﻪ ﺁﺏ ﺗﮕﺎﺏ ﺍﻭﺷﻼﻥ ﺑﺎ ﻫﺮﻳﺮﻭﺩ‬
‫ﻳﻜﺠﺎ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ ﺩﺭﺓ ﻫﺮﻳﺮﻭﺩ ﻭﺳﻴﻊ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺏ ﺁﻥ ﻏﺮﺽ ﺁﺑﻴﺎﺭﻯ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﻟﺤﺎﻅ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮﺍﺕ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺯﺭﺍﻋﺖ ﻗﻨﺎﻋﺖ ﺑﺨﺶ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﺭ ﻛﺎﻧﺎﻝ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺑﻨﺪﻫﺎﻯ‬
‫ﺁﺑﮕﺮﺩﺍﻥ ﻭ ﺑﻨﺪ ﺳﻠﻤﺎ ﺷﻬﺮ ﻫﺮﺍﺕ ﻭ ﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﺷﺮﻗﻰ ﺁﻥ ﺧﻴﻠﻰ ﺳﺮﺳﺒﺰ ﻭ ﺷﺎﺩﺍﺏ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ ﻣﺮﻏﺎﺏ‪:‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ ﻣﺮﻏﺎﺏ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ‪ 2500‬ﻣﺘﺮﻯ ﻛﻮﻩ ﺣﺼﺎﺭ ﺳﺮﭼﺸﻤﻪ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺑﻄﻮﻝ ‪ 450‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻣﺘﺮ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺧﺎﻙ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﻣﻴﻜﻨﺪ ﺭﻗﺒﺔ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻰ ﺣﻮﺯﻩ ﺁﺑﮕﻴﺮ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻪ ‪ 34500‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻣﺘﺮ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺑﺎﻟﻎ ﻣﻴﮕﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﻛﻪ ‪ 5,6‬ﻓﻴﺼﺪ ﺣﻮﺯﻩ ﺁﺑﮕﻴﺮ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻰ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭﺑﺮ ﻣﻴﮕﻴﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻳﻦ‬
‫ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ‪ 800‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻣﺘﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ ﻣﺮﻏﺎﺏ ﻣﻌﺎﻭﻧﻴﻦ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻣﻌﺮﻭﻓﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﺁﻥ ﻗﻮﺩﻳﺎﻥ ﻭ‬
‫ﺧﺮﺑﻴﺪ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺼﻪ ﺟﻮﻧﺪ ﺑﺎﻫﻢ ﻳﻜﺠﺎ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ ﻣﺮﻏﺎﺏ ﻣﻰ ﺭﻳﺰﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ ﻣﺮﻏﺎﺏ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺼﻪ ﻣﺎﺭﻯ ﭼﺎﻕ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺭﺍﺿﻰ ﻫﻤﻮﺍﺭ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ‬
‫ﺯﺭﺍﻋﺘﻰ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ ﺍﻣﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻌﻀﻰ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﻫﺎ ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺁﺏ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺁﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﺓ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﻰ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ ﻣﺮﻏﺎﺏ ﻫﻤﻴﻨﻜﻪ ﺑﺎﻻﻣﺮﻏﺎﺏ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺮﻙ ﮔﻔﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺎﻣﺖ ﺷﻤﺎﻝ ﻏﺮﺏ ﻣﻴﻼﻥ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ‬
‫ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﻪ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ‪ 30‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻣﺘﺮ ﺧﻂ ﺳﺮﺣﺪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺗﺮﻛﻤﻨﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﻣﻴﺪﻫﺪ ﻭ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪﺍ ً ﺑﻪ ﻣﺮﻭ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺭﻓﺘﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺼﻪ ﺗﺨﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺯﺍﺭ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻌﺎﻭﻥ ﺑﺰﺭگ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻳﻌﻨﻰ ﻛﺎﺷﺎﻥ )ﻛﻮﺷﺎﻥ(‬
‫ﻭ ﻛﺸﻚ ﻳﻜﺠﺎ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ ﻛﺸﻚ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺸﻴﺒﻰ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺷﻤﺎﻝ ﺳﻠﺴﻠﻪ ﺳﻔﻴﺪ ﻛﻮﻩ ﺳﺮﭼﺸﻤﻪ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺎﻣﺖ ﺷﻤﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻣﻰ ﺍﻓﺘﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﻻ ﺗﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﻛﺸﻚ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ ﻛﺸﻚ ﻳﻜﺠﺎ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ‬
‫ﺑﻨﺎﻡ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ ﻛﺸﻚ ﻳﺎﺩ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺧﺎﻙ ﺗﺮﻛﻤﻨﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ ﻣﺮﻏﺎﺏ ﻳﻜﺠﺎ ﻣﻴﮕﺮﺩﺩ‪،‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺮﺳﺒﺰﻯ ﻭ ﺷﺎﺩﺍﺑﻰ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﭘﻨﺠﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺼﻪ ﻗﺮﻩ ﻗﺮﻡ ﺩﻟﺘﺎﻯ ﺑﺰﺭگ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪﺍ ً ﺩﺭ ﺭﻳﮕﺴﺘﺎﻧﻬﺎﻯ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﺟﺬﺏ ﻣﻴﮕﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪101‬‬
‫‪G10 Fasli (3).indd 101‬‬ ‫‪8/15/2011 4:02:46 PM‬‬
‫ﺷﺎﮔﺮﺩﺍﻥ ﺑﻪ ﮔﺮﻭپ ﻫﺎ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻫﺮ ﻳﻚ ﺭﻭﻯ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﺐ ﻋﻤﺪﺓ ﺩﺭﺱ ﺑﺎﻫﻢ‬
‫ﺑﺤﺚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪﺓ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﺭﺍ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺭﻭﻯ ﺻﻨﻒ ﺍﺭﺍﻳﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻮﺍﻝ ﻫﺎ‪:‬‬ ‫؟‬

‫‪1‬ـ ﺣﻮﺯﻩ ﻫﺮﻳﺮﻭﺩ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺠﺎ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩ‪.‬ﺟﻨﻮﺏ ﻏﺮﺏ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ .‬ﺟﻨﻮﺏ ﺷﺮﻕ ﺏ‪ .‬ﺷﻤﺎﻝ ﻏﺮﺏ ﺝ‪ .‬ﺷﻤﺎﻝ ﺷﺮﻕ‬
‫‪2‬ـ ﺭﻗﺒﺔ ﺣﻮﺯﻩ ﺁﺑﮕﻴﺮ ﻫﺮﻳﺮﻭﺩ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻝ ﺑﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩ‪23300 .‬‬ ‫ﺝ‪39300 .‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ 36500 .‬ﺏ‪48600 .‬‬
‫‪3‬ـ ﻣﻌﺎﻭﻥ ﺍﻭﻟﻰ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ ﻫﺮﻳﺮﻭﺩ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﺯ‪:‬‬
‫ﺏ‪ .‬ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ ﻟﻌﻞ ﻭ ﺳﺮ ﺟﻨﮕﻞ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪.‬ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﺗﮕﺎﺏ ﺍﻭﺷﻼﻥ‬
‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﻫﻴﭽﻜﺪﺍﻡ‬ ‫ﺝ‪ .‬ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ ﻛﺮﺥ‬
‫‪1‬ـ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ ﻫﺮﻳﺮﻭﺩ ﺍﺯ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺳﺮﭼﺸﻤﻪ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ؟‬
‫‪2‬ـ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ ﻫﺮﻳﺮﻭﺩ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻜﺠﺎ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺗﮕﺎﺏ ﺍﻭﺷﻼﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺎﻣﺖ‬
‫ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﻣﻴﻜﻨﺪ؟‬
‫‪3‬ـ ﻫﺮﻳﺮﻭﺩ ﺳﺮﺣﺪ ﻣﺸﺘﺮﻙ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﻤﺎﻟﻚ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﻣﻴﺪﻫﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪4‬ـ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺏ ﻫﺮﻳﺮﻭﺩ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻯ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﻰ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ؟‬
‫‪5‬ـ ﺍﺭﺯﺵ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻯ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ ﻣﺮﻏﺎﺏ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ؟‬

‫ﺗﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺘﻦ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺟﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﻪ ﻭ ﻣﻨﺎﺑﻊ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ ﺣﻮﺯﻩ‬
‫ﻫﺎﻯ ﺁﺑﮕﻴﺮ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻣﻘﺎﻳﺴﻮﻯ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺟﻤﻊ ﺁﻭﺭﻯ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺩﺍﻧﺴﺘﻨﻰ ﻫﺎﻯ‬
‫ﺧﻮﻳﺶ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﮔﺬﺍﺭﺵ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﺍﺭﺍﻳﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪102‬‬
‫‪G10 Fasli (3).indd 102‬‬ ‫‪8/15/2011 4:02:46 PM‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﺱ )‪( 29‬‬
‫ﺣﻮﺯﻩ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ‬
‫ﺑﻠﺨﺎﺏ‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ ( 70‬ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﺣﻮﺯﻩ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ‬

‫ﺑﻪ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﺣﻮﺯﻩ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺁﺑﮕﻴﺮ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﺩﻗﺖ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺣﻮﺯﻩ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻴﺪﻫﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻧﻴﺪ‬
‫ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﺁﺏ ﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺣﻮﺯﻩ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﻣﻰ ﮔﻮﻳﻨﺪ؟‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺑﻌﻀﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻫﺎﻳﻴﻜﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﻛﻮﻫﺴﺘﺎﻧﻰ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﻣﻰ ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺩﺭﻳﻚ ﻣﺴﻴﺮ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﻣﻨﺤﺼﺮ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺟﺬﺏ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻨﺎﻡ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺣﻮﺯﺓ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ‬
‫ﻳﺎﺩ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﻧﺪ ﺑﻄﻮﺭ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ ﻏﺰﻧﻰ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ ﺑﻠﺨﺎﺏ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ ﻗﻴﺼﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ ﺳﻤﻨﮕﺎﻥ‪،‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ ﺍﻧﺪﺧﻮﻯ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻨﺠﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻌﻀﻰ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﺨﺘﺼﺮ ﻳﺎﺩ ﺁﻭﺭ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﻳﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ ﻏﺰﻧﻰ‪:‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ ﻏﺰﻧﻰ ﺑﻪ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ‪ 55‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻣﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻤﺎﻝ ﺷﻬﺮ ﻏﺰﻧﻰ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﻣﻰ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺼﺔ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ‬
‫‪ 4000‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺑﺤﺮ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺳﻮ ﺳﻨﮓ‪ ،‬ﺟﻐﺘﻮ‪ ،‬ﺷﺶ ﮔﺎﻭ ﻭ ﺧﻮﺍﺟﻪ‬
‫ﻋﻤﺮﻯ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺷﻬﺮ ﻏﺰﻧﻰ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺷﺮﻕ ﺷﻬﺮ ﻏﺰﻧﻰ ﻣﻰ ﮔﺬﺭﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺎﻣﺖ ﺟﻨﻮﺏ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﻣﻴﺪﻫﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻤﺎﻝ ﺩﻳﻠﻪ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺁﺏ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﺎﺩﻩ‬
‫ﻏﺰﻧﻰ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻃﻮﻝ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﺗﺎ ﻣﺼﺐ ‪ 195‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻣﺘﺮ ﻭ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺖ ﺣﻮﺯﻩ ﺁﺑﮕﻴﺮ ﺁﻥ ‪ 12370‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻣﺘﺮ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ‪ 18‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻣﺘﺮﻯ ﺷﻤﺎﻝ ﺷﻬﺮ ﻏﺰﻧﻰ ﺑﻨﺪ ﺁﺏ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ‪ 35‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺷﺪﻩ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻨﺎﻡ ﺑﻨﺪ ﺳﻠﻄﺎﻥ ﻳﺎﺩ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﻨﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺳﻠﻄﺎﻥ ﻣﺤﻤﻮﺩ ﻏﺰﻧﻮﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻋﻤﺎﺭ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﻨﺪ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻯ ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ ‪ 20‬ﺍﻟﻰ ‪ 25‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﻣﺘﺮ ﻣﻜﻌﺐ ﺁﺏ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﺎً‬
‫ﺁﺏ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺳﻴﻼﺑﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﺁﺏ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺳﺎﻝ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺯﺭﺍﻋﺖ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ‬
‫ﻣﻴﮕﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ ﺟﻠﮕﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﻣﻌﺎﻭﻥ ﻋﻤﺪﺓ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﻜﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺁﺏ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ‬
‫‪103‬‬
‫‪G10 Fasli (3).indd 103‬‬ ‫‪8/15/2011 4:02:47 PM‬‬
‫ﺣﻮﺯﺓ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ ﻏﺰﻧﻰ‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ )‪(71‬‬
‫ﻏﺰﻧﻰ ﻳﻜﺠﺎ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ ﺁﺏ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺩﻭ ﭼﻨﺪ ﻣﻴﺴﺎﺯﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺑﻬﺴﻮﺩ ﺳﺮﭼﺸﻤﻪ‬
‫ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺩﺭ ‪ 1321‬ﻫـ ﺵ ﺑﻨﺪ ﺁﺑﮕﺮﺩﺍﻥ ﺑﺎﻻﻯ ﺁﻥ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﺭ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻛﻪ ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ ‪ 125‬ﻣﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﻣﺘﺮ‬
‫ﻣﻜﻌﺐ ﺁﺏ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺯﻣﻴﻨﻪ ﺁﺑﻴﺎﺭﻯ ﺍﺭﺍﺿﻰ ﺯﺭﺍﻋﺘﻰ ﻣﺠﺎﻭﺭ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺮﺍﻫﻢ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻠﺨﺎﺏ‪:‬‬
‫ﺑﻠﺨﺎﺏ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻫﺎﻯ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺁﺏ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ ﺁﻣﻮ ﺭﺳﻴﺪﻩ ﻧﻤﻴﺘﻮﺍﻧﺪ‪،‬‬
‫ﻣﻌﺎﻭﻧﻴﻦ ﺁﻥ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﻧﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ ﺩﺍﻳﻤﻴﺮﺩﺍﺩ‪ ،‬ﺭﻭﺩ ﺑﻨﺪ ﺍﻣﻴﺮ ﻭ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﭼﺔ ﺍﻣﺮﺥ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻭﻻً ﺍﻳﻦ‬
‫ﺩﺭﻳﺎﭼﻪ ﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺎﻣﺖ ﺑﻠﺦ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺼﻪ ﺩﺭﻩ ﺩﻫﺪﺍﺩﻯ ﺳﻤﺖ ﭼﻬﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺑﻮﻟﻚ ﻭ ﺁﻗﭽﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻨﻮﺏ ﺁﻗﭽﻪ ﺁﺏ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺷﺖ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺧﺎﻧﻘﺎ ﺟﺬﺏ‬
‫ﻣﻴﮕﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺁﺭﻳﺎﻳﻰ ﻫﺎ ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺖ ﺧﺎﺹ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ ﻭ ﻧﻮﺍﺣﻰ ﺁﻥ ﭘﺮﻧﻔﻮﺱ ﺗﺮﻳﻦ‬
‫ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﻣﺪﻧﻴﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﺩ ﻭ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﺗﺮ ﺍﺯ ‪ 25200‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻣﺘﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺳﺎﺣﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺣﺘﻮﺍ ﻣﻴﻜﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺁﺭﻳﺎﻳﻰ ﻫﺎ ﺑﺨﺎﻃﺮ ﺁﺑﻴﺎﺭﻯ ﺍﺭﺍﺿﻰ ﻫﺠﺪﻩ ﻧﻬﺮ ﺑﺰﺭگ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﻭ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ‬
‫ﺣﺎﺻﻼﺕ ﺯﺭﺍﻋﺘﻰ ﻓﺮﺍﻭﺍﻧﻰ ﺑﺪﺳﺖ ﻣﻰ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﻧﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻬﺮ ﺷﺎﻫﻰ‪ ،‬ﻧﻬﺮ ﺑﻠﺦ‪،‬‬
‫ﻧﻬﺮ ﺍﺭﻏﻨﺪﺍﺏ‪ ،‬ﻧﻬﺮ ﺳﻴﺪ ﺁﺑﺎﺩ ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻩ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻬﺮ ﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﺳﺮﺳﺒﺰﻯ ﻭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺑﻰ ﻣﺰﺍﺭ ﺷﺮﻳﻒ ﻭ‬
‫ﺍﺭﺍﺿﻰ ﺯﺭﺍﻋﺘﻰ ﻣﺠﺎﻭﺭ ﺁﻥ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻓﻌ ً‬
‫ﻼ ﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺁﺏ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ ﻗﻴﺼﺎﺭ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﺑﺎ ﻳﻜﺠﺎ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺁﺏ ﭼﻨﺪﻳﻦ ﺩﺭﺓ ﺧﻮﺭﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺸﻴﺒﻰ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺷﻤﺎﻝ ﺗﻴﺮ ﺑﻨﺪ ﺗﺮﻛﺴﺘﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻴﻤﻨﻪ ﻣﻰ ﮔﺬﺭﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻚ ﺩﻭﻟﺖ ﺁﺑﺎﺩ ﺑﺎ ﺁﺏ ﻗﻴﺼﺎﺭ ﻳﻜﺠﺎ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ ﺗﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺼﻪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺁﺏ ﺑﻨﺎﻡ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ ﺍﻧﺪﺧﻮﻯ ﻳﺎﺩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺁﺏ ﻗﻴﺼﺎﺭ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﺎً ﺭژﻳﻢ ﺳﻴﻼﺑﻰ‬
‫‪104‬‬
‫‪G10 Fasli (3).indd 104‬‬ ‫‪8/15/2011 4:02:47 PM‬‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ (72‬ﺑﻨﺪ ﻫﻴﺒﺖ ﻭ ﺑﻨﺪ ﺍﻣﻴﺮ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﺩﻭﻣﻰ ﺑﻠﺨﺎﺏ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﺎﻡ ﺑﻬﺎﺭ ﺁﺏ ﺁﻥ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﻭ ﻃﻐﻴﺎﻧﻰ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺁﺏ ﻗﻴﺼﺎﺭ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻌﺎﻭﻧﻴﻦ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺎﻻﻯ‬
‫ﺍﺭﺍﺿﻰ ﻭ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﺗﭙﻪ ﺯﺍﺭ ﻣﻴﮕﺬﺭﺩ ﺗﺎ ﺁﻧﻜﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻬﺮ ﺍﻧﺪﺧﻮﻯ ﻣﻴﺮﺳﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺭﻳﮕﺰﺍﺭ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ‬
‫ﺟﺬﺏ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ )‪(73‬‬
‫‪105‬‬
‫‪G10 Fasli (3).indd 105‬‬ ‫‪8/15/2011 4:02:51 PM‬‬
‫ﺁﺏ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻫﺎﻯ ﻛﻮﭼﻚ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺳﻢ ﺑﻬﺎﺭ ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺖ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻯ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻥ ﻫﺎﻯ‬
‫ﻭﻗﻔﻪ ﻳﻰ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻫﺎﻯ )ﺁﺑﻰ ﻭ ﻟﻠﻤﻰ( ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺳﻴﺮﺍﺏ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻣﺤﺼﻮﻻﺕ ﺯﺭﺍﻋﺘﻰ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﻣﻰ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﺟﺎﺕ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺁﻥ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪ ﻏﻠﻪ ﺭﻓﻊ ﻣﻴﺴﺎﺯﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺷﺎﮔﺮﺩﺍﻥ ﺑﻪ ﮔﺮﻭپ ﻫﺎ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﻫﺮ ﮔﺮﻭپ ﺭﻭﻯ ﺣﻮﺯﻩ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﺑﺎﻫﻢ‬
‫ﺑﺤﺚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﺭﺍ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺭﻭﻯ ﺻﻨﻒ ﺍﺭﺍﻳﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻮﺍﻝ ﻫﺎ‪:‬‬ ‫؟‬

‫‪1‬ـ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻫﺎﻯ ﺣﻮﺯﻩ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺎﻡ ﺑﺒﺮﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪2‬ـ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ ﻏﺰﻧﻰ ﺍﺯ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﻣﻴﮕﺬﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪3‬ـ ﺑﻨﺪ ﺳﻠﻄﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﻻﻯ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﺭ ﺷﺪﻩ؟ ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ ﺁﻥ ﭼﻘﺪﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ؟‬
‫‪4‬ـ ﺩﻭ ﻧﻬﺮ ﺑﻠﺨﺎﺏ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺎﻡ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪5‬ـ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ ﻗﻴﺼﺎﺭ ﺍﺯ ﻛﺠﺎ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺭﻳﮕﺴﺘﺎﻧﻬﺎﻯ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﺷﻬﺮ ﺟﺬﺏ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺑﺎ ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺨﺎﻧﻪ ﻭ ﻣﻨﺎﺑﻊ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻘﺶ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺨﻰ ﻏﺰﻧﻰ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ ﺑﻠﺨﺎﺏ ﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺖ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻯ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ ﻗﻴﺼﺎﺭ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺟﻤﻊ ﺁﻭﺭﻯ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺩﺍﻧﺴﺘﻨﻰ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺧﻮﻳﺸﺮﺍ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺳﻄﺮ ﺑﻨﻮﻳﺴﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪106‬‬
‫‪G10 Fasli (3).indd 106‬‬ ‫‪8/15/2011 4:02:51 PM‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﺱ )‪(30‬‬
‫ﺟﻬﻴﻞ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﻌﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺟﻬﻴﻞ ﭼﻘﻤﻘﺘﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺟﻬﻴﻞ ﺷﻴﻮﺍ‬
‫ﺑﻨﺪ ﺍﻣﻴﺮ‬
‫ﻧﻤﻜﺴﺎﺭ ﻫﺮﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺟﻬﻴﻞ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﺎﻥ‬
‫ﮔﻮﺭﺯﺭﻩ‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ (74‬ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﺭﺍﺿﻰ‪ ،‬ﺣﻮﺯﻩ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺟﻬﻴﻞ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻣﻴﺘﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﭼﻨﺪ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻬﻴﻞ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺎﻡ ﺑﺒﺮﻳﺪ؟‬

‫ﺑﻪ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ )‪ (74‬ﺩﻗﺖ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﺁﺏ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﺎﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺟﻬﻴﻞ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻴﺪﻫﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺍﻧﺴﺘﻦ ﺁﺏ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺟﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺻﻄﻼﺡ )ﻏﺪﻳﺮ( ﻧﻴﺰ ﻣﻌﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﻟﺤﺎﻅ ﻭﺿﻊ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻰ ﻭﺣﻴﺎﺗﻰ ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺖ ﻛﻠﻰ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻧﻴﻢ ﻛﻪ ﺟﻬﻴﻞ ﻫﺎ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺑﻬﺎﻯ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻯ ﻃﻌﻢ ﻭ ﺫﺍﻳﻘﻪ ﺷﻮﺭ‪ ،‬ﺗﻠﺦ ﻭ ﺷﻴﺮﻳﻦ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻓﺮﻭ ﺭﻓﺘﮕﻰ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻤﻠﻮ‬
‫ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺳﺮﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮ ﺗﻮﭘﻮﮔﺮﺍﻓﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻌﻀﻰ ﻣﺤﻼﺕ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻯ ﺣﻮﺯﻩ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ‬
‫ﻭ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺁﻣﺪﻥ ﺟﻬﻴﻞ ﻫﺎ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻟﺤﺎﻅ ﺭﻗﺒﺔ ﺁﺑﮕﻴﺮ ﻛﻮﭼﻚ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺑﻌﻀﻰ ﺟﺎﻫﺎ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺑﺎﻃﻼﻕ ﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺧﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺟﻬﻴﻞ ﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﻛﻮﻫﺴﺘﺎﻧﻰ‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﺁﺏ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻳﺨﭽﺎﻟﻰ ﺳﻴﺮ ﺁﺏ ﻣﻴﮕﺮﺩﺩ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺧﻰ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﻫﻤﻮﺍﺭ ﻭ ﻛﻢ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺁﺑﺮﻳﺰﻩ‬
‫ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻮﻯ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﻣﻴﺪﻫﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻨﺎﻡ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﻰ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺒﻴﻞ ﻫﺎﻣﻮﻥ‪ ،‬ﻛﻮﻝ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺁﺏ‬
‫ﺍﻳﺴﺘﺎﺩﻩ ﻳﺎﺩ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪107‬‬
‫‪G10 Fasli (3).indd 107‬‬ ‫‪8/15/2011 4:02:54 PM‬‬
‫ﻫﺎﻣﻮﻥ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﺎﻥ‪:‬‬
‫ﻫﺎﻣﻮﻥ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﻫﺎﻣﻮﻧﻬﺎﻯ ﺫﻳﻞ ﺍﺳﺖ‪:‬‬
‫ﻫﺎﻣﻮﻥ ﻫﻠﻤﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﻫﺎﻣﻮﻥ ﺻﺎﺑﺮﻯ‪ ،‬ﻫﺎﻣﻮﻥ ﭘﻮﺯﻙ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﮔﻮﺷﻪ ﺟﻨﻮﺏ ﻏﺮﺑﻰ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ‬
‫ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﺁﺑﺮﻳﺰﻩ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻮﻯ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻨﻮﺏ ﻏﺮﺏ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﻣﻴﺪﻫﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﺎﺣﻞ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻫﺎﻣﻮﻥ ﻫﺎ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺁﺑﺨﻴﺰﻯ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻫﺎ ﻣﺘﺤﻮﻝ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﮔﺎﻫﻰ ﺳﺎﺣﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻊ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺍﺣﺘﻮﺍ ﻣﻴﻜﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺧﺸﻜﺴﺎﻟﻰ ﺳﺎﺣﻪ ﻧﺴﺒﺘﺎً ﻛﻮﭼﻚ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭﺑﺮ ﻣﻰ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺎﻣﻮﻥ ﭘﻮﺯﻙ‪ :‬ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ‪ 24‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻣﺘﺮ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﺧﺎﺷﺮﻭﺩ ﻭ ﺧﺴﭙﺎﺱ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻤﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻫﺎﻣﻮﻥ ﺩﻫﺎﻧﻪ ﻣﻰ ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺎﻣﻮﻥ ﺻﺎﺑﺮﻯ‪ :‬ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻯ ‪ 583‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻣﺘﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺖ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺍﻓﺘﺎﺩﻩ ﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﺳﺎﺣﻪ‬
‫ﻫﺎﻣﻮﻥ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮ ﻣﻰ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ ﻓﺮﺍﻩ ﺭﻭﺩ ﻭ ﻫﺎﺭﻭﺕ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﺳﺎﺣﻪ ﻣﻰ ﺭﻳﺰﻧﺪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻫﺎﻣﻮﻥ‬
‫ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻫﺎﻣﻮﻥ ﭘﻮﺯﻙ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻯ ﺁﺏ ﺩﺍﻳﻤﻰ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﻋﻤﻖ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺁﺑﻬﺎﻯ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺍﻻﺭﺿﻰ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﻣﺠﺎﻭﺭ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻨﺠﺎ ﻧﻔﻮﺫ ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﺁﺑﻬﺎﻯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻭ ﻫﺎﻣﻮﻥ ﻣﻴﮕﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﻍ ﻧﻤﺪ ﻭ ﻛﻮﻝ ﻧﻤﻜﺴﺎﺭ‪:‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺳﺮﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﻏﺮﺑﻰ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺧﻂ ﺳﺮﺣﺪﻯ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻯ‬
‫ﺁﺑﻬﺎﻯ ﺑﺎﻃﻼﻗﻰ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﻧﻤﻚ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻭ ﺳﺎﺣﻪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻋﻤﻞ‬
‫ﺗﺒﺨﻴﺮ ﺁﺏ ﻧﻤﻚ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺭﺍﺿﻰ ﺻﺤﺮﺍﻳﻰ ﺗﺮﺳﺐ ﻣﻰ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﻍ ﻧﻤﺪﻯ ﺩﺭ ﻏﺮﺏ ﻓﺮﺍﻩ ﻭ ﻛﻮﻝ‬
‫ﻼ ﺻﺤﺮﺍﻳﻰ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﻰ ﻣﻴﻜﻨﺪ ﺩﻍ ﻧﻤﺪﻯ‬ ‫ﻧﻤﻜﺴﺎﺭ ﺩﺭ ﻏﺮﺏ ﻫﺮﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻭﺻﺎﻑ ﻛﺎﻣ ً‬
‫‪ 440‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻣﺘﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﻭ ﻛﻮﻝ ﻧﻤﻜﺴﺎﺭ ﺍﺯ ﻟﺤﺎﻅ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﻧﻤﻚ ﺍﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻌﺪﻥ ﻧﻤﻚ ﺗﺎﻟﻘﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺑﺨﻮﺑﻰ ﺭﻗﺎﺑﺖ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﮔﻮﺩﺯﻳﺮﻩ‪:‬‬
‫ﮔﻮﺩ ﺯﻳﺮﻩ ﺑﻄﺮﻑ ﺟﻨﻮﺏ ﻫﺎﻣﻮﻥ ﻫﻠﻤﻨﺪ ﺣﻮﺯﺓ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﻰ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺟﻬﻴﻞ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺛﺮ‬
‫ﺳﺮﺍﺯﻳﺮ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺁﺏ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻰ ﻫﺎﻣﻮﻥ ﻫﻠﻤﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻌﻀﻰ ﺭﻭﺩﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻛﻮﻩ ﭼﮕﺎﻳﻰ ﻣﻴﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﻣﺎ ﻭﻗﺘﻴﻜﻪ ﻣﻮﺳﻢ ﺁﺑﺨﻴﺰﻯ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻫﺎﻯ ﻃﻐﻴﺎﻧﻰ ﺍﻃﺮﺍﻑ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻪ ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﻣﻴﺮﺳﺪ ﺁﺏ‬
‫ﺁﻥ ﻛﻢ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺑﺎﻃﻼﻕ ﻭ ﺟﺒﻪ ﺯﺍﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﻴﻜﻨﺪ ﺁﺏ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺟﻬﻴﻞ ﺷﻮﺭ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺳﻄﺢ ﺑﺤﺮ ‪ 456‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺁﺏ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﺎﺩﻩ ﺩﺷﺖ ﻧﺎﻭﺭ‪:‬‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﺷﻤﺎﻝ ﻏﺮﺏ ﻏﺰﻧﻰ ﺁﺏ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﺎﺩﺓ ﻧﺎﻭﺭ ‪ 600‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻣﺘﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺖ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ‪55‬‬
‫‪108‬‬
‫‪G10 Fasli (3).indd 108‬‬ ‫‪8/15/2011 4:02:54 PM‬‬
‫ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻣﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻬﺮ ﻏﺰﻧﻰ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺷﻤﺎﻝ ﻏﺮﺏ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺑﺤﺮ‬
‫‪ 3115‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺁﺏ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﺎﺩﺓ ﻏﺰﻧﻰ‪:‬‬

‫ﺟﻬﻴﻞ ﻧﺴﺒﺘﺎً ﻛﻮﭼﻚ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ‪ 128‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻣﺘﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻨﻮﺏ ﻏﺰﻧﻰ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ‬
‫ﺁﺑﺮﻳﺰﻩ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ ﻏﺰﻧﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﻣﻴﺪﻫﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻨﺪ ﺍﻣﻴﺮ‪:‬‬
‫ﻳﻜﺘﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺟﻬﻴﻞ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺍﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻣﺘﺪﺍﺩ ﻳﻜﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻋﺎﺕ ‪ 2916‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﺷﻤﺎﻝ‬
‫ﻛﻮﻩ ﺑﺎﺑﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺭﺍﺿﻰ ﺁﻫﻜﻰ ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ ﺁﺏ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﻛﻮﻫﺴﺘﺎﻧﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﻧﻔﻮﺫ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﺩﻫﺎﻧﻪ ﺑﻨﺪ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺁﺏ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺤﻠﻮﻝ ﺁﻫﻚ ﻭ ﻛﻠﺴﻴﻢ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﻮﻧﻴﺖ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺷﻴﺮ ﺁﺑﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ‬
‫ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﻀﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﻨﺪﻫﺎﻯ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻰ ﻛﻪ ﺟﻬﻴﻞ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺧﻮﺭﺩ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻮﻯ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﻰ ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﺪ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻋﻤﻴﻖ ﺑﻮﺩﻥ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﻧﮓ ﺁﺑﻰ ﻭ ﻧﻴﻠﮕﻮﻥ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﺮﺓ ﺯﻳﺒﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﻣﻴﺪﻫﺪ ﻭ ﻫﺮ ﻳﻚ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﻨﺪﻫﺎ ﺑﻨﺎﻡ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺟﺪﺍﮔﺎﻧﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺒﻴﻞ ﺑﻨﺪ ﭘﻨﻴﺮ‪ ،‬ﺑﻨﺪ ﻫﻴﺒﺖ‪ ،‬ﺑﻨﺪ ﻏﻼﻣﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺑﻨﺪ ﭘﻮﺩﻳﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻨﺪ‬
‫ﻼ ﺧﺸﻚ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺎً ﺑﻨﺎﻡ ﺑﻨﺪ‬ ‫ﻗﻤﺒﺮ‪ ،‬ﺑﻨﺪ ﺟﺪﺍﺳﻞ ﻭ ﺑﻨﺪ ﺫﻭﺍﻟﻔﻘﺎﺭ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻨﺪ ﺫﻭﺍﻟﻔﻘﺎﺭ ﻓﻌ ً‬
‫ﺍﻣﻴﺮ ﻳﺎﺩ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﻧﺪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﺎﺣﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺗﻮﺭﻳﺴﺘﻰ ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺖ ﺧﺎﺹ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺍﺭﺍ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﺑﻪ ﭘﺎﺭﻙ ﻣﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻣﺒﺪﻝ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺳﺎﺣﻪ ﺧﻴﻠﻰ ﺯﻳﺒﺎ ﻭ ﺩﻳﺪﻧﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺳﻴﺎﺣﻴﻦ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﻣﻴﺪﻫﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺟﻬﻴﻞ ﺯﺭﻛﻮﻝ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺟﻬﻴﻞ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻨﺎﻡ ﺯﺭﻗﻮﻝ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻳﺎﺩ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊ ﭘﺎﻣﻴﺮ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺧﺎﻙ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﻭ‬
‫ﺗﺎﺟﻜﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﺯ ﻟﺤﺎﻅ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﺳﻴﺎﺳﻰ ﺣﺪ ﻓﺎﺻﻞ ﺧﻂ ﺳﺮﺣﺪﻯ ﻭ ﻫﻢ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﻭﺿﻊ ﻓﺰﻳﻜﻰ ﺍﺭﺯﺵ ﺧﺎﺹ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺍﺭﺍ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺟﻬﻴﻞ ﺳﺮﭼﺸﻤﻪ ﺍﻭﻟﻰ ﺁﺏ ﭘﺎﻣﻴﺮ ﻭ ﺁﻣﻮ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺳﺎﺣﻞ ﺷﻤﺎﻟﻰ ﺁﻥ ﺷﺶ‬
‫ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻣﺘﺮ ﻭ ﺳﺎﺣﻞ ﺟﻨﻮﺑﻰ ﺁﻥ ﺩﻩ ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻣﺘﺮ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻭ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻪ ﭼﻬﺎﺭ ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻣﺘﺮ ﻣﻴﺮﺳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺟﻬﻴﻞ ﺯﺭﻛﻮﻝ ﺣﻮﺯﺓ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﺁﺑﮕﻴﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺫﻭﺏ ﻳﺨﭽﺎﻝ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﻛﻮﻫﺴﺘﺎﻧﻰ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ‬
‫ﻣﻴﺪﻫﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﻴﻜﻪ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻛﻮﻫﺴﺘﺎﻧﻰ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺠﺎﻭﺭﺕ ﺯﺭﻛﻮﻝ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺶ ﻫﺰﺍﺭ ﻣﺘﺮ ﻣﻴﺮﺳﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮ‬
‫ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﺑﻮﺩﻥ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺳﺎﺣﻪ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﭼﺮﺍﮔﺎﻩ ﺣﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﻗﺮﻏﺰ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﻣﻴﺪﻫﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪109‬‬
‫‪G10 Fasli (3).indd 109‬‬ ‫‪8/15/2011 4:02:54 PM‬‬
‫ﺟﻬﻴﻞ ﭼﻘﻤﻘﺘﻴﻦ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺟﻬﻴﻞ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺩﺭ ﭘﺎﻣﻴﺮ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﺁﺏ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ ﻭﺍﺧﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﻣﻰ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ ﭼﻮﭘﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻛﺎﺭﻭﺍﻥ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺗﺠﺎﺭﻯ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻮﻯ ﺍﺯ ﻛﺮﺍﻧﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻰ ﭼﻘﻤﻘﺘﻴﻦ ﺑﻪ ﻛﻮﺗﻞ ﻭﺍﺧﺠﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺭﻓﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﻭ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺮﺍﻫﻢ ﻣﻴﺴﺎﺯﺩ‪ .‬ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻋﻈﻤﻰ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺷﺮﻕ ﺑﻪ ﻏﺮﺏ ﻫﻔﺪﻩ‬
‫ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻣﺘﺮ ﻭ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺁﻥ ﺩﻭﻧﻴﻢ ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻣﺘﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺍﺭﺍﺿﻰ ﻣﺠﺎﻭﺭ ﺁﻥ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﭼﺮﺍﮔﺎﻩ ﺣﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻣﺮﺩﻣﺎﻥ ﻗﺮﻏﺰ ﺑﻜﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺩﻩ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ )‪(75‬‬
‫ﺟﻬﻴﻞ ﺷﻴﻮﺍ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺟﻬﻴﻞ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﺷﻐﻨﺎﻥ ﺑﺪﺧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﺁﺏ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺛﺮ ﺳﺮﺍﺯﻳﺮ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺁﺏ‬
‫ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ ﺧﻮﺭﺩ ﻭ ﻛﻮﭼﻚ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻃﺮﺍﻑ ﺁﻥ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﻧﺪ ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻣﻰ ﺁﻳﺪﻭ ﺣﻮﺯﺓ ﻓﺮﻭ ﺭﻓﺘﮕﻰ‬
‫ﻛﻮﭼﻜﻰ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺏ ﻣﻤﻠﻮ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﺁﺏ ﺁﻥ ﺻﺎﻑ ﻭ ﺷﻔﺎﻑ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﺎﻡ ﺯﻣﺴﺘﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻳﺦ ﻣﻰ ﺑﻨﺪﺩ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺟﻬﻴﻞ ﺍﺯ ﻧﮕﺎﻩ ﺗﻮﺭﻳﺰﻡ ﻭ ﺳﻴﺎﺣﻴﻦ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻩ ﺩﺭﺧﻮﺭ ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺖ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ‬
‫ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻋﻴﻜﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﺁﺏ ﺁﻥ ﺳﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺳﻪ ﻣﺎﻩ ﺗﺎﺑﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺍﻧﺠﻤﺎﺩ ﻣﺤﻔﻮﻅ‬
‫ﻣﻴﻤﺎﻧﺪ ﺍﻣﺎ ﻣﺪﺕ ﺳﻪ ﻣﺎﻩ ﺑﻬﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﺧﺰﺍﻥ ﻭ ﺯﻣﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﻣﻨﺠﻤﺪ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺣﺼﺔ ﺟﻬﻴﻞ ﺷﻴﻮﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻤﻠﺔ‬
‫ﺟﻬﻴﻞ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻳﺨﭽﺎﻟﻰ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺑﺤﺮ ‪ 3050‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺁﻥ ﻳﺎﺯﺩﻩ‬
‫ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻣﺘﺮ ﻭ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻪ ‪ 8‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻣﺘﺮ ﻣﻴﺮﺳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪110‬‬
‫‪G10 Fasli (3).indd 110‬‬ ‫‪8/15/2011 4:02:56 PM‬‬
‫ﺷﺎﮔﺮﺩﺍﻥ ﺑﻪ ﮔﺮﻭپ ﻫﺎ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻫﺮ ﮔﺮﻭپ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﻯ ﻣﺘﻦ ﺭﻭﻯ ﺣﻮﺯﻩ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﻭ‬
‫ﺟﻬﻴﻞ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻫﻢ ﺑﺤﺚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﺭﺍ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺭﻭﻯ ﺻﻨﻒ ﺍﺭﺍﻳﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻮﺍﻝ ﻫﺎ‪:‬‬ ‫؟‬

‫‪1‬ـ ﻫﺎﻣﻮﻥ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﻣﺎ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ؟‬
‫ﺏ‪ .‬ﺟﻨﻮﺏ ﺷﺮﻕ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ .‬ﺷﻤﺎﻝ ﻏﺮﺏ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ‬
‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﻫﻴﭽﻜﺪﺍﻡ‬ ‫ﺝ‪ .‬ﺟﻨﻮﺏ ﻏﺮﺏ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ‬
‫‪2‬ـ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﻫﺎﻣﻮﻥ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻯ ﺁﺏ ﺩﺍﻳﻤﻰ ﺍﺳﺖ‬
‫ﺏ‪ .‬ﻫﺎﻣﻮﻥ ﮔﻮﺩﺯﻳﺮﻩ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ .‬ﻫﺎﻣﻮﻥ ﻫﻠﻤﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﻫﻴﭽﻜﺪﺍﻡ‬ ‫ﺝ‪ .‬ﻫﺎﻣﻮﻥ ﺻﺎﺑﺮﻯ‬
‫‪3‬ـ ﻛﻮﻝ ﻧﻤﻜﺴﺎﺭ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﻭﻻﻳﺖ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ؟‬
‫ﺏ‪ .‬ﻗﻨﺪﻫﺎﺭ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ .‬ﻣﺰﺍﺭﺷﺮﻳﻒ‬
‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﺩﻏﻴﺲ‬ ‫ﺝ‪ .‬ﻫﺮﺍﺕ‬
‫ﻼ ﻧﻤﻜﻰ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻧﻮﺷﻴﺪﻥ ﺣﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﻧﻤﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬‫‪4‬ـ ﺁﺏ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﺟﻬﻴﻞ ﻛﺎﻣ ً‬
‫ﺏ‪ .‬ﺟﻬﻴﻞ ﺁﺏ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﺎﺩﺓ ﻏﺰﻧﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ .‬ﺟﻬﻴﻞ ﺑﻨﺪ ﺍﻣﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﺟﻬﻴﻞ ﭼﻘﻤﻘﺘﻴﻦ‬ ‫ﺝ‪ .‬ﺟﻬﻴﻞ ﺩﺷﺖ ﻧﺎﻭﺭ‬
‫ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺍﺯ ﺻﻨﻒ‬

‫ﺑﺮﻭﻯ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﺳﻔﻴﺪ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﻧﺎﻡ ﺟﻬﻴﻞ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺎﻫﺎﻯ ﺁﻥ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻘﺶ ﺟﻬﻴﻞ ﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻨﺎﺑﻊ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻧﻔﺮﺍﺩﻯ ﺟﻤﻊ ﺁﻭﺭﻯ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ‬
‫ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﺑﺎ ﻫﻤﺼﻨﻔﺎﻥ ﺩﺭﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﮔﺬﺍﺭﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪111‬‬
‫‪G10 Fasli (3).indd 111‬‬ ‫‪8/15/2011 4:02:56 PM‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﺱ ) ‪( 31‬‬
‫ﺡ ـ ﺧﺸﻜﺴﺎﻟﻰ ﻭ ﻛﻤﺒﻮﺩ ﺁﺏ‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ (76‬ﺧﺸﻜﺴﺎﻟﻰ ﻭ ﻛﻤﺒﻮﺩ ﺁﺏ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ‬
‫ﺁﻳﺎ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﭼﻪ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺧﺸﻜﺴﺎﻟﻰ ﺑﻪ ﻭﻗﻮﻉ ﻣﻰ ﭘﻴﻮﻧﺪﺩ؟‬

‫ﻛﻤﺒﻮﺩ ﺭﻳﺰﺵ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻳﻜﺴﺎﻝ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺗﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺪ ﻭﺳﻄﻰ ﺑﺎﺭﻧﺪﻩ ﮔﻰ ﻭ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ‬
‫ﺧﺸﻜﻰ ﺩﺭ ﻳﻚ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺧﺸﻚ ﺳﺎﻟﻰ ﻣﻰ ﮔﻮﻳﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﻳﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺧﺸﻜﺴﺎﻟﻰ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﺯ ﻛﻤﺒﻮﺩ ﺁﺏ ﻭ ﻗﻠﺖ ﺑﺎﺭﻧﺪﻩ ﮔﻰ ﻛﻪ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﺕ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﻮﺍﻥ‪ ،‬ﻧﺒﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺧﺎﻙ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﻛﻔﺎﻳﺖ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻧﺘﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺗﻮﺍﺯﻥ ﺍﻛﻮﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﻫﻢ ﺯﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺧﺸﻜﺴﺎﻟﻰ ﻳﻚ ﭘﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻰ ﻭ ﻣﻐﻠﻖ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻢ‪ ،‬ﻫﻢ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺧﺸﻚ‪ ،‬ﻣﺮﻃﻮﺏ‪ ،‬ﺣﺎﺭﻩ ﺍﻯ ﻭ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻚ ﻗﻄﺐ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺭﺥ ﺩﻫﺪ‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺒﻮﺩ ﺁﺏ ﺍﺛﺮﺍﺕ‬
‫ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﻪ ﺑﺮ ﺯﻧﺪﻩ ﮔﻰ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﺍﺕ ﻳﻚ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺛﺮﺍﺕ ﺑﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ‬
‫ﺧﺸﻚ ﻭ ﻧﻴﻤﻪ ﺧﺸﻚ ﻳﻌﻨﻰ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻘﻰ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﺧﺸﻜﻰ ﻫﻮﺍ ﻣﻨﺠﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺒﺨﻴﺮ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺧﺎﻙ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻣﻰ ﺁﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺭﺷﺪ ﻧﺒﺎﺗﺎﺕ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺸﻜﻼﺕ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻯ ﻣﻮﺍﺟﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺭﻓﺘﻦ ﻓﺮﺵ ﻧﺒﺎﺗﻰ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﺷﺪﺕ‬
‫ﻓﺮﺳﺎﻳﺶ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻓﺮﺳﺎﻳﺶ ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺑﺎﺩ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﺁﻟﻮﺩﻩ ﮔﻰ ﺁﺏ ﻫﺎﻯ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻗﻰ ﻣﺎﻧﺪﻩ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺛﺮﺍﺕ ﻧﺎﮔﻮﺍﺭ ﺁﻥ ﻣﺼﺎﻳﺐ ﻭ ﺧﻄﺮﺍﺕ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻯ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﻻﻯ ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﭘﺪﻳﺪﻩ‬
‫ﻫﺎﻯ ﻛﺮﺓ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺗﺎﺛﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﻣﻨﻔﻰ ﻭﺟﺒﺮﺍﻥ ﻧﺎﭘﺬﻳﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﺭﻣﻰ ﺁﻭﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﺧﺸﻚ ﺳﺎﻟﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ‪:‬‬
‫‪112‬‬
‫‪G10 Fasli (3).indd 112‬‬ ‫‪8/15/2011 4:02:58 PM‬‬
‫ـ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮ ﻛﻤﺒﻮﺩ ﺁﺏ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺷﺴﺘﺸﻮ ﺩﭼﺎﺭ ﻣﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ـ ﻓﺮﺳﺎﻳﺶ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺧﺎﻙ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﻰ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ـ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﻣﺤﺼﻮﻻﺕ ﺯﺭﺍﻋﺘﻰ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺪﺕ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﻣﻰ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ـ ﺫﺧﺎﻳﺮ ﺁﺏ ﺑﻨﺪﻫﺎ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﻣﻰ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺁﺏ ﺟﻴﺮﻩ ﺑﻨﺪﻯ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ـ ﺧﺸﻜﺴﺎﻟﻰ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﺑﺮﻭﺯ ﺁﺗﺶ ﺳﻮﺯﻯ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻨﮕﻞ ﻫﺎ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺧﺸﻜﺴﺎﻟﻰ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻴﺘﻮﺍﻥ ﺩﺭ ﭼﻨﺪ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﺭﻭﻯ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﺐ ﺫﻳﻞ ﺍﺭﺯﻳﺎﺑﻰ ﻛﺮﺩ‪:‬‬
‫‪1‬ـ ﺧﺸﻜﻰ ﻫﻮﺍ‪ ،‬ﻋﺪﻡ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻛﺎﻓﻰ ﻏﺬﺍ ﻭ ﺁﺏ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺒﻮﺩ ﺁﺏ ﺁﺷﺎﻣﻴﺪﻧﻰ ﺗﻮﺍﻡ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻌﻀﻠﺔ‬
‫ﺻﺤﻰ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪2‬ـ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﻳﺖ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻪ ﻏﺬﺍﻳﻰ‪.‬‬
‫‪3‬ـ ﺭﻓﺘﻦ ﺑﻪ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺩﻭﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺑﺪﺳﺖ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻥ ﺁﺏ ﺁﺷﺎﻣﻴﺪﻧﻰ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﺧﺮﺍﺑﻰ ﺻﺤﺖ‬
‫ﺍﻃﻔﺎﻝ ﻭ ﺍﺷﺨﺎﺹ ﻣﺴﻦ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪4‬ـ ﻧﺒﻮﺩ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻏﺬﺍﻳﻰ ﻭ ﻣﻴﻮﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﻏﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻣﺰﺍﺭﻉ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺒﻮﺩ ﺁﺏ ﻭ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﻳﺖ ﺁﺏ ﻫﺎﻯ‬
‫ﺁﻟﻮﺩﻩ‪.‬‬
‫‪5‬ـ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﺍﻣﺮﺍﺽ‪ ،‬ﺧﻄﺮ ﻣﺮگ ﻭ ﻣﻴﺮ ﺍﻃﻔﺎﻝ ﻭ ﻛﻼﻥ ﺳﺎﻻﻥ‪.‬‬
‫‪6‬ـ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺍﺿﻄﺮﺍﺭ ﺷﺪﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺒﻮﺩ ﻏﺬﺍ ﻭ ﻛﻤﺒﻮﺩ ﺁﺏ ﺑﻄﻮﺭ ﻋﺎﻡ‪.‬‬
‫‪7‬ـ ﺷﻴﻮﻉ ﺍﻣﺮﺍﺽ ﺑﺎ ﻛﻤﻴﺖ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﻪ‪ ،‬ﻣﺮگ ﺣﺘﻤﻰ ﺍﻃﻔﺎﻝ ﻭ ﺑﺰﺭگ ﺳﺎﻻﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺭﺯﻳﺎﺑﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺷﺒﻜﻪ ‪ GIS‬ﺩﺭﺝ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻣﻌﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺧﺸﻜﺴﺎﻟﻰ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻼﺕ‬
‫ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻣﺤﺴﻮﺏ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻋﻼﻭﻩ ﺑﺮ ﺁﻥ ﻋﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﺿﻤﻨﻰ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺧﺸﻚ ﺳﺎﻟﻰ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ‪:‬‬
‫ـ ﺩﺭ ﺷﻬﺮﻫﺎ ﻛﻤﺒﻮﺩ ﻏﺬﺍ ﺗﺎ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﺓ ﺍﺣﺴﺎﺱ ﻧﻤﻴﺸﻮﺩ ﺍﻣﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻫﻜﺪﻩ ﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻗﻠﺖ ﺁﺏ ﺁﺷﺎﻣﻴﺪﻧﻰ‬
‫ﻭ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻏﺬﺍﻳﻰ ﺩﺳﺖ ﻭ ﮔﺮﻳﺒﺎﻥ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ـ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻬﻠﻮﻯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻌﻀﻼﺕ ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮ ﻛﻤﺒﻮﺩ ﺁﺏ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻨﺪﻫﺎﻯ ﺑﺮﻕ ﺗﻨﻮﻳﺮ ﺷﻬﺮﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺭﻛﻮﺩ ﻣﻮﺍﺟﻪ‬
‫ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﮔﺎﻫﻰ ﺑﻄﻮﺭ ﻭﻗﻔﻪ ﺍﻯ ﺑﺮﻕ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻣﻴﮕﺮﺩﺩ ﺿﻤﻨﺎً ﻫﺮ ﺧﺸﻜﺴﺎﻟﻰ ﻣﻌﻀﻼﺕ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻯ‬
‫ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ـ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺛﺮ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﺤﻞ ﻟﻜﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺩﺍﻍ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ‪.‬‬
‫ـ ﺁﺗﺸﻔﺸﺎﻥ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ‬
‫ـ ﺍﺟﺴﺎﻡ ﻭ ﺑﺨﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺩﺍﻍ‬
‫ـ ﭼﺸﻤﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺁﺏ ﮔﺮﻡ‬
‫ـ ﺗﺎﺑﺶ ﻋﻤﻮﺩﻯ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﺣﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍ ﻭ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍ‬
‫ـ ﻫﻮﺍﻯ ﮔﺮﻡ ﻭ ﺧﺸﻚ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﺭﻳﮕﺴﺘﺎﻧﻰ‬
‫‪113‬‬
‫‪G10 Fasli (3).indd 113‬‬ ‫‪8/15/2011 4:02:58 PM‬‬
‫ـ ﻓﻘﺪﺍﻥ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻓﺮﺵ ﻧﺒﺎﺗﻰ ﻭ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﭼﺮﺍﻧﻴﺪﻥ ﺣﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﺩﺭ ﻋﻠﻔﺰﺍﺭﻫﺎ‬
‫ـ ﺗﺒﺨﻴﺮ ﺳﺎﻻﻧﻪ ﺁﺏ ﺑﺤﺮ‬
‫ـ ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺁﻣﺪﻥ ﮔﺎﺯﻫﺎﻯ ﮔﻠﺨﺎﻧﻪ ﺍﻯ ﻭ ﺗﺨﺮﻳﺶ ﻃﺒﻘﻪ ﺍﻭﺯﻭﻥ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﮔﺮﻣﻰ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ‬
‫ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺻﻨﻒ‪:‬‬

‫ﺷﺎﮔﺮﺩﺍﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻪ ﮔﺮﻭپ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﮔﺮﻭپ ﺍﻭﻝ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺛﺮﺍﺕ ﻣﻨﻔﻰ ﺧﺸﻜﺴﺎﻟﻰ‬
‫ﮔﺮﻭپ ﺩﻭﻡ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ ﻣﺮﺍﺣﻞ ﺧﺸﻜﺴﺎﻟﻰ ﻭ ﮔﺮﻭپ ﺳﻮﻡ ﻋﻮﺍﻣﻠﻴﻜﻪ ﺧﺸﻜﺴﺎﻟﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﺭ‬
‫ﻣﻰ ﺁﻭﺭﺩ ﺑﺎﻫﻢ ﺑﺤﺚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﺭﺍ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺭﻭﻯ ﺻﻨﻒ ﺍﺭﺍﻳﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻮﺍﻝ ﻫﺎ‪:‬‬ ‫؟‬

‫‪1‬ـ ﻛﻤﺒﻮﺩ ﺁﺏ ﻭ ﺧﺸﻜﺴﺎﻟﻰ ﭼﻪ ﺭﺍﮔﻮﻳﻨﺪ؟‬
‫‪2‬ـ ﺧﺸﻜﺴﺎﻟﻰ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻤﻰ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﭘﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻰ ﺁﻳﺪ؟‬
‫‪3‬ـ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺧﺸﻜﺴﺎﻟﻰ ﭼﻪ ﭘﺮﺍﺑﻠﻢ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﺭ ﻣﻰ ﺁﻭﺭﺩ؟‬
‫ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺘﻦ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﺟﻤﻼﺕ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺣﺮﻑ )ﺹ( ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﺟﻤﻼﺕ ﻏﻠﻂ‬
‫ﺣﺮﻑ )ﻍ( ﺑﮕﺬﺍﺭﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪1‬ـ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺛﺮ ﺧﺸﻜﺴﺎﻟﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻨﺪﻫﺎﻯ ﺑﺮﻕ ﺑﺨﺎﻃﺮ ﺗﻨﻮﻳﺮ ﺷﻬﺮﻫﺎ ﻣﺸﻜﻼﺕ ﺑﺎﺭ ﻣﻰ ﺁﻳﺪ‪( ).‬‬
‫‪2‬ـ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺛﺮ ﺷﺪﺕ ﺍﻧﺮژﻯ ﻣﻨﺘﺸﺮﻩ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﺯ ﻟﺤﺎﻅ ﺧﺸﻜﺴﺎﻟﻰ ﻭ ﻛﻤﺒﻮﺩ ﺁﺏ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ‬
‫(‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍﻳﻰ ﺁﺳﻴﺐ ﭘﺬﻳﺮ ﻧﻴﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪).‬‬
‫‪3‬ـ ﺧﺸﻜﺴﺎﻟﻰ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺍﻣﺮﺍﺽ ﮔﻮﻧﺎﮔﻮﻥ ﻭ ﻣﺮگ ﻭ ﻣﻴﺮ ﺍﻃﻔﺎﻝ ﻭ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﺴﺎﻻﻥ ﻧﻤﻴﺸﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫(‬ ‫)‬

‫ﺗﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪ :‬ﺑﺎ ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺨﺎﻧﻪ ﻭ ﻣﻨﺎﺑﻊ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﺑﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻛﻨﻮﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻧﻴﺎ ﭼﻨﺪ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﺑﺮﺳﺮ ﻣﺴﺄﻟﻪ ﺁﺏ ﻭ ﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺣﻞ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻓﺎﺕ ﭼﻪ ﻛﺎﺭﻯ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺷﻮﺩ؟‬
‫ﮔﺰﺍﺭﺷﻰ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻌﻠﻢ ﻭ ﻫﻤﺼﻨﻔﺎﻥ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺩﺭﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﮔﺬﺍﺭﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪114‬‬
‫‪G10 Fasli (3).indd 114‬‬ ‫‪8/15/2011 4:02:58 PM‬‬
‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﻡ‬
‫ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﺯﻳﺴﺖ‬
‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﻡ‬
‫ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﺯﻳﺴﺖ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺼﻞ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﻧﻴﻢ‪:‬‬
‫ـ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﺯﻳﺴﺖ‬
‫ـ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻰ‬
‫ـ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﺣﻴﺎﺕ ﻭﺣﺶ‬
‫ـ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﺁﺏ‪ ،‬ﺧﺎﻙ ﻭ ﻫﻮﺍ‬
‫ـ ﺁﻟﻮﺩﻩ ﮔﻰ ﻫﻮﺍﻯ ﺷﻬﺮ‬
‫ـ ﺍﺯﺩﻳﺎﺩ ﻋﺮﺍﺩﻩ ﺟﺎﺕ ﻛﻬﻨﻪ ﻭ ﺁﻟﻮﺩﻩ ﮔﻰ ﻫﻮﺍﻯ ﺷﻬﺮ‬
‫ـ ﺧﺮﺍﺑﻰ ﻭ ﺁﻟﻮﺩﻩ ﮔﻰ ﺟﺎﺩﻩ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻛﻮﭼﻪ ﻫﺎ‬
‫ﺷﺎﮔﺮﺩﺍﻥ ﻋﺰﻳﺰ ﺑﺎ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺼﻞ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻫﺪﺍﻑ ﺩﺍﻧﺸﻰ ﺫﻳﻞ ﺁﺷﻨﺎ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪:‬‬
‫ـ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﺯﻳﺴﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﺘﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ـ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﺟﻨﮕﻼﺕ ﺭﺍ ﻳﺎﺩ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪115‬‬
‫‪G10 Fasli (4).indd 115‬‬ ‫‪8/15/2011 4:31:20 PM‬‬
‫ـ ﻓﻮﺍﻳﺪ ﺑﺘﻪ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻋﻠﻔﭽﺮ ﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭﻙ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ـ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻈﺖ ﺍﺯ ﺣﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﻭﺣﺸﻰ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺮﺍ ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ـ ﻋﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﺁﻟﻮﺩﻩ ﮔﻰ ﻫﻮﺍ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺸﻨﺎﺳﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ـ ﻣﻀﺮﺍﺕ ﮔﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺧﺎﻙ ﺷﻬﺮ ﻭ ﻛﻮﭼﻪ ﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺸﻨﺎﺳﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﺷﺎﮔﺮﺩﺍﻥ ﻋﺰﻳﺰ ﺍﻧﺘﻈﺎﺭ ﻣﻴﺮﻭﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺼﻞ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻫﺪﺍﻑ ﻣﻬﺎﺭﺗﻰ ﺫﻳﻞ ﺩﺳﺖ ﻳﺎﺑﻨﺪ‪:‬‬
‫ـ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻰ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺧﻮﺏ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﺘﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ـ ﻓﻮﺍﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺖ ﺑﺘﻪ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻋﻠﻔﭽﺮ ﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺑﺘﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ـ ﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﻭ ﻛﻮﭼﻪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺘﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﭘﺎﻙ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪116‬‬
‫‪G10 Fasli (4).indd 116‬‬ ‫‪8/15/2011 4:31:20 PM‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﺱ )‪(32‬‬
‫ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻰ‬
‫ﻣﺤﻴـــــــﻂ ﺯﻳﺴﺖ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﻣﺠﻤــﻮﻉ ﭘﺪﻳﺪﻩ ﻫﺎﻯ‬
‫ﺑﻴﻮﻟـــــــﻮژﻳﻜﻰ‪ ،‬ﻓﺰﻳﻜﻰ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﺟﺘﻤــــﺎﻋﻰ‪ ،‬ﺭﻭﺍﺑﻂ ﺫﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻴﻨﻰ ﻭ ﻣﺘﻘـــﺎﺑﻞ ﺁﻥ ﻫﺎ ﺑﺎ‬
‫ﻳﻜــــــﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﻣﺠﻤـــــــــﻮﻉ ﺑﺎﻻﻯ ﺣﻴﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺴــــــﺎﻥ ﺗﺎﺛﻴﺮ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻣﻴﻜﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﺯﻳﺴﺖ ﺳﺎﻟﻢ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ‬
‫ﺍﻧﻜﺸـــﺎﻑ ﭘﺎﻳﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻯ‬
‫ﻭﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻰ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻬﻴﺎ ﻣﻴﺴﺎﺯﺩ ﻭ‬
‫ﻳﻚ ﺍﺻﻄﻼﺡ ﺟﺎﻣﻊ ﻭ ﻫﻤﻪ‬
‫ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻓﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻴﻜﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻭ‬
‫ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﻣﺎﺣﻮﻝ ﺁﻥ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﺑﺎ‬
‫ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻤﻰ ﻭ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻰ‬
‫ﻭ ﺗﺎﺛﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﻣﺘﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﻨﺎﻡ‬
‫ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﺯﻳﺴﺖ ﻳﺎﺩ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ ﺑﻨﺎً‬
‫ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﺯﻳﺴﺖ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺍﺯ ﺵ )‪ (77‬ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻰ ﻛﻪ ﻫﺎﻳﺪﺭﻭﮔﺮﺍﻓﻰ ‪ ،‬ﺳﺎﺣﻪ ﺯﺭﺍﻋﺘﻰ‪،‬‬
‫ﻛﻮﻫﺴﺘﺎﻧﻰ ﻭ ﺣﺼﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺤﻴﺮﻩ ﻣﺪﻳﺘﺮﺍﻧﻪ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻴﺪﻫﺪ‬
‫ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺣﻴﻪ ﻭ ﻏﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺣﻴﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺟﺰء ﻻﻳﻨﻔﻚ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﺣﻴﺎﺕ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﻭﺍﺑﺴﺘﮕﻰ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻜﻰ ﺍﺯ ﻭﻇﺎﻳﻒ ﻣﻬﻢ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻧﻬﺎﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﻭ ﭘﺎﻙ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻯ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﺯﻳﺴﺖ ﺍﺯ ﻛﺜﺎﻓﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺁﻟﻮﺩﻩ‬
‫ﺷﺪﻥ ﻣﻰ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺗﻤﺎﻣﻰ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﺍﺗﻰ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻃﺮﺍﻑ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﻛﻠﻰ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﺩﻭ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻴﺘﻮﺍﻥ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻛﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺣﻴﺎﺗﻰ ﻳﺎ ﺯﻧﺪﻩ ﻣﺜﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻧﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻧﺒﺎﺗﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺍﺟﺴﺎﻡ ﺣﻴﺔ ﺫﺭﻩ ﺑﻴﻨﻰ‪ ،‬ﺩﻭﻡ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺣﻴﻪ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺁﺏ‪ ،‬ﻫﻮﺍ‪ ،‬ﺧﺎﻙ‬
‫ﻭ ﺳﻨﮓ ﻫﺎ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺬﻛﺮ ﺩﺍﺩﻛﻪ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﺘﻌﺎﻝ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﻃﺒﻌﻴﺖ ﺭﺍ ﻃﻮﺭﻯ ﺧﻠﻖ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ‬
‫‪117‬‬
‫‪G10 Fasli (4).indd 117‬‬ ‫‪8/15/2011 4:31:22 PM‬‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ )‪(78‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﺎﺩﻝ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻰ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﺟﺰﺍﻯ ﺁﻥ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﻫﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﻌﺎﺩﻝ ﺑﺮﻫﻢ ﺯﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺍﺛﺮﺍﺕ ﺳﺆ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻻﻯ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﺯﻳﺴﺖ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻣﻴﻜﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻰ‪:‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻣﻨﺎﺑﻊ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻰ ﺍﺟﺰﺍﻯ ﺍﻳﻜﻮﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ‪ Ecosystem‬ﺑﻪ ﺷﻤﻮﻝ ﻗﺸﺮ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﺁﺏ ﻭ ﺍﺗﻤﻮﺳﻔﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺣﺎﻭﻯ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻧﻔﻮﺱ‪ ،‬ﺑﺨﺶ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺣﻴﻮﺍﻧﻰ‪ ،‬ﻧﺒﺎﺗﻰ‪ ،‬ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﺍﺕ ﺣﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻰ ﻭ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ‬
‫ﺍﺟﺴﺎﻡ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺣﻴﻪ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ‪ ،‬ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻰ ﻣﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﻣﻴﺪﻫﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪118‬‬
‫‪G10 Fasli (4).indd 118‬‬ ‫‪8/15/2011 4:31:25 PM‬‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ )‪(79‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻧﻬﺎ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺘﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﻣﻴﺘﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭﻯ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻴﺎﺯﻫﺎﻯ ﺷﺎﻧﺮﺍ ﺭﻓﻊ‬
‫ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﭘﺪﻳﺪﻩ ﻫﺎ ﺑﺮﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ‬
‫ﺗﺠﺮﺑﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻯ ﻛﺴﺐ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻧﻬﺎ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺘﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺧﺎﺻﻰ ﺑﺎ ﻃﺒﻌﻴﺖ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﺑﺮﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ ﺗﺎ‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﺍﻣﻜﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻬﺮﻩ ﻣﻨﺪ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﺧﺸﻚ ﻭ ﺻﺤﺮﺍﻳﻰ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺯﺭﺍﻋﺖ ﻭ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ‬
‫ﻏﺬﺍﺋﻰ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻧﺒﻮﺩﻩ ﺑﻠﻜﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﺟﻠﮕﻪ ﺍﻯ ﻭ ﺳﺮﺳﺒﺰ ﻣﺠﺎﻭﺭ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺟﻬﻴﻞ ﻫﺎ ﻫﻤﻪ‬
‫ﭼﻴﺰ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﭘﻴﺸﺒﺮﺩ ﺯﻧﺪﻩ ﮔﻰ ﺷﺎﻥ ﻓﺮﺍﻫﻢ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﻌﺪﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻛﻨﺎﺭ ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﻫﺎ ﺗﻤﺪﻥ ﻫﺎﻯ‬
‫ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺷﻜﻞ ﮔﺮﻓﺖ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﺟﺎ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺗﻼﺵ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﺗﺎ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺸﻨﺎﺳﺪ ﻭ ﺯﻧﺪﻩ‬
‫ﮔﻰ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍﺑﺎ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ ﺩﻫﺪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻴﺎﺯﻫﺎﻯ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺩﻫﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺤﻴﻄﻰ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺯﻧﺪﻩ ﮔﻰ ﻣﻴﻜﻨﻴﻢ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻯ ﻧﻈﻢ ﻭﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﻣﻨﺪﻯ ﺧﺎﺹ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪،‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﺭﻳﺪﻥ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺯﺵ ﺑﺎﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﻮﻉ ﻳﺨﺒﻨﺪﺍﻥ‪ ،‬ﺭﻭﻳﻴﺪﻥ ﮔﻴﺎﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻓﺼﻞ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺳﺎﻝ ﻫﻤﻪ ﻭﻫﻤﻪ‬
‫ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﻗﻮﺍﻧﻴﻦ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﻰ ﺍﺗﻔﺎﻕ ﻣﻰ ﺍﻓﺘﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪119‬‬
‫‪G10 Fasli (4).indd 119‬‬ ‫‪8/15/2011 4:31:27 PM‬‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻘﻰ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻘﻰ ﻛﻪ‬
‫ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺯﻧﺪﻩ ﮔﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺷﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻣﻘﺎﻳﺴﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺸﻮﺭﻩ ﻫﻢ ﺻﻨﻔﺎﻥ ﺧﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺳﺮ‬
‫ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻭ ﻧﺎ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺳﺘﻪ ﺑﻨﺪﻯ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ ) ‪(80‬‬
‫ﺳﻮﺍﻝ ﻫﺎ‪:‬‬ ‫؟‬

‫ﻼ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ؟‬‫‪1‬ـ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﺯﻳﺴﺖ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻔﺼ ً‬
‫‪2‬ـ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻰ ﭼﻪ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻧﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ؟‬
‫‪3‬ـ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻰ ﺍﺯ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﭘﺪﻳﺪﻩ ﻫﺎ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻧﺎﻡ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﻳﺪ؟‬
‫‪4‬ـ ﻣﺤﻴﻄﻰ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺯﻧﺪﻩ ﮔﻰ ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻯ ﻗﻮﺍﻧﻴﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻳﺎ ﺧﻴﺮ ﻣﺨﺘﺼﺮﺍ ً‬
‫ﺑﻨﻮﻳﺴﻴﺪ؟‬

‫ﺷﺎﮔﺮﺩﺍﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻰ ﻳﻚ ﻣﻘﺎﻟﻪ ﻣﺨﺘﺼﺮ ﺑﻨﻮﻳﺴﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪120‬‬
‫‪G10 Fasli (4).indd 120‬‬ ‫‪8/15/2011 4:31:29 PM‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﺱ ‪33‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻒ ـ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﺟﻨﮕﻼﺕ‬
‫ﺟﻨﮕﻼﺕ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻧﻬﺎ ﻭ‬
‫ﺣﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻯ ﭼﻪ ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺖ‬
‫ﻣﻰ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬؟‬
‫ﺟﻨﮕﻼﺕ ﻳﻜﻰ ﺍﺯ ﻏﻨﻰ ﺗﺮﻳﻦ‬
‫ﺑﺨﺶ ﺍﻛﻮﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﻣﻴﺪﻫﺪ‪ .‬ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﺣﻴﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻫﺎ ﺣﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﻭ ﭘﺮﻧﺪﻩ‬
‫ﮔﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﻣﺘﻜﻰ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﻴﻪ ﻓﻮﺗﻮﺳﻨﺘﻴﺰ‪ ،‬ﺗﺼﻔﻴﻪ‬
‫ﻫﻮﺍ ﻭ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻢ ﻧﻘﺶ‬
‫ﺍﺭﺯﻧﺪﺓ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺍﺭﺍ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺟﻨﮕﻞ‬
‫ﻫﺎ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺭﺯﺵ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻰ ﻭ‬
‫ﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻰ‪ ،‬ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻈﺖ ﺧﺎﻙ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻬﺪﻩ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻓﻮﺍﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻯ ﺑﺲ ﺍﺭﺯﺷﻤﻨﺪﻯ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺧﻮﺭﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﺸﻮ ﻭﻧﻤﺎﻯ ﺟﻨﮕﻼﺕ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻰ‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﻧﻌﻤﺖ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ )ﺝ(‬
‫ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺯﻳﺒﺎﻳﻰ ﻛﺮﺓ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪81‬‬ ‫ﺭﻭﻧﻖ ﺧﻮﺏ ﺻﺤﻰ ﻭ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻤﻰ‬
‫ﺑﺨﺸﻴﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﻳﺖ ﺟﻨﮕﻼﺕ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺼﻔﻴﻪ ﻫﻮﺍ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺗﻨﻔﺲ ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ ﻧﻘﺶ ﺧﺎﺻﻰ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﮔﺮﻭﻫﻰ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺮﺩﻣﺎﻥ ﺧﺼﻮﺻﺎً ﻗﺒﺎﻳﻞ ﺑﻮﻣﻰ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻏﺬﺍﻳﻰ‪ ،‬ﻃﺒﻰ‪ ،‬ﻣﻴﻮﻩ‪ ،‬ﻋﺴﻞ‪ ،‬ﺧﺎﻧﻪ‪ ،‬ﻣﻮﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺳﻮﺧﺖ ﻭ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭﻯ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻨﮕﻼﺕ ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﮔﻴﺎﻫﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺛﺮ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﻪ ﻓﻮﺗﻮﺳﻨﺘﻴﺰ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺑﺮﺩﻥ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﻦ ﺩﺍﻯ ﺍﻭﻛﺴﺎﻳﺪ ‪ Co2‬ﻫﻮﺍ ﻧﻘﺶ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺳﺰﺍﻳﻰ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﻳﺖ ﻭ ﺑﻘﺎﻯ ﺟﻨﮕﻼﺕ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺑﺮﻗﺮﺍﺭﻯ ﻧﻈﻢ ﻃﺒﻌﻴﺖ ﻭ ﺣﻔﻆ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ‬
‫ﻣﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﺯﻳﺴﺖ ﻭ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻯ ﺍﺯ ﮔﺮﻡ ﺷﺪﻥ ﻛﺮﺓ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺳﺮﻧﻮﺷﺖ ﺳﺎﺯ ﻣﻰ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺁﺧﺮﻳﻦ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺳﺎﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻓﺎﻳﻮ ‪ FIO‬ـ ‪ Forest International Organization‬ﻛﻪ‬
‫ﺑﺨﺸﻰ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺴﺌﻮﻭﻟﻴﺖ ﺭﺳﻤﻰ ﺁﻥ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﺟﻨﮕﻼﺕ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻋﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺄﻛﻴﺪ ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ‬
‫ﺣﺘﻰ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﻓﻀﺎﻯ ﺳﺒﺰ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺷﻬﺮﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﺨﺸﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻨﮕﻼﺕ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﺩﻫﺪ‪ .‬ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻳﺎﺩ‬
‫ﺁﻭﺭﻯ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺟﻨﮕﻼﺕ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻰ ﺑﺎ ﺟﻨﮕﻼﺕ ﺿﻤﻨﻰ ﻭ ﺍﺻﻼﺡ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭﺧﺘﺎﻥ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻭ ﻳﺎ‬
‫ﺳﻪ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻧﺪ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺍﻭ ﻛﺎﻟﻴﭙﺘﻮﺱ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﺝ‪ ،‬ﺳﺮﻭ ﻭ ﺍﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻨﺤﺼﺮ ﻣﻴﮕﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﻗﻤﺎﺭ ﻣﺼﻨﻮﻋﻰ ﻫﻤﻪ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻔﺼﻴﻞ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﻪ ﻭ ﻋﻜﺲ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻯ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ‬
‫‪121‬‬
‫‪G10 Fasli (4).indd 121‬‬ ‫‪8/15/2011 4:31:32 PM‬‬
‫ﻗﻤﺮ ﻣﺼﻨﻮﻋﻰ ﺑﻨﺎﻡ ‪Earth Resource‬‬
‫‪(Technology Satellite (ERTS‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﻴﺮﺍ ً ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻣﻄﻠﻮﺑﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺟﻤﻊ‬
‫ﺁﻭﺭﻯ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﻘﺪﻣﺎﺗﻰ ﻭ‬
‫ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻰ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺍﭘﻮﻟﻮ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻛﻨﻮﻥ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﻛﺜﺮﺍ ً‬ ‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪82‬‬
‫ﻣﺆﺳﺴﺎﺕ ﺗﺤﻘﻴﻘﺎﺗﻰ ﻭ ﺍﻛﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﻜﻰ ﻣﻰ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻗﻤﺮ ﻣﺼﻨﻮﻋﻰ ﺍﭘﻮﻟﻮ‪Apollo‬‬
‫ﺑﺨﺶ ﺟﻨﮕﻼﺕ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻔﺼﻴﻞ ﻋﻜﺲ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻯ‬
‫ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺳﺎﺣﻪ ﺟﻨﮕﻼﺕ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻧﺒﺎﺗﺎﺕ ﺑﺪﺭﺳﺘﻰ ﺗﺸﺨﻴﺺ‬
‫ﺷﺪﻩ ﻣﻴﺘﻮﺍﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻋﻜﺲ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻯ ﺍﭘﻮﻟﻮ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺍﺷﻌﻪ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺳﺮﺥ ﺟﻨﮕﻼﺕ ﺑﻪ ﭼﻬﺎﺭ‬
‫ﻛﺘﮕﻮﺭﻯ ﺗﺼﻨﻴﻒ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪:‬‬
‫‪1‬ـ ﺟﻨﮕﻼﺕ ﺳﻮﺯﻧﻰ ﺑﺮگ )ﻣﺨﺮﻭﻃﻰ(‬
‫‪2‬ـ ﺟﻨﮕﻼﺕ ﭘﻬﻦ ﺑﺮگ ﻭ ﺑﺮﮔﺮﻳﺰ‬
‫‪3‬ـ ﺟﻨﮕﻼﺕ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﺍﺯ ﻫﺮ ﺩﻭﻧﻮﻉ ‪Mixed Forest Stands‬‬
‫‪ -4‬ﺟﻨﮕﻼﺕ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍﺋﻰ ﭼﺘﺮ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺗﺤﻘﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻤﻰ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺧﺘﺎﻥ ﺑﺮﻋﻼﻭﻩ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﭘﺎﻛﻰ ﻫﻮﺍ ﻭ ﺯﻳﺒﺎﻳﻰ‬
‫ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻰ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ ﺍﻛﺴﻴﺠﻦ ﺭﺍﺣﻔﻆ ﻣﻴﻨﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﻳﻚ ﺩﺭﺧﺖ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎً ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ‪18‬‬
‫ﻧﻔﺮ ﻣﻴﺘﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺍﻛﺴﻴﺠﻦ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻨﺎ ًء ﺩﺭﭘﺎﻙ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺷﺘﻦ ﻫﻮﺍ ﻭ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺍﻛﺴﻴﺠﻦ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﺻﺤﺖ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻫﻤﺸﻬﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺧﻮﻳﺶ ﺩﺭﺧﺖ ﻏﺮﺱ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺖ ﻭ ﻧﻘﺶ ﺟﻨﮕﻞ ﻫﺎ‬

‫ـ ﻣﻴﻮﻩ ﻭ ﺭﻳﺸﻪ ﻧﺒﺎﺗﺎﺕ ﻏﺬﺍﻯ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﻣﻴﺪﻫﺪ‬
‫ـ ﺩﺭﺧﺘﺎﻥ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﻦ ﺩﺍﻯ ﺍﻭﻛﺴﺎﻳﺪ ﻫﻮﺍ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻰ‬
‫ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻛﺴﻴﺠﻦ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻮﺍ‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪83‬‬
‫ﺑﺮ ﻣﻰ ﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ـ ﭼﻮﺏ ﺩﺭﺧﺘﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻥ ﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺗﻬﻴﻪ‬
‫ﻟﻮﺍﺯﻡ ﻣﻨﺰﻝ ﻭ ﻛﺎﻏﺬ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻰ‬
‫ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‬
‫ـ ﺳﺎﻳﻪ ﺩﺭﺧﺘﺎﻥ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﮔﺮﻣﺎﻯ ﺷﺪﻳﺪ‬
‫‪122‬‬
‫‪G10 Fasli (4).indd 122‬‬ ‫‪8/15/2011 4:31:35 PM‬‬
‫ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻈﺖ ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ـ ﺟﻨﮕﻼﺕ ﺳﻴﻼﺏ ﺭﺍ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻯ ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺭﻳﺰﺵ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻥ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻯ ﺑﺮگ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺷﺎﺧﻪ‬
‫ﻫﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻥ ﻛﺎﺳﺘﻪ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺧﺎﻙ ﺟﻨﮕﻞ ﻫﻢ ﭘﻮﺷﻴﺪﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺷﺎﺥ ﻭ ﺑﺮگ ﮔﻴﺎﻫﺎﻥ‬
‫ﭘﻮﺳﻴﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺁﺏ ﺭﺍ ﺟﺬﺏ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺟﻮﻳﺒﺎﺭ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻣﻰ ﺁﻭﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ـ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴﺪﺍﻭﺍﺭ ﺟﻨﮕﻠﻰ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﺍﺩﻭﻳﻪ ﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ـ ﻣﺤﺼﻮﻻﺕ ﺑﺮﺧﻰ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴﺪﺍﻭﺍﺭ ﺟﻨﮕﻠﻰ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻛﺎﻳﻮﭼﻮ )ﺩﺭﺧﺖ ﺭﺍﺑﺮ( ﺩﺭ ﺻﻨﻌﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ‬
‫ﻣﻰ ﺭﻭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ـ ﮔﺎﻫﻰ ﺟﻨﮕﻼﺕ ﻣﺤﻞ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﻰ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺗﻔﺮﻳﺢ ﻭ ﮔﺬﺭﺍﻧﺪﻥ ﺍﻭﻗﺎﺕ ﻓﺮﺍﻏﺖ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬
‫ـ ﺩﺭﺧﺘﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺮﻭﺻﺪﺍﻯ ﻣﻮﺗﺮ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻛﺎﺭﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻫﻮﺍ ﭘﻴﻤﺎ ﻫﺎ ﻣﻰ ﻛﺎﻫﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻬﻤﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﻧﻘﺶ ﺟﻨﮕﻞ ﻫﺎ‬
‫‪t‬ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻯ ﺍﺯ ﺗﺨﺮﻳﺐ ﺧﺎﻙ‬
‫‪t‬ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﻋﻠﻮﻓﻪ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺣﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ‬
‫‪t‬ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻨﺎﻳﻊ ﻭ ﺍﺩﻭﻳﻪ ﺳﺎﺯﻯ‬
‫‪t‬ﻣﺤﻞ ﺯﻳﺴﺖ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺟﺎﻧﻮﺭﺍﻥ‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪84‬‬
‫‪t‬ﺩﺭﺧﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮ ﻭ ﺩﺭﺧﺖ ﻛﺎﻙ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺻﻨﺎﻳﻊ ﺭﻭﻝ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ ـ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﺑﺘﻪ ﻫﺎ ﻭ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻔﺰﺍﺭ ﻫﺎ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻰ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺴﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻧﺒﺎﺗﺎﺕ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﺕ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺻﻼﺡ ﻭ ﺗﻜﺜﻴﺮ‬
‫ﻛﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻟﺤﺎﻅ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺑﺬﺭ ﻭ ﺷﺨﻢ ﺯﺩﻥ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺨﺶ ﺯﺭﺍﻋﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻓﺮﺻﺖ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺖ ﺗﺎ ﺯﺭﻉ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺣﺒﻮﺑﺎﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻰ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻭ ﮔﺴﺘﺮﺵ ﺩﻫﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺁﻥ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﺝ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺣﻴﺎﺗﻰ ﺑﻌﻤﻞ ﺁﻭﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺨﺶ ﺟﻨﮕﻼﺕ ﻭ‬
‫ﭼﺮﺍﮔﺎﻩ ﻫﺎ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﻣﺒﺬﻭﻝ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﻭ ﺗﺤﻮﻻﺕ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺳﺎﺣﺎﺕ ﻧﻴﺰ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻧﻔﻊ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻭﺣﻴﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻭﻟﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺘﻪ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻋﻠﻔﺰﺍﺭ ﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﺩﺭﺳﺖ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻈﺖ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻯ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﻢ ﺗﺎ‬
‫ﺣﺎﺻﻼﺕ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺑﺪﻫﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻤﻰ ﻫﺮ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﻪ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ ﻭ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻛﺸﺖ ﮔﻴﺎﻩ ﻫﺎ ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻡ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻣﺤﻠﻰ ﺗﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺑﺪﻫﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻛﺸﺖ ﻭ ﺣﺎﺻﻠﺪﻫﻰ ﻧﺒﺎﺗﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺑﺘﻪ ﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺩ ﺭﻭﺵ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻋﺼﺮﻯ ﻭ ﺗﻜﻨﺎﻟﻮژﻯ‬
‫ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺗﻼﺵ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ ﺗﺎ ﻣﻨﺎﺑﻊ ﺁﺑﻰ ﺑﻄﻮﺭ ﻣﺆﺛﺮ ﻭﻭﺳﻴﻊ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺁﺑﻴﺎﺭﻯ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻫﺎﻯ‬
‫ﺯﻳﺮ ﻛﺸﺖ ﻭ ﭼﺮﺍﮔﺎﻩ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻘﺼﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺪﺍﺑﻴﺮ ﻻﺯﻡ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺿﻴﺎﻉ ﺁﺏ ﻣﻤﺎﻧﻌﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺁﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺻﻼﺡ ﻭ ﺍﺣﻴﺎﻯ ﭼﺮﺍﮔﺎﻩ ﻫﺎ‪ :‬ﭼﺮﺍﮔﺎﻩ ﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺳﺎﻟﻪ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﻪ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‬
‫ﻭﺗﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﺑﻌﻤﻞ ﺁﻳﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻋﻠﻮﻓﻪ ﻭ ﻧﺒﺎﺗﺎﺕ ﺿﺎﻳﻊ ﻧﮕﺮﺩﺩ ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ ﻭ ﺳﺎﺣﻪ ﻓﺮﺵ ﻧﺒﺎﺗﻰ‬
‫‪123‬‬
‫‪G10 Fasli (4).indd 123‬‬ ‫‪8/15/2011 4:31:36 PM‬‬
‫ﻭ ﻋﻠﻮﻓﻪ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺮﺑﻴﻪ ﻭ ﻃﺮﺯ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﺩﻫﻰ ﺣﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻤﺎً ﻣﺆﺛﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺳﺮﺣﺪ‬
‫ﭼﺮﺍﮔﺎﻩ ﻫﺎ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻭﻝ ﻭ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﻋﻘﺐ ﻧﺸﻴﻨﻰ ﺳﺎﺣﻪ ﭼﺮﺍﮔﺎﻩ‬
‫ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻗﻠﺖ ﺁﺏ ﺩﻻﻟﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺸﻜﺴﺎﻟﻰ ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻧﻪ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻻﻯ ﺣﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﺑﻠﻜﻪ ﺑﺎﻻﻯ‬
‫ﻛﻤﻴﺖ ﻭ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ ﻣﺤﺼﻮﻻﺕ ﺯﺭﺍﻋﺘﻰ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺗﺎﺛﻴﺮ ﻧﺎﮔﻮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﻛﻮﺷﺶ ﺑﻌﻤﻞ ﺁﻳﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﭼﺮﺍﻧﻴﺪﻥ ﺣﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻯ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﺑﺎﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﭼﺮﺍﻧﻰ ﺭﻳﺸﻪ ﻧﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﻴﺮﻭﺩ ﻭ‬
‫ﭼﺮﺍﮔﺎﻩ ﺑﻪ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﺮﻫﻨﻪ ﻣﺒﺪﻝ ﻣﻴﮕﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻬﺘﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺗﺎ ﭼﺮﺍﮔﺎﻩ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻰ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﺍﺻﻼﺡ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﻭ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺷﺖ ﺣﻴﻮﺍﻧﻰ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻻ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺗﺎ ﺑﺘﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺒﺎﺗﺎﺗﻰ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺑﻄﻮﺭ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻴﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻣﺤﺼﻮﻻﺕ‬
‫ﻋﺎﻟﻰ ﺣﻴﻮﺍﻧﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﻛﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻋﻴﻦ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﻬﺮﻩ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻯ ﺍﺯ ﭼﺮﺍﮔﺎﻩ ﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻃﻮﺭﻯ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ‬
‫ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﺗﺨﺮﻳﺐ ﻭ ﻓﺮﺳﺎﻳﺶ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻧﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﭘﻬﻠﻮﻯ ﺁﻥ ﺗﻼﺵ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺁﻳﺪ ﺗﺎ‬
‫ﭼﺮﺍﮔﺎﻩ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﻭ ﭼﺮﺍﮔﺎﻩ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺗﺨﺮﻳﺐ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﻭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺍﺻﻮﻝ‬
‫ﭼﺮﺍﮔﺎﻩ ﺩﺍﺭﻯ ﺍﺣﻴﺄ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﺎﻟﺪﺍﺭﻯ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻔﺰﺍﺭﻫﺎﻯ ﺩﺍﻳﻤﻰ ﻭ ﻣﺆﻗﺘﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺧﺸﻚ ﺷﺪﻥ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺭﻓﺘﻦ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺭﻣﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﮔﻮﺳﻔﻨﺪﺍﻥ ﺍﺯ ﻛﻤﺒﻮﺩ ﻋﻠﻮﻓﻪ‪ ،‬ﻻﻏﺮ ﻭ ﻣﺮﻳﺾ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﻴﺮﻭﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻨﺎً‬
‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺑﻬﺒﻮﺩ ﮔﺴﺘﺮﺵ ﭼﺮﺍﮔﺎﻩ ﻫﺎ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺷﺎﮔﺮﺩﺍﻥ ﺑﻪ ﮔﺮﻭپ ﻫﺎ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻫﺮ ﮔﺮﻭپ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﻳﻚ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺣﻔﻆ‬
‫ﺟﻨﮕﻼﺕ‪ ،‬ﻣﻨﻔﻌﺖ ﺟﻨﮕﻼﺕ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻨﮕﻼﺕ‪ ،‬ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻯ ﺍﺯ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﺟﻨﮕﻼﺕ‪،‬‬
‫ﻧﻘﺶ ﺟﻨﮕﻼﺕ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﺯﻳﺴﺖ‪ ،‬ﺣﻔﻆ ﺑﺘﻪ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻋﻠﻔﺰﺍﺭﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻧﻬﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺘﻪ ﻫﺎ ﻭ‬
‫ﭼﺮﺍﮔﺎﻩ ﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻫﻢ ﺑﺤﺚ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻌﺪﺍ ً ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﻫﺮ ﮔﺮﻭپ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺭﻭﻯ ﺻﻨﻒ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﺑﺤﺚ‬
‫ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﺍﻥ ﺍﺭﺍﻳﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻮﺍﻝ ﻫﺎ‪:‬‬ ‫؟‬

‫‪1‬ـ ﺟﻨﮕﻼﺕ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻯ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﺭﺯﺵ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻯ ﻣﻰ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ؟‬
‫‪2‬ـ ﺟﻨﮕﻼﺕ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻜﺲ ﺍﭘﻮﻟﻮ ﺑﻪ ﭼﻨﺪ ﻛﺘﮕﻮﺭﻯ ﺗﺼﻨﻴﻒ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻧﺎﻡ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﻳﺪ؟‬
‫‪3‬ـ ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺖ ﻭ ﻧﻘﺶ ﺟﻨﮕﻞ ﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺨﺘﺼﺮﺍ ً ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ؟‬
‫‪4‬ـ ﭼﻄﻮﺭ ﺑﺘﻪ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻋﻠﻔﺰﺍﺭﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻈﺖ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﻢ؟‬
‫‪5‬ـ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺘﻪ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻋﻠﻔﺰﺍﺭﻫﺎ ﭼﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﺩ؟‬

‫ﺷﺎﮔﺮﺩﺍﻥ ﺍﺭﺯﺵ ﺟﻨﮕﻼﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻨﻮﻳﺴﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪124‬‬
‫‪G10 Fasli (4).indd 124‬‬ ‫‪8/15/2011 4:31:37 PM‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﺱ )‪(34‬‬
‫ﺝ‪ -‬ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﺣﻴﺎﺕ ﻭﺣﺶ‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ (85‬ﺑﻘﺎﻳﺎﻯ ﺣﻴﺎﺕ ﻭﺣﺶ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﻋﺰﻳﺰ ﻣﺎ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺣﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﻋﻤﻮﻡ ﺷﺒﻴﻪ ﺣﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﻣﺪﻳﺘﺮﺍﻧﻪ ﻳﻰ‪ ،‬ﺗﺤﺖ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍﻳﻰ‪ ،‬ﻣﻌﺘﺪﻟﻪ ﻭ ﺗﺤﺖ ﻗﻄﺒﻰ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻟﺤﺎﻅ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻗﻠﻤﺮﻭ ﺣﻴﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻭﺣﺶ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﺗﺤﺖ ﻗﻄﺒﻰ ﻭ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍﻳﻰ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﻣﻴﺪﻫﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﻭﺣﺸﻰ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﻛﻮﻫﺴﺘﺎﻧﻰ ﻭ ﺟﻨﮕﻼﺕ ﺣﻴﺎﺕ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺮ ﻣﻴﺒﺮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﭼﻨﺪ ﺳﺎﻝ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺧﺮﺱ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺟﻨﮕﻼﺕ ﻧﻮﺭﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻋﻼﻭﺗﺎً ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﺰﺍﺭﻫﺎﻯ ﻛﺮﺍﻧﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ ﺁﻣﻮ ﺑﺒﺮ ‪ Tiger‬ﻧﻴﺰ‬
‫ﻣﻴﺰﻳﺴﺖ‪ ،‬ﭘﻠﻨﮓ ‪ Leopard‬ﻣﻨﺤﺼﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﻣﺘﺮﻭﻙ ﻭ ﺩﻭﺭﺩﺳﺖ ﻫﻨﺪﻭﻛﺶ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﻴﻜﻪ‬
‫ﺧﺮ ﻭﺣﺸﻰ ‪ Wild Ass‬ﺩﺭﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﺟﻨﻮﺏ ﻏﺮﺏ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﺁﻭﺍﺭﻩ ﺣﻴﺎﺕ ﺑﺴﺮ ﻣﻴﺒﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﮔﺮگ ‪ Wolf‬ﺩﺭﻣﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﺧﺸﻜﺴﺎﻟﻰ ﻫﺎ ﺍﻏﻠﺒﺎً ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﻮﺍﺭﻳﻬﺎ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﻭﻟﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﻋﺎﺩﻯ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﺣﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺗﻰ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻛﻮﻫﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﻫﺎ ﺍﻣﺮﺍﺭ ﺣﻴﺎﺕ ﻣﻰ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﺭﻭﺑﺎﻩ ﺳﺮﺥ ‪ Red fox‬ﻛﻪ‬
‫ﺍﺭﺯﺵ ﺧﺎﺹ ﻃﺒﻰ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺩﺭ ﻛﻮﻫﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﺮﻛﺰﻯ ﺷﻤﺎﻝ ﻣﻤﻠﻜﺖ ﺩﺳﺘﻴﺎﺏ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﮔﻮﺳﻔﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺣﺸﻰ ﻭ ﺑﺰ ﻛﻮﻫﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺭﻩ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻭﺍﺧﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺩﻭﺭ ﻭ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻚ ﺁﻥ ﻭ ﺑﺰ ﻛﻮﻫﻰ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﻛﻮﻫﺴﺘﺎﻧﻰ ﻭ ﺩﺷﺖ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺳﺘﭗ ﺷﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺳﻠﺴﻠﻪ ﻫﻨﺪﻭﻛﺶ ﺳﺮﺣﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻧﻔﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺳﺎﺣﻪ ﺣﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﺗﺤﺖ ﻗﻄﺒﻰ ﻭ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍﻳﻰ ﺑﺸﻤﺎﺭ ﻣﻴﺮﻭﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﻟﺤﺎﻅ ﺍﺳﺖ‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻨﻮﺏ ﺷﺮﻕ ﻫﻨﺪﻭﻛﺶ ﺷﺎﺩﻯ ‪ Monkey‬ﺍﺯ ﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﺣﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍﻳﻰ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ‬
‫ﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺷﻐﺎﻝ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺟﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺜﺮﺕ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﻨﺎً ﻣﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻔﻆ ﻧﺴﻞ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻛﻮﺷﺶ‬
‫‪125‬‬
‫‪G10 Fasli (4).indd 125‬‬ ‫‪8/15/2011 4:31:39 PM‬‬
‫ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﻢ ﺗﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻧﺮﻭﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻧﺎ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﮔﺬﺍﺷﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺣﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﻭﺣﺸﻰ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺯﻳﺴﺖ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻧﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺩﻭﺭﺗﺮ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻧﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺣﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻫﻠﻰ ﻃﻌﻤﺔ ﺷﻜﺎﺭ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻧﮕﻴﺮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺩﺭﺳﺖ ﻭ ﭘﺎﻳﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﺯ ﺣﻴﺎﺕ ﻭﺣﺶ‪:‬‬

‫ـ ﺷﻜﺎﺭﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺪ ﺣﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﻭ ﭘﺮﻧﺪﻩ ﮔﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺍﻧﻘﺮﺍﺽ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ‬
‫ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ـ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺩﺭﺳﺖ ﺍﺯ ﺣﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﻭ ﭘﺮﻧﺪﻩ ﮔﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜ ً‬
‫ﻼ ﺣﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺗﻴﻜﻪ ﺳﺎﻟﻢ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﻴﺎﺏ ﻭ ﻧﺎﺩﺭ ﺍﻧﺪ ﺷﻜﺎﺭ‬
‫ﻧﮕﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺑﻘﺎ ﻭ ﺩﻭﺍﻡ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺣﻴﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺣﺶ‪ ،‬ﺁﻥ ﺣﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺗﻰ ﺷﻜﺎﺭ ﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺍﺯ ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﺖ ﺗﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﻳﺖ ﺷﺎﻥ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺑﻰ ﻧﻈﻤﻰ ﻭ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻝ ﺍﻳﻜﻮ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ـ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺩﺭﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻣﻨﻈﻢ ﻃﺒﻖ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺷﻜﺎﺭ ﺍﺯ ﺣﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﻣﻴﺘﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﺯ ﮔﻮﺷﺖ ﻭ‬
‫ﭘﻮﺳﺖ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ـ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺩﻭﺍﻣﺪﺍﺭ ﺣﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻜﺎﺭ ﺩﺳﺘﻪ ﺟﻤﻌﻰ ﺑﻮﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺩﻭﺍﻧﺪﻥ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺗﺮﻫﺎﻯ ﺗﻴﺰ ﺭﻓﺘﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﺗﻔﻨﮓ ﻫﺎﻯ ﭘﻴﺸﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻭﻳﺎ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺯﻫﺮﻯ ﻛﺸﻨﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﮕﺮﺩﺩ‪ ،‬ﺯﻳﺮﺍ‬
‫ﺳﺒﺐ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺭﻓﺘﻦ ﻧﺴﻞ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﻴﮕﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ )‪(86‬‬
‫‪126‬‬
‫‪G10 Fasli (4).indd 126‬‬ ‫‪8/15/2011 4:31:39 PM‬‬
‫ﺭﻭﺵ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻯ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﻘﺮﺍﺽ ﺣﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﻭ ﭘﺮﻧﺪﻩ ﮔﺎﻥ‬
‫ـ ﻭﺿﻊ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺷﻜﺎﺭ )ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺼﻮﻝ ﺟﻮﺍﺯﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺩﻭﻟﺘﻰ‪ ،‬ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻭﻗﺖ ﺷﻜﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﺟﻨﺲ ﻭﻋﻤﺮ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ(‪.‬‬
‫ـ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻯ ﺍﺯ ﺗﺨﺮﻳﺐ ﻭ ﺍﻧﻬﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﺴﻜﻦ ﺣﻴﺎﺕ ﻭﺣﺶ‪.‬‬
‫ـ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻯ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺎﭼﺎﻕ ﺣﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﻭ ﭘﺮﻧﺪﻩ ﮔﺎﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ـ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻯ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺧﺎﻟﺖ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻣﺰﺍﺣﻤﺖ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻧﻰ ﻭ ﺣﻴﻮﺍﻧﻰ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻨﺎﻩ ﮔﺎﻩ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺷﺎﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ـ ﺁﮔﺎﻫﻰ ﻭ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﺑﺮﺩﻥ ﺫﻫﻨﻴﺖ ﻋﺎﻣﻪ ﻭ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺩﺭ ﻋﺎﺩﺕ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﻔﻆ ﭘﺎﺭﻙ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﻠﻰ‪:‬‬

‫ﭘﺎﺭﻙ ﻣﻠﻰ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺎﺣﻪ ﺍﺭﺯﺷﻤﻨﺪ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻰ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺣﺪ ﺍﻗﻞ ﻫﺰﺍﺭ ﻫﻜﺘﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ‬
‫ﺩﻭﻟﺖ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻈﺖ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻯ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻼ ﭘﺎﺭﻙ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺗﻔﺮﻳﺤﻰ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﻳﻚ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﻪ ﻣﻰ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ‬ ‫ﭘﺎﺭﻙ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﻠﻰ ﺍﺻ ً‬
‫ﺩﺭﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺯﻳﺒﺎ ﻭ ﻗﺸﻨﮓ ﺁﺭﺍﺳﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻭﻗﺎﺕ ﻓﺮﺍﻏﺖ ﻫﻤﺔ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺗﻔﺮﻳﺢ ﻭ ﻣﻴﻠﻪ‬
‫ﻫﺎﻯ ﻓﺎﻣﻴﻠﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﭘﺎﺭﻙ ﻫﺎ ﻣﻴﺮﻭﻧﺪ ﻭ ﮔﺮﺩﺵ ﻣﻰ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﭘﺎﺭﻙ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﻠﻰ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﭘﺎﻙ‬
‫ﻭﻧﻈﻴﻒ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﻋﺰﻳﺰ ﻣﺎ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻯ ﭘﺎﺭﻙ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺯﻳﺒﺎ ﻭ ﻣﻨﺎﻇﺮ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻰ ﻗﺸﻨﮓ ﻣﻰ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺘﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﭘﺎﺭﻙ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻗﺸﻨﮓ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺗﻔﺮﻳﺢ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﻣﺎ ﺍﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺳﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﻛﻪ ﺟﻬﺎﺩ ﻭ ﺟﻨﮓ ﻫﺎﻯ‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ )‪(87‬‬
‫‪127‬‬
‫‪G10 Fasli (4).indd 127‬‬ ‫‪8/15/2011 4:31:39 PM‬‬
‫ﺩﻭﺍﻣﺪﺍﺭ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﻋﺰﻳﺰ ﻣﺎ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ ﭘﺎﺭﻙ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﻠﻰ ﻣﺎ ﺍﺿﺮﺍﺭ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻯ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﺷﺪ‬
‫ﻶ ﺧﺸﻚ‬ ‫ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﺩﺭﺧﺘﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﮔﻞ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺯﻳﺒﺎ ﻭ ﻫﻤﻪ ﭼﻴﺰﻫﺎﻳﻜﻪ ﺩﺭ ﭘﺎﺭﻙ ﻫﺎ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ ﻛﺎﻣ ً‬
‫ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺭﻓﺘﻪ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻣﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺳﺎﻟﻬﺎﻯ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻨﮓ ﺩﻭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﺍﺣﻴﺄ ﻭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﻪ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺖ ﻭ ﺭﻭﻧﻖ ﺧﺎﺹ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﺜ ً‬
‫ﻼ ﺑﻨﺪ ﺍﻣﻴﺮ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭﻩ ﺁﺟﺮ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻍ ﻣﻤﻠﻪ‪،‬‬
‫ﭘﺎﺭﻙ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ‪ ،‬ﻗﻨﺪﻫﺎﺭ ﻫﺮﺍﺕ ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻩ ‪......‬‬

‫ﺷﺎﮔﺮﺩﺍﻥ ﺑﻪ ﮔﺮﻭپ ﻫﺎ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻫﺮ ﮔﺮﻭپ ﺑﺎﻻﻯ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﺫﻳﻞ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺣﻔﻆ‬
‫ﺣﻴﺎﺕ ﻭﺣﺶ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﺍﺯ ﺣﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﻭﺣﺸﻰ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺣﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺣﺸﻰ‪ ،‬ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ‬
‫ﺯﻳﺴﺖ ﺣﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﻭﺣﺸﻰ‪ ،‬ﺣﻔﻆ ﭘﺎﺭﻙ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﻠﻰ ﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﭘﺎﺭﻙ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﻠﻰ ﺑﺎﻫﻢ ﺑﺤﺚ‬
‫ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻌﺪﺍ ً ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﮔﺮﻭپ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﺑﺤﺚ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﺍﻥ ﺍﺭﺍﻳﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻮﺍﻝ ﻫﺎ‪:‬‬ ‫؟‬

‫‪1‬ـ ﺣﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﻭﺣﺸﻰ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﻣﺎ ﺷﺒﻴﻪ ﺣﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﻣﻰ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ؟‬
‫‪2‬ـ ﺍﺯ ﺣﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﻭﺣﺸﻰ ﭼﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻫﺎ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﻰ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ؟‬
‫‪3‬ـ ﺣﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﻭﺣﺸﻰ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻯ ﭼﻪ ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺖ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻯ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﻣﻰ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ؟‬
‫‪4‬ـ ﭘﺎﺭﻙ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﻠﻰ ﭼﻴﺴﺖ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ؟‬
‫‪5‬ـ ﭘﺎﺭﻙ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﻠﻰ ﺭﺍ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﻢ؟‬

‫ﺷﺎﮔﺮﺩﺍﻥ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺣﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﻭﺣﺸﻰ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﻭ ﺣﻔﻆ ﭘﺎﺭﻙ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﻠﻰ ﻣﻘﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﺨﺘﺼﺮ‬
‫ﺑﻨﻮﻳﺴﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪128‬‬
‫‪G10 Fasli (4).indd 128‬‬ ‫‪8/15/2011 4:31:40 PM‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﺱ )‪( 35‬‬
‫ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﺁﺏ‪ ،‬ﺧﺎﻙ ﻭ ﻫﻮﺍ‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ )‪(88‬‬
‫ﺁﻳﺎ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺳﻪ ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ﺣﻴﺎﺗﻰ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﻫﺎ ﺍﻧﺪ؟‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ‪ 71‬ﻓﻴﺼﺪ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻛﺮﺓ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺁﺏ ﭘﻮﺷﺎﻧﻴﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺁﺏ ﺳﺮﭼﺸﻤﻪ ﺣﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﺳﺖ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻧﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﻭﻧﺒﺎﺗﺎﺕ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﺣﻴﺎﺕ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺁﺏ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻫﺴﺘﻰ ﻫﻤﻪ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﺍﺕ ﺯﻧﺪﻩ ﺑﻪ ﺁﺏ ﺑﺴﺘﮕﻰ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺑﺪﻥ ﺟﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺍﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺁﺏ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﻣﻴﺪﻫﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺁﺏ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻧﺪﻩ ﮔﻰ ﺭﻭﺯﺍﻧﻪ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻧﻘﺶ ﺍﺳﺎﺳﻰ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺯﺭﺍﻋﺘﻰ‪ ،‬ﺻﻨﻌﺘﻰ ﻭ‬
‫ﺧﺎﻧﮕﻰ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﺁﺏ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻰ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﻣﺎ ﻣﺘﺄﺳﻔﺎﻧﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻠﺖ ﻣﺼﺮﻑ‬
‫ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻰ ﻭ ﺁﻟﻮﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺁﺏ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺛﺮ ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺻﻨﻌﺘﻰ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻧﻰ‪ ،‬ﻣﻨﺎﺑﻊ ﺁﺑﻰ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺗﻬﺪﻳﺪ‬
‫ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺑﻨﺎً ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﺁﺑﻬﺎ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﻪ ﻫﺮ ﻓﺮﺩ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﺁﻟﻮﺩﻩ ﮔﻰ ﺁﺏ ﺣﻴﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻧﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻧﺒﺎﺗﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺣﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺧﻄﺮ ﺟﺪﻯ ﻣﻮﺍﺟﻪ ﻣﻰ ﺳﺎﺯﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺧﺎﻙ‪: Soil‬‬
‫ﻃﺒﻘﻪ ﻓﻮﻗﺎﻧﻰ ﻗﺸﺮ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺍﺯ ﺫﺭﺍﺕ ﺧﺎﻙ‪ ،‬ﻫﻮﺍ‪ ،‬ﺁﺏ ﻭ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﺍﺕ ﺭﻳﺰﻩ ﻭ ﺫﺭﻩ ﺑﻴﻨﻰ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺧﺎﻙ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺛﺮ ﺗﻌﺎﻣﻼﺕ ﻓﺰﻳﻜﻰ ﻭﻛﻴﻤﻴﺎﻭﻯ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ‪ ،‬ﻛﻴﻤﻴﺎﻭﻯ‬
‫ﻭ ﻓﺰﻳﻜﻰ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﮕﻰ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻢ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺧﺎﻙ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻭ ﻃﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﻰ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺧﺎﻙ ﺣﺎﻭﻯ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﺍﺕ ﺯﻧﺪﻩ ﻛﻮﭼﻚ‪ ،‬ﻫﻮﻣﻮﺱ ‪ Humus‬ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺗﺠﺰﻳﻪ‬
‫ﮔﻴﺎﻫﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺟﺎﻧﻮﺭﺍﻥ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻛﺘﺮﻳﺎ ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻣﻰ ﺁﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﺧﺎﻙ ﻳﻜﻰ ﺍﺯ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﻣﻬﻢ ﻧﻤﻮﻯ ﻧﺒﺎﺗﺎﺕ‪،‬‬
‫ﺯﺭﺍﻋﺖ‪ ،‬ﺟﻨﮕﻼﺕ ﻭ ﺣﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﺤﺴﻮﺏ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻭ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﺣﻴﺎﺗﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ‬
‫ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﻏﺬﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﺝ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﻣﺎ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺭﺳﺘﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻯ ﻧﻜﻨﺪ ﺧﺎﻙ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺩﭼﺎﺭ ﻓﺮﺳﺎﻳﺶ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﻣﺠﺪﺩ ﺁﻥ ﻗﺮﻥ ﻫﺎ‬
‫ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ ﺗﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺍﻭﻟﻰ ﺑﺮﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪129‬‬
‫‪G10 Fasli (4).indd 129‬‬ ‫‪8/15/2011 4:31:42 PM‬‬
‫ﺑﻨﺎً ﺧﺎﻙ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺭﺯﺷﻤﻨﺪ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺸﺖ ﻣﺤﺼﻮﻻﺕ‬
‫ﻏﺬﺍﻳﻰ ﻭ ﺻﻨﻌﺘﻰ ﻣﻰ ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺯﺩ‪ .‬ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻴﻜﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺛﺮ ﺑﺎﺭﻧﺪﻩ ﮔﻰ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﺳﻴﻼﺏ ﻫﺎ ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻣﻰ‬
‫ﺁﻳﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﺳﻴﻼﺏ ﻫﺎ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺣﺎﺻﻠﺨﻴﺰ ﺯﺭﺍﻋﺘﻰ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﻣﻴﺪﻫﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺮﺳﺎﻳﺶ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻭﻗﺘﻰ ﺷﺪﻳﺪ ﺗﺮ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺭﻭﻯ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﮔﻴﺎﻫﺎﻥ ﻛﻤﺘﺮﻯ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ‪ ،‬ﺁﺏ ﻫﺎ ﺳﺮﻳﻊ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻣﻴﻜﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻓﺮﺳﺎﻳﺶ ﺧﺎﻙ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺗﺮ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﻮﺍ‪:‬‬
‫ﻫﻮﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻧﺪﻩ ﮔﻰ ﻣﺎ ﻧﻘﺶ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﻬﻤﻰ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﻫﻤﺔ ﻣﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺩﻭﺍﻡ ﺣﻴﺎﺕ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ‬
‫ﻭﻭﺿﻊ ﻫﻮﺍ ﺁﮔﺎﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﻢ ﺣﻴﺎﺕ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺯﻧﺪﻩ ﺟﺎﻥ ﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻮﺍ ﻭ ﺍﻭﻛﺴﻴﺠﻦ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﺕ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻫﻮﺍ ‪ 78‬ﻓﻴﺼﺪ ﻧﺎﻳﺘﺮﻭﺟﻦ ﻭ‬
‫‪ 21‬ﻓﻴﺼﺪ ﺍﻭﻛﺴﻴﺠﻦ ﻭﻫﻢ ﺍﻭﺯﻭﻥ ‪O3‬‬
‫ﻭﺟﻮﺩﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻛﻪ ﭘﺎﻙ ﺑﻮﺩﻥ ﺍﻭﻛﺴﻴﺠﻦ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺗﻨﻔﺲ ﻣﻬﻢ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻋﻤﻠﻴﻪ ﻓﻮﺗﻮ ﺳﻨﺘﻴﺰ‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﻧﺒﺎﺗﺎﺕ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭﻛﺴﻴﺠﻦ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﺕ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫)‪(89‬‬ ‫ﺑﻨﺎً ﻣﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻫﻮﺍﻯ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺁﻟﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ‬
‫ﻛﺜﻴﻒ ﻧﺴﺎﺯﻳﻢ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺧﻮﺏ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺷﺘﻦ‬
‫ﻫﻮﺍﻯ ﭘﺎﻙ ﻭ ﺻﺎﻑ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﺯﻳﺴﺖ ﺧﻮﺩ‬
‫ﻧﻈﺎﻓﺖ ﻫﻮﺍ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺮﺍﻋﺎﺕ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﻢ ﻭ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ‬
‫ﻫﺎﻯ ﺻﻨﻌﺘﻰ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻣﺘﻮﺟﻪ ﭘﺎﻛﻰ ﻫﻮﺍ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺣﻔﻆ ﻫﻮﺍﻯ ﺷﻬﺮ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻛﻮﺷﺶ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻯ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺧﺮچ ﺑﺪﻫﻴﻢ ﺗﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻟﻮﺩﻩ ﮔﻰ ﻫﻮﺍ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻯ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﮔﺎﺯ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﻦ ﺩﺍﻯ ﺍﻭﻛﺴﺎﻳﺪ ‪، Co2‬‬
‫ﺩﻭﺩ ﻭ ﺍﺷﻴﺎﻯ ﻣﻀﺮﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻮﺍ ﭘﺮﺍﮔﻨﺪﻩ ﻧﺸﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺷﺎﮔﺮﺩﺍﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻪ ﮔﺮﻭپ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻫﺮ ﮔﺮﻭپ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﺣﻔﻆ ﻭ ﻣﻔﻴﺪ ﺑﻮﺩﻥ ﺁﺏ‪،‬‬
‫ﺧﺎﻙ ﻭ ﻫﻮﺍ ﺑﺎﻫﻢ ﺑﺤﺚ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻌﺪﺍ ً ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﮔﺮﻭپ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺑﺤﺚ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﺼﻨﻔﻰ‬
‫ﻫﺎﻯ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺍﺭﺍﻳﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻮﺍﻝ ﻫﺎ‪:‬‬ ‫؟‬

‫ﺍـ ﺁﺏ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻴﺎﺕ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﺍﺕ ﺣﻴﻪ ﭼﻪ ﺗﺎﺛﻴﺮ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ؟‬
‫‪2‬ـ ﺧﺎﻙ ﭼﻴﺴﺖ؟ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﭼﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻫﺎﻳﻰ ﻣﻰ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﻢ؟‬
‫‪3‬ـ ﻫﻮﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻴﺎﺕ ﺭﻭﺯﺍﻧﺔ ﻣﺎ ﭼﻪ ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺖ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ؟‬

‫ﺷﺎﮔﺮﺩﺍﻥ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺖ ﺁﺏ‪ ،‬ﻫﻮﺍ ﻭ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻳﻚ ﻣﻘﺎﻟﻪ ﻣﺨﺘﺼﺮ ﺑﻨﻮﻳﺴﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪130‬‬
‫‪G10 Fasli (4).indd 130‬‬ ‫‪8/15/2011 4:31:43 PM‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﺱ ‪36‬‬
‫‪ 2 ،4‬ﺁﻟﻮﺩﻩ ﮔﻰ ﻫﻮﺍﻯ ﺷﻬﺮ‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ (90‬ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻚ ﻓﺎﺑﺮﻳﻜﻪ ﻛﻪ ﺩﻭﺩ ﺁﻥ ﻫﻮﺍ ﺭﺍ ﺁﻟﻮﺩﻩ ﻣﻴﺴﺎﺯﺩ‬
‫ﺁﻳﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺁﻟﻮﺩﻩ ﮔﻰ ﻫﻮﺍ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ؟‬
‫ﻫﺮﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﻣﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻰ ﻛﻪ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻫﻮﺍ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺧﻮﺍﺹ ﻓﺰﻳﻜﻰ‪ ،‬ﻛﻴﻤﻴﺎﻭﻯ ﻭ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺣﻴﺎﺗﻰ‬
‫ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺩﻫﺪ ﺁﻟﻮﺩﻩ ﮔﻰ ﻫﻮﺍ ﻧﺎﻣﻴﺪﻩ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺳﻌﺔ ﺑﻰ ﺣﺪ ﺷﻬﺮ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﻭ ﺁﻧﻬﻢ ﺑﺮﺧﻼﻑ ﻣﺎﺳﺘﺮ ﭘﻼﻥ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯﺩﻳﺎﺩﻧﻔﻮﺱ‪ ،‬ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺪ‬
‫ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻂ ﺗﺮﺍﻧﺴﭙﻮﺭﺗﻰ ﺑﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﮔﺸﺖ ﻭ ﮔﺬﺍﺭ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻂ ﻛﻬﻨﻪ ﻭ ﻣﻴﻌﺎﺩ ﺧﺘﻢ ﺷﺪﻩ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺗﻴﻞ ﻭ ﮔﺎﺯ ﺑﻰ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ ﻭ ﺑﺴﺎ ﻋﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻮﺧﺘﺎﻧﺪﻥ ﺭﺍﺑﺮ‪،‬‬
‫ﭘﻼﺳﺘﻴﻚ ﻭﻣﺒﻼﻳﻴﻞ ﺳﻮﺧﺘﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺍﺵ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺣﻤﺎﻡ ﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺳﻮﺧﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻛﺜﺮ‬
‫ﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺗﺠﺎﺭﺗﺨﺎﻧﻪ ﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺩﻛﺎﻧﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻣﺆﺳﺴﺎﺕ ﻭ ﻧﻮﺍﺣﻰ ﺷﻬﺮ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﺁﻟﻮﺩﻩ ﮔﻰ ﻫﻮﺍ‬
‫ﻣﻴﮕﺮﺩﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺑﺮﻕ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻨﺮﺍﺗﻮﺭ ﻫﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻴﮕﺮﺩﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺁﻧﻬﻢ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﺁﻟﻮﺩﻩ ﮔﻰ‬
‫ﻫﻮﺍﻯ ﺷﻬﺮ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺷﺪﻥ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﻦ ﺩﺍﻯ ﺍﻭﻛﺴﺎﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﺭﺑﻦ ﻣﻮﻧﻮ ﺍﻭﻛﺴﺎﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﺧﺎﻙ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺁﻟﻮﺩﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺛﺮ‬
‫ﻭﺯﺵ ﺑﺎﺩﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺻﻨﻌﺖ‪ ،‬ﻛﺸﺎﻭﺭﺯﻯ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ ﺑﺎ ﻛﻮﺩ ﺣﻴﻮﺍﻧﻰ ﻭ ﺻﻨﺎﻳﻊ ﺷﻬﺮﻯ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻼﺕ‬
‫ﻧﺎﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻩ ﻣﻌﻀﻼﺕ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻉ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﺁﻟﻮﺩﻩ ﮔﻰ ﻫﻮﺍﻯ ﺷﻬﺮ ﻭ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﺯﻳﺴﺖ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺷﻬﺮ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﻛﻪ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺫﻳﻞ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺷﺎﺭﻩ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ‪:‬‬
‫ـ ﻣﻌﻀﻠﻪ ﺗﺮﺍﻓﻴﻚ ﻭ ﻋﺮﺍﺩﻩ ﺟﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ـ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺍﻧﺠﻦ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺩﻳﺰﻟﻰ ﻣﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻭ ﻛﻬﻨﻪ ﺑﺎﻻﻯ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻂ ﻧﻘﻠﻴﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪131‬‬
‫‪G10 Fasli (4).indd 131‬‬ ‫‪8/15/2011 4:31:46 PM‬‬
‫ـ ﺗﻮﺭﻳﺪ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻂ ﻛﻬﻨﻪ ﻭ ﻣﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺗﺠﺎﺭ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ـ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺳﻮﺧﺖ ﻧﻔﺘﻰ ﺑﻰ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻂ ﻧﻘﻠﻴﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ـ ﮔﺸﺖ ﻭ ﮔﺬﺍﺭ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻂ ﻧﻘﻠﻴﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺷﻬﺮ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩ ﺑﻮﺩﻥ ﺟﺎﺩﻩ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺣﻠﻘﻮﻯ‪.‬‬
‫ـ ﺳﻴﺮ ﻭﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻂ ﻛﻬﻨﻪ ﻭ ﻣﺪﻝ ﺳﺎﺑﻘﻪ ﺑﺪﺍﺧﻞ ﺷﻬﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ـ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﻳﺖ ﺟﺎﺩﻩ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻛﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺩﺭﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺷﻬﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ـ ﻋﺪﻡ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﻳﺖ ﺗﺮﺍﻧﺴﭙﻮﺭﺗﻴﺸﻦ ﻣﻨﻈﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﻯ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺭﻓﻊ ﻧﻴﺎﺯﻣﻨﺪﻯ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﻣﺜ ً‬
‫ﻼ‬
‫ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻂ ﻣﻠﻰ ﺑﺲ‪.‬‬
‫ـ ﻋﺪﻡ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﻳﺖ ﭘﺎﺭﻛﻴﻨﮓ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻂ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺷﻬﺮ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺭﻭﺍﺯﻩ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺩﺧﻮﻟﻰ ﺷﻬﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ـ ﮔﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻧﺎﺷﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺮﻙ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺧﺎﻣﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺷﻬﺮ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﮔﻞ ﻭﻻﻯ ﻧﺎﺷﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺎﺭﻧﺪﻩ ﮔﻰ‬
‫ﻭ ﺧﺎﻛﺮﻭﺑﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻳﻮﻣﻴﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺮﻙ ﻫﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ـ ﻣﺸﻜﻼﺕ ﻣﺴﻜﻦ ﻭ ﻧﺒﻮﺩﻥ ﻓﻀﺎﻯ ﺑﺎﺯ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺑﺮﺧﻼﻑ ﻣﺎﺳﺘﺮ ﭘﻼﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﺐ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺷﻬﺮ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻯ ﺁﻟﻮﺩﻩ ﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﻫﻮﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺷﻬﺮ ﻫﺎﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ـ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﻧﻔﻮﺱ ﺩﺭ ﺷﻬﺮ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﻭﻧﻴﻢ ﺗﺎ ﭘﻨﺞ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﻧﻔﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ـ ﻧﺒﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩ ﺑﻮﺩﻥ ﺳﺎﺣﺎﺕ ﺳﺒﺰ ﻭ ﺟﻨﮕﻼﺕ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺷﻬﺮ ﻣﻌﻀﻠﻪ ﺟﺪﻯ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ (91‬ﺁﻟﻮﺩﻩ ﮔﻰ ﺁﺏ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺛﺮ ﺷﺴﺘﺸﻮ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺧﺘﻦ ﺯﺑﺎﻟﻪ ﻫﺎ‬
‫‪132‬‬
‫‪G10 Fasli (4).indd 132‬‬ ‫‪8/15/2011 4:31:48 PM‬‬
‫ـ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﻳﺖ ﻃﻮﺍﻓﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺍﻣﺘﻌﻪ ﺩﺳﺖ ﻓﺮﻭﺷﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺷﻬﺮ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺎﺩﻩ ﻫﺎ‬
‫ﻼ ﺁﻟﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻛﺜﻴﻒ ﻣﻴﺴﺎﺯﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻛﺎﻣ ً‬
‫ـ ﮔﺮﻡ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻦ ﻣﻨﺎﺯﻝ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯﭼﻮﺏ‪ ،‬ﺯﻏﺎﻝ ﺳﻨﮓ‪ ،‬ﺩﻳﺰﻝ ﻭ ﻓﻀﻼﺕ‬
‫ﺣﻴﻮﺍﻧﻰ‪.‬‬
‫ـ ﻣﺸﻜﻼﺕ ﻛﺎﻧﺎﻟﻴﺰﻳﺸﻦ‪.‬‬
‫ـ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﻋﻤﻮﻡ ﺩﺭﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺷﻬﺮ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﺑﺎ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﺯﺩﻳﺎﺩ ﻧﻔﻮﺱ ﻛﺎﻧﺎﻟﻴﺰﻳﺸﻦ ﺻﺤﻰ ﻭ ﻣﻌﺎﺻﺮ‬
‫ﻭ ﺟﻮﺩ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ـ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﻳﺖ ﻓﺎﺑﺮﻳﻜﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺻﻨﻌﺘﻰ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺷﻬﺮ ﻭ ﻧﻮﺍﺣﻰ ﻣﺠﺎﻭﺭ ﺁﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ـ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻳﺰﻝ ﺟﻨﺮﺍﺗﻮﺭ ﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺷﻬﺮ ﻭ ﻓﺎﺑﺮﻳﻜﻪ ﻫﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ـ ﺳﻮﺧﺖ ﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺭﺍﺑﺮ‪ ،‬ﭘﻼﺳﺘﻴﻚ ﻭ ﻣﺒﻼﻳﻴﻞ ﺳﻮﺧﺘﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺍﺵ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺧﺸﺖ ﭘﺰﻯ‪،‬‬
‫ﻧﺎﻥ ﭘﺰﻯ ﻭ ﺣﻤﺎﻡ ﻫﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ـ ﻓﺮﻫﻨﮓ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻂ ﺷﻬﺮﻯ‪.‬‬
‫ـ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺧﺘﻦ ﻛﺜﺎﻓﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺯﺑﺎﻟﻪ ﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺷﻬﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ـ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﻳﺖ ﺷﺮﻛﺖ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻧﻰ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺒﺎﺭ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺭﻳﮓ‪ ،‬ﮔﻞ‪ ،‬ﺧﺸﺖ‪ ،‬ﭼﻮﻧﻪ ﻭ ﺍﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺁﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ـ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﻳﺖ ﺟﺎﺩﻩ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺧﺎﻣﻪ ﻭ ﺍﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ ﻧﺎﺷﺪﻩ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺸﻜﻼﺕ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻧﻰ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ـ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﻳﺖ ﮔﺪﺍﻡ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻧﻰ ﻭ ﺍﺭﺗﺰﺍﻗﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺷﻬﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ـ ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻧﻰ ﻓﺎﺑﺮﻳﻜﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺁﺳﻴﺎﺏ ﻭ ﺟﻐﻞ )ﻛﺮﺵ( ﻛﻪ ﺫﺭﺍﺕ ﮔﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺧﺎﻙ‬
‫ﺭﺍ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﻣﻴﻨﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ـ ﻋﺪﻡ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻭﻝ ﻭ ﻣﺮﺍﻗﺒﺖ ﺟﺪﻯ ﺍﺭﮔﺎﻧﻬﺎﻯ ﻣﺴﺌﻮﻭﻝ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺷﺎﺭﻭﺍﻟﻰ‪ ،‬ﻭﺯﺍﺭﺕ ﺻﺤﺖ ﻋﺎﻣﻪ‬
‫ﻭ ﺭﺳﺎﻧﻪ ﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺷﺎﺭﻭﺍﻟﻰ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﺗﺎ ﻫﻤﻪ ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﺷﺎﻧﺮﺍ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻭﻝ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ـ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻰ ﻭ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺫﺭﺍﺕ ﻣﻀﺮﻩ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻮﺍ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﻭ‬
‫ﻣﺠﻬﺰ ﺗﺎ ﺑﺮ ﺁﻟﻮﺩﻩ ﮔﻰ ﻫﻮﺍ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺑﺘﻮﺍﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪1‬ـ ﺫﺭﺍﺕ ﻛﻮﭼﻜﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻩ ﻣﺎﻳﻜﺮﻭ ﮔﺮﺍﻡ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﺝ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺗﻨﻔﺴﻰ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺷﺶ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﺍﻣﺮﺍﺽ ﮔﻮﻧﺎﮔﻮﻥ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺗﻨﻔﺴﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﺎﺭ ﻣﻰ ﺁﻭﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪2‬ـ ﺫﺭﺍﺕ ﻛﻮﭼﻜﺘﺮ ﻣﺎﻳﻜﺮﻭﺳﻜﻮﺑﻰ ﻭ ﻛﻮﭼﻜﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ‪ 2،5‬ﻣﺎﻳﻜﺮﻭﮔﺮﺍﻡ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻤﺎً ﺩﺍﺧﻞ‬
‫ﺧﻮﻥ ﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﻮﺍﻥ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﺳﺮﻃﺎﻥ ﺧﻮﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺑﺒﺎﺭ ﻣﻰ ﺁﻭﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ـ ﺭﺳﺎﻧﻪ ﻫﺎ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻫﻤﻪ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﺭﺍﺑﻪ ﺁﮔﺎﻫﻰ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺑﺮﺳﺎﻧﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﮔﻴﺮﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭ ﺁﻟﻮﺩﻩ ﮔﻰ ﺫﺭﺍﺕ ﺧﻮﺭﺩ ﺩﺭ ﻓﻀﺎﻯ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﻧﺎﺷﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻟﻮﺩﻩ ﮔﻰ ﻫﻮﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ‬
‫‪ 17363‬ﺗﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻝ ﻣﻴﮕﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ـ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻧﺎﻳﺘﺮﻭﺟﻦ ﺩﺍﻯ ﺍﻛﺴﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻟﻮﺩﻩ ﮔﻰ ﻫﻮﺍ ‪ 16183‬ﺗﻦ‪.‬‬
‫‪133‬‬
‫‪G10 Fasli (4).indd 133‬‬ ‫‪8/15/2011 4:31:48 PM‬‬
‫ـ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻛﺴﺎﻳﺪ ﺳﻠﻔﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻟﻮﺩﻩ ﮔﻰ ﻫﻮﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ‪ 2448‬ﺗﻦ‪.‬‬
‫ـ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﻦ ﻣﻮﻧﻮ ﺍﻛﺴﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ‪ 970608‬ﺗﻦ‪.‬‬
‫ـ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﻦ ﺩﺍﻯ ﺍﻛﺴﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ‪ 650846‬ﺗﻦ‪.‬‬
‫ـ ﺣﺪ ﺍﻭﺳﻂ ﺗﻤﺮﻛﺰ ﺍﻋﻈﻤﻰ ‪ 24‬ﺳﺎﻋﺘﻪ ﺫﺭﺍﺕ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻟﻮﺩﻩ ﮔﻰ ﻫﻮﺍ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺫﻳﻞ‬
‫ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪:‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﻴﻜﻪ ‪ 50‬ﻣﺎﻳﻜﺮﻭ ﮔﺮﺍﻡ ﺍﺳﺘﻨﺪﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ‪ 50‬ﺍﻟﻰ ‪ 100‬ﻣﺎﻳﻜﺮﻭﮔﺮﺍﻡ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻧﻮﺭﻣﺎﻝ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻴﺪﻫﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺯ ‪ 100‬ﻣﺎﻳﻜﺮﻭ ﮔﺮﺍﻡ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺎﻻ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻧﻮﺭﻣﺎﻝ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺗﺤﻘﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﻓﻀﺎﻳﻰ‬
‫ﺫﺭﺍﺕ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ‪ 24 ،361‬ﻭ ‪ 37‬ﻣﺎﻳﻜﺮﻭﮔﺮﺍﻡ ﺩﺭ ﻓﻰ ﻣﺘﺮ ﻣﻜﻌﺐ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺻﺪﻣﺔ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺪ ﺻﺤﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺷﻬﺮﻭﻧﺪﺍﻥ ﻣﺎ ﺑﺎﺭ ﻣﻰ ﺁﻭﺭﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺷﺎﮔﺮﺩﺍﻥ ﺑﻪ ﮔﺮﻭپ ﻫﺎ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻫـــــﺮ ﮔﺮﻭپ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﻳﻚ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺁﻟﻮﺩﻩ ﮔﻰ ﻫﻮﺍﻯ ﺷﻬﺮ‪ ،‬ﺣﻔﻆ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﺯﻳﺴﺖ‪ ،‬ﻋﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﺁﻟﻮﺩﻩ ﮔﻰ ﻫﻮﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﻇﻴﻔﻪ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻧﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻯ ﺁﻟﻮﺩﻩ ﮔﻰ ﻫﻮﺍ ﻭ ﺿﺮﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺻﺤﺖ ﺑﺎﻫﻢ ﺑﺤﺚ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻌﺪﺍ ًَ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪﻩ‬
‫ﮔﺮﻭپ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﺑﺤﺚ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﺍﻥ ﺍﺭﺍﻳﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻮﺍﻝ ﻫﺎ‪:‬‬ ‫؟‬

‫‪1‬ـ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﻋﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﺁﻟﻮﺩﻩ ﮔﻰ ﻫﻮﺍﻯ ﺷﻬﺮ ﻣﻰ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ؟‬
‫‪2‬ـ ﭼﻄﻮﺭ ﻣﻴﺘﻮﺍﻧﻴﻢ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻟﻮﺩﻩ ﮔﻰ ﻫﻮﺍ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻯ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﻢ؟‬
‫‪3‬ـ ﻫﻮﺍﻯ ﺁﻟﻮﺩﻩ ﭼﻪ ﺿﺮﺭﻫﺎﻯ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻧﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺣﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻣﻰ ﺁﻭﺭﺩ؟‬

‫ﺷﺎﮔﺮﺩﺍﻥ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﺁﻟﻮﺩﻩ ﮔﻰ ﻫﻮﺍﻯ ﺷﻬﺮ ﻭ ﺿﺮﺭﻫﺎﻯ ﺁﻥ ﻳﻚ ﻣﻘﺎﻟﻪ ﺑﻨﻮﻳﺴﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪134‬‬
‫‪G10 Fasli (4).indd 134‬‬ ‫‪8/15/2011 4:31:48 PM‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﺱ )‪(37‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ -‬ﺍﺯﺩﻳﺎﺩ ﻋﺮﺍﺩﻩ ﺟﺎﺕ ﻛﻬﻨﻪ ﻭ ﺁﻟﻮﺩﻩ ﮔﻰ ﺷﻬﺮ‬
‫ﺵ )‪ (92‬ﻋﺮﺍﺩﻩ ﺟﺎﺕ ﻛﻬﻨﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺷﻬﺮ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ .‬ﺍﺯﺩﻳﺎﺩ ﻋﺮﺍﺩﻩ ﺟﺎﺕ ﻛﻬﻨﻪ ﻭ ﺁﻟﻮﺩﻩ ﮔﻰ ﺷﻬﺮ‬

‫ﺁﻳﺎ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻋﺮﺍﺩﻩ ﺟﺎﺕ ﻛﻬﻨﻪ ﺑﺎﻻﻯ ﺁﻟﻮﺩﻩ ﮔﻰ ﻫﻮﺍ ﻭ ﺻﺤﺖ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﭼﻪ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﻣﻀﺮ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺖ؟‬
‫ﻋﺮﺍﺩﻩ ﺟﺎﺕ ﻛﻬﻨﻪ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺭﻭﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﻜﺸﺎﻑ ﻭ ﻓﻘﻴﺮ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻰ‬
‫ﮔﻴﺮﺩ ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﻗﻴﻤﺖ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺍﺭﺯﺍﻥ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻً ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻂ ﻧﻘﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻚ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺟﻬﺖ‬
‫ﺭﻓﻊ ﻧﻴﺎﺯﻣﻨﺪﻯ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﺎ ﺑﻜﺎﺭ ﻣﻴﺮﻭﺩ ﺍﺯ ﺟﺎﻧﺐ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺩﻭﺩ ﻭ ﮔﺎﺯﺍﺗﻴﻜﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﻛﺜﻴﻒ ﺷﺪﻥ ﻫﻮﺍ ﻣﻴﮕﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻼ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺗﺮ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻰ ﮔﺮﻓﺖ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻯ ﻋﻮﺍﺭﺽ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ‬ ‫ﻋﺮﺍﺩﻩ ﺟﺎﺕ ﻛﻬﻨﻪ ﻛﻪ ﻗﺒ ً‬
‫ﻭ ﻣﺼﺎﺭﻑ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺗﻴﻞ ﻭ ﻣﺒﻼﻳﻴﻞ ﺑﻮﺩ ﺑﻨﺎً ﻭﻗﺘﻴﻜﻪ ﻋﺮﺍﺩﻩ ﺟﺎﺕ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪ ﺟﺎﻯ‬
‫ﻋﺮﺍﺩﻩ ﺟﺎﺕ ﻛﻬﻨﻪ ﺭﺍ ﮔﺮﻓﺖ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺣﺎﺿﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻋﺮﺍﺩﻩ ﺟﺎﺕ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﻰ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻯ ﺗﺨﻨﻴﻚ ﭘﻴﺸﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻭ ﭘﺮﺯﻩ ﺟﺎﺕ ﻋﺼﺮﻯ ﻣﻰ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻫﻤﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺗﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻴﻜﻨﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻋﺮﺍﺩﻩ ﺟﺎﺕ ﻛﻬﻨﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﺯﺍﺭﻫﺎﻯ ﺩﻧﻴﺎ ﻫﻢ ﺍﺭﺯﺵ ﻭ‬
‫ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ ﺗﺨﻨﻴﻜﻰ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﺍﺩﺍﺭﻩ ﺗﺮﺍﻓﻴﻚ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻝ‬
‫‪ 1388‬ﻫـ ﺵ ﺟﻤﻌﺎً ﺑﺘﻌﺪﺍﺩ ‪ 365469‬ﻋﺮﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺭﺍﺟﺴﺘﺮ ﺭﺳﻤﻰ ﺗﺮﺍﻓﻴﻚ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ‬
‫‪135‬‬
‫‪G10 Fasli (4).indd 135‬‬ ‫‪8/15/2011 4:31:50 PM‬‬
‫‪ 40‬ﻓﻴﺼﺪ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻂ ﺧﻴﻠﻰ ﻛﻬﻨﻪ ﻭ ﻣﺪﻝ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺍﺣﺘﻮﺍ ﻣﻴﻨﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮﻯ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻂ ﻧﻘﻠﻴﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻓﻀﺎ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﺁﻟﻮﺩﻩ ﮔﻰ ﻫﻮﺍ ﻭ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﺯﻳﺴﺖ ﻣﻴﮕﺮﺩﺩ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺫﻳﻞ‬
‫ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪:‬‬
‫‪1‬ـ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﻦ ﻣﻮﻧﻮ ﺍﻭﻛﺴﺎﻳﺪ ‪Co‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪2‬ـ ﻧﺎﻳﺘﺮﻭﺟﻦ ﺩﺍﻯ ﺍﻭﻛﺴﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪3‬ـ ﺳﻠﻔﺮﺩﺍﻯ ﺍﻭﻛﺴﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫‪4‬ـ ﺫﺭﺍﺕ ﺳﺮﺏ‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪5‬ـ ﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ‬
‫‪6‬ـ ﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ‬

‫ﺷﺎﮔﺮﺩﺍﻥ ﺑﻪ ﮔﺮﻭپ ﻫﺎ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻫﺮ ﮔﺮﻭپ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻋﺮﺍﺩﻩ ﺟﺎﺕ ﻛﻬﻨﻪ‪،‬‬
‫ﻧﻮﺍﻗﺺ ﻋﺮﺍﺩﻩ ﺟﺎﺕ ﻛﻬﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﺮﺍﺭ ﻋﺮﺍﺩﻩ ﺟﺎﺕ ﻛﻬﻨﻪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﻻﻯ ﻫﻮﺍ ﻭ ﺻﺤﺖ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻧﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺍﺛﺮﺍﺕ ﻣﻨﻔﻰ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﺎﻫﻢ ﺑﺤﺚ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻌﺪﺍ ً ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﮔﺮﻭپ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﺑﺤﺚ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺩﻳﮕﺮﺍﻥ ﺍﺭﺍﻳﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻮﺍﻝ ﻫﺎ‪:‬‬ ‫؟‬

‫‪1‬ـ ﻋﺮﺍﺩﻩ ﺟﺎﺕ ﻛﻬﻨﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﻛﺸﻮﺭﻫﺎﻯ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻴﮕﺮﺩﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎ ﺩﻻﻳﻞ‬
‫ﺟﻮﺍﺏ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪2‬ـ ﻋﺮﺍﺩﻩ ﺟﺎﺕ ﻛﻬﻨﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻓﻀﺎ ﭼﻪ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻣﻀﺮﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭ ﻣﻴﺪﻫﺪ؟‬
‫‪3‬ـ ﺗﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻋﺮﺍﺩﻩ ﺟﺎﺕ ﻛﻬﻨﻪ ﻭ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻟﺤﺎﻅ ﺁﻟﻮﺩﻩ ﮔﻰ ﻫﻮﺍﻯ ﺷﻬﺮ ﺗﺸﺮﻳﺢ‬
‫ﺩﻫﻴﺪ؟‬

‫ﺷﺎﮔﺮﺩﺍﻥ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﺗﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﻋﺮﺍﺩﻩ ﺟﺎﺕ ﻛﻬﻨﻪ ﻭ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﻳﻚ ﻣﻘﺎﻟﻪ ﻣﺨﺘﺼﺮ ﺑﻨﻮﻳﺴﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪136‬‬
‫‪G10 Fasli (4).indd 136‬‬ ‫‪8/15/2011 4:31:51 PM‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﺱ )‪(38‬‬
‫ﺧﺮﺍﺑﻰ ﻭ ﺁﻟﻮﺩﻩ ﮔﻰ ﺟﺎﺩﻩ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻛﻮﭼﻪ ﻫﺎ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻛﻴﻤﻴﺎﻭﻯ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ (93‬ﺁﻟﻮﺩﻩ ﮔﻰ ﺟﺎﺩﻩ ﻫﺎ ﻧﺎﺷﻰ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻛﻴﻤﻴﺎﻭﻯ ﻭ ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﻣﻮﺗﺮ ﻫﺎ‬
‫ﺧﺮﺍﺑﻰﻭﺁﻟﻮﺩﻩﮔﻰﺟﺎﺩﻩﻫﺎﻭﻛﻮﭼﻪﻫﺎ ﭼﻪﻣﺸﻜﻼﺕﺭﺍﺑﺮﺍﻯﺷﻬﺮﻭﻧﺪﺍﻥﺑﻪﺑﺎﺭﻣﻰﺁﻭﺭﺩ؟‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻛﺸﻮﺭﻫﺎﻯ ﻋﻘﺐ ﻣﺎﻧﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﻜﺸﺎﻑ ﺟﺎﺩﻩ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻛﻮﭼﻪ ﻫﺎ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﺎً ﺧﺮﺍﺏ‪ ،‬ﺧﺎﻣﻪ ﻭ‬
‫ﺧﺎﻙ ﺁﻟﻮﺩ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﺗﺎ ﻫﻨﻮﺯ ﺍﻛﺜﺮﺍ ً ﺟﺎﺩﻩ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻛﻮﭼﻪ ﻫﺎ ﻗﻴﺮ ﻳﺎ ﺍﺳﻔﻠﺖ ﻧﺸﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﻛﻨﺎﺭ ﺳﺮﻙ ﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺟﻮﻯ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺁﺑﺮﻓﺖ ﻭ ﺟﻮﺩ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺳﺮﻙ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺧﺎﻣﻪ ﺧﺎﻙ ﺑﺎﺩﻫﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﺟﻮﻯ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺧﻨﺪﻕ ﻫﺎﻳﻴﻜﻪ ﺑﻰ ﺣﺪ ﻛﺜﻴﻒ ﺍﻧﺪ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﺷﻴﻮﻉ ﺍﻣﺮﺍﺽ ﻣﻴﮕﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺧﺎﻙ ﺑﺎﺩﻫﺎ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺻﺤﺖ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﻀﺮ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻴﻜﻪ ﺑﺎﺩ ﻣﻴﻮﺯﺩ ﮔﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻭ ﻛﺜﺎﻓﺎﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﻳﻜﺠﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺎﻯ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﻣﻴﺪﻫﺪ ﻭ ﻫﻮﺍ ﺭﺍ ﺁﻟﻮﺩﻩ ﻣﻴﺴﺎﺯﺩ ﻛﻪ ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﺁﻟﻮﺩﻩ ﮔﻰ ﻫﻮﺍ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ‬
‫ﺷﻴﻮﻉ ﺍﻣﺮﺍﺽ ﻣﻴﮕﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﻏﺮﺱ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻥ ﺍﺷﺠﺎﺭ ﻫﻢ ﺗﺎﺛﻴﺮ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﺑﺎﻻﻯ ﭘﺎﻛﻰ ﻭﻧﻈﺎﻓﺖ ﺟﺎﺩﻩ ﻫﺎ‬
‫ﻭ ﻛﻮﭼﻪ ﻫﺎ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻭ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺎ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﺓ ﺍﺯ ﺧﺎﻙ ﺑﺎﺩﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺁﻟﻮﺩﻩ ﮔﻰ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻈﺖ ﻣﻴﻨﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﺯﻳﺮﺍ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﺳﺮﺳﺒﺰ ﻭ ﺷﺎﺩﺍﺏ ﮔﺮﺩ ﻭﺧﺎﻙ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻧﻤﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ـ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺸﻮﺭﻫﺎﻯ ﺭﻭﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﻜﺸﺎﻑ ﺗﻮﺳﻌﻪ ﺷﻬﺮﻫﺎ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻨﻈﻢ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ‪ ،‬ﺟﺎﺩﻩ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻛﻮﭼﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ‬
‫ﻧﺎ ﻣﻨﻈﻢ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ـ ﻣﺮﺩﻣﺎﻥ ﺍﻃﺮﺍﻑ ﻭ ﺩﻫﺎﺕ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺷﻬﺮﻫﺎ ﻣﻬﺎﺟﺮﺕ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺁﺷﻨﺎﻳﻰ ﺑﻪ ﻓﺮﻫﻨﮓ‬
‫ﺷﻬﺮﻯ ﺍﻣﺮﺍﺭ ﺣﻴﺎﺕ ﻣﻴﻨﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﺑﻨﺎ ًء ﺁﻟﻮﺩﻩ ﮔﻰ ﻭ ﺧﺎﻙ ﺁﻟﻮﺩ ﺑﻮﺩﻥ ﻛﻮﭼﻪ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺟﺎﺩﻩ ﻫﺎ‬
‫ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺗﺮ ﻣﻴﮕﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ً‬
‫ـ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻃﺮﺍﻑ ﺷﻬﺮ‪ ،‬ﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﻫﺎ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﺎ ﺧﺎﻣﻪ ﻭ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺷﻬﺮﻯ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻛﻮﭼﻪ ﻫﺎ ﻫﻢ‬
‫ﻛﺜﻴﻒ‪ ،‬ﺧﺎﻣﻪ ﻭ ﺧﺎﻙ ﺁﻟﻮﺩ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻮﺽ ﺭﻳﮓ ﺩﺭ ﻛﻮﭼﻪ ﻫﺎ ﺧﺎﻙ ﺭﻭﺑﻪ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻛﻮﭼﻪ ﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺗﺮ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺻﺤﻰ ﻣﻰ ﺳﺎﺯﺩ ﻭ ﺁﺑﺮﻓﺖ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻫﻢ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ‬
‫‪137‬‬
‫‪G10 Fasli (4).indd 137‬‬ ‫‪8/15/2011 4:31:55 PM‬‬
‫ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﺗﺎ ﻓﺎﺿﻞ ﺁﺏ ﻫﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺎﺣﻪ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ـ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺟﺎﺩﻩ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻛﻮﭼﻪ ﻫﺎ ﻛﺎﻧﺎﻟﻴﺰﺍﺳﻴﻮﻥ ﭘﻼﻥ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﺗﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻟﻮﺩﻩ ﮔﻰ ﺟﺎﺩﻩ‬
‫ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻛﻮﭼﻪ ﻫﺎ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻯ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ـ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻤﻰ ﻫﻢ ﺑﺎﻻﻯ ﺧﺮﺍﺑﻰ ﻛﻮﭼﻪ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺟﺎﺩﻩ ﻫﺎ ﺗﺎﺛﻴﺮ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﻃﻮﺭﻳﻜﻪ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ‬
‫ﻣﻴﻨﻤﺎﻳﻴﻢ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺑﺎﺭﻳﺪﻥ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻥ ﻭ ﺑﺮﻑ ﺗﺮﺍﻧﺴﭙﻮﺭﺕ ﺩﭼﺎﺭ ﻣﺸﻜﻼﺕ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ ﺯﻳﺮﺍ‬
‫ﺳﺮﻙ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺟﺎﺩﻩ ﻫﺎ ﭘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺏ ﻭ ﮔﻞ ﺁﻟﻮﺩ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺣﺘﻰ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺭﻓﺖ‬
‫ﻭ ﺁﻣﺪ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﻴﺘﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ـ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻥ ﺳﺮﻙ ﻫﺎ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺑﻰ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ ﺑﻨﺎً ﺯﻭﺩﺗﺮ ﺗﺨﺮﻳﺐ ﻣﻴﮕﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻨﺎ ًء ﺩﺭﺍﻋﻤﺎﺭ ﺳﺮﻙ ﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺘﺨﺼﺼﻴﻦ ﻓﻨﻰ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ـ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻭ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺳﺮﻙ ﺟﻮﻯ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺁﺑﺮﻓﺖ ﺑﻄﻮﺭ ﻣﻨﻈﻢ ﻭ ﻓﻨﻰ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﺭ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ـ ﻧﺎﺭﺳﺎﻳﻰ ﻓﺮﻫﻨﮕﻰ ﻫﻢ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﺧﺮﺍﺑﻰ ﺟﺎﺩﻩ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻛﻮﭼﻪ ﻫﺎ ﻣﻴﮕﺮﺩﺩ ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﺗﺎ ﻫﻨﻮﺯ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺟﺎﻣﻌﻪ ﻧﻈﺎﻓﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻛﻮﭼﻪ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺟﺎﺩﻩ ﻫﺎ ﻣﺮﺍﻋﺎﺕ ﻧﻤﻰ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻫﻤﻪ ﭼﻴﺰ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﺟﺎﻛﻪ‬
‫ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﻣﻰ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻧﺪ ﺑﻨﺎً ﻛﻮﭼﻪ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺟﺎﺩﻩ ﻫﺎ ﻛﺜﻴﻒ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺷﻬﺮ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺮﻧﻔﻮﺱ ﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﺷﻬﺮﻫﺎﻯ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﻣﻰ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻣﺸﻜﻼﺕ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺎﺩﻩ‬
‫ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻛﻮﭼﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺁﻥ ﻭﺟﻮﺩﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﻧﻔﻮﺱ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﺧﺮﺍﺑﻰ ﺟﺎﺩﻩ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻛﻮﭼﻪ ﻫﺎ‬
‫ﻣﻴﮕﺮﺩﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﻨﺎً ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺷﻬﺮﻭﻧﺪﺍﻥ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺷﺎﺭﻭﺍﻟﻰ ﺗﻘﺎﺿﺎ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﺯﺳﺎﺯﻯ ﺳﺮﻙ ﻫﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﺟﺎﺩﻩ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻛﻮﭼﻪ ﻫﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺑﺎﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ ﻭ ﺍﺷﺨﺎﺹ ﻓﻨﻰ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺟﺎﺩﻩ ﻫﺎ ﻭ‬
‫ﻛﻮﭼﻪ ﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﺯﺳﺎﺯﻯ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ـ ﻛﻤﺮﺑﻨﺪ ﺳﺒﺰ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻃﺮﺍﻑ ﺷﻬﺮ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﺕ ﻋﺎﺟﻞ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ‪ ،‬ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﻣﺎﺳﺘﺮ ﭘﻼﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺳﺎﺣﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺷﻬﺮﻯ ﺣﺘﻤﻰ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺭﺳﺎﻧﻪ ﻫﺎ ﻓﺮﻫﻨﮓ ﺷﻬﺮﻯ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﺸﻬﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻫﻤﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﺗﺒﻠﻴﻎ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‪،‬‬
‫ﺿﻤﻨﺎً ﺑﺨﺶ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻔﺎﺕ ﺷﺎﺭﻭﺍﻟﻰ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺴﺌﻮﻭﻟﻴﺖ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍﻫﻢ ﺩﺭﻙ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺷﺎﮔﺮﺩﺍﻥ ﭘﻨﺞ ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ ﻭﻗﺖ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺗﺎ ﻫﺮ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﺧﺮﺍﺑﻰ ﺟﺎﺩﻩ ﻫﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﻛﻮﭼﻪ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺷﻬﺮ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻓﻜﺮ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺑﻬﺒﻮﺩﻯ ﺟﺎﺩﻩ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻛﻮﭼﻪ ﻫﺎ ﻧﻈﺮﻳﺎﺕ ﺧﻮﻳﺶ‬
‫ﺭﺍ ﺍﺭﺍﻳﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻮﺍﻝ ﻫﺎ‪:‬‬ ‫؟‬

‫‪1‬ـ ﺧﺮﺍﺑﻰ ﺟﺎﺩﻩ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻛﻮﭼﻪ ﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺛﺮ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﻋﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻣﻰ ﺁﻳﺪ ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ؟‬
‫‪2‬ـ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻯ ﺍﺯ ﺧﺮﺍﺑﻰ ﺟﺎﺩﻩ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻛﻮﭼﻪ ﻫﺎ ﭼﻰ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻜﻨﻴﻢ؟‬
‫‪3‬ـ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺧﺮﺍﺑﻰ ﺟﺎﺩﻩ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻛﻮﭼﻪ ﻫﺎ ﺷﺎﺭﻭﺍﻟﻰ ﭼﻪ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ؟‬

‫ﺷﺎﮔﺮﺩﺍﻥ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﺧﺮﺍﺑﻰ ﺟﺎﺩﻩ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻛﻮﭼﻪ ﻫﺎ ﻳﻚ ﻣﻘﺎﻟﻪ ﺑﻨﻮﻳﺴﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪138‬‬
‫‪G10 Fasli (4).indd 138‬‬ ‫‪8/15/2011 4:31:55 PM‬‬
‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﭘﻨﺠﻢ ‪ -‬ﺁﻓﺎﺕ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻰ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺼﻞ ﻣﻰ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﻴﻢ‪:‬‬
‫ﺁﻓﺎﺕ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻰ‬
‫ـ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ‬
‫ـ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﭼﻴﺴﺖ ﻭ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﺩ؟‬
‫ـ ﺳﻨﺠﺶ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺷﺪﺕ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ‬
‫ـ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﺧﻄﺮﺍﺕ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﺭﺍ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﺩﻫﻴﻢ؟‬
‫ـ ﺣﻮﺯﻩ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﺧﻴﺰ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ‬
‫ـ ﺳﻴﻞ‬
‫ـ ﺳﻴﻞ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﺩ‬
‫ـ ﺧﻄﺮﺍﺕ ﺳﻴﻞ ﻭ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻠﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ‬
‫ـ ﺁﺗﺸﻔﺸﺎﻥ‬
‫ـ ﺁﺗﺸﻔﺸﺎﻥ ﭼﻴﺴﺖ ﻭ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﺭﺥ ﻣﻰ ﺩﻫﺪ؟‬
‫ـ ﺣﻮﺯﻩ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻟﻰ ﺁﺗﺸﻔﺸﺎﻧﻰ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ‬
‫ﺷﺎﮔﺮﺩﺍﻥ ﻋﺰﻳﺰ ﺑﺎ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺼﻞ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻫﺪﺍﻑ ﺩﺍﻧﺸﻰ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺁﺷﻨﺎ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪:‬‬
‫ـ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ـ ﺩﺭﻙ ﻧﺤﻮﻩ ﺳﻨﺠﺶ ﺷﺪﺕ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ‬
‫ـ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻯ ﺍﺯ ﺧﻄﺮﺍﺕ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺪﺍﻧﻨﺪ‬
‫ـ ﺣﻮﺯﻩ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﺧﻴﺰ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺸﻨﺎﺳﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ـ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭﺓ ﺳﻴﻞ ﻭﺧﻄﺮﺍﺕ ﺁﻥ ﺁﮔﺎﻫﻰ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ـ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻠﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺧﻄﺮﺍﺕ ﺳﻴﻞ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺪﺍﻧﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ـ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭﺓ ﺁﺗﺸﻔﺸﺎﻥ ﺁﮔﺎﻫﻰ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪139‬‬
‫‪G10 Fasli (5).indd 139‬‬ ‫‪8/15/2011 4:35:16 PM‬‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﺷﺎﮔﺮﺩﺍﻥ ﻋﺰﻳﺰ ﺍﻧﺘﻈﺎﺭ ﻣﻴﺮﻭﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺼﻞ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻫﺪﺍﻑ ﻣﻬﺎﺭﺗﻰ ﺫﻳﻞ‬
‫ﺩﺳﺖ ﻳﺎﺑﻨﺪ‪:‬‬
‫ـ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻭ ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ـ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﮕﻰ ﺳﻨﺠﺶ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﺘﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ـ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﺑﺘﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻃﺮﺍﻓﻴﺎﻥ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺧﻄﺮﺍﺕ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﺣﻔﻆ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ـ ﺧﻄﺮﺍﺕ ﺳﻴﻞ ﻭ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻠﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺑﺘﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ـ ﻧﺤﻮﻩ ﻭﻗﻮﻉ ﺁﺗﺸﻔﺸﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪140‬‬
‫‪G10 Fasli (5).indd 140‬‬ ‫‪8/15/2011 4:35:16 PM‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﺱ )‪(39‬‬
‫ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ‬
‫ﺵ )‪ (94‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻣﺮﺍﻛﺰ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺷﻤﺎﻝ ﺷﺮﻕ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﻣﻴﺘﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ‬
‫ﺳﺎﺣﺎﺕ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﺧﻴﺰ ﺗﺎﺟﻜﺴﺘﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺍﻭﺯﺑﻜﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﻭ ﭘﺎﻛﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺍﺣﺘﻮﺍ ﻣﻴﻜﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺁﻳﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﺭﺓ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﭼﻪ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻧﻴﺪ؟‬

‫ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﺯ ﻟﺮﺯﺵ ﺧﻔﻴﻒ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺷﺪﻳﺪ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻄﻮﺭ ﻣﺤﻠﻰ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺷﺪﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻃﺮﺍﻑ ﻣﻨﺘﺸﺮ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺷﺪﺕ ﻭ ﺩﻭﺍﻡ ﺁﻥ ﺧﻄﺮﺍﺕ ﻣﺎﻟﻰ ﻭ ﺟﺎﻧﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺍﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺷﺎﮔﺮﺩﺍﻥ ﻣﻌﺎﺭﻑ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﻣﻜﺘﺐ ﻭ ﺻﻨﻒ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺁﮔﺎﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ‬
‫ﺗﺨﻔﻴﻒ ﺧﻄﺮﺍﺕ ﺁﻥ ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﮔﻰ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﭼﻄﻮﺭ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ؟‬
‫ﻭﻗﻮﻉ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﺳﻪ ﻋﻠﺖ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪:‬‬
‫‪1‬ـ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﺗﻜﺘﻮﻧﻴﻜﻰ‬
‫‪2‬ـ ﻋﻠﺖ ﺁﺗﺸﻔﺸﺎﻧﻰ‬
‫‪3‬ـ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﭘﻠﻮﺗﻮﻧﻴﻜﻰ‬
‫‪1‬ـ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﺗﻜﺘﻮﻧﻴﻜﻰ ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﺑﺎ ﭘﻠﻴﺖ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻗﺸﺮ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻗﺸﺮ‬
‫ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻚ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﭘﻠﻴﺖ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺧﻮﺭﺩ ﻭ ﺑﺰﺭگ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺛﺮ ﺑﻰ ﻣﻮﺍﺯﻧﻪ‬
‫ﮔﻰ ﻳﻚ ﭘﻠﻴﺖ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﭘﻠﻴﺖ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻣﻰ‬
‫ﺁﻭﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺷﻜﻞ ) ( ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﭘﻠﻴﺖ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺑﺰﺭگ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺗﻨﺪ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻠﻴﺖ ﺍﻳﺮﻭﺷﻴﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﭘﻠﻴﺖ ﻫﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺁﺳﺘﺮﺍﻟﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﭘﻠﻴﺖ ﺍﻓﺮﻳﻘﺎ‪ ،‬ﭘﻠﻴﺖ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﻜﺎﻯ ﺷﻤﺎﻟﻰ‪ ،‬ﭘﻠﻴﺖ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﻜﺎﻯ ﺟﻨﻮﺑﻰ‪ ،‬ﭘﻠﻴﺖ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺘﺎﺭﻛﺘﻴﻚ ﻭ ﭼﻨﺪﻳﻦ ﭘﻠﻴﺖ ﺧﻮﺭﺩ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ‪.‬‬
‫‪141‬‬
‫‪G10 Fasli (5).indd 141‬‬ ‫‪8/15/2011 4:35:17 PM‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﭘﻠﻴﺖ ﻫﻨﺪ ﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻳﺮﻭﺷﻴﺎ ﺑﺎﻋﺖ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﺣﻪ ﺑﺪﺧﺸﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﭼﺘﺮﺍﻝ ﻭ‬
‫ﺗﺎﺟﻜﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪2‬ـ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﺁﺗﺸﻔﺸﺎﻧﻰ‪ :‬ﺁﺗﺸﻔﺸﺎﻧﻬﺎﻯ‬
‫ﺳﺎﺣﻪ ﻭﺯﻭ ﻭ ﺳﺴﻠﻰ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺪﻳﺘﺮﺍﻧﻪ‪،‬‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ)‪ (95‬ﻣﺮﺍﻛﺰ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ‬ ‫ﺁﺗﺸﻔﺸﺎﻧﻬﺎﻯ ﺳﻮﺍﺣﻞ ﺷﺮﻗﻰ ﺁﺳﻴﺎ‬
‫ﻭ ﺳﻮﺍﺣﻞ ﻏﺮﺑﻰ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﻜﺎ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﻫﺎﻯ‬
‫ﻣﻬﻢ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺁﺗﺸﻔﺸﺎﻧﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﻣﺤﺴﻮﺏ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺟﺎﭘﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺷﺮﻕ ﺩﻭﺭ‪ ،‬ﻛﻠﻴﻔﻮﺭﻧﻴﺎ ﻭ‬
‫ﺳﻮﺍﺣﻞ ﻏﺮﺑﻰ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﻜﺎ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ‬
‫ﺷﺪﻳﺪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺧﻔﻴﻒ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﺭ ﻣﻰ ﺁﻭﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ)‪ (96‬ﻫﺴﺘﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺗﻜﻨﻮﺗﻴﻜﻰ‬

‫‪3‬ـ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﭘﻠﻮﺗﻮﻧﻴﻚ‪ :‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﺻﻞ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺣﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺻﻌﻮﺩﻯ ﻃﺒﻘﻪ ﻣﮕﻤﺎ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺛﺮ‬
‫ﮔﺮﺩﺵ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﺑﻌﻀﻰ ﺟﺎ ﻫﺎ ﺭﺍﺑﻪ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﻣﻮﺍﺟﻪ ﻣﻴﺴﺎﺯﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻣﺎ ﺩﻭ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻭﻟﻰ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﺗﺮ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺳﻄﺢ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ـ ﺷﺎﮔﺮﺩﺍﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻭ ﮔﺮﻭپ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﮔﺮﻭپ ﺍﻭﻝ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﺳﺎﺣﻪ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺗﻜﺘﻮﻧﻴﻜﻰ‬
‫ﺭﺍ ﺗﺮﺳﻴﻢ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﮔﺮﻭپ ﺩﻭﻡ ﺳﺎﺣﻪ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺁﺗﺸﻔﺸﺎﻧﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﻋﻼﻣﻪ ﮔﺬﺍﺭﻯ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻮﺍﻝ ﻫﺎ‪:‬‬ ‫؟‬

‫ـ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ـ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺗﻜﺘﻮﻧﻴﻜﻰ ﭼﻄﻮﺭ ﺭﺥ ﻣﻴﺪﻫﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺠﺎ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ؟‬
‫ـ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺁﺗﺸﻔﺸﺎﻧﻰ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺠﺎ ﺭﺥ ﻣﻴﺪﻫﺪ؟‬

‫ﺷﺎﮔﺮﺩﺍﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺭﻭﻯ ﻧﻘﺸﺔ ﺩﻧﻴﺎ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﺧﻴﺰ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺭﻧﮓ ﺳﺮﺥ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻰ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪142‬‬
‫‪G10 Fasli (5).indd 142‬‬ ‫‪8/15/2011 4:35:18 PM‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﺱ ‪40‬‬
‫ﺧﻄﺮﺍﺕ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ (97‬ﺗﺨﺮﻳﺒﺎﺕ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﺔ ﺭﺳﺘﺎﻕ ﺩﺭ ﺷﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ‬
‫ـ ﺁﻳﺎ ﺷﺎﮔﺮﺩﺍﻥ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﺧﻄﺮﺍﺕ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﺭﺍ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﺩﻫﻴﻢ؟‬

‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﻭﺍﺿﺢ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﺭﺍ ﭘﻴﺸﺒﻴﻨﻰ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﻴﺘﻮﺍﻧﻴﻢ‪ ،‬ﺍﻣﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺧﻄﺮﺍﺕ‬
‫ﻭﺍﺭﺩﻩ‪ ،‬ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻯ ﺍﺯ ﺧﻄﺮﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﺧﻄﺮﺍﺕ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﮔﻰ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﻢ ﺗﺎ‬
‫ﺧﻄﺮﺍﺕ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺎ ﺣﺪ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﺨﻔﻴﻒ ﺩﻫﻴﻢ‪ .‬ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﺧﻄﺮﺍﺕ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺖ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺧﺎﺻﺘﺎً ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻧﻬﺎﻳﻴﻜﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻤﻴﻌﺖ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺑﺰﺭگ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﮔﺮﻭپ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ‬
‫ﻼ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻨﻮﻑ ﻣﻜﺘﺐ‪ ،‬ﻛﻮﺩﻛﺴﺘﺎﻧﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺟﻤﺎﻋﺖ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﺬﻫﺒﻰ ﻭ ﻣﺴﺎﺟﺪ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺯﻧﺪﮔﻰ ﻣﻴﻜﻨﻨﺪ ﻣﺜ ً‬
‫ﻗﺸﻠﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻋﺴﻜﺮﻯ‪ ،‬ﺷﻔﺎﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻣﺮﺍﻛﺰ ﺗﺠﺎﺭﺗﻰ)ﻣﻨﺪﻭﻳﻬﺎ‪،‬ﻣﺎﺭﻛﻴﺖ ﻫﺎ(‪ ،‬ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﻣﻨﺰﻟﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺑﻼﻙ‬
‫ﻫﺎﻯ ﺭﻫﺎﻳﺸﻰ‪ ،‬ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﻣﺰﺩﺣﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﻯ‪ ،‬ﻣﺮﺍﻛﺰ ﺑﺮﮔﺬﺍﺭﻯ ﻣﺮﺍﺳﻢ ﻋﺮﻭﺳﻰ‪ ،‬ﻫﻮﺗﻠﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺭﺳﺘﻮﺍﺭﻧﺖ‬
‫ﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺣﻤﺎﻣﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﺩﺍﺭﺍﺕ ﺩﻭﻟﺘﻰ‪ ،‬ﻣﺮﺍﺳﻢ ﺗﺸﺠﻴﻊ ﺟﻨﺎﺯﻩ‪ ،‬ﺟﺸﻦ ﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺳﻤﻴﻨﺎﺭ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺍﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺁﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ـ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮔﺮﻭپ ﻫﺎ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﺆﻗﺖ ﻭﻳﺎ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﺩﺍﻳﻤﻰ ﺍﻗﺎﻣﺖ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﻫﺮ ﺩﻭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﺧﻄﺮﺍﺕ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺖ ﺧﺎﺹ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﺗﺪﺍﺑﻴﺮ ﻭﻗﺎﻳﻮﻯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ‬
‫ﺣﻴﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺻﺤﺖ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻧﻬﺎ ﺣﺘﻤﺎً ﺩﺭ ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ـ ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮﺍﻥ ﺗﺨﻔﻴﻒ ﺧﻄﺮﺍﺕ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻭ ﻟﺤﺎﻅ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺪﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪:‬‬
‫‪1‬ـ ﺍﺯ ﻟﺤﺎﻅ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻥ ﻓﺰﻳﻜﻰ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺠﻨﻴﺮﻯ ﻣﻨﺎﺯﻝ‪.‬‬
‫‪2‬ـ ﺍﺯ ﻟﺤﺎﻅ ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﮔﻰ ﻗﺒﻠﻰ ﻭ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﻣﻔﻴﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﻭ ﺧﻄﺮﺍﺕ ﻧﺎﺷﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ ﺩﻭ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺗﺪﺍﺑﻴﺮ ﻭﻗﺎﻳﻮﻯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﺧﻄﺮﺍﺕ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ‬
‫ﺷﻮﺩ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻯ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺳﻴﺐ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﻣﻔﻴﺪ ﺷﻤﺮﺩﻩ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ـــ ﺍﺯ ﻟﺤﺎﻅ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻥ ﻣﻨﺎﺯﻝ ﻧﻜﺎﺕ ﺁﺗﻰ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ‪:‬‬
‫ـ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﺳﻜﻠﻴﺖ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﺎﻧﻜﺮﻳﺖ ﻣﺘﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻫﻦ‪ ،‬ﮔﺎﺩﺭ ﻭ ﺳﻤﻨﺖ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺗﺎﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮ ﻗﻮﻩ ﺍﺭﺗﺠﺎﻋﻴﺖ ﻭ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺑﺘﻮﺍﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ـﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮﺍﺕﻛﻬﻨﻪ‪،‬ﺑﺎﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻥﭼﻮﺏ‪،‬ﺧﺸﺖﻭﻳﺎﭘﺨﺴﻪﺯﻭﺩﺗﺮﺁﺳﻴﺐﭘﺬﻳﺮﺑﻮﺩﻩ‪،‬ﺳﺘﻮﻧﻬﺎﻯﺍﺳﺘﻨﺎﺩﻯ‬
‫‪143‬‬
‫‪G10 Fasli (5).indd 143‬‬ ‫‪8/15/2011 4:35:19 PM‬‬
‫ﻭ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻡ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ )ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﺑﺮﺩﻥ‬
‫ﺵ )‪ (98‬ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮﻯ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺭگ ﺑﻢ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻭ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ‬
‫ﺳﻄﺢﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮﻫﺎ(‪.‬‬
‫ـ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﺣﻪ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﺧﻴﺰ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺍﻣﺎﻥ ﻛﻮﻩ ﻭ ﺳﺮﺯﻣﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻫﺎﻯ ﻧﺮﻡ ﻭ ﺭﺳﻮﺑﻰ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﻧﺸﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ـ ﺻﻨﻮﻑ ﺩﺭﺳﻰ ﻭ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﻰ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺗﺎﻕ‬
‫ﻫﺎﻯ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻡ ﻭ ﺷﻜﺴﺘﻪ‬
‫ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎ ﻧﻪ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ـ ﺩﺭ ﺷﻬﺮﻫﺎ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﻣﺘﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺨﺸﻬﺎﻯ ﺟﺪﺍﮔﺎﻧﻪ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﺗﺎ ﺍﺯﺧﻄﺮ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﻣﺤﻔﻮﻅ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ـ ﺍﺳﺘﺤﻜﺎﻡ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺑﻨﺎ ﻫﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ـــ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﻫﺎ ﺗﺨﺮﻳﺐ ﻣﻨﺎﺯﻝ‪ ،‬ﺁﺗﺶ ﺳﻮﺯﻯ‪ ،‬ﺣﺘﻰ ﺷﮕﺎﻑ ﻭ ﺩﺭﺯﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺭﺥ‬
‫ﻣﻴﺪﻫﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮ ﺁﻥ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻫﻮﺷﺪﺍﺭ ﻭ ﺭﻫﻨﻤﺎﻳﻰ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﺣﺘﻤﻰ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺁﮔﺎﻫﻰ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﻭ ﺷﺎﮔﺮﺩﺍﻥ ﻣﻌﺎﺭﻑ ﺍﺯ ﻭﺟﺎﻳﺐ ﻣﻮﺳﺴﺎﺕ ﺩﻭﻟﺘﻰ ﻭ ﺭﺳﺎﻧﻪ‬
‫ﻫﺎﻯ ﺟﻤﻌﻰ ﻣﺤﺴﻮﺏ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺗﺎ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺴﺎﻳﻞ ﺍﺳﺎﺳﻰ ﺧﻄﺮﺍﺕ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﻭ ﺍﺗﺨﺎﺫ ﺗﺪﺍﺑﻴﺮ‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﻰ ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ـ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻭﺍﺿﺢ‪ ،‬ﺩﻗﻴﻖ ﻭ ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ‪ ،‬ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﻣﺴﺄﻟﻪ ﺧﺮﺍﻓﺎﺗﻰ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺗﺎ‬
‫ﺭﻭﺍﻥ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﻪ ﻣﻐﺸﻮﺵ ﻧﮕﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ـ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻜﺎﺗﺐ ﻣﻌﻠﻤﻴﻦ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺧﻄﺮﺍﺕ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﺭﺍ ﻭﺍﺿﺢ ﺳﺎﺯﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺗﺪﺍﺑﻴﺮ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ‬
‫ﺁﻥ ﺍﺗﺨﺎﺫ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻤﻬﺎﻯ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺎﮔﺮﺩﺍﻥ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﺻﻨﻮﻑ ﻭ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻥ ﺁﻥ‬
‫ﻫﻤﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﻣﺮﺍﻗﺒﺖ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﺪﺍﺑﻴﺮ ﻣﻘﺪﻣﺎﺗﻰ ﺿﺪ ﺣﻮﺍﺩﺙ ﻭ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ـ ﺁﻳﺎ ﺧﻄﺮﺍﺕ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﺟﺎﻫﺎ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺗﺮ ﺍﺗﻔﺎﻕ ﻣﻰ ﺍﻓﺘﺪ؟ ﺩﺭﻳﻨﻤﻮﺭﺩ ﺷﺎﮔﺮﺩﺍﻥ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺍﻛﺰ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﻣﺆﻗﺖ ﻭ ﺩﺍﻳﻤﻰ ﺭﺍ ﻟﺴﺖ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻨﻒ ﺍﺭﺍﻳﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻮﺍﻝ ﻫﺎ‪:‬‬ ‫؟‬

‫‪1‬ـ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻜﻰ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺭﻫﺎﻳﺶ ﺗﺎﻥ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﻧﻔﻮﺱ ﻣﺰﺩﺣﻢ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ؟‬
‫‪2‬ـ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺟﺎﻫﺎ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺁﺳﻴﺐ ﭘﺬﻳﺮ ﺍﻧﺪ؟‬
‫‪3‬ـ ﺧﻄﺮﺍﺕ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﭼﻄﻮﺭ ﺗﺨﻔﻴﻒ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ؟‬
‫‪4‬ـ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﭼﻄﻮﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺑﻴﻨﻰ ﺷﻮﺩ؟‬

‫ﺷﺎﮔﺮﺩﺍﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺧﻄﺮﺍﺕ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﻳﻚ ﻣﻘﺎﻟﻪ ﻣﺨﺘﺼﺮ ﺩﺭ ‪ 10‬ﺳﻄﺮ ﺑﻨﻮﻳﺴﻨﺪ ﻭ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻣﻌﻠﻢ ﻣﻀﻤﻮﻥ ﺑﺴﭙﺎﺭﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪144‬‬
‫‪G10 Fasli (5).indd 144‬‬ ‫‪8/15/2011 4:35:21 PM‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﺱ ‪41‬‬
‫ﺳﻨﺠﺶ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ‪:‬‬
‫ﺵ )‪ (99‬ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ‬
‫ﺁﻳﺎ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﭼﻄﻮﺭ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ؟‬

‫ﻼ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ‬ ‫ـ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻣﻰ ﻓﻬﻤﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻫﺮ ﭼﻴﺰ ﻳﻚ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﮔﻴﺮﻯ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﺜ ً‬
‫ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻭﺯﻥ‪ ،‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﮔﺮﺍﻡ‪ ،‬ﺳﻴﺮ ﻭﻳﺎ ﭘﻮﻧﺪ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﮔﻴﺮﻯ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺗﺴﺖ‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﻣﺘﺮ‪ ،‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻣﺘﺮ‪ ،‬ﻓﻮﺕ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻣﻴﻞ‪ .‬ﺍﺯﻳﻦ ﺳﺒﺐ ﻗﻮﻩ‪ ،‬ﺷﺪﺕ ﻭﻳﺎ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻯ ﻟﺮﺯﺵ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻣﺮﻛﺎﻟﻰ ﻭ ﺭﻳﺨﺘﺮ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﺛﺮ ﻟﺮﺯﺵ ﻭ ﺗﻜﺎﻧﻬﺎﻯ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﺍﺷﻴﺎﻯ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺷﺪﺕ ﻣﻰ ﻟﺮﺯﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﻟﺮﺯﺵ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻃﺮﺍﻑ ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭ ﻣﻰ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ ﻭ ﺳﻪ‬
‫ﻧﻮﻉ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪1‬ـ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺍﻭﻟﻰ‪Primary Waves‬‬
‫‪2‬ـ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺩﻭﻣﻰ ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﻭ ﺗﻜﺎﻥ‪Secondary Waves‬‬
‫‪3‬ـ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺳﻄﺤﻰ ‪Surface Waves‬‬
‫ﺍﺷﻴﺎﻳﻰ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﻻﻯ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺭﻯ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻻﻯ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻻﻯ ﻣﻴﺰ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺭﻭﻯ ﺍﺗﺎﻕ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﻟﺮﺯﺷﻬﺎﻯ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﺑﻴﺠﺎﺷﺪﻥ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺻﺤﻦ ﺍﺗﺎﻕ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻤﺎً ﺑﻪ ﺷﺪﺕ‬
‫ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﻧﮕﺎﻩ ﻋﻠﻤﺎﻯ ﺟﻴﻮﻟﻮﺟﻰ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﺔ ﺧﻔﻴﻒ‪ ،‬ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ‪ ،‬ﺑﺰﺭگ‪ ،‬ﺷﺪﻳﺪ‬
‫‪145‬‬
‫‪G10 Fasli (5).indd 145‬‬ ‫‪8/15/2011 4:35:22 PM‬‬
‫ﺵ )‪ (100‬ﺧﻂ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺮ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻭ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺷﺪﻳﺪ ﺗﺼﻨﻴﻒ ﺷﺪﻩ‪ .‬ﺍﻣﺎ ﺷﺪﺕ ﻭ ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﻳﻚ ﺍﻟﻰ ‪ 9‬ﺭﻳﺨﺘﺮ‬
‫ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺟﺮﻣﻨﻰ ﺍﻳﻨﻄﻮﺭ ﺗﺼﻨﻴﻒ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ‪:‬‬
‫ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺧﻔﻴﻒ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -1‬ﺍﺛﺮﺍﺕ ﻟﺮﺯﺵ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﺳﻨﺞ ﺭﻳﻜﺎﺭﺩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻧﻤﻴﺘﻮﺍﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -2‬ﻟﺮﺯﺵ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺍﺣﺴﺎﺱ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺍﺷﻴﺎﻯ ﺁﻭﻳﺨﺘﻪ ﻣﻰ ﻟﺮﺯﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﺧﻔﻴﻒ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -3‬ﻟﺮﺯﺵ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮ ﺍﺣﺴﺎﺱ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺍﺷﻴﺎﻯ ﺁﻭﻳﺨﺘﻪ ﺑﺨﻮﺑﻰ ﻣﻰ ﻟﺮﺯﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -4‬ﺍﺷﻴﺎﻯ ﺁﻭﻳﺨﺘﻪ ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺖ ﻣﻰ ﻟﺮﺯﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺩﺭﻭﺍﺯﻩ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻛﻠﻜﻴﻦ ﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻫﺘﺰﺍﺯ ﻣﻰ ﺁﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﭼﻮﻛﺎﺕ ﺩﺭﻭﺍﺯﻩ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭ ﻫﺎ ﺩﺭﺯﻫﺎ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -5‬ﺍﺷﺨﺎﺹ ﺩﺭ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮ ﻟﺮﺯﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺣﺴﺎﺱ ﻣﻴﻜﻨﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﺷﻴﺎﻯ ﺧﻮﺭﺩ ﺑﻴﺠﺎ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻣﻨﻈﺮﻩ‬
‫ﻫﺎﻯ ﺭﻭﻯ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭ ﺟﺎﻯ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻓﻮﺭﻯ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﻴﺪﻫﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪146‬‬
‫‪G10 Fasli (5).indd 146‬‬ ‫‪8/15/2011 4:35:23 PM‬‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪101‬‬
‫ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﻧﺴﺒﺘﺎً ﺷﺪﻳﺪ‬
‫‪ -6‬ﻟﺮﺯﺵ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺣﺴﺎﺱ ﺷﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺮﻙ ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﻇﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺭﻯ ﻣﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻓﺘﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﺷﺪﻳﺪ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -7‬ﺩﺭﻳﻦ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺗﻮﺍﺯﻥ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺖ ﻣﻴﺪﻫﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﺛﺎﺛﻴﺔ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮ ﺑﻴﺠﺎ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ ﻭ‬
‫ﺩﺭﻳﻮﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﻮﺗﺮ ﻟﺮﺯﺵ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺣﺴﺎﺱ ﻣﻴﻜﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺟﻮﻯ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻛﺎﻧﻜﺮﻳﺘﻰ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻜﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -8‬ﺭﻓﺘﺎﺭ ﻣﻮﺗﺮ ﻫﺎ ﻣﺘﺎﺛﺮ ﻣﻴﮕﺮﺩﺩ‪ ،‬ﺗﺨﺮﻳﺐ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮ ﺭﻭﻧﻤﺎ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺷﺪﻳﺪ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -9‬ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺗﺨﺮﻳﺐ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺫﺧﺎﻳﺮ ﺁﺏ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻜﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺷﻜﺴﺘﮕﻰ ﻭ ﺩﺭﺯ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻄﺢ‬
‫ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﭘﻠﻬﺎﻯ ﭼﻮﺑﻰ ﻣﻨﻬﺪﻡ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﻗﻄﺎﺭ ﺁﻫﻦ ﻣﻮﺍﺯﻧﻪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺖ‬
‫ﻣﻴﺪﻫﺪ‪ ،‬ﺻﺨﺮﻩ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺑﺰﺭگ ﺑﻴﺠﺎ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ ‪ ،‬ﮔﺎﻫﻰ ﺍﺷﻴﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻮﺍ ﭘﺮﺗﺎﺏ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﭘﺎﻳﭗ ﻻﻳﻦ‬
‫ﻫﺎ ﺗﺨﺮﻳﺐ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪147‬‬
‫‪G10 Fasli (5).indd 147‬‬ ‫‪8/15/2011 4:35:25 PM‬‬
‫ﺍﻣﺎ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺮﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺭﺳﻮﺑﻰ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﺤﺴﻮﺱ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﻴﻜﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ‬
‫ﻛﻮﻫﺴﺘﺎﻧﻰ‪ ،‬ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺑﺎ ﻛﺘﻠﻪ ﻛﻮﻩ ﻳﻜﺠﺎ ﻣﻰ ﻟﺮﺯﺩ ﻛﻪ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺮﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺭﺳﻮﺑﻰ‬
‫ﻟﺮﺯﺵ ﺁﻥ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺣﺴﺎﺱ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﻌﻠﻢ ﺷﺎﮔﺮﺩﺍﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻭ ﮔﺮﻭپ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻫﺮ ﮔﺮﻭپ ﺧﺼﻮﺻﻴﺎﺕ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ‬
‫ﺿﻌﻴﻒ ﻭ ﺷﺪﻳﺪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻮﺍﻝ ﻫﺎ‪:‬‬ ‫؟‬

‫‪1‬ـ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻟﺮﺯﻩ ﻣﻰ ﺁﻳﺪ؟‬
‫‪2‬ـ ﻗﻄﺎﺭ ﺁﻫﻦ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺭﻳﺨﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺟﺎ ﺑﻴﺠﺎ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ؟‬
‫‪3‬ـ ﺗﺸﺨﻴﺺ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﺭﺍ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﻏﺮﺏ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﺟﺎ ﺩﺍﺩ؟‬

‫ﺷﺎﮔﺮﺩﺍﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﺎﻯ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﭙﺮﺳﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﭼﻪ ﻭﻗﺖ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺷﺪﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺷﺎﻥ ﺍﺗﻔﺎﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻓﺘﺎﺩﻩ ﻭ ﭼﻪ ﺗﺎﺛﻴﺮ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺑﺤﺚ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻨﻒ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪148‬‬
‫‪G10 Fasli (5).indd 148‬‬ ‫‪8/15/2011 4:35:25 PM‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﺱ ‪42‬‬
‫ﺣﻮﺯﻩ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﺧﻴﺰ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ (102‬ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﺳﺎﺣﺎﺕ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﺧﻴﺰ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ‬

‫ﺁﻳﺎ ﺣﻮﺯﻩ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﺧﻴﺰ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﺟﺎﻫﺎ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ؟‬
‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻗﺖ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺭﻳﻜﺎﺭﺩﻫﺎﻯ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﺳﻨﺞ‪ ،‬ﻣﺮﺍﻛﺰ‬
‫ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﺧﻴﺰ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺷﻤﺎﻝ ﺷﺮﻕ ﺧﻴﻠﻰ ﻣﺘﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﻄﺮﻑ ﺟﻨﻮﺏ ﻏﺮﺏ ﺷﺪﺕ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺗﺪﺭﻳﺞ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﻣﻰ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﺣﻪ ﭘﺎﻣﻴﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺧﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﺾ ﺁﺑﺎﺩ‪ ،‬ﺗﺨﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺧﺎﻥ ﺁﺑﺎﺩ‪ ،‬ﺷﻤﺎﻝ‬
‫ﻛﻨﺮﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻧﻮﺭﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﻟﺮﺯﺵ ﻭ ﺗﻜﺎﻧﻬﺎﻯ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﺷﺪﻳﺪ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ‪ ،‬ﻫﻤﻪ ﺳﺎﻟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻓﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﺗﻔﺎﻕ ﻣﻰ ﺍﻓﺘﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﻤﺮﺩﻳﻒ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻟﺮﺯﺷﻬﺎﻯ ﻣﻮﺿﻌﻰ‪ ،‬ﺷﻜﺴﺘﻪ ﮔﻰ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻯ ﻫﻢ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﻪ‬
‫ﻣﻴﺮﺳﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻭﻻﻳﺎﺕ ﻧﻨﮕﺮﻫﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﺑﺪﺧﺸﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﻭﻏﺰﻧﻰ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻣﺠﺎﻭﺭﺕ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺷﻜﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺯﻫﻢ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﺤﻠﻰ ﺑﺎ ﺷﺪﺕ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ‬
‫ﻣﻴﮕﻴﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﺩﻩ ﺷﻜﺴﺘﻪ ﮔﻰ ﻣﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺷﻜﺴﺘﺔ ﺑﺪﺧﺸﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﭼﻤﻦ ﻭ ﻫﺮﺍﺕ ﺧﻴﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺑﺰﺭگ ﻭ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﻪ ﺍﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮﺍﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺣﻮﺯﻩ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﺧﻴﺰ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﭼﻬﺎﺭ ﺗﺼﻨﻴﻒ ﺫﻳﻞ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﻪ ﻣﻴﻜﻨﻴﻢ‪:‬‬
‫‪1‬ـ ﺣﻮﺯﻩ ﺷﺪﻳﺪ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﭘﺎﻣﻴﺮ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺣﺼﻪ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﻭﻻﻳﺖ ﺑﺪﺧﺸﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻧﻮﺭﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻛﻨﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺣﺘﻮﺍ ﻣﻴﻜﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻌﺪﺍ ً‬
‫ﺩﺭﺟﻨﻮﺏ ﻭﻻﻳﺖ ﺑﻠﺦ ﻭ ﺟﻮﺯﺟﺎﻥ ﺍﻣﺘﺪﺍﺩ ﻣﻰ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺎﻣﺖ ﺟﻨﻮﺏ ﺷﺮﻕ ﻳﻚ ﺣﺼﻪ‬
‫ﻭﻻﻳﺎﺕ ﭘﻜﺘﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﭘﻜﺘﻴﻜﺎ ﻭ ﻏﺰﻧﻰ ﺑﻄﻮﺭ ﻳﻚ ﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﻭﺳﻌﺖ ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺷﺮﻕ ﻭﻻﻳﺖ ﻗﻨﺪﻫﺎﺭ ﺳﺎﺣﺔ‬
‫ﺧﻮﺭﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭﺑﺮ ﻣﻴﮕﻴﺮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺧﻄﺮ ﺍﺕ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪2‬ـ ﺣﻮﺯﻩ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ‪:‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻭﻻﻳﺎﺕ ﺷﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻﻳﺎﺕ ﻣﺮﻛﺰﻯ ﻭ ﺍﻣﺘﺪﺍﺩ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ ﻫﺮﻳﺮﻭﺩ ﺑﻤﻼﺣﻈﻪ ﻣﻴﺮﺳﺪ ﻛﻪ‬
‫ﺧﻄﺮﺍﺕ ﻭﺯﻳﺎﻥ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﺩﺭﻳﻦ ﺣﺼﻪ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪149‬‬
‫‪G10 Fasli (5).indd 149‬‬ ‫‪8/15/2011 4:35:26 PM‬‬
‫‪3‬ـ ﺣﻮﺯﻩ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ‬
‫ﻫﺎﻯ ﺧﻔﻴﻒ‪:‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺟﻨﻮﺏ ﭘﻜﺘﻴﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﺷﻤــــﺎﻝ ﻗﻨﺪﻫﺎﺭ‪،‬‬
‫ﺷﻤـــــــﺎﻝ ﺷﺮﻕ‬
‫ﻫﻠﻤﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺷﻤﺎﻝ ﻭﻻﻳﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺩﻏﻴﺲ ﻭ ﻫﺮﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺯﻟــــﺰﻟﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺷﺪﺕ‬
‫ﻛﻤﺘــــﺮ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ‬
‫ﮔﺮﻓﺘـــــــﻪ ﺯﻳﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻭ ﺧﻄﺮﺍﺕ ﺁﻥ‬
‫ﺵ )‪ (103‬ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﺗﻜﺘﻮﻧﻴﻜﻰ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪4‬ـ ﺣﻮﺯﻩ ﺍﻳﻜﻪ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﺩﺭﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺁﻧﻜﻪ ﺧﺴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺁﻥ ﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﻧﻤﻴﺸﻮﺩ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﺎﺣﻪ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺟﻨﻮﺏ ﻏﺮﺏ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﺣﺼﺔ ﺍﺯ ﻭﻻﻳﺖ ﻗﻨﺪﻫﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺣﺼﻪ ﻣﺮﻛﺰﻯ‬
‫ﻭ ﺟﻨﻮﺑﻰ ﻭﻻﻳﺖ ﻫﻠﻤﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﻧﻴﻤﺮﻭﺯ‪ ،‬ﺣﺼﺔ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻨﻮﺏ ﻫﺮﺍﺕ ﻭ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻭﻻﻳﺖ ﻓﺮﺍﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭﺑﺮ‬
‫ﻣﻴﮕﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﻌﻠﻢ ﻣﻀﻤﻮﻥ ﺳﺎﺣﺎﺕ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﺧﻴﺰ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺭﻭﻯ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺷﺎﮔﺮﺩﺍﻥ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﻫﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺮﺍﻛﺰ ﻣﻬﻢ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﻭ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺷﻜﺴﺘﮕﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺭﻭﻯ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﺿﻤﻨﺎً ﺷﺎﮔﺮﺩﺍﻥ‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺤﺎﺕ ﻭ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺭﻭﻯ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﭽﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻳﺎﺩﺩﺍﺷﺖ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻮﺍﻻﺕ‪:‬‬ ‫؟‬
‫‪1‬ـ ﺁﻳﺎ ﺳﺎﺣﻪ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﺷﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺠﺎ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ؟‬
‫ﺩ‪ :‬ﺷﻤﺎﻝ ﺷﺮﻕ‬ ‫ﺝ‪ :‬ﺷﻤﺎﻝ‬ ‫ﺏ‪ :‬ﻏﺮﺏ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ :‬ﺟﻨﻮﺏ‬
‫‪2‬ـ ﻛﻨﺮ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﺣﻮﺯﻩ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ؟‬
‫‪1‬ـ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻮﺯﻩ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ‪2‬ـ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻮﺯﻩ ﺧﻔﻴﻒ ‪3‬ـ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻮﺯﻩ ﺷﺪﻳﺪ ‪4‬ـ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻮﺯﻩ ﻏﻴﺮ‬
‫ﻣﺤﺴﻮﺱ‬
‫‪3‬ـ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﻣﻬﻢ ﺷﻜﺴﺘﻪ ﮔﻰ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺎﻡ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﻳﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﻫﺮ ﺷﺎﮔﺮﺩ ﻧﻘﺸﺔ ﺣﻮﺯﻩ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﺧﻴﺰ ﻭ ﺷﻜﺴﺘﻪ ﮔﻰ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺮﺳﻴﻢ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺻﻨﻒ ﺑﻴﺎﻭﺭﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﻣﺨﺘﺼﺮﺍ ً ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺩﻫﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪150‬‬
‫‪G10 Fasli (5).indd 150‬‬ ‫‪8/15/2011 4:35:27 PM‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﺱ )‪( 38‬‬
‫ﺳﻴﻼﺏ‬
‫ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺳﻴﻼﺏ‬
‫ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪﻭﺍﻗﻊﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ؟‬
‫ﺳﻴﻼﺏ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺁﺏ‬

‫ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻄﻮﺭ‬
‫ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺘﺮﻗﺒﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺭﻩ ﻫﺎﻯ‬
‫ﻛﻮﻫﺴﺘﺎﻧﻰ ﺑﺤﺮﻛﺖ‬
‫ﻣﻰ ﺍﻓﺘﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﻩ‬
‫ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﺁﺏ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﺣﺎﺕ ﺁﺑﮕﻴﺮ ﻛﻪ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻋﺎﺩﻯ‬
‫ﺵ )‪ (104‬ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﻳﻰ ﺍﺯ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺳﻴﻼﺑﻰ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ ﺁﻣﻮ‬ ‫ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﻭ‬
‫ﺷﺘﺎﺏ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﺑﺠﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﻓﺘﺪ‪ ،‬ﺗﺨﺮﻳﺒﺎﺕ ﺿﻤﻨﻰ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﺎ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﻭﺿﻊ ﺳﻴﻼﺑﻰ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ‬
‫ﻭﻳﺎ ﺳﺎﺣﻪ ﻣﻮﺍﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻴﻼﺏ ﺑﺨﻮﺑﻰ ﻓﻬﻤﻴﺪﻩ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺁﺏ ﺁﻥ ﻃﻐﻴﺎﻧﻰ‪ ،‬ﻃﻮﻓﺎﻧﻰ‪ ،‬ﺁﻟﻮﺩﻩ‬
‫ﺑﺎ ﺧﺲ ﻭ ﺧﺎﺷﺎﻙ‪ ،‬ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﺑﺎ ﺷﺎﺧﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺩﺭﺧﺖ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﮔﻞ ﺁﻟﻮﺩ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺳﻴﻼﺏ ﻛﻪ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺣﻮﺍﺩﺙ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻰ ﺍ ﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺁﻓﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺍﺿﺮﺍﺭ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻯ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﺧﻮﺩ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﺜ ً‬
‫ﻼ‬
‫ﺳﻮﺍﺣﻞ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺨﺮﻳﺐ ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻣﻨﺎﺯﻝ ﻭ ﻣﺴﺎﻛﻦ ﺩﻫﺎﺗﻰ ﻭﺷﻬﺮﻯ ﺭﺍ ﺻﺪﻣﻪ ﻣﻰ ﺯﻧﺪ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻧﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺣﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﻡ ﻣﺮگ ﻣﻰ ﻛﺸﺎﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻨﺪﺭﮔﺎﻩ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺗﺠﺎﺭﺗﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺼﺐ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ‬
‫ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﻰ ﺑﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﻤﺎﻟﻚ ﻛﻢ ﺍﻧﻜﺸﺎﻑ ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺳﻴﻼﺏ‬
‫ﺁﺳﻴﺐ ﭘﺬﻳﺮﺗﺮ ﺍﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﺳﻴﻼﺏ ﻭ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﺗﺮ ﺧﺴﺎﺭﻩ ﻣﻨﺪ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺟﻨﮕﻼﺕ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻏﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﻰ ﺑﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺳﺎﺣﺎﺕ ﺯﺭﺍﻋﺘﻰ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺎﺑﻮﺩ ﻣﻰ ﺳﺎﺯﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺧﺴﺎﺭﻩ ﺳﻴﻼﺏ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺁﺏ ﻃﻐﻴﺎﻧﻰ ﻭ ﻣﻴﻞ ﺍﺭﺍﺿﻰ‪ ،‬ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻣﺤﻤﻮﻟﻪ ﻭ ﺳﻨﮕﺮﻳﺰﻩ‬
‫ﻫﺎﻯ ﺧﻮﺭﺩ ﻭ ﺑﺰﺭگ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﺔ ﺑﺰﺭگ ﺗﺨﺮﻳﺒﺎﺗﻰ ﻭ ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﺍﻯ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻣﻴﻜﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﮔﺎﻫﻰ ﻫﻢ ﻗﻠﻌﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﺴﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻣﻠﺤﻘﺎﺕ ﻣﺎﺩﻯ ﺁﻥ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪﻩ ﮔﺎﻥ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﻼ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻝ ‪ 1320‬ﻫـ ﺵ ﺳﻴﻼﺏ‬ ‫ﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﻰ ﺑﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺗﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺻﺪﻫﺎ ﻫﺰﺍﺭ ﻧﻔﺮ ﻣﻴﺮﺳﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﺜ ً‬
‫ﺷﺪﻳﺪ ﻗﺮﻳﺔ ﮔﻠﺪﺭﺓ ﻛﻮﻫﺪﺍﻣﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻨﮕﻼﺥ ﻣﺒﺪﻝ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ‪ ،‬ﺩﻩ ﻫﺎ ﻗﻠﻌﻪ ﻭ ﺻﺪﻫﺎ ﻧﻔﺮ‪،‬‬
‫ﻫﺰﺍﺭﺍﻥ ﺟﻮﺍﻥ ﻭ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﺑﺎﻏﺎﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺑﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺳﻴﻼﺑﻬﺎﻯ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ ﻫﻮﺍﻧﮕﻬﻮ‪،‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﻫﻤﺎ ﭘﻮﺗﺮﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﮔﻨﮕﺎ ﺗﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﻣﺎﻟﻰ ﻭ ﺟﺎﻧﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﺭ ﻣﻰ ﺁﻭﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺳﻴﻼﺏ ﺳﻮﻧﺎﻣﻰ ‪2005‬ﻡ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺳﻮﺍﺣﻞ ﺟﻨﻮﺑﻰ ﺁﺳﻴﺎ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻜﺼﺪ ﻫﺰﺍﺭ ﻧﻔﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻠﻒ ﻛﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺳﻴﻼﺏ‪ :‬ﭼﻬﺎﺭ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺳﻴﻼﺏ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ‪:‬‬

‫‪1‬ـ ﺳﻴﻼﺑﻬﺎﻯ ﻫﻤﻮﺍﺭ ‪ :Flash Flood‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﺛﺮ ﺑﺎﺭﻧﺪﮔﻰ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﻮﺳﻤﻰ ﻭ ﺑﺎﺭﻧﺪﮔﻰ ﻫﺎﻯ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍﻳﻰ ﺑﺎﻋﺖ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﺁﻣﺪﻥ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺁﺏ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺭﺍﺿﻰ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺧﺴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻣﺤﻠﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﺭ ﻣﻰ ﺁﻭﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪151‬‬
‫‪G10 Fasli (5).indd 151‬‬ ‫‪8/15/2011 4:35:28 PM‬‬
‫‪2‬ـ ﺳﻴﻼﺏ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻳﻰ ‪ :River Flood‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﺛﺮ ﺑﺎﺭﻧﺪﻩ ﮔﻰ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﻃﻮﻓﺎﻧﻰ ﻭ ﻃﻐﻴﺎﻧﻰ‬
‫ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻃﺮﺍﻑ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﺗﺨﺮﻳﺒﺎﺕ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻣﻴﮕﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪3‬ـ ﺳﻴﻼﺑﻬﺎﻯ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻰ ﺳﻮﻧﺎﻣﻰ‪ :Tsunami‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﺛﺮ ﻃﻮﻓﺎﻧﻬﺎﻯ ﺳﺎﻳﻜﻠﻮﻧﻰ ﻭ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ‬
‫ﻃﻮﻓﺎﻧﻬﺎﻯ ﺷﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﺪ ﻭ ﺟﺬﺭ ﺑﺤﺮﻯ ﺳﻴﻼﺏ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﺤﻠﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻮﺍﺣﻞ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﻣﻴﺪﻫﺪ ﻛﻪ‬
‫ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﻛﺸﻨﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺗﺨﺮﻳﺒﺎﺗﻰ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪4‬ـ ﺳﻴﻼﺑﻰ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺍﺛــﺮ ﺗﺮﻛﺶ ﺟﻬﻴﻞ‬
‫ﻫﺎﻯ ﻳﺨﭽــﺎﻟﻰ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺳﻠﺴﻠﻪ ﻛـــﻮﻩ ﻫﺎﻯ‬
‫ﻫﻤـــﺎﻟﻴـﻪ ﻭ ﺗﻴﺎﻧﺸﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺯﻳــــﺎﺩﺗﺮ ﺑـــﻪ ﻧﻈﺮ‬
‫ﺵ)‪(105‬ﺗﺮﻛﺶﺟﻬﻴﻞﻳﺨﭽﺎﻟﻰﺩﺭﻫﻤﺎﻟﻴﻪ‬

‫ﻣﻌﻠﻢ ﺷﺎﮔﺮﺩﺍﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﭼﻬﺎﺭ ﮔﺮﻭپ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ ﻫﺮ ﮔﺮﻭپ ﻳﻚ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺳﻴﻼﺏ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺣﻀﻮﺭ ﺻﻨﻒ ﻣﺨﺘﺼﺮﺍ ً ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻮﺍﻝ ﻫﺎ‪:‬‬ ‫؟‬

‫‪1‬ـ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﺤﻼﺕ ﺳﻴﻼﺏ ﺳﻮﻧﺎﻣﻰ ﺭﺥ ﻣﻴﺪﻫﺪ؟‬
‫‪ .a‬ﺩﺭ ﻗﻄﺐ ﺷﻤﺎﻝ ‪ .b‬ﻗﻄﺐ ﺟﻨﻮﺏ ‪ .c‬ﺩﺭ ﺁﺳﻴﺎﻯ ﻣﻴﺎﻧﻪ ‪ .d‬ﺩﺭ ﺳﻮﺍﺣﻞ ﺟﻨﻮﺏ ﺁﺳﻴﺎ‬
‫‪2‬ـ ﺳﻴﻼﺑﻬﺎﻯ ﻛﻮﻫﺴﺘﺎﻧﻰ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﻫﺎ ﺍﻧﺪ؟‬
‫ﺝ ـ ﺳﻴﻼﺏ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻗﻄﺒﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ .‬ﺳﻴﻼﺏ ﻳﺨﭽﺎﻟﻰ ﺏ ـ ﺳﻴﻼﺏ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍﻳﻰ‬
‫‪3‬ـ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺳﻴﺎ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﺗﺮ ﺳﻴﻼﺑﻰ ﺍﺳﺖ؟‬
‫ﺝ ـ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ ﺑﺮﻫﻤﺎﭘﺘﺮﺍ‬ ‫ﺏ ـ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ ﺑﻠﺦ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻒ ـ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ ﻏﺰﻧﻰ‬
‫‪4‬ـ ﺗﺨﺮﻳﺐ ﺳﻴﻼﺏ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﺟﺎﻫﺎ ﺧﻴﻠﻰ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﺍﺳﺖ؟‬
‫ﺍﻟﻒ ـ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺎﻳﻴﻜﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﺤﻜﺎﻡ ﺿﻌﻴﻒ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺝ ـ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺼﺐ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ‬ ‫ﺏ ـ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﻫﻤﻮﺍﺭ‬

‫ﺷﺎﮔﺮﺩﺍﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺍﻇﻬﺎﺭ ﻓﺎﻣﻴﻞ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻴﻼﺏ ﻧﻴﻢ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺑﻨﻮﻳﺴﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻌﻠﻢ‬
‫ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﺴﭙﺎﺭﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪152‬‬
‫‪G10 Fasli (5).indd 152‬‬ ‫‪8/15/2011 4:35:30 PM‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﺱ ‪44‬‬
‫ﺧﻄﺮﺍﺕ ﺳﻴﻞ ﻭ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻠﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ (106‬ﺧﻄﺮ ﺳﻴﻼﺏ ﺟﻬﻴﻞ ﻳﺨﭽﺎﻟﻰ ﺳﺎﻝ ‪ 2006‬ﺩﺭ ﺩﺍﻣﻨﻪ ﻫﻤﺎﻟﻴﻪ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﭙﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺑﻪ ﺧﻄﺮﺍﺕ ﺳﻴﻼﺏ ﭼﻪ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﭼﻄﻮﺭ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻠﻪ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﻛﺮﺩ؟‬

‫ﺧﻄﺮﺍﺕ ﺳﻴﻼﺏ ﺍﮔﺮ ﻛﻠﻰ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻳﺎ ﺟﺰﺋﻰ‪ ،‬ﺧﺴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻭ ﺿﺎﻳﻌﺎﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﺧﻮﺩ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺧﻄﺮﺍﺕ ﻧﺎﺷﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻴﻼﺏ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻭ ﮔﺮﻭپ ﺗﺼﻨﻴﻒ ﻣﻴﻜﻨﻨﺪ‪:‬‬
‫‪1‬ـ ﺧﻄﺮﺍﺕ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﻭ ‪2‬ـ ﺧﻄﺮﺍﺕ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ‪:‬‬
‫ـ ﺩﺭ ﺧﻄﺮﺍﺕ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﺗﺨﺮﻳﺐ ﻣﻠﻜﻴﺖ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺯﺭﺍﻋﺘﻰ‪ ،‬ﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻏﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺟﻨﮕﻞ ﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺭﺍﻩ‬
‫ﻼ ﭘﺎﺭﻙ ﻫﺎﻯ‬ ‫ﻫﺎﻯ ﺗﺮﺍﻧﺴﭙﻮﺭﺗﻰ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﻭ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭﻳﻜﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﺣﻪ ﺳﻴﻼﺏ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜ ً‬
‫ﻣﻮﺗﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻄﻰ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﭘﺎﺭﻙ ﻭﻳﺎ ﻣﺠﺎﻭﺭﺕ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺭﻣﻪ ﺣﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺩﺍﻣﺎﻥ ﻛﻮﻩ ﻭ ﻛﻨﺎﺭ ﺩﺭﻩ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻧﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺧﺎﺻﺘﺎً ﻛﻮﭼﻰ ﻫﺎ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺧﻂ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺮ ﺳﻴﻼﺏ‬
‫ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﮔﺎﻩ ﮔﺎﻫﻰ ﺻﺪﻣﻪ ﺣﻴﺎﺗﻰ ﻣﻰ ﺑﻴﻨﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﻴﺮﻭﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ـ ﺧﻄﺮﺍﺕ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﺳﻴﻼﺏ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺗﺮﺍﻓﻴﻚ ﺳﻜﺘﮕﻰ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻣﻴﻜﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺗﺸﻮﻳﺶ‬
‫ﺭﻭﺣﻰ ﻭ ﻧﺎﺭﺍﺣﺘﻰ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺭﻭﺍﻧﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺑﺎﺭ ﻣﻰ ﺁﻭﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﺭ ﺩﺳﺖ ﻓﺮﻭﺷﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﻫﻢ‬
‫ﻣﻰ ﺯﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﺭ ﻳﻮﻣﻴﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﻖ ﻣﻰ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻋﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﺎﺭﮔﺮﺍﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻮﺯﻩ ﺳﻴﻼﺑﻰ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺭﻛﻮﺩ ﻣﻮﺍﺟﻪ ﻣﻰ ﺳﺎﺯﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺷﺒﻜﻪ ﺑﺮﻕ‪ ،‬ﺁﺏ‪ ،‬ﻣﺨﺎﺑﺮﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﺯﻳﺮ ﺑﻨﺎﻫﺎﻯ ﺗﺮﺍﻓﻴﻜﻰ‪ ،‬ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺭﻳﻞ‪ ،‬ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﻞ ﻫﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﻣﺘﻌﻪ ﺗﺠﺎﺭﺗﻰ ﻭ ﻣﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﻩ ﺗﺮﺍﻧﺰﻳﺘﻰ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﻭﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﺻﺪﻣﻪ ﻣﻰ ﺑﻴﻨﺪ‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﺩﻫﺎﺗﻰ ﻭ ﺷﻬﺮﻯ ﺧﺴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺁﻥ ﻣﺤﺴﻮﺱ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺭﺍﻩ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻠﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺳﻴﻼﺏ‪:‬‬
‫ـ ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﮔﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺧﻄﺮ ﺳﻴﻼﺏ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻤﻪ ﻣﻬﻤﺘﺮﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺗﺪﺍﺑﻴﺮ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﻪ ﻭ‬
‫‪153‬‬
‫‪G10 Fasli (5).indd 153‬‬ ‫‪8/15/2011 4:35:31 PM‬‬
‫ﺣﻜﻮﻣﺖ ﺑﺮﺿﺪ ﺗﻬﺪﻳﺪ ﺳﻴﻼﺏ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﺗﻬﺪﻳﺪ ﺧﻄﺮﺍﺕ ﺳﻴﻼﺏ ﻫﻤﻪ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺧﻄﺮ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺗﺨﻔﻴﻒ ﺩﻫﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺟﻠﻮ ﺗﺨﺮﻳﺒﺎﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ـ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻧﻬﺎﻯ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺴﻴﺮ ﺳﻴﻼﺏ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺴﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻣﻌﻴﺎﺭﻯ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﻨﺎﺑﻊ ﻣﻠﻰ ﻭ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻠﻰ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﭘﺮﻭژﻩ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺗﺨﻔﻴﻒ ﺳﻴﻼﺏ ﻭ ﺧﻄﺮﺍﺕ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ‬
‫ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻴﻼﺏ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻗﻌﻰ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺮ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺧﻂ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺮ ﺳﻴﻼﺏ‬
‫ﻫﻤﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺁﮔﺎﻩ ﺳﺎﺯﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺗﺎ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﻣﺎﻝ ﻭ ﺟﺎﻥ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺼﺌﻮﻥ ﻧﮕﺎﻩ ﺑﺘﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺭﺳﺎﻧﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺟﻤﻌﻰ‬
‫ﺩﺭﻳﻨﻤﻮﺭﺩ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﻪ ﺑﺰﺭگ ﻣﻠﻰ ﺩﺍﺭﺩﻧﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻫﺮ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺍﻃﻼﻉ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺳﺎﻧﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ـ ﻣﻨﺎﺑﻊ ﺩﻭﻟﺘﻰ ﻭﻏﻴﺮ ﺩﻭﻟﺘﻰ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺑﻜﺎﺭ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻣﺼﺌﻮﻧﻴﺖ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﻪ ﺣﻔﻆ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ـ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﻣﺴﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻭﺭﮔﺎﻧﻬﺎﻯ ﻣﻠﻰ‪ ،‬ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻠﻰ‪ ،‬ﺩﻭﻟﺘﻰ ﻭﻏﻴﺮ ﺩﻭﻟﺘﻰ ﻗﺎﻳﻢ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺣﺮﻳﻖ ﻭ ﺗﺨﺮﻳﺒﺎﺕ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﺑﺤﺪ ﻣﻤﻜﻨﻪ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻯ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﻭﻫﻢ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺑﻴﺠـــــــــــﺎ‬
‫ﺷﺪﻩ ﮔﺎﻥ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻏﺬﺍﻳﻰ ﻭ ﺳﺮﭘﻨﺎﻩ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﺑﺘﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯﻳﻦ ﻟﺤﺎﻅ ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻤﻜﺎﺭﻯ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺗﻰ‬
‫ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻭﺭﮔﺎﻧﻬﺎ ﺣﺘﻤﻰ ﺑﻨﻈﺮ ﻣﻴﺮﺳﺪ ﺗﺎﺑﺎ ﺧﻄﺮ ﺳﻴﻼﺏ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻠﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺗﺨﻔﻴﻒ ﺩﻫﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﻌﻠﻢ ﺷﺎﮔﺮﺩﺍﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﻪ ﺩﻫﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻣﺼﺌﻮﻧﻴﺖ ﺍﺯ ﺧﻄﺮ ﺳﻴﻼﺏ‬
‫ﺭﺍ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺗﺎ ﺟﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻣﺎﻝ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺩﺭﺍﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﻤﺎﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻮﺍﻝ‪:‬‬ ‫؟‬
‫‪1‬ـ ﺁﻳﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﺤﻜﺎﻣﺎﺕ ﻣﻌﻴﺎﺭﻯ ﺩﺭ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻭﻝ ﺳﻴﻼﺏ ﭼﻪ ﻧﻘﺶ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ؟‬
‫‪2‬ـ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻭﺭﮔﺎﻧﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﺧﻄﺮ ﺳﻴﻼﺏ ﻣﺴﺆﻭﻟﻴﺖ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ؟‬
‫ـ ﻣﻨﺎﺑﻊ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻠﻰ‬ ‫ـ ﻣﻨﺎﺑﻊ ﻣﻠﻰ‬
‫ـ ﻫﻴﭽﻜﺪﺍﻡ‬ ‫ـ ﮔﺮﻭپ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻭﻝ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺗﻰ ﻭ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻭﻟﻰ‬
‫‪3‬ـ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻃﻼﻉ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﺧﻄﺮ ﺳﻴﻼﺏ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻭﺭﮔﺎﻥ ﻫﺎ ﻣﺴﺌﻮﻭﻟﻴﺖ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ؟‬
‫ﺍﻟﻒ ـ ﺍﺩﺍﺭﺍﺕ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻠﻰ ﺏ ـ ﺍﺩﺍﺭﺍﺕ ﻋﺴﻜﺮﻯ‬
‫ﺩ ـ ﺭﺳﺎﻧﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺟﻤﻌﻰ‬ ‫ﺝ ـ ﺍﺩﺍﺭﺍﺕ‬

‫ﺷﺎﮔﺮﺩﺍﻥ ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻴﻼﺏ ﺩﺭ ﻓﺎﻣﻴﻠﻬﺎﻯ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺻﺤﺒﺖ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻠﻪ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺸﻮﺭﻩ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻢ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺑﻨﻮﻳﺴﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪154‬‬
‫‪G10 Fasli (5).indd 154‬‬ ‫‪8/15/2011 4:35:31 PM‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﺱ ‪45‬‬
‫ﺁﺗﺸﻔﺸﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺵ )‪ (107‬ﻣﻨﻈﺮﺓ ﺁﺗﺸﻔﺸﺎﻧﻰ‬
‫ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺁﺗﺶ ﻓﺸﺎﻥ ﭼﻴﺴﺖ ﻭ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻣﻰ ﺁﻳﺪ؟‬

‫ﺁﺗﺸﻔﺸﺎﻥ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺻﻌﻮﺩﻯ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺁﺗﺸﻴﻦ ﻃﺒﻘﻪ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻰ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ )ﻣﮕﻤﺎ( ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ‬
‫ﺩﺭﺍﺛﺮ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ‪ ،‬ﺗﻌﺎﻣﻼﺕ ﻛﻴﻤﻴﺎﻭﻯ ﻭ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﻓﺰﻳﻜﻰ ﺑﺎﻻ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﺩﮔﺮﮔﻮﻧﻰ‬
‫ﻗﺸﺮ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻣﻴﮕﺮﺩﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﺻﻄﻼﺡ ﻻﺗﻴﻨﻰ ﺁﻥ ‪ Volcano‬ﻭﻟﻜﺎﻧﻮ ﻳﺎ ﻭﻟﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ـ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺁﺗﺸﻔﺸﺎﻥ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻰ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﺎ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﺑﺎﻻ ﻣﻴﺂﻳﺪ ﮔﺎﻫﻰ ﺩﺭ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺧﺸﻜﻪ ﺗﭙﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﺨﺮﻭﻃﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺑﻌﺪﺍ ً ﺑﺎ ﺻﺪﺍﻯ ﻣﻬﻴﺐ ﻭ ﻫﻮﻟﻨﺎﻙ ﺍﻧﻔﺠﺎﺭ‬
‫ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﻭﺩ‪ ،‬ﺳﻨﮓ ﭘﺎﺭﭼﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺁﺗﺸﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻏﻠﻴﻆ ﻭ ﮔﺪﺍﺧﺘﻪ ﺁﺗﺸﻴﻦ ﺍﺯﺩﻫﺎﻧﻪ ﺁﻥ‬
‫ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﺷﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﭼﻬﺎﺭ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻣﻴﻜﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺁﻥ ﻫﺮﭼﻪ ﺑﻴﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺛﺮﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ‬
‫ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺫﻭﺏ ﻣﻴﻜﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺯ ‪ 3000‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻰ ﮔﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﺗﺮ ﻣﻰ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪،‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﺰﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﺟﻨﮕﻞ‪ ،‬ﻣﻮﺗﺮ ﻭ ﺳﻨﮓ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﺁﻥ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﺎً ﺭﺍ ﻧﺎﺑﻮﺩ‬
‫ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻣﻰ ﺳﻮﺯﺍﻧﺪ ﻭﻳﺎ ﺫﻭﺏ ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺁﺗﺸﻴﻦ ﻭ ﻣﺬﺍﺑﻪ ﻣﺘﺤﺮﻙ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺟﺴﻢ ﺳﻴﺎﻝ ﻭ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻣﻴﻜﻨﺪ ﺑﻨﺎﻡ ﻻﻭﺍ‬
‫‪ Lava‬ﻳﺎﺩ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺭﻧﮓ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻻﻭﺍ ﺳﺮﺥ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺳﻔﻴﺪ ﻭ ﻧﺎﺭﻧﺠﻰ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻏﻠﻈﺖ ﺁﻥ ﻣﺜﻞ‬
‫ﻛﺘﻠﻪ ﻣﺘﺤﺮﻙ ﮔﻞ ﻭ ﻻﻯ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺁﺏ ﺭﻗﻴﻖ ﻧﻤﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺛﺮ ﻏﻠﻴﻆ ﺑﻮﺩﻥ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ‬
‫ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺁﻥ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺁﺏ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻭﻗﺖ ﺍﻧﻔﺠﺎﺭ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻫﺎﻧﻪ ﺁﺗﺸﻔﺸﺎﻥ ﺳﻨﮕﻬﺎﻯ ﺁﺗﺸﻴﻦ ﻣﺜﻞ ﮔﻠﻬﺎﻯ ﺁﺗﺸﺒﺎﺯﻯ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻃﺮﺍﻑ‬
‫ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻗﻮﺳﻬﺎﻯ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﭘﺮﺗﺎﺏ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺷﺐ ﺻﺤﻨﻪ‬
‫ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﻭ ﺯﻳﺒﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﻰ ﺳﺎﺯﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺳﻮﺍﺣﻞ ﺷﺮﻗﻰ ﻭ ﻏﺮﺑﻰ ﺑﺤﺮ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻫﻞ ﺟﺎﻫﺎﻯ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻯ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻃﻮﻝ‬
‫‪155‬‬
‫‪G10 Fasli (5).indd 155‬‬ ‫‪8/15/2011 4:35:31 PM‬‬
‫ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺟﻴﻮﻟﻮﺟﻰ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺩﺍﻍ ﻭ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺁﺗﺸﻔﺸﺎﻧﻰ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﻰ ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯﻳﻦ ﺳﺒﺐ‬
‫ﺳﻮﺍﺣﻞ ﺍﻃﺮﺍﻑ ﺑﺤﺮ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻫﻞ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻨﺎﻡ ﺣﻠﻘﻪ ﺁﺗﺸﻴﻦ )‪ (Fire Ring‬ﻳﺎﺩ ﻣﻴﻜﻨﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ‬
‫ﺑﻌﻀﻰ ﺟﺰﺍﻳﺮ ﺷﺮﻕ ﺩﻭﺭ‪ ،‬ﺳﺎﺣﻪ ﻛﻤﭽﺘﻜﺎ‪ ،‬ﻫﺎﻭﺍﻳﻰ ﻭ ﺳﻮﺍﺣﻞ ﻏﺮﺑﻰ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﻜﺎ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺁﻥ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻭﻗﻴﺎﻧﻮﺱ ﺍﻃﻠﺲ‪ ،‬ﺳﻮﺍﺣﻞ ﺑﺤﺮ ﻫﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺟﺰﺍﻳﺮ ﺗﻴﻤﻮﺭ‪ ،‬ﺟﺎﻭﺍ‪ ،‬ﺟﺰﻳﺮﻩ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻰ‪ ،‬ﺍﻃﺮﺍﻑ ﻣﺪﻳﺘﺮﺍﻧﻪ ﺧﺎﺻﺘﺎً ﺳﺎﺣﻪ ﻭﺯﻭ ﻭﺳﻴﺴﻠﻰ‪ ،‬ﺳﺎﺣﻪ ﺩﻣﺎﻭﻧﺪﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ ﻭ ﺟﺰﺍﻳﺮ‬
‫ﺁﺯﻭﺭ ﻭ ﻛﻨﺮﻯ ﺩﺭ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺷﺎﻫﺪ ﺁﺗﺸﻔﺸﺎﻧﻬﺎﻯ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺁﺗﺸﻔﺸﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺁﻳﺴﻠﻨﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺎﻩ ﺍﭘﺮﻳﻞ ‪ 2010‬ﺩﻭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺁﻟﻮﺩﻩ ﮔﻰ ﻫﻮﺍ ﻭ ﺑﻴﺠﺎ ﺷﺪﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺤﻼﺕ ﺷﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺳﻜﺘﮕﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﭘﺮﻭﺍﺯ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺍﺭﻭﭘﺎﻳﻰ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺵ )‪ (108‬ﻛﻤﺮ ﺑﻨﺪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺳﺎﺣﻪ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﻭ ﺁﺗﺸﻔﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ‬

‫ﺷﺎﮔﺮﺩﺍﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻭ ﮔﺮﻭپ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﻫﺮ ﮔﺮﻭپ ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﻣﻬﻢ‬
‫ﺁﺗﺸﻔﺸﺎﻥ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻣﺨﺘﺼﺮ ﺍﺭﺍﻳﻪ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺭﻭﻯ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﺟﺎﻫﺎﻯ ﺁﺗﺸﻔﺸﺎﻧﻰ‬
‫ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﻫﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻮﺍﻝ ﻫﺎ‪:‬‬ ‫؟‬
‫‪1‬ـ ﺁﺗﺸﻔﺸﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪2‬ـ ﻻﻭﺍ ﭼﻪ ﻣﻔﻬﻮﻡ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ؟‬
‫‪3‬ـ ﺁﺗﺸﻔﺸﺎﻥ ﺁﻳﺴﻠﻨﺪ ﭼﻪ ﻭﻗﺖ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺷﺪ؟‬

‫ﺷﺎﮔﺮﺩﺍﻥ ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺑﻪ ﺁﺗﺸﻔﺸﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﺔ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﻳﻚ ﻣﻘﺎﻟﻪ ﺩﻩ ﺳﻄﺮﻯ ﺑﻨﻮﻳﺴﻨﺪ ﻭ‬
‫ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﺁﺗﺸﻔﺸﺎﻧﻰ ﺁﺳﻴﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺭﻭﻯ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﺗﺮﺳﻴﻢ ﻭ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪156‬‬
‫‪G10 Fasli (5).indd 156‬‬ ‫‪8/15/2011 4:35:33 PM‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﺱ ‪46‬‬
‫ﺣﻮﺯﻩ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺁﺗﺸﻔﺸﺎﻧﻰ ﻗﺒﻠﻰ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ‬
‫ﺵ )‪ (109‬ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﮔﻞ ﻛﻮﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺁﻳﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺳﺎﺣﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺑﻘﺎﻳﺎﻯ ﺁﺗﺸﻔﺸﺎﻥ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ؟‬

‫ﺍﺯ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﺎﺕ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﺟﻴﻮﻟﻮﺟﻰ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺗﺤﻘﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﺩﺍﻧﺸﻤﻨﺪﺍﻥ ﺳﺮﻭﻯ ﺟﻴﻮﻟﻮﺟﻰ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ‬
‫ﻭ ﻋﻠﻤﺎﻯ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺷﻨﺎﺳﻰ ﺍﻳﻨﻄﻮﺭ ﺑﺮ ﻣﻰ ﺁﻳﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺳﺎﺣﻪ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺁﺗﺸﻔﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ‬
‫ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻣﺎ ﺑﻌﻀﻰ ﺷﻮﺍﻫﺪﻳﻜﻪ ﻣﻌﺮﻑ ﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺁﺗﺸﻔﺸﺎﻧﻰ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻣﻴﺘﻮﺍﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﻨﻄﻮﺭ ﻭﺍﺿﺢ ﻣﻰ‬
‫ﺳﺎﺯﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍﻯ ﺗﺸﻜﻞ ﺳﻠﺴﻠﻪ ﻫﻨﺪﻭﻛﺶ ﻣﻮﺍﺯﻯ ﺑﺎ ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺗﻜﺘﻮﻧﻴﻜﻰ‪ ،‬ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖ‬
‫ﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩ ﺁﺗﺸﻔﺸﺎﻧﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺷﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺁﺗﺸﻔﺸﺎﻥ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻥ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﺨﺮﻭﻃﻰ ﺷﻜﻞ‪ ،‬ﺍﺣﺠﺎﺭ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺑﺰﻟﺖ‪،‬‬
‫ﺳﻜﻮﺭﻳﺎ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎ ﺍﺣﺠﺎﺭ ﺧﻮﺭﺩ ﻣﺪﻭﺭ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻯ ﺳﻮﺭﺍﺧﻬﺎ ﻭ ﻣﺴﺎﻣﺎﺕ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺳﻨﮓ‬
‫ﭘﺎﻯ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺍﺣﺠﺎﺭ ﻧﻮﻉ ﭘﻮﻣﺎﻳﺲ ‪ Pumice‬ﻛﻪ ﺷﻔﺎﻑ ﻭ ﻛﻢ ﻭﺯﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﻋﻼﻭﻩ ﺑﺮﺁﻥ ﭼﺸﻤﻪ‬
‫ﻫﺎﻯ ﺁﺏ ﮔﺮﻡ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺠﺎﻭﺭﺕ ﺁﺗﺸﻔﺸﺎﻧﻬﺎ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﻳﺖ ﺍﺣﺠﺎﺭ ﺳﺨﺖ ﺑﺰﻟﺖ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﻣﻬﻢ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺁﺗﺸﻔﺸﺎﻧﻰ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻻﻭﺍ ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻣﻰ ﺁﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻣﺎﭼﺸﻤﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺁﺏ ﮔﺮﻡ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺯﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻛﻠﺴﻴﻢ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﻮﻧﻴﺖ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻗﺴﻤﺎً ﺑﺮ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﻳﺖ ﺁﺗﺸﻔﺸﺎﻥ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺩﻻﻟﺖ ﻣﻴﻜﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﺜﻞ "ﺍﻭﺑﻪ " ﻭﻻﻳﺖ ﻫﺮﺍﺕ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﭼﺸﻤﻪ ﺷﻔﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺰﺍﺭ‬
‫ﺷﺮﻳﻒ ﻛﻪ ﺁﺏ ﺁﻥ ﺯﺭﺩ ﺭﻧﮓ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﻳﺖ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺳﻠﻔﺮ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﮔﻰ ﻣﻴﻜﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻗﺴﻤﺎً ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﻛﻮﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺯ ﺟﻨﻮﺏ ﺷﻬﺮ ﻣﺰﺍﺭﺷﺮﻳﻒ ﻳﻚ ﺳﺎﺣﻪ ﻛﻮﻩ ﻛﺎﻣ ً‬
‫ﻼ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺳﻠﻔﺮ ﺩﺍﺭ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻛﻪ‬
‫ﺩﻻﻟﺖ ﺑﺮ ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖ ﺁﺗﺸﻔﺸﺎﻧﻰ ﺍﻭﺍﻳﻞ ﺩﻭﺭﻩ ﺳﻮﻡ ﺟﻴﻮﻟﻮﺟﻰ )ﺗﺮﺷﻴﺮﻯ( ﻣﻴﻨﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ـ ﺩﺭﻏﺮﺏ ﺑﺎﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﮔﻞ ﻛﻮﻩ ﻛﻪ ﻳﻚ ﻣﺨﺮﻭﻃﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻢ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻗﻌﻰ‬
‫ﺁﺗﺸﻔﺸﺎﻧﻬﺎﻯ ﺩﻭﺭﻩ ﺳﻮﻡ ﺟﻴﻮﻟﻮﺟﻰ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪157‬‬
‫‪G10 Fasli (5).indd 157‬‬ ‫‪8/15/2011 4:35:33 PM‬‬
‫ـ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻨﻮﺏ ﺟﻬﻴﻞ ﮔﻮﺩﺯﺭﻩ ﻛﻮﻩ ﻫﺎﻯ ﭼﮕﺎﻫﻰ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺩﻭﺍﺭ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻪ ﺟﻴﻮﻟﻮﺟﻰ )ﭘﺮﻯ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻣﺒﺮﻳﻦ( ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺑﻘﺎﻳﺎﻯ ﺁﺗﺸﻔﺸﺎﻧﻰ ﺭﺍ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﻴﺴﺎﺯﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻣﺎ ﺩﺭﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﺕ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺗﺤﻘﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺗﺎ ﻭﺍﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻋﻠﻤﻰ ﺁﻥ ﺁﺷﻜﺎﺭ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺵ )‪ (110‬ﺟﻴﻮﻣﻮﺭﻓﻮﻟﻮژﻯ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ‬

‫ﺷﺎﮔﺮﺩﺍﻥ ﺷﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﻭ ﻋﻼﻳﻢ ﺁﺗﺸﻔﺸﺎﻧﻰ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺎﻡ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﻳﻚ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺻﺤﺒﺖ ﻭ ﻣﺒﺎﺣﺜﻪ‬
‫ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻮﺍﻝ ﻫﺎ‪:‬‬ ‫؟‬

‫ـ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻭ ﻋﻼﻣﻪ ﺁﺗﺸﻔﺸﺎﻧﻰ ﻧﺎﻡ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ـ ﺟﻬﻴﻞ ﮔﻮﺩ ﺯﺭﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺠﺎ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ؟‬
‫ـ ﮔﻞ ﻛﻮﻩ ﭼﻄﻮﺭ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ؟‬
‫ـ ﭼﺸﻤﻪ ﺷﻔﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﻭﻻﻳﺖ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ؟‬

‫ﺷﺎﮔﺮﺩﺍﻥ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺮﺳﻴﻢ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﻌﺪﺍ ً ﮔﻞ ﻛﻮﻩ ﻭ ﻛﻮﻩ ﻫﺎﻯ ﭼﮕﺎﻫﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ‬
‫ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﻫﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪158‬‬
‫‪G10 Fasli (5).indd 158‬‬ ‫‪8/15/2011 4:35:33 PM‬‬
‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺷﺸﻢ ‪ -‬ﻛﻬﻜﺸﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺳﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ‬
‫ﻭ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻛﻬﻜﺸﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺳﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻭ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ‬
‫ـ ﻧﻈﺮﻳﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﭘﻴﺪﺍﻳﺶ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ‬
‫ـ ﻧﻈﺮﻳﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻗﺪﻳﻤﻰ‬
‫ـ ﻧﻈﺮﻳﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻋﻠﻤﻰ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ‬
‫ـ ﻛﻬﻜﺸﺎﻥ ﻫﺎ‬
‫ـ ﻛﻬﻜﺸﺎﻥ ﭼﻴﺴﺖ؟ )ﺳﺘﺎﺭﻩ‪ ،‬ﺳﻴﺎﺭﻩ‪ ،‬ﻗﻤﺮ‪ ،‬ﺳﻨﮓ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺁﺳﻤﺎﻧﻰ(‬
‫ـ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﻣﻪ ﺷﻤﺴﻰ‬
‫ـ ﺳﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﻣﻪ ﺷﻤﺴﻰ ﻣﺎ‬
‫ـ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻥ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ‪+‬‬
‫ـ ﺣﺠﻢ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ‬
‫ـ ﺁﺏ ﻭ ﺧﺸﻜﻪ‬
‫ـ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﻌﺮﻭﻑ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ‬
‫ـ ﭘﺴﺘﻰ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺑﻠﻨﺪﻯ ﻫﺎ‬
‫ـ ﻗﻤﺮ )ﺣﺠﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﮋﮔﻰ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ(‬
‫ـ ﺧﺴﻮﻑ ﻭ ﻛﺴﻮﻑ‬
‫ـ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ‬
‫ـ ﻭﺿﻌﻰ‬
‫ـ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻟﻰ‬
‫ـ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪ ﻭ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪ‬
‫ﺷﺎﮔﺮﺩﺍﻥ ﻋﺰﻳﺰ ﺑﺎ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺼﻞ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻫﺪﺍﻑ ﺩﺍﻧﺸﻰ ﺫﻳﻞ ﺩﺳﺖ ﻣﻰ ﻳﺎﺑﻨﺪ‪:‬‬
‫ـ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﻧﻈﺮﻳﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻗﺪﻳﻢ ﻭﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﭘﻴﺪﺍﻳﺶ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﺍﻃﻼﻉ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ـ ﻛﻬﻜﺸﺎﻥ ﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺸﻨﺎﺳﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪159‬‬
‫‪G10 Fasli (6).indd 159‬‬ ‫‪8/15/2011 4:49:19 PM‬‬
‫ـ ﺳﻴﺎﺭﻩ ﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺳﺘﺎﺭﻩ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺍﻗﻤﺎﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺸﻨﺎﺳﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ـ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﻣﻪ ﺷﻤﺴﻰ ﻭ ﺳﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺁﮔﺎﻫﻰ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ـ ﻧﺤﻮﻩ ﮔﺮﺩﺵ ﺳﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﻣﻪ ﺷﻤﺴﻰ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻭﺭ ﺧﻮﺭﺷﻴﺪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺪﺍﻧﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ـ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺧﻮﺭﺷﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺳﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ـ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﺭﺓ ﺧﺸﻜﻰ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺁﺑﻬﺎﻯ ﺭﻭﻯ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻛﺴﺐ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ـ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﻌﺮﻭﻑ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﺁﮔﺎﻫﻰ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ـ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭﺓ ﻗﻤﺮ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻛﺴﺐ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ـ ﺧﺴﻮﻑ ﻭ ﻛﺴﻮﻑ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺸﻨﺎﺳﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ـ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻭﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺑﺪﺍﻧﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ـ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪ ﻭ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺸﻨﺎﺳﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﺷﺎﮔﺮﺩﺍﻥ ﻋﺰﻳﺰ ﺍﻧﺘﻈﺎﺭ ﻣﻴﺮﻭﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺼﻞ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻫﺪﺍﻑ ﻣﻬﺎﺭﺗﻰ ﺫﻳﻞ ﺩﺳﺖ ﻳﺎﺑﻨﺪ‪:‬‬
‫ـ ﻧﻈﺮﻳﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﻬﻢ ﭘﻴﺪﺍﻳﺶ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺑﺘﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ـ ﺳﻴﺎﺭﻩ ﻭ ﺳﺘﺎﺭﻩ ﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻢ ﺗﻔﻜﻴﻚ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﺘﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ـ ﻧﺤﻮﺓ ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﻣﻪ ﺷﻤﺴﻰ ﺭﺍﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ ﺩﻫﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ـ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺧﻮﺭﺷﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺳﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ـ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺧﺸﻜﻪ ﻭ ﺁﺏ ﺭﻭﻯ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ـ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﮕﻰ ﻭﻗﻮﻉ ﺧﺴﻮﻑ ﻭ ﻛﺴﻮﻑ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ـ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻭ ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ ﺩﻫﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ـ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪ ﻭ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ ﺩﻫﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪160‬‬
‫‪G10 Fasli (6).indd 160‬‬ ‫‪8/15/2011 4:49:20 PM‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﺱ )‪(47‬‬
‫‪ 1،6‬ﻧﻈﺮﻳﺎﺕ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭﺓ ﭘﻴﺪﺍﻳﺶ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺵ )‪ (111‬ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﺍﻭﻟﻰ ﻛﻬﻜﺸﺎﻧﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺁﻳﺎ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭﺓ ﭘﻴﺪﺍﻳﺶ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﭼﻴﺰﻯ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻧﻴﺪ؟‬
‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ .‬ﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﺳﻼﻡ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -1‬ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺷﻤﺲ ﻭ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﻳﺖ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻈﺮ ﻋﻠﻤﺎﻯ ﻗﺪﻳﻤﻪ ﻳﻮﻧﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺭﻭﻡ ﻃﻮﺭﻯ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻛﻪ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺭﺍ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ)ﺝ( ﺧﻠﻖ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﺳﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺑﺪﻭﺭ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻰ ﭼﺮﺧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﻴﻮﺭﻯ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺎﻡ ‪Geo‬‬
‫‪ Centric‬ﻳﺎﺩ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻣﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﻼﻡ ﻫﺰﺍﺭ ﺳﺎﻝ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺮﻭﻧﻰ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻈﺮﻳﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺭﺩ ﻛﺮﺩ ﻭ‬
‫ﮔﻔﺖ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻭ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﺳﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻭ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﺪﻭﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻣﻴﻜﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ‬
‫ﻧﻈﺮﻳﻪ ﺑﻨﺎﻡ ‪ Haleo Centric‬ﻧﺎﻣﻴﺪﻩ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻌﺪﺍ ً ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﻏﺮﺏ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺗﺎﻳﻴﺪ ﻛﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺮﺁﻥ ﻋﻈﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻰ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ )ﭘﺲ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﺑﺴﻮﻯ ﺁﺳﻤﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﻴﻜﻪ ﺁﺳﻤﺎﻧﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻣﺘﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻭﺩ ﺑﻮﺩ()‪ (1‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﻓﺼﻠﺖ ﺁﻳﻪ )‪ (10‬ﺑﻨﺎ ًء ﺩﺭﻓﻀﺎﻯ ﻛﺎﻳﻨﺎﺕ ﺩﻭﺩ ﻭ ﮔﺎﺯ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺣﺠﻢ ﻭﺳﻴﻊ ﭘﺮﺍﮔﻨﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺍﻧﺸﻤﻨﺪﺍﻥ ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯﻯ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﭘﺬﻳﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺑﻨﺎﻡ ﺳﺤﺎﺑﻪ‬
‫"ﻧﻴﺒﻮﻻ" ﻳﺎﺩ ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴ َﻤﺎء َﻭ ِﻫ َﻲ ُﺩﺧَ ﺎ ٌﻥ‬

‫‪ -1‬ﺛ ُ ﱠﻢ ﺍ ْﺳﺘَ َﻮﻯ ﺇِﻟَﻰ ﱠ‬ ‫‪161‬‬
‫‪G10 Fasli (6).indd 161‬‬ ‫‪8/15/2011 4:49:20 PM‬‬
‫ﺏ ـ ﻧﻈﺮﻳﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻤﺎﻯ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ‪:‬‬
‫‪1‬ـ ﻧﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ )ﻧﻈﺮﻳﻪ ﺳﺤﺎﺑﻰ(‬
‫ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﻭ ﻓﻴﻠﺴﻮﻑ ﻣﻌﺮﻭﻑ ﺟﺮﻣﻨﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻝ ‪ 1755‬ﻣﻴﻼﺩﻯ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭﺓ ﺧﻠﻘﺖ ﻛﺎﻳﻨﺎﺕ‬
‫ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪:‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻓﻀﺎﻯ ﻛﺎﻳﻨﺎﺕ ﻧﻴﺒﻮﻻ )‪ (Nebula‬ﻳﻌﻨﻰ ﺍﺑﺮﻫﺎﻯ ﺳﻴﺎﻩ ﻳﺎ ﻏﺒﺎﺭ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺫﺭﺍﺕ ﻛﻮﭼﻚ‬
‫ﺟﺎﻣﺪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ‪ .‬ﺫﺭﺍﺕ ﻣﺬﻛﻮﺭ ﺑﻤﺮﻭﺭ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺛﺮ ﻗﻮﺓ ﺟﺎﺫﺑﻪ ﺑﺎﻫﻢ ﻳﻜﺠﺎ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻛﺘﻠﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺰﺭﮔﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺍﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﺟﺎﻧﺐ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻛﺘﻠﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻛﻮﭼﻚ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻗﻮﻩ ﻛﺸﺶ ﻭ ﻗﻮﺓ ﺟﺎﺫﺑﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﺑﺴﻮﻯ‬
‫ﻛﺘﻠﻪ ﺑﺰﺭگ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺁﻣﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺛﺮ ﺗﺼﺎﺩﻡ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﺫﻭﺏ ﻣﻰ‬
‫ﺷﺪﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﻛﺘﻠﻪ ﺍﻭﻟﻰ ﺧﻴﻠﻰ ﺑﺰﺭگ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺁﻧﻜﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺛﺮ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻣﺤﻮﺭﻯ ﺑﺎﺯﻭ‬
‫ﻫﺎﻯ ﻓﺮﻋﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺻﻞ ﻛﺘﻠﻪ ﺟﺪﺍ ﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺳﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺷﻤﺲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺁﻭﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﻌﺪﺍ ً ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻈﺮﻳﻪ‬
‫ﺭﺍ ﻻﭘﻼﺱ ﺍﻧﻜﺸﺎﻑ ﺩﺍﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ـ ﻧﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﻻﭘﻼﺱ‬
‫ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﻭ ﺭﻳﺎﺿﻰ ﺩﺍﻥ ﻣﺸﻬﻮﺭ ﻓﺮﺍﻧﺴﻮﻯ ﻻﭘﻼﺱ )‪ 1796‬ﻣﻴﻼﺩﻯ( ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭﺓ ﻣﺒﺪﺃ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺷﻤﺴﻰ‬
‫ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺍﻇﻬﺎﺭ ﻧﻈﺮ ﻛﺮﺩ‪ :‬ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺷﻤﺴﻰ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﻧﺨﺴﺖ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺑﻮﺩ ﺍﺯ )ﺍﺑﺮ ﺳﺤﺎﺑﻰ( ﻛﻪ‬
‫ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ‪ ،‬ﺟﺴﺎﻣﺖ ﺍﺑﺮﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﺬﻛﻮﺭ ﺧﻴﻠﻰ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ‪ ،‬ﺍﻣﺎ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﻫﻤﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺍﺑﺮﻫﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺳﭙﺮﻯ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻛﻢ ﻣﻴﺸﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﺷﻜﺎﻑ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻓﺮﻭﺭﻓﺘﮕﻰ ﻫﺎﻯ ﭘﻰ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻰ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﺑﺮﻫﺎ ﻫﻮﻳﺪﺍ ﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻧﻘﺒﺎﺽ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺒﺴﺎﻁ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻣﺤﻮﺭﻯ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺘﻠﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺬﻛﻮﺭ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺁﻭﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﺗﺎ ﺁﻧﻜﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺨﺶ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍﻳﻰ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺮ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﮔﻰ ﺑﻤﻴﺎﻥ ﺁﻣﺪ ﻭ ﺳﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺁﻭﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﻋﻼﻭﻩ ﺑﺮ ﺁﻥ ﻻﭘﻼﺱ ﺍﻇﻬﺎﺭ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻌﻀﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺟﺪﺍ ﺷﺪﻥ‬
‫ﺳﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻏﺎﺯﺍﺗﻰ ﺭﺍﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻨﺪ ﺑﻌﻀﻰ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﻭ ﺑﻌﻀﻰ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺟﺎﻣﺪ‬
‫ﻣﺒﺪﻝ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪162‬‬
‫‪G10 Fasli (6).indd 162‬‬ ‫‪8/15/2011 4:49:20 PM‬‬
‫ـ ﻧﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﻫﺎﺭﺑﻴﮕﺮ‬
‫ﻫﺎﺭﺑﻴﮕﺮ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﻩ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻧﻴﺒﻮﻻ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ )ﻛﺘﻠﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺍﺑﺮﻯ( ﻳﺎ ﺣﻠﻘﻪ ﻫﺎ ﻛﻪ ﺟﺴﺎﻣﺖ ﺁﻥ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﻛﺘﻠﻪ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻭﻳﺎ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﺘﻠﻪ ﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻓﻀﺎ ﻣﺘﺤﺮﻙ ﺑﻮﺩ‬
‫ﻭ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﻧﺎﮔﻬﺎﻧﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﺳﻘﻮﻁ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺍﻧﻔﺠﺎﺭ ﺑﺰﺭگ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪ ﻭ ﭘﺎﺭﭼﻪ‬
‫ﻫﺎﻯ ﭘﺮﺗﺎﺏ ﺷﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﺳﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺷﻤﺴﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺁﻭﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ـ ﻧﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﺗﺎﻳﺪﻝ‪:‬‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﻧﻈﺮﻳﻪ ﺗﺎﻳﺪﻝ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺎﻳﻨﺎﺕ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻳﻚ ﺟﺴﻢ ﻣﺸﺘﻌﻞ )ﺷﻌﻠﻪ ﺳﺮﺥ( ﻭﺟﻮﺩ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺷﺖ؛ ﺍﻣﺎ ﻳﻚ ﻛﺘﻠﻪ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺳﻤﺎﻭﻯ ﻛﻪ ﺟﺴﺎﻣﺖ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﺘﺮ ﺑﻮﺩ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻬﻠﻮﻯ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻓﺎﺻﻠﺔ ﺩﻭﺭ ﮔﺬﺷﺖ‪ .‬ﻛﺸﺶ ﻭ ﻗﻮﺓ ﺟﺎﺫﺑﺔ ﻛﺘﻠﻪ ﻳﺎﺩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﻻﻯ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﺗﺎﺛﻴﺮ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻄﺢ‬
‫ﺁﻥ ﻣﺪ ﻭ ﺟﺬﺭ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺁﻭﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﺛﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺪ ﻭ ﺟﺬﺭ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻧﺒﺴﺎﻁ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﻭ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪﺍ ً ﻗﺸﺮ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻰ ﺁﻥ ﭘﺎﺭﭼﻪ ﭘﺎﺭﭼﻪ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﭘﺎﺭﭼﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﺬﻛﻮﺭ ﺑﺎ ﺟﺴﺎﻣﺖ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺩﻭﺭ ﻭ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻚ ﺟﺎ ﮔﺮﻓﺖ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺳﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺷﻤﺲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺁﻭﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ـ ﻧﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﻻﻛﻴﺮ‪:‬‬
‫ﻻﻛﻴﺮ ﺩﺍﻧﺸﻤﻨﺪ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﻜﺎﻳﻰ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﻩ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻓﻀﺎ ﺳﻨﮓ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺁﺳﻤﺎﻧﻰ )‪(Meteorites‬‬
‫ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﺳﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﻣﺔ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻜﺠﺎ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺳﻨﮓ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﺬﻛﻮﺭ ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺁﻣﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﺟﺎﻧﺐ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺍﻧﻔﺠﺎﺭ ﺑﺰﺭگ ﺩﺭ ﻟﺤﻈﺎﺕ ﺁﻓﺮﻳﻨﺶ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻨﺎﻡ ﺑﻴﮓ ﺑﻨﮓ )‪Big‬‬
‫‪ (Bang‬ﺍﻧﻔﺠﺎﺭ ﻋﻈﻴﻢ ﻣﻌﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺩﺭ ﻛﻬﻜﺸﺎﻥ ﺭﺥ ﺩﺍﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺛﺮ ﺍﻧﻔﺠﺎﺭ ﺑﺰﺭگ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﻓﻀﺎﻯ ﻛﺎﻳﻨﺎﺕ ﻭ ﻛﻬﻜﺸﺎﻥ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺷﻴﺮﻯ ‪ Milky Way‬ﻣﻨﻈﻮﻣﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩ‬
‫ﺁﻣﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻈﺮﻳﺎﺗﻰ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﻻ ﺗﺬﻛﺮ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﻓﺮﺿﻴﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﺳﻼﻡ ﻭ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﺑﻴﻨﻰ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻰ ﺍﺳﺘﺪﻻﻝ ﻋﻠﻤﻰ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪163‬‬
‫‪G10 Fasli (6).indd 163‬‬ ‫‪8/15/2011 4:49:20 PM‬‬
‫ﺷﺎﮔﺮﺩﺍﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻭ ﮔﺮﻭپ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﮔﺮﻭپ ﺍﻭﻝ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﻧﻈﺮﻳﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻋﻠﻤﺎﻯ ﻗﺪﻳﻢ‬
‫ﮔﺮﻭپ ﺩﻭﻡ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﻧﻈﺮﻳﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻋﻠﻤﺎﻯ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﭘﻴﺪﺍﻳﺶ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﺑﺎ ﻫﻢ ﺑﺤﺚ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‬
‫ﻭ ﺑﻌﺪﺍ ً ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪﺓ ﻫﺮ ﮔﺮﻭپ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺭﻭﻯ ﺻﻨﻒ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﺍﻥ ﺍﺭﺍﻳﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻮﺍﻝ ﻫﺎ‪:‬‬ ‫؟‬

‫‪1‬ـ ﻧﻈﺮ ﻋﻠﻤﺎﻯ ﻗﺪﻳﻢ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﺁﻓﺮﻳﻨﺶ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ؟‬
‫‪2‬ـ ﻧﻈﺮﻳﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻋﻠﻤﺎﻯ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭﺓ ﭘﻴﺪﺍﻳﺶ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﻣﺨﺘﺼﺮﺍ ً ﺷﺮﺡ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ؟‬
‫‪3‬ـ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﺍﻧﻔﺠﺎﺭ ﺑﺰﺭگ )‪ (Big Bang‬ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ؟‬

‫ﺷﺎﮔﺮﺩﺍﻥ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭﺓ ﻧﻈﺮﻳﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻗﺪﻣﺎ ﻭ ﻋﻠﻤﺎﻯ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﻘﺎﻳﺴﻮﻯ ﻳﻚ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻣﻘﺎﻟﻪ‬
‫‪164‬‬
‫‪G10 Fasli (6).indd 164‬‬ ‫‪8/15/2011 4:49:20 PM‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﺱ ‪48‬‬
‫ﻛﻬﻜﺸﺎﻥ‪Galaxy‬‬
‫ﺵ )‪ (112‬ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﻛﻬﻜﺸﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺁﻳﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﻛﻬﻜﺸﺎﻥ ﭼﻪ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ؟‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻓﻀﺎﻯ ﻻﻳﺘﻨﺎﻫﻰ ﻛﺎﻳﻨﺎﺕ ﺫﺭﺍﺕ ﺳﻤﺎﻭﻯ ﻭ ﮔﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺩﻭﺩ )ﺩﺧﺎﻥ(‪ ،‬ﺩﻣﻪ ﻭ ﺍﺑﺮﻫﺎﻯ‬
‫ﻫﺎﻳﺪﺭﻭﺟﻨﻰ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻛﻪ ﭘﻬﻨﺎ ﻭﻭﺳﻌﺖ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻰ ﺣﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﺘﻠﻪ ﺑﺰﺭگ ﺳﻤﺎﻭﻯ‬
‫ﺑﺎ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻭﺭ ﻣﺤﻮﺭ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻣﻰ ﭼﺮﺧﺪ‪ .‬ﻛﺘﻠﺔ ﻋﻈﻴﻢ ﻛﻬﻜﺸﺎﻥ ﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺑﻴﻀﻮﻯ‬
‫ﺗﺸﻜﻞ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻯ ﺧﺎﺻﻴﺖ ﺟﺎﺫﺑﻪ ﻭ ﻣﻘﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻰ ﺍﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﺛﺮ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺟﺎﺫﺑﻪ ﺫﺭﺍﺕ ﻣﺬﻛﻮﺭ ﮔﺎﻩ‬
‫ﮔﺎﻩ ﺑﺪﻭﺭ ﻳﻜﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻉ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ‪ ،‬ﻛﺘﻠﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺧﻮﺭﺩ ﻭ ﺑﺰﺭگ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﻣﻴﺪﻫﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻉ‬
‫ﺑﻨﺎﻡ ﻛﻬﻜﺸﺎﻥ ﻳﺎ ﮔﻠﻜﺴﻰ ﻳﺎﺩ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺫﺭﺍﺕ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺛﺮ ﺟﺎﺫﺑﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻳﻚ ﺷﺪﺕ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻃﺮﺍﻑ ﻳﻚ‬
‫ﻛﺘﻠﻪ ﺟﺬﺏ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﺻﻄﻜﺎﻙ ﻭ ﺗﺼﺎﺩﻡ ﺫﺭﺍﺕ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﺜ ً‬
‫ﻼ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺑﻴﻦ ﻛﻬﻜﺸﺎﻥ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻴﻠﻮﻧﻬﺎ ﺳﺎﻝ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺛﺮ ﺑﺮﺧﻮﺭﺩ ﺫﺭﺍﺕ ﻛﺘﻠﻪ ﻋﻈﻴﻢ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺴﻢ‬
‫ﻓﺮﻭﺯﺍﻥ‪ ،‬ﺁﺗﺸﻴﻦ ﻭ ﻣﺸﺘﻌﻞ ﻣﺒﺪﻝ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﻛﻪ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺯ ‪ 6000‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻰ ﮔﺮﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﺗﺮ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﭼﺮﺧﺶ ﻣﺤﻮﺭﻯ ﻧﻴﺒﻮﻻﻯ ﻛﻬﻜﺸﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻓﻨﺮﻧﻤﺎ )ﺳﭙﺎﻳﺮﻝ‪ (Spiral‬ﺑﻴﻀﻮﻯ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻛﺘﻠﻪ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻈﻮﻣﻪ ﺷﻤﺲ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﺳﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻗﻤﺎﺭ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺍﺯﻳﻦ ﺳﺒﺐ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻛﻬﻜﺸﺎﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻮﻧﻬﺎ ﺳﻴﺎﺭﻩ ﻭ ﺛﻮﺍﺑﺖ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻛﻪ ﻫﺮ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻯ ﺟﺴﺎﻣﺖ ﻭ ﺍﻭﺻﺎﻑ‬
‫ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻛﺎﻳﻨﺎﺕ ﻛﻬﻜﺸﺎﻥ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺫﻳﻞ ﺗﺎ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻛﺸﻒ ﻭ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ـ ﻛﻬﻜﺸﺎﻥ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺷﻴﺮﻯ ‪Milky way‬‬
‫ـ ﻛﻬﻜﺸﺎﻥ ﺍﻧﺪﺭﻭ ﻣﻴﺪﺍ‪Andromeda‬‬
‫ـ ﻛﻬﻜﺸﺎﻥ ﺳﻪ ﮔﺎﻧﻪ ‪Trianglum‬‬
‫‪165‬‬
‫‪G10 Fasli (6).indd 165‬‬ ‫‪8/15/2011 4:49:22 PM‬‬
‫ﺭﺍﻩ ﺷﻴﺮﻯ‬ ‫ﮔﺮﻭﭘﻬﺎﻯ ﻛﻬﻜﺸﺎﻧﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺪﺭﻭﻣﺪﺍ‬
‫ﺗﺮﺍﻧﻴﮕﻠﻮﻡ‬
‫ﺭﺍﻩ ﺷﻴﺮﻯ‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ )‪(113‬‬ ‫ـ ﻛﻬﻜﺸﺎﻥ ﻗﻨﻄﻮﺭﺱ ‪Qanturis‬‬

‫ـ ﻛﻬﻜﺸﺎﻥ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺷﻴﺮﻯ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻬﻜﺸﺎﻥ ﺑﺎ ﻭﺳﻌﺖ ﻭ ﭘﻬﻨﺎﻯ ﻭﺳﻴﻊ ﺑﺎ ﺭﻧﮓ ﺷﻴﺮﻯ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺷﺐ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺁﺳﻤﺎﻥ ﺻﺎﻑ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﻓﻀﺎﻯ ﻻﻳﺘﻨﺎﻫﻰ ﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻠﻴﺎﺭﺩ ﻫﺎ ﺳﺘﺎﺭﻩ‪ ،‬ﺛﻮﺍﺑﺖ‪ ،‬ﺫﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﺑﺮ ﻭ ﺩﻣﻪ ﻣﺘﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺳﻌﺖ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻬﻜﺸﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺻﺪ ﻫﺰﺍﺭ ﺳﺎﻝ ﻧﻮﺭﻯ ﻭ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻩ ﻫﺰﺍﺭ ﺳﺎﻝ ﻧﻮﺭﻯ ﻣﻴﺮﺳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻨﻈﻮﻣﻪ ﺷﻤﺲ ﺩﺭ ﻳﻜﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺎﺯﻭﻫﺎﻯ ﻛﻬﻜﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺣﺼﻪ ﺑﻨﺎﻡ ﺑﺎﺯﻭﻯ ﺟﺒﺎﺭ ﻳﺎﺩ‬
‫ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻧﻮﺭ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﺑﺰﻣﻴﻦ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺸﺖ ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ ﻣﻴﺮﺳﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺻﺪ ﻫﺰﺍﺭ ﺳﺎﻝ ﻧﻮﺭﻯ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺗﺨﻤﻴﻦ ﻣﻴﺘﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻭﺳﻌﺖ ﻛﻬﻜﺸﺎﻥ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺷﻴﺮﻯ ﺗﺎ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪166‬‬
‫‪G10 Fasli (6).indd 166‬‬ ‫‪8/15/2011 4:49:22 PM‬‬
‫ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ‬
‫ﺳﺎﻝ ﻧﻮﺭﻯ‬
‫ﻭﺳﻌﺖ ﻛﻬﻜﺸﺎﻥ = ‪100000ly(360,25×24×60×60)× 300000 km/sec‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ (114‬ﮔﻠﻜﺴﻰ‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﺟﺎﻧﺐ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺍﺑﺮﻫﺎﻯ ﺳﻴﺎﻩ ﺭﻧﮓ‪ ،‬ﺳﻴﺎﻩ ﭼﺎﻟﻪ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺍﺑﺮﻫﺎﻯ ﺳﻔﻴﺪ ﺭﻧﮓ ﻛﻬﻜﺸﺎﻥ ﮔﺎﻫﻰ‬
‫ﻣﺎﻧﻊ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﻧﻮﺭ ﺳﺘﺎﺭﻩ ﮔﺎﻥ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺟﻮﻑ ﻛﻬﻜﺸﺎﻥ ﺑﻌﻀﻰ ﺳﻴﺎﻩ ﭼﺎﻟﻪ ﻫﺎ ﻭﺍﻋﻤﺎﻕ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﻚ‬
‫ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺎﻧﻊ ﻧﻮﺭ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺳﺘﺎﺭﻩ ﮔﺎﻥ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭﺟﺴﻢ ﺳﻤﺎﻭﻯ ﺩﺭﻳﻦ ﺳﻴﺎﻩ ﭼﺎﻟﻪ ﺍﻭﺻﺎﻑ‬
‫ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﻴﺪﻫﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻛﻬﻜﺸﺎﻥ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺷﻴﺮﻯ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﺗﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻭ ﺻﺪ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﺳﻴﺎﺭﻩ ﻭ ﺛﻮﺍﺑﺖ ﻭ ﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ‬
‫ﻳﻚ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﭼﻨﺪ ﻣﺮﺗﺒﻪ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﺘﺮ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻄﻮﺭ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺳﺘﺎﺭﺓ ﻭﻳﮕﺎ ﭼﻨﺪﻳﻦ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺑﻴﺘﻞ ﮔﻮﺱ ‪ 600‬ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﻭ َﺩﺑَﺮﺍﻥ ‪ 20‬ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪) .‬ﺷﻜﻞ(‬
‫ﻣﻨﻈﻮﻣﻪ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﺩﺭ ‪ 200‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﺳﺎﻝ ﻳﻚ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺪﻭﺭ ﻣﺤﻮﺭ ﻛﻬﻜﺸﺎﻥ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺷﻴﺮﻯ ﻣﻴﭽﺮﺧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ـ ﻛﻬﻜﺸﺎﻥ ﺍﻧﺪﺭﻭﻣﻴﺪﺍ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﺪﺭﻭﻣﻴﺪﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻛﻬﻜﺸﺎﻥ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺷﻴﺮﻯ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻜﺘﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺩﻭ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﺳﺎﻝ ﻧﻮﺭﻯ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻧﺪﺭﻭﻣﻴﺪﺍ ﻛﻬﻜﺸﺎﻥ ﺣﻠﻘﻮﻯ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺻﺪﻫﺎ ﻣﻠﻴﺎﺭﺩ ﺳﺘﺎﺭﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺟﺎ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ـ ﻛﻬﻜﺸﺎﻥ ﺗﺮﻯ ﺍﻧﮕﻠﻮﻡ )ﺳﻪ ﮔﺎﻧﻪ(‪:‬‬

‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻬﻜﺸﺎﻥ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻛﻬﻜﺸﺎﻥ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺷﻴﺮﻯ ﭼﻬﺎﺭ ﻣﺮﺗﺒﻪ ﺧﻮﺭﺩﺗﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﻛﻪ ﻫﻢ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺪﺍﺭ ﺧﻮﺩ‬
‫ﻭ ﻫﻢ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺪﺍﺭ ﻛﻬﻜﺸﺎﻥ ﺍﻧﺪﺭﻭﻣﻴﺪﺍ ﻣﻰ ﭼﺮﺧﺪ‪ .‬ﻭ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻛﻬﻜﺸﺎﻥ ﻫﺎ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻤﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺩﻭﺭ ﺷﺪﻥ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪167‬‬
‫‪G10 Fasli (6).indd 167‬‬ ‫‪8/15/2011 4:49:24 PM‬‬
‫ـ ﻛﻬﻜﺸﺎﻥ ﻗﻨﻄﻮﺭﺱ )ﻛﻠﻪ ﺍﺳﭙﻰ(‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻬﻜﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﺘﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﺮ ﺳﺮﺩ‬
‫ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻝ ﭼﺮﺧﺶ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺗﺸﻜﻞ ﺳﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﺑﺮﻫﺎﻯ ﻫﺎﻳﺪﺭﻭﺟﻨﻰ ﺗﺤﺖ‬
‫ﺗﺎﺛﻴﺮ ﺟﺎﺫﺑﻪ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﭼﺮﺧﺶ‪،‬‬
‫ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﻣﻴﻜﻨﺪ ﺩﺭﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ‬
‫ﺳﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﻭ ﻣﺸﺘﻌﻞ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩ‬
‫ﻣﻰ ﺁﻭﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻉ ﺍﻧﻔﺠﺎﺭ ﺑﺰﺭگ‬
‫)‪ (Big Bang‬ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺗﻜﻮﻳﻦ‬
‫ﺳﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﺛﻮﺍﺑﺖ ﻭ ﺍﻗﻤﺎﺭ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ‬
‫ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﺗﻬﺪﺍﺏ ﺗﻜﻮﻳﻦ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ‬
‫ﺭﺍ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﻣﻴﺪﻫﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺵ )‪ (115‬ﻛﻬﻜﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻈﻮﻣﻪ ﺷﻤﺴﻰ‬

‫ﺷﺎﮔﺮﺩﺍﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻪ ﮔﺮﻭپ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ ،‬ﮔﺮﻭپ ﺍﻭﻝ ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺑﻪ ﻛﻬﻜﺸﺎﻥ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺷﻴﺮﻯ‪ ،‬ﮔﺮﻭپ ﺩﻭﻡ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﻧﺪﺭﻭ ﻣﻴﺪﺍ‪ ،‬ﮔﺮﻭپ ﺳﻮﻡ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﻗﻨﻄﻮﺭﺱ ﻭ ﻛﻬﻜﺸﺎﻥ ﺳﻪ ﮔﺎﻧﻪ ﺻﺤﺒﺖ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻮﺍﻟﻬﺎ‪:‬‬ ‫؟‬
‫‪1‬ـ ﻧﻮﺭ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﺩﺭ ﭼﻘﺪﺭ ﻭﻗﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻣﻴﺮﺳﺪ؟‬
‫ـ ﺩﺭ ‪ 8‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ‬ ‫ـ ﺩﺭ ﭼﻬﺎﺭ ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ‬ ‫ـ ﻳﻚ ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ‬
‫ـ ﺩﺭ ‪ 16‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ‬
‫‪2‬ـ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﻣﻪ ﻫﺎ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﺘﺮ ﺍﻧﺪ؟‬
‫‪3‬ـ ﻛﻬﻜﺸﺎﻥ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺷﻴﺮﻯ ﺭﺍ ﭼﺮﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﺎﻡ ﻳﺎﺩﻣﻴﻜﻨﻨﺪ؟‬
‫‪4‬ـ ﻣﺮﺍﺩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﻔﺠﺎﺭ ﺑﺰﺭگ ﭼﻴﺴﺖ؟‬

‫ـ ﺷﺎﮔﺮﺩﺍﻥ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻛﻮﭼﻚ ﻛﻬﻜﺸﺎﻥ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺷﻴﺮﻯ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺮﺳﻴﻢ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ـ ﻣﺨﺘﺼﺮ ﺑﻨﻮﻳﺴﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﻭ ﺳﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﭼﻄﻮﺭ ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻣﻰ ﺁﻳﺪ؟‬
‫‪168‬‬
‫‪G10 Fasli (6).indd 168‬‬ ‫‪8/15/2011 4:49:25 PM‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﺱ ‪49‬‬
‫‪ 3 ،6‬ﻣﻨﻈﻮﻣﺔ ﺷﻤﺴﻰ‬
‫ﺵ )‪ (116‬ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﻣﻪ ﺷﻤﺴﻰ‬
‫ﺁﻳﺎ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭﺓ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﻣﺔ ﺷﻤﺴﻰ ﺁﮔﺎﻫﻰ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ؟‬
‫ﻣﻨﻈﻮﻣﺔ ﺷﻤﺴﻰ ﻗﺪﺍﻣﺖ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﻃﻮﻻﻧﻰ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺍﻧﺸﻤﻨﺪﺍﻥ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﻭﺭ ﺍﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﻣﺔ ﺷﻤﺴﻰ‬
‫ﭘﻨﺞ ﻣﻠﻴﺎﺭﺩ ﺳﺎﻝ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻰ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻧﺒﻮﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻮﺩﻩ ﻫﺎﻯ ﮔﺎﺯ ﻭ ﮔﺮﺩ ﻭ ﻏﺒﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻫﻢ ﺁﻣﻴﺨﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺛﺮ ﺟﺎﺫﺑﻪ ﺑﺎﻫﻢ ﻳﻜﺠﺎ ﺷﺪﻧﺪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﻮﺩﺓ ﮔﺎﺯ ﻭ ﻏﺒﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﺿﻤﻦ ﺍﻧﻘﺒﺎﺽ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺣﺼﺔ ﻭﺳﻂ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﻍ ﺗﺮﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺳﺮ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﻭ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺳﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﻣﺔ ﺷﻤﺴﻰ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺁﻭﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻨﻈﻮﻣﺔ ﺷﻤﺴﻰ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺳﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﺟﺮﺍﻡ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺷﻤﺲ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ‬
‫ﻼ‪ :‬ﻋﻄﺎﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﺯﻫﺮﻩ‪ ،‬ﺯﻣﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻣﺮﻳﺦ‪ ،‬ﻣﺸﺘﺮﻯ‪ ،‬ﺯﺣﻞ‪ ،‬ﺍﻭﺭﺍﻧﻮﺱ‪ ،‬ﻧﭙﺘﻮﻥ‪،‬‬ ‫‪ 9‬ﺳﻴﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻣﺜ ً‬
‫ﭘﻠﻮﺗﻮ ﻭ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻡ ﺁﺳﻤﺎﻧﻰ ﻛﻮﭼﻚ ﻭ ﺧﻮﺭﺩﻩ ﺳﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﺪﺍﺭ ﻣﺮﻳﺦ ﻭﻣﺸﺘﺮﻯ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﭼﺸﻢ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﭘﻨﺞ ﺳﻴﺎﺭﻩ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻴﺘﻮﺍﻥ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻛﺮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﻧﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻋﻄﺎﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﺯﻫﺮﻩ‪،‬‬
‫ﻣﺮﻳﺦ‪ ،‬ﻣﺸﺘﺮﻯ ﻭ ﺯﺣﻞ‪ ،‬ﺑﻘﻴﻪ ﺳﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺁﻧﻘﺪﺭ ﻛﻮﭼﻚ ﻭﻳﺎ ﺩﻭﺭ ﺍﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺗﻠﺴﻜﻮﺏ‬
‫ﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﻧﻤﻴﺸﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﺳﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﻣﺔ ﺷﻤﺴﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﻣﻴﺘﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪169‬‬
‫‪G10 Fasli (6).indd 169‬‬ ‫‪8/15/2011 4:49:27 PM‬‬
‫ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻰ‬
‫ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺷﻤﺴﻰ ﻣﺘﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﺯ ‪ 9‬ﺳﻴﺎﺭﻩ ﻭ ‪ 165‬ﻣﻬﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﺳﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﻣﺔ ﺷﻤﺴﻰ‬
‫ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﭼﺮﺧﺶ‬ ‫ﻗﻄﺮ ﺳﻴﺎﺭﻩ‬ ‫ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ‬ ‫ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩﺍﻗﻤﺎﺭ‬ ‫ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﻧﺎﻡ ﺳﻴﺎﺭﻩ‬
‫ﺑﺪﻭﺭ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ‬
‫‪ 88‬ﺭﻭﺯ‬ ‫‪ 4880‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻣﺘﺮ‬ ‫‪ 58‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻮﻥ‬ ‫ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ‬ ‫ﻋﻄﺎﺭﺩ‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻣﺘﺮ‬
‫‪// 224،7‬‬ ‫‪// //12155‬‬ ‫‪// 108‬‬ ‫‪//‬‬ ‫ﺯﻫﺮﻩ‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫‪// 365،25‬‬ ‫‪// //12820‬‬ ‫‪// 150‬‬ ‫‪ 1‬ﻗﻤﺮ‬ ‫ﺯﻣﻴﻦ‬ ‫‪3‬‬
‫‪// 687‬‬ ‫‪// //6790‬‬ ‫‪// 228‬‬ ‫‪// 2‬‬ ‫ﻣﺮﻳﺦ‬ ‫‪4‬‬
‫‪ 11،9‬ﺳﺎﻝ‬ ‫‪// //143042‬‬ ‫‪// 779‬‬ ‫‪// 63‬‬ ‫ﻣﺸﺘﺮﻯ‬ ‫‪5‬‬
‫‪// 29،4‬‬ ‫‪// //120585‬‬ ‫‪// 1428‬‬ ‫‪ 56‬ﻗﻤﺮ ﺑﺎ ﻳﻚ‬ ‫ﺯﺣﻞ‬ ‫‪6‬‬
‫ﺣﻠﻘﻪ ﺑﺰﺭگ‬
‫ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻰ‬
‫‪// 84‬‬ ‫‪// //51140‬‬ ‫‪// 2870‬‬ ‫‪ 27‬ﻗﻤﺮ‬ ‫ﺍﻭﺭﺍﻧﻮﺱ‬ ‫‪7‬‬

‫‪// 165‬‬ ‫‪// //49550‬‬ ‫‪// 4500‬‬ ‫‪// 13‬‬ ‫ﻧﭙﺘﻮﻥ‬ ‫‪8‬‬
‫‪// 248،6‬‬ ‫‪// //2285‬‬ ‫‪// 5920‬‬ ‫‪// 3‬‬ ‫ﭘﻠﻮﺗﻮ‬ ‫‪9‬‬
‫ﻣﺪﺕ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻟﻰ‬

‫ﺷﺎﮔﺮﺩﺍﻥ ﺑﻪ ﮔﺮﻭپ ﻫﺎ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﮔﺮﻭپ ﻫﺎ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭﺓ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﻣﻪ ﺷﻤﺴﻰ ﺑﺎﻫﻢ ﺑﺤﺚ‬
‫ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻌﺪﺍ ً ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﻫﺮ ﮔﺮﻭپ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﺑﺤﺚ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﺼﻨﻔﺎﻥ ﺍﺭﺍﻳﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻮﺍﻝ ﻫﺎ‪:‬‬ ‫؟‬

‫‪1‬ـ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭﺓ ﭘﻴﺪﺍﻳﺶ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﻣﻪ ﺷﻤﺴﻰ ﻣﺨﺘﺼﺮﺍ ً ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ؟‬
‫‪2‬ـ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﻣﻪ ﺷﻤﺴﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻧﺎﻡ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﻳﺪ؟‬

‫ﺷﺎﮔﺮﺩﺍﻥ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﻣﻪ ﺷﻤﺴﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﭽﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺗﺮﺳﻴﻢ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪170‬‬
‫‪G10 Fasli (6).indd 170‬‬ ‫‪8/15/2011 4:49:27 PM‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﺱ ‪50‬‬
‫ﺏ‪ -‬ﺳﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﻣﺔ ﺷﻤﺴﻰ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻈﻮﻣﺔ ﺷﻤﺴﻰ‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ )‪(117‬‬
‫ﺳﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﻣﺔ ﺷﻤﺴﻰ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻉ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺷﻤﺴﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﻣﻴﺪﻫﺪ ﻭ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﺯ ‪ 9‬ﺳﻴﺎﺭﻩ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺪﺍﺭﻫﺎﻯ ﺑﻴﻀﻮﻯ ﻭ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺟﺪﺍﮔﺎﻧﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺴﺎﻓﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻟﻰ‬
‫ﻼ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻣﺨﺘﺼﺮ ﺍﺭﺍﻳﻪ ﻣﻴﮕﺮﺩﺩ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺩﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻭﺭ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻴﺪﻫﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭﺓ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺫﻳ ً‬
‫ـ ﻋﻄﺎﺭﺩ‬
‫ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻚ ﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﺳﻴﺎﺭﺓ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﻋﻄﺎﺭﺩ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻬﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﺓ ﺁﻥ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺳﭙﻴﺪﻩ ﺩﻡ ﻭ‬
‫ﻏﺮﻭﺏ ﺍﺳﺖ؛ ﺍﻣﺎ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻰ ﻛﻪ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺳﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻫﺮﮔﺰ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﻴﺎﺭﻩ ﻧﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻜﻨﻴﺪ ﭼﺮﺍﻛﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﻪ ﭼﺸﻢ ﺗﺎﻥ ﺁﺳﻴﺐ ﺑﺮﺳﺎﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻣﻨﺠﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻛﻮﺭﻯ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﺠﺎﻳﻰ ﻛﻪ‬
‫ﻋﻄﺎﺭﺩ ﺧﻴﻠﻰ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻚ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺁﻥ ﺗﺎ ‪ 427‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻰ ﮔﺮﺍﺩ ﻣﻴﺮﺳﺪ ﻭ‬
‫ﻓﺎﻗﺪ ﺍﺗﻤﻮﺳﻔﻴﺮ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﻴﺎﺭﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻳﻚ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺳﺮﺩ ﻭ ﻳﺨﺒﻨﺪﺍﻥ ﻭ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ‬
‫ﺁﻥ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ؛ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺗﻨﻮﺭ ﺳﻮﺯﺍﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﺳﻄﺤﻰ ﻋﻄﺎﺭﺩ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺑﻴﻦ ‪ 190‬ﺗﺎ ‪ 450‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻰ ﮔﺮﺍﺩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺷﺐ ‪ 180‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻰ ﮔﺮﺍﺩ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺻﻔﺮ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﻴﺎﺭﻩ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﺟﺎﻣﺪ ﻭﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻣﻬﺘﺎﺏ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻯ ﮔﻮﺩﺍﻝ ﻫﺎ ﻣﻰ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪171‬‬
‫‪G10 Fasli (6).indd 171‬‬ ‫‪8/15/2011 4:49:29 PM‬‬
‫ـ ﺯﻫﺮﻩ‬
‫ﺯﻫﺮﻩ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎً ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﺳﻴﺎﺭﺓ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭﻗﺘﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﺘﺎﺭﻩ ﻧﮕﺎﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ ﭼﻴﺰﻯ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻰ‬
‫ﺑﻴﻨﻴﻢ ﻛﺮﻩ ﺍﻯ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺩﺭﺧﺸﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻓﺎﻗﺪ ﻫﺮﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﻋﻼﻳﻢ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﭼﺮﺍﻛﻪ ﺍﺗﻤﻮﺳﻔﻴﺮ ﺁﻥ ﻓﻘﻂ‬
‫ﻼ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻳﺪ ﻣﺎ‬‫ﺍﺯ ﺗﻮﺩﻩ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺍﺑﺮ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﻮﺩﻩ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺍﺑﺮ‪ ،‬ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﻴﺎﺭﻩ ﺭﺍ ﻛﺎﻣ ٌ‬
‫ﭘﻨﻬﺎﻥ ﻣﻰ ﺳﺎﺯﺩ؛ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺳﻔﻴﻨﻪ ﺍﻯ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﻴﺎﺭﻩ ﻓﺮﺳﺘﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻧﺘﻮﺍﻧﺴﺖ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺑﻴﺒﻴﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﻴﺎﺭﻩ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺳﻜﻮﻧﺖ ﻭ ﺑﻴﺎﺑﺎﻧﻰ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺍﺗﻤﻮﺳﻔﻴﺮ ﺁﻥ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎً ﺑﻄﻮﺭ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﺯ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﻦ ﺩﺍﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻛﺴﺎﻳﺪ )‪ ( 2‬ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻪ ‪ 465‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻰ ﮔﺮﺍﺩ ﻣﻴﺮﺳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ـ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﺠﺎﻳﻰ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻧﻴﻢ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻴﭻ ﺳﻴﺎﺭﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﻣﺔ ﺷﻤﺴﻰ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻛﺮﺓ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺍﺯ ﺣﻴﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻼ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻰ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ‬ ‫ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺩﺭﻛﺮﺓ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺯﻳﺴﺖ ﻛﺎﻣ ً‬
‫ﺩﺍﻍ ﻭ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﺔ ﺟﺎﻣﺪ ﺁﻥ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺎ ﺑﺎﻻﻯ ﺁﻥ ﺯﻧﺪﻩ ﮔﻰ ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ ﺑﻨﺎﻡ ﻗﺸﺮ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻳﺎﺩ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻃﺒﻘﻪ‬
‫ﺳﻴﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﺳﻴﻤﺎ‪ ،‬ﻣﻨﺘﻞ ﻭﻫﺴﺘﻪ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻰ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻃﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﻣﻴﺪﻫﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ـ ﻣﺮﻳﺦ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺳﻴﺎﺭﺓ ﻣﺮﻳﺦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻛﻮﭼﻜﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻣﻰ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﺮﻳﺦ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺳﺮﺩﺗﺮ ﻭ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻯ‬
‫ﺭﻧﮓ ﺳﺮﺥ ﺍﺳﺖ ﭼﻮﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﺩﻭﺭﺗﺮ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﻭﺳﻂ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﻴﺎﺭﻩ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ‪ 55‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮﺍﺩ ﻣﻴﺮﺳﺪ‪ .‬ﺗﺼﺎﻭﻳﺮﻯ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺳﻔﻴﻨﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻛﻴﻬﺎﻧﻰ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ‬
‫ﻛﻮﻩ ﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺩﺷﺖ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺣﻔﺮﻩ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺁﺗﺸﻔﺸﺎﻧﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﻴﺎﺭﻩ ﺧﺒﺮﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻋﻼﻳﻤﻰ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﻳﺖ‬
‫ﺁﺏ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﻴﺎﺭﻩ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﻪ ﺭﺳﻴﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ـ ﻣﺸﺘﺮﻯ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺘﺮﻯ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﺳﻴﺎﺭﺓ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﻣﺔ ﺷﻤﺴﻰ ﻭ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﻣﻴﻦ ﺟﺴﻢ ﺩﺭﺧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺳﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻳﻜﻰ‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﺩﻻﻳﻞ ﺩﺭﺧﺸﺎﻧﻰ ﺍﺵ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﻰ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻗﻄﺮ ﺁﻥ ‪ 11‬ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﺓ‬
‫ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮﻯ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻮﺭ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﻌﻜﺎﺱ ﻣﻴﺪﻫﺪ‪ .‬ﺳﻄﺢ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻣﺬﺍﺑﻪ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻋﻤﺪﺗﺎً ﺍﺯ ﮔﺎﺯ ﻫﺎﻯ‬
‫ﻫﺎﻳﺪﺭﻭﺟﻦ ﻭ ﻫﻴﻠﻴﻮﻡ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ؛ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﺸﺘﺮﻯ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻯ ﻛﻤﺮﺑﻨﺪﻯ ﺍﺯ ﺣﻠﻘﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ‬
‫ﻛﻤﺮﻧﮓ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻃﺮﺍﻑ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺤﺎﻟﺖ ﺍﺷﺘﻌﺎﻝ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﺗﻤﻮﺳﻔﻴﺮ ﻣﺸﺘﺮﻯ ﻃﻮﻓﺎﻥ ﻫﺎ ﺑﺎ‬
‫ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﺗﺎ ‪ 400‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻣﺘﺮ ﺩﺭﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﺳﻄﺤﻰ ﺁﻥ ‪ -150‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ‬
‫ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻰ ﮔﺮﺍﺩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺗﺎ ‪ +20،000‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻰ ﮔﺮﺍﺩ ﻣﻴﺮﺳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪172‬‬
‫‪G10 Fasli (6).indd 172‬‬ ‫‪8/15/2011 4:49:29 PM‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺘﺮﻯ‬
‫ﺯﺣﻞ‬ ‫ﻧﭙﺘﻮﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻭﺭﺍﻧﻮﺱ‬
‫ﻋﻄﺎﺭﺩ‬ ‫ﺯﻫﺮﻩ‬ ‫ﺯﻣﻴﻦ‬ ‫ﻣﺮﻳﺦ‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ (118‬ﭘﻠﻮﺗﻮ ﺳﻴﺎﺭﻩ ﻛﻮﭼﻚ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺩﻭﺭ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‬
‫ـ ﺯﺣﻞ‬
‫ﺳﻴﺎﺭﺓ ﺯﺣﻞ ﻳﻜﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺧﺎﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻩ ﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﺳﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﻣﺔ ﺷﻤﺴﻰ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺯﻳﺒﺎﻳﻰ ﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻯ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻭ ﺭﻧﮓ ﺁﻥ ﺯﺭﺩ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﻚ ﺗﻠﺴﻜﻮﺏ ﻧﺠﻮﻣﻰ ﻛﻮﭼﻚ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﻴﺎﺭﻩ ﻧﮕﺎﻩ‬
‫ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﺣﺘﻤﺎً ﻳﻜﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺣﻠﻘﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺯﺣﻞ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻻً ﺩﻭ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺣﻠﻘﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻣﺤﻘﻘﻴﻦ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻴﺪﻫﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﻠﻘﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻋﻈﻴﻢ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺍﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﺍﺯ ﻫﺰﺍﺭﺍﻥ ﺣﻠﻘﺔ‬
‫ﻛﻮﭼﻚ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺣﻠﻘﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺯﺣﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺫﺭﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻡ ﻭ ﻏﺒﺎﺭ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺁﺳﻤﺎﻧﻰ ﺑﻰ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻯ‬
‫ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺳﺘﺎﺭﻩ ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﻥ ﺑﻌﻀﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﻠﻘﻪ ﻫﺎ ﺭﺍﻛﻪ ﺩﺭﻫﻢ ﭘﻴﭽﻴﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﭘﻴﭽﺶ ﺣﻠﻘﻪ ﻫﺎ ﺑﺎ ﻳﻜﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺛﺮ ﭼﺮﺧﺶ ﺍﻗﻤﺎﺭ ﺯﺣﻞ ﻣﻮﺳﻮﻡ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻗﻤﺎﺭ ﭼﻮﭘﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻃﺮﺍﻑ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﻴﺎﺭﻩ ﺩﺭ ﮔﺮﺩﺵ ﺍﻧﺪ ﻭﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﭼﺮﺧﺶ ﺳﺎﺣﻪ ﺟﺎﺫﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﻮﺟﺐ ﺍﻧﺤﺮﺍﻓﺎﺕ ﺍﻳﻦ‬
‫ﺣﻠﻘﻪ ﻫﺎ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﺳﻄﺤﻰ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﻴﺎﺭﻩ ‪ 180‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻰ ﮔﺮﺍﺩﺗﺤﺖ ﺻﻔﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ـ ﺍﻭﺭﺍﻧﻮﺱ‬
‫ﺍﻭﺭﺍﻧﻮﺱ ﺳﻮﻣﻴﻦ ﺳﻴﺎﺭﺓ ﺑﺰﺭگ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﻣﺔ ﺷﻤﺴﻰ ﺍﺳﺖ؛ ﺍﻣﺎ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﺓ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﻴﺎﺭﻩ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺗﻠﺴﻜﻮﺏ‬
‫ﺍﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﭘﺬﻳﺮ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‪ .‬ﭼﻮﻥ ﺍﻭﺭﺍﻧﻮﺱ ﺧﻴﻠﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺩﻭﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻣﺸﺘﺮﻯ ﻭ ﺯﺣﻞ ﺍﺯ ﮔﺎﺯﻫﺎﻯ‬
‫ﻫﺎﻳﺪﺭﻭﺟﻦ‪ ،‬ﻫﻴﻠﻴﻮﻡ ﻭ ﮔﺎﺯ ﻣﻴﺘﺎﻥ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺘﻰ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻠﺴﻜﻮﺏ ﺑﺰﺭگ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﻴﺎﺭﻩ‬
‫ﻧﮕﺎﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ ﻣﻰ ﺑﻴﻨﻴﻢ ﻛﻪ ﺭﻧﮓ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﻴﺎﺭﻩ ﺁﺑﻰ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﻧﮓ ﺁﺑﻰ ﻧﺎﺷﻰ ﺍﺯ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﮔﺎﺯ‬
‫ﻣﻴﺘﺎﻥ ﻭﻫﺎﻳﺪﺭﻭﺟﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﺳﻄﺤﻰ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﻴﺎﺭﻩ ‪ -210‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻰ ﮔﺮﺍﺩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ـ ﻧﭙﺘﻮﻥ‬
‫ﻧﭙﺘﻮﻥ ﺁﺧﺮﻳﻦ ﺳﻴﺎﺭﺓ ﮔﺎﺯ ﺩﺍﺭ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﻣﺔ ﺷﻤﺴﻰ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﺠﺎﻳﻰ ﻛﻪ ﻧﭙﺘﻮﻥ ﺧﻴﻠﻰ ﺩﻭﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻤﻰ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺑﺎ ﭼﺸﻢ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻛﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺍﻭﺭﺍﻧﻮﺱ‪ .‬ﺍﺗﻤﻮﺳﻔﻴﺮ ﻧﭙﺘﻮﻥ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻯ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﮔﺎﺯ‬
‫ﻣﻴﺘﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﻴﺎﺭﻩ ﺁﺑﻰ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪173‬‬
‫‪G10 Fasli (6).indd 173‬‬ ‫‪8/15/2011 4:49:30 PM‬‬
‫ـ ﭘﻠﻮﺗﻮ‬
‫ﺳﻴﺎﺭﻩ ﭘﻠﻮﺗﻮ ﺳﻴﺎﺭﻩ ﺍﻯ ﻭﺍﻗﻌﺎً ﻋﺠﻴﺐ ﻭ ﻛﻮﭼﻚ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻗﻄﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﻴﺎﺭﻩ ﻳﻚ ﭘﻨﺠﻢ ﺣﺼﻪ ﻗﻄﺮ‬
‫ﻛﺮﺓ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﭘﻠﻮﺗﻮ ﺩﺭ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺍﻯ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺩﻭﺭ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻭﺧﻴﻠﻰ ﻛﻮﭼﻚ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﻳﻰ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﻴﺎﺭﻩ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺳﺘﺎﺭﻩ ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﻥ ﺧﻴﻠﻰ ﻣﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻧﻬﻢ ﺩﺍﻧﺸﻤﻨﺪﺍﻥ‬
‫ﺿﻤﻦ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﻴﺎﺭﻩ ﭘﻰ ﺑﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﻣﺮﻛﺰﻯ ﺁﻥ ﺻﺨﺮﻩ ﺍﻯ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻃﺒﻘﻪ‬
‫ﺿﺨﻴﻤﻰ ﺍﺯ ﻳﺦ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﭘﻮﺷﺎﻧﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭﺧﺎﺭﺟﻰ ﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﻃﺒﻘﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻗﺸﺮ ﻧﺎﺯﻛﻰ ﺍﺯ ﮔﺎﺯ ﻣﻴﺘﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻳﺦ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫ﺷﺎﮔﺮﺩﺍﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻪ ﮔﺮﻭپ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻫﺮ ﮔﺮﻭپ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﺳﻪ ﺳﻴﺎﺭﻩ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﮔﺮﻭپ ﺍﻭﻝ‬
‫ﻋﻄﺎﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﺯﻫﺮﻩ‪ ،‬ﺯﻣﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﮔﺮﻭپ ﺩﻭﻡ ﻣﺮﻳﺦ‪ ،‬ﻣﺸﺘﺮﻯ‪ ،‬ﺯﺣﻞ ﻭ ﮔﺮﻭپ ﺳﻮﻡ ﺍﻭﺭﺍﻧﻮﺱ‪ ،‬ﻧﭙﺘﻮﻥ‬
‫ﻭ ﭘﻠﻮﺗﻮ ﺑﺎﻫﻢ ﺑﺤﺚ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻌﺪﺍ ً ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﮔﺮﻭپ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﺑﺤﺚ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﺼﻨﻔﺎﻥ ﺍﺭﺍﻳﻪ‬
‫ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻮﺍﻝ ﻫﺎ‪:‬‬ ‫؟‬

‫‪1‬ـ ﺳﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺷﻤﺴﻰ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺎﻡ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﻳﺪ؟‬
‫‪2‬ـ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﺳﻴﺎﺭﺓ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺷﻤﺴﻰ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﻳﻚ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺟﻮﺍﺏ ﺩﺭﺳﺖ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺣﻠﻘﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪1‬ـ ﺯﺣﻞ‬
‫‪2‬ـ ﻣﺸﺘﺮﻯ‬
‫‪3‬ـ ﻧﭙﺘﻮﻥ‬
‫‪4‬ـ ﺍﻭﺭﺍﻧﻮﺱ‬
‫‪3‬ـ ﺩﻭﺭﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﺳﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺷﻤﺴﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﻧﺎﻡ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﻳﺪ؟‬
‫‪4‬ـ ﺳﻴﺎﺭﺓ ﺯﺣﻞ ﻭ ﺍﻭﺭﺍﻧﻮﺱ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻘﺎﻳﺴﻮﻯ ﺗﺸﺮﻳﺢ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ؟‬

‫ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﺯﻫﺮﻩ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺧــﻮﻳﺶ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺳﻄﺮ ﺑﻨﻮﻳﺴﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ‬
‫ﺑﺎ ﻫﻤﺼﻨﻔﺎﻥ ﺧﻮﻳﺶ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺑﮕﺬﺍﺭﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪174‬‬
‫‪G10 Fasli (6).indd 174‬‬ ‫‪8/15/2011 4:49:31 PM‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﺱ )‪(51‬‬
‫ﺝ ‪ .‬ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻥ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺵ )‪ (119‬ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﻃﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻰ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ‬

‫ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻥ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﭼﻰ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻧﻴﺪ؟‬
‫ﻛﺮﺓ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺍﺯ ﻟﺤﺎﻅ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻥ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺟﻴﻮﺩ ‪ Geoid‬ﺭﺍ ﺩﺍﺭﺍ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻛﺮﺓ ﻧﺎﻣﻨﻈﻢ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﻃﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﺫﻳﻞ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ـ ﻟﻴﺘﻮﺳﻔﻴﺮ‪:‬‬
‫ﻟﻴﺘﻮﺳﻔﻴﺮ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﻃﺒﻘﻪ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻰ ﻛﺮﺓ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﻗﺸﺮ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ )‪(Crust‬‬
‫ﻭ ﻃﺒﻘﺔ ﻣﻨﺘﻞ )‪ (Mantle‬ﺑﻮﺩﻩ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﻣﺮﻛﺒﺎﺕ ﺳﻠﻴﻜﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻣﮕﻨﻴﺰﻳﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻧﻴﻢ ﻭ ﻣﺮﻛﺒﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻭﻛﺴﻴﺠﻦ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ـ ﻗﺸﺮ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻰ‪:‬‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ‪ 40 – 8‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻣﺘﺮ ﻃﺒﻘﻪ ﻣﮕﻤﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺣﺘﻮﺍ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻭ ﻃﺒﻘﺔ ﺧﻮﺭﺩ‬
‫ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻯ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﻛﻪ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻴﺎﻝ ‪ Sial‬ﻭ ﺳﻴﻤﺎ ‪.Sima‬‬
‫ـ ﻃﺒﻘﺔ ﺳﻴﺎﻝ )‪(Sial‬‬
‫ﻣﺮﻛﺒﺎﺕ ﻃﺒﻘﺔ ﺳﻴﺎﻝ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺳﻴﻠﻮﺳﻴﻢ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻧﻴﻢ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﻻﻯ ﻃﺒﻘﺔ ﺳﻴﻤﺎ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺻﺨﺮﻩ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻃﺒﻘﻪ ﺳﻴﺎﻝ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻮﻉ ﮔﺮﺍﻧﻴﺖ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺍﺋﺘﻜﺎﻝ ﻭ ﻓﺮﺳﺎﻳﺶ ﺧﻴﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﺻﺨﺮﻩ ﻫﺎﻯ ﮔﺮﺍﻧﻴﺖ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻨﺮﺍﻝ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻓﻠﺪﺳﭙﺎﺭ‬
‫‪ Feldspar‬ﻭ ﻣﺎﻳﻜﺎ ‪ Mica‬ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﻣﻨﺮﺍﻝ ﻓﻠﺪﺳﭙﺎﺭ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﻋﻮﺍﺭﺽ‬
‫‪175‬‬
‫‪G10 Fasli (6).indd 175‬‬ ‫‪8/15/2011 4:49:32 PM‬‬
‫ﺟﻮﻯ ﺧﻴﻠﻰ ﺿﻌﻴﻒ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﺑﻪ ﺯﻭﺩﻯ ﺗﺠﺰﻳﻪ ﻭ ﺗﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﻣﻴﮕﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﻟﺤﺎﻅ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ‬
‫ﺗﺤﺖ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺭﺳﻮﺑﻰ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﻪ ﻣﻴﺮﺳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﻛﻮﻫﺴﺘﺎﻧﻰ ﻭ ﺳﺎﺣﺎﺕ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺮﺍﺳﺮ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﻃﺒﻘﻪ ﺳﻴﺎﻝ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﻰ ﻣﻴﻨﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ـ ﻃﺒﻘﻪ ﺳﻴﻤﺎ )‪(Sima‬‬
‫ﻃﺒﻘﻪ ﺩﻭﻡ ﻗﺸﺮ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺻﻄﻼﺡ ﺳﻴﻤﺎ ﻳﺎﺩ ﻣﻴﻜﻨﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺮﻛﺒﺎﺕ ﺳﻴﻠﻮﺳﻴﻢ ‪Silisium‬‬
‫ﻭ ﻣﮕﻨﻴﺰﻳﻢ ‪ Magnesium‬ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﺎﺣﻪ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ‪ 4Mil/sec‬ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺻﺨﺮﻩ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺁﻥ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﻚ ﻭ ﺳﻴﺎﻩ ﺭﻧﮓ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ‬
‫ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺑﺰﻟﺖ ‪ Basalt‬ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻴﻦ ﺧﺮﻭﺝ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺁﺗﺸﻔﺸﺎﻧﻰ ﻻﻭﺍ ‪ Lava‬ﭘﺎﺭﭼﻪ‬
‫ﻫﺎﻯ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﺴﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺎﺭ ﻣﻰ ﺁﻭﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻃﺒﻘﻪ ﺩﻭﺭﺍﺩﻭﺭ ﻃﺒﻘﻪ ﻣﮕﻤﺎ )‪ (Magma‬ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻳﻚ ﻟﻔﺎﻓﻪ ﺍﺣﺎﻃﻪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺍﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﺑﺤﺎﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﻣﻴﺪﻫﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻃﺒﻘﻪ ﻣﮕﻤﺎ‪Magma :‬‬
‫ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻃﺒﻘﻪ ‪ 2895‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻣﺘﺮ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻣﻬﻤﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﻣﺮﻛﺒﺎﺕ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺁﻫﻦ‪ ،‬ﻣﮕﻨﻴﺰﻳﻢ ﻭ ﺳﻠﻴﻜﻴﺖ‬
‫ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﻣﻴﺪﻫﺪ‪ .‬ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﻣﻨﺮﺍﻝ ﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﺣﺠﺎﺭ ﻣﺴﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻭ ﺻﺨﺮﻩ ﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺎﺭ ﻣﻰ‬
‫ﺁﻭﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺗﻜﺎﻥ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺧﻮﺭﺩ ﻭ ﺑﺰﺭگ ﺗﻜﺘﻮﻧﻴﻜﻰ‪ ،‬ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺍﻧﻔﺠﺎﺭﺕ ﺁﺗﺸﻔﺸﺎﻧﻰ ﻃﺒﻘﺔ ﺳﻴﻤﺎ‬
‫ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺎﺭﭼﻪ ﺷﺪﻥ‪ ،‬ﺷﻜﺴﺘﻦ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻢ ﺭﻳﺨﺘﻦ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻈﻪ ﻣﻴﻜﻨﺪ ﺗﻮﺍﺯﻥ ﻭ ﺗﻌﺎﺩﻝ ﻃﺒﻘﺔ ﻗﺸﺮ‬
‫ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻰ ﻭ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻰ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻳﻌﻨﻰ ﺳﻴﻤﺎ ﻭ ﺳﻴﺎﻝ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ ﻃﺒﻘﺔ ﻣﮕﻤﺎ ﺑﺮﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻴﺴﺎﺯﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺴﺘﺔ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ‪Core‬‬
‫ﻫﺴﺘﺔ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻯ ﺩﻭ ﻃﺒﻘﺔ ﻣﺘﻤﺎﻳﺰ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺑﻨﺎﻡ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻫﺴﺘﻪ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻰ ﻭ ﻫﺴﺘﻪ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻳﺎﺩ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻟﺤﺎﻅ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ‪ ،‬ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ ﻓﺰﻳﻜﻰ ﻭﺧﻮﺍﺹ ﻛﻴﻤﻴﺎﻭﻯ ﻫﺮ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﻳﻜﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﻣﺘﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻫﺴﺘﺔ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻰ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻯ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ‪ 2220‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻣﺘﺮ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ‪ ،‬ﻣﺮﻛﺒﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻣﻬﻢ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﻧﻜﻞ ﻭ ﺁﻫﻦ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ‬
‫ﻣﻴﺪﻫﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﺴﺘﺔ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻰ ﻛﻪ‬
‫ﺿﺨــــﺎﻣﺖ ﺁﻥ ﺑــــــﻪ ‪1255‬‬
‫ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻣﺘﺮ ﻣﻴﺮﺳﻴﺪ ﻣﺮﻛﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻳﻦ‬
‫ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪ ﺷﺒﻴﻪ ﻫﺴﺘﺔ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻰ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﻧﻜﻞ ﻭ ﺁﻫﻦ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ؛ ﺍﻣﺎ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ‬
‫ﺧﺼﻮﺻﻴﺖ ﻣﻘﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻰ ﺑﻮﺩﻥ‬
‫ﺭﺍ ﺩﺍﺭﺍ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﻣﻘﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻰ‬
‫ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﻣﻴﺪﻫﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩ‪ :‬ﺣﺠﻢ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﺓ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺯﻣﻴﻨﻰ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺯﻧﺪﻩ ﮔﻰ‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ (120‬ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ‬
‫‪176‬‬
‫‪G10 Fasli (6).indd 176‬‬ ‫‪8/15/2011 4:49:33 PM‬‬
‫ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ ﺍﺯ ﻓﻀﺎ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺟﻮﺍﻫﺮ ﺁﺑﻰ ﻭ ﺳﻔﻴﺪ ﻣﻰ ﺩﺭﺧﺸﺪ‪ .‬ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺳﻮﻣﻴﻦ ﺳﻴﺎﺭﺓ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻚ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﻰ ﻧﻴﺰ ﭘﻨﺠﻤﻴﻦ ﺳﻴﺎﺭﻩ ﻣﺤﺴﻮﺏ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 6378‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻣﺘﺮ‬ ‫ﺷﻌﺎﻉ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍﻳﻰ‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫‪//‬‬ ‫‪6356‬‬ ‫ﺷﻌﺎﻉ ﻗﻄﺒﻰ‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫‪// 6371‬‬ ‫ﺷﻌﺎﻉ ﻛﺮﺓ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﻄﻮﺭ ﺍﻭﺳﻂ‬ ‫‪3‬‬
‫‪// 21‬‬ ‫ﻓﺮﻭﺭﻓﺘﮕﻰ ﻗﻄﺒﻴﻦ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻌﺎﻉ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍﻳﻰ‬ ‫‪4‬‬
‫‪// 40076‬‬ ‫ﻃﻮﻝ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍﻳﻰ‬ ‫‪5‬‬
‫‪// 111 ، 321‬‬ ‫ﻃﻮﻝ ﻳﻚ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺧﻂ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍ‬ ‫‪6‬‬
‫‪// 40009,16‬‬ ‫ﻃﻮﻝ ﻳﻚ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﺓ ﻧﺼﻒ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺭ‬ ‫‪7‬‬
‫‪ 510,100,000‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻣﺘﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺖ ﺭﻭﻯ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ‬ ‫‪8‬‬
‫‪1,083,320,000,000‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬
‫ﺣﺠﻢ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ‬ ‫‪9‬‬
‫ﻳﻚ ﺗﺮﻳﻠﻴﻮﻥ‪ ،‬ﻫﺸﺘﺎﺩﻭﺳﻪ ﻣﻠﻴﺎﺭﺩ ﻭ ﺳﻪ ﺻﺪﻭ ﺑﻴﺴﺖ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻣﺘﺮ ﻣﻜﻌﺐ‬
‫ﻫـ ‪ .‬ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﺧﺸﻜﻪ ﻭ ﺁﺏ‪:‬‬

‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺮﺓ ﻣﺠﺴﻤﻪ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻳﺪ ﻛﺮﺓ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺩﺭ ﻧﮕﺎﻩ ﺍﻭﻝ ﺩﻭ ﭘﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﻣﻬﻢ ﺭﺍ ﺁﺷﻜﺎﺭ ﻣﻰ ﺳﺎﺯﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪1‬ـ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﺧﺸﻜﻪ ‪ 1‬ﺣﺼﺔ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺣﺘﻮﺍ ﻣﻴﻜﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪3‬‬
‫‪2‬ـ ﺑﺤﺮ ﺁﺭﺍﻡ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺤﺮ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻫﻞ ﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﻭﺳﻴﻊ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭﺑﺮ ﻣﻴﮕﻴﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﺤﺮﻫﻨﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻨﻮﺏ ﺁﺳﻴﺎ ﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻭﻗﻴﺎﻧﻮﺱ ﺍﻃﻠﺲ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ S‬ﻃﻮﻳﻞ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻤﺎﻝ ﺑﻪ ﺟﻨﻮﺏ ﺍﻓﺘﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺑﺤﺮ ﻣﻨﺠﻤﺪ ﺷﻤﺎﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻗﻄﺐ ﺷﻤﺎﻝ ﻭ ﺑﺤﺮ ﻣﻨﺠﻤﺪ ﺟﻨﻮﺑﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻃﺮﺍﻑ ﺍﻧﺘﺮﻛﺘﻴﻜﺎ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 71‬ﻓﻴﺼﺪ‬ ‫ـ ﺍﻟﻒ ﺍﺑﺤﺎﺭ‪:‬‬
‫‪ 180‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻣﺘﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ‬ ‫ﺑﺤﺮ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻫﻞ‬
‫‪//‬‬ ‫‪// 106,5‬‬ ‫ﺑﺤﺮ ﺍﻃﻠﺲ ﻭ ﺑﺤﺮ ﻣﻨﺠﻤﺪ ﺷﻤﺎﻟﻰ‬
‫‪//‬‬ ‫‪//‬‬ ‫‪75‬‬ ‫ﺑﺤﺮ ﻫــــــــــﻨﺪ‬
‫‪177‬‬
‫‪G10 Fasli (6).indd 177‬‬ ‫‪8/15/2011 4:49:34 PM‬‬
‫ﺏ‪ -‬ﺧﺸﻜﻪ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ‪:‬‬
‫‪ 29‬ﻓﻴﺼﺪ ﺧﺸﻜﺔ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ‪ ،‬ﻗﻄﻌﻪ ﺁﺳﻴﺎ ‪ 44،2‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻣﺘﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ‬
‫‪//‬‬ ‫ﺍﻣﺮﻳﻜﺎﻯ ﺷﻤﺎﻟﻰ ﻭ ﺟﻨﻮﺑﻰ ‪// 42،3‬‬
‫‪//‬‬ ‫‪// 29،8‬‬ ‫ﺍﻓﺮﻳﻘﺎ‬
‫‪//‬‬ ‫‪// 10‬‬ ‫ﺍﺭﻭﭘﺎ‬
‫‪//‬‬ ‫ﻗﻄﺐ ﺟﻨﻮﺑﻰ ﺍﻧﺘﺎﺭﻛﺘﻴﻜﺎ ‪// 13،3‬‬
‫‪//‬‬ ‫‪//‬‬ ‫‪9‬‬ ‫ﺁﺳﺘﺮﺍﻟﻴﺎ ﻭ ﺍﻭﻗﻴﺎﻧﻮﺳﻴﻪ‬
‫ﻃﻮﺭﻯ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺑﺎﻻ ﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺁﺏ ﺍﺣﺘﻮﺍ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ‪ ،‬ﺍﻣﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ‬
‫ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻤﻪ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﻛﺮﺓ ﺷﻤﺎﻟﻰ ﻭ ﺟﻨﻮﺑﻰ ﺻﺪﻕ ﻧﻤﻴﻜﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﺼﺔ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﺍﺑﺤﺎﺭ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻢ ﻛﺮﺓ ﺟﻨﻮﺑﻰ ﻭ ﺧﺸﻜﻪ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻢ ﻛﺮﺓ ﺷﻤﺎﻟﻰ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺷﺎﮔﺮﺩﺍﻥ ﺑﻪ ﮔﺮﻭپ ﻫﺎ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻫﺮﮔﺮﻭپ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻥ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻭ ﻫﺮﻳﻚ‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﻃﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﺁﻥ‪ ،‬ﺣﺠﻢ ﻭﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻭ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﺧﺸﻜﻪ ﻭ ﺁﺏ ﺑﺎﻫﻢ ﺑﺤﺚ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻌﺪﺍ ً‬
‫ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪﺓ ﻫﺮ ﮔﺮﻭپ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺑﺤﺚ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﺍﻥ ﺍﺭﺍﻳﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻮﺍﻝ ﻫﺎ‪:‬‬ ‫؟‬

‫‪1‬ـ ﻃﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺎﻡ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﻳﺪ؟‬
‫‪2‬ـ ﻗﺸﺮ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺍﺯ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﺮﻛﺒﺎﺕ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺟﻮﺍﺏ ﺩﺭﺳﺖ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺣﻠﻘﻪ‬
‫ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ‬ ‫ﺝ‪ .‬ﺍﻛﺴﻴﺠﻦ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ .‬ﺳﻠﻴﻜﺎﻥ ﺏ‪ .‬ﻣﮕﻨﻴﺰﻳﻢ‬
‫‪3‬ـ ﻃﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﺳﻴﺎﻝ ﻭ ﺳﻴﻤﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻣﻘﺎﻳﺴﻮﻯ ﺗﺸﺮﻳﺢ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ؟‬
‫‪4‬ـ ﻃﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﻣﮕﻤﺎ ﻭ ﻫﺴﺘﺔ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺨﺘﺼﺮﺍ ً ﺷﺮﺡ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ؟‬
‫‪5‬ـ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭﺓ ﺣﺠﻢ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﺓ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ؟‬
‫‪6‬ـ ﭼﻨﺪ ﻓﻴﺼﺪ ﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﺭﺽ ﺭﺍ ﺧﺸﻜﻪ ﻭ ﭼﻨﺪ ﻓﻴﺼﺪ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺁﺏ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﻣﻴﺪﻫﺪ؟‬
‫‪7‬ـ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﺧﺸﻜﻪ ﻭ ﺁﺏ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺎﻡ ﺑﻴﮕﻴﺮﻳﺪ؟‬

‫ﺷﺎﮔﺮﺩﺍﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﭽﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻃﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻰ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺮﺳﻴﻢ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭﻧﺎﻡ ﮔﺬﺍﺭﻯ‬
‫ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪178‬‬
‫‪G10 Fasli (6).indd 178‬‬ ‫‪8/15/2011 4:49:34 PM‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﺱ )‪(52‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﻌﺮﻭﻑ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻟﻴﻨﺎ‬
‫ﻳﻨﺴﻰ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﮕﺎ‬ ‫ﺍﻭﺏ‬
‫ﻣﺴﻰ ﺳﻰ ﭘﻰ‬
‫ﻫﻮﺍﻧﮓ ﻫﻮ‬
‫ﺁﻣﻮ‬
‫ﺳﻨﺪ‬ ‫ﮔﻨﮕﺎ‬
‫ﻧﻴﻞ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻧﮕﻮ‬
‫ﺍﻣﺎﺯﻭﻥ‬
‫ﺵ )‪ (121‬ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻰ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺁﻳﺎ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻣﻌﺮﻭﻑ ﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻫﺎﻯ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﻫﺎ ﺍﻧﺪ؟‬

‫ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﻌﺮﻭﻑ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﺷﺎﺩﺍﺑﻰ ﻭ ﺣﺎﺻﻠﺨﻴﺰﻯ ﻣﺰﺍﺭﻉ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻯ ﻃﻮﻝ‪ ،‬ﻋﺮﺽ‬
‫ﻭ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺁﺏ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺍﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻃﺎﺕ ﻓﺮﻫﻨﮕﻰ‪ ،‬ﺁﺑﻴﺎﺭﻯ ﺍﺭﺍﺿﻰ ﺯﺭﺍﻋﺘﻰ‪ ،‬ﻛﺸﺘﻴﺮﺍﻧﻰ‪ ،‬ﺣﻤﻞ‬
‫ﻭﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﻝ ﺗﺠﺎﺭﺗﻰ‪ ،‬ﺑﻨﺪﺭﮔﺎﻩ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﻬﻢ ﺗﺠﺎﺭﺗﻰ ﻭ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺑﺮﻕ ﺁﺑﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻛﺸﻮﺭﻫﺎ ﻭ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﻓﺮﺍﻫﻢ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻣﻴﺘﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ـ ﻣﻌﺮﻭﻑ ﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻫﺎﻯ ﺑﺮﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﺁﺳﻴﺎ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﻧﺪ ﺍﺯ‪ :‬ﺳﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺁﻣﻮ )ﺟﻴﺤﻮﻥ( ﺳﻴﺮ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ‬
‫)ﺳﻴﺤﻮﻥ(‪ ،‬ﻫﻮﺍﻧﮕﻬﻮ‪ ،‬ﺩﺟﻠﻪ ﻭ ﻓﺮﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﺍﺭﺍﻝ‪ ،‬ﺍﻭﺏ ﻭ ﻟﻴﻨﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ـ ﻣﻌﺮﻭﻑ ﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻫﺎﻯ ﺍﺭﻭﭘﺎ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﻮﺏ‪ ،‬ﺭﺍﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﮕﺎ‪ ،‬ﺳﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻟﻮﺭﺍ‪ ،‬ﺩﻧﻴﭙﺮ‪ ،‬ﺩﻧﻴﺴﺘﺮ‪ ،‬ﺗﺎژ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺳﺘﻮﻻ‪ ،‬ﮔﻮﺍﺩﻳﺎﻧﺎ‪ ،‬ﭘﻮ‪ ،‬ﺭﻭﻥ ﻭﮔﺎﺭﻭﻥ ﻣﻰ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ـ ﻣﻌﺮﻭﻑ ﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻫﺎﻯ ﺑﺮﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﺍﻓﺮﻳﻘﺎ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ ﻧﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﻧﮕﻮ ﻭ ﻧﺎﻳﺠﻴﺮ ﻣﻰ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﻌﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﻜﺎﻯ ﺷﻤﺎﻟﻰ ﻣﻰ ﺳﻰ ﺳﻰ ﭘﻰ ﻭ ﻛﻠﻮﺭﺍﺩﻭ ﺍﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﻌﺮﻭﻑ‬
‫ﺍﻣﺮﻳﻜﺎﻯ ﺟﻨﻮﺑﻰ ﺁﻣﺎﺯﻭﻥ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﻭ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻧﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻴﺘﻮﺍﻥ ﻧﺎﻡ ﮔﺮﻓﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﺁﺳﺘﺮﺍﻟﻴﺎ ﻣﻌﺮﻭﻑ‬
‫ﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﺭﻟﻴﻨﮓ‪ ،‬ﺟﻮﺭﺟﻴﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﺩﻳﺎﻣﻨﺘﻴﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﺗﺎﻣﺴﻮﻥ ﻭ ﻭﻳﻜﺘﻮﺭﻳﺎ ﻣﻰ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺭﻭﺩ ﻧﻴﻞ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻟﺤﺎﻅ ﺳﺎﺑﻘﻪ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺨﻰ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻄﻮﺭ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻨﺠﺎ‬
‫ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﻪ ﻣﻴﻜﻨﻴﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ـ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ ﻧﻴﻞ‬
‫ﻧﻴﻞ ﻃﻮﻳﻞ ﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ ﺍﻓﺮﻳﻘﺎ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯﻛﻮﻫﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺷﺮﻕ ﺍﻓﺮﻳﻘﺎ ﻭ ﺷﻤﺎﻝ ﺟﻬﻴﻞ‬
‫‪179‬‬
‫‪G10 Fasli (6).indd 179‬‬ ‫‪8/15/2011 4:49:34 PM‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﻜﺘﻮﺭﻳــــﺎ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﮔــﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺍﺯﻣﻴﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻛﺸﻮﺭﻫﺎﻯ ﺳﻮﺩﺍﻥ ﻭ ﻣﺼﺮ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ‬
‫ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ‪ 6650‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻣﺘﺮ‬
‫ﺭﺍﻩ ﺭﺍ ﻃﻰ ﻣﻴﻜﻨﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺤﻴﺮﺓ‬
‫ﻣﺪﻳﺘﺮﺍﻧﻪ ﻣﻰ ﺭﻳﺰﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻥ ﻫﺎﻯ‬
‫ﺳﻨﮕﻴﻦ ﺗﺎﺑﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺩﺭﺍﺗﻴﻮﭘﻰ ﺳﺒﺐ‬
‫ﻃﻐﻴﺎﻥ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ ﻧﻴﻞ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ‬
‫ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻯ ﺍﺭﺯﺵ ﻣﻬﻢ ﺯﺭﺍﻋﺘﻰ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻯ ﻭ ﺗﺮﺍﻧﺴﭙﻮﺭﺗﻰ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻯ ﺩﻭ ﻣﻌﺎﻭﻥ ﻣﻬﻢ ﻣﻰ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻴﻞ ﺳﻔﻴﺪ ﻭ ﻧﻴﻞ ﺁﺑﻰ‬
‫ﻣﻌﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪122‬‬

‫ﺷﺎﮔﺮﺩﺍﻥ ﺑﻪ ﮔﺮﻭپ ﻫﺎ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻭﻫﺮ ﮔﺮﻭپ ﺑﺎﻻﻯ ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺖ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻫﻢ ﺑﺤﺚ‬
‫ﻛﻨﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻌﺪﺍ ً ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪﺓ ﻫﺮ ﮔﺮﻭپ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺑﺤﺚ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺭﻭﻯ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ‬
‫ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﻫﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻮﺍﻝ ﻫﺎ‪:‬‬ ‫؟‬

‫‪1‬ـ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﻌﺮﻭﻑ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺎﻡ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﻳﺪ؟‬
‫‪2‬ـ ﻃﻮﻳﻞ ﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﻳﻜﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﻫﺎ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ ﺟﻮﺍﺏ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ‬
‫ﺣﻠﻘﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ .‬ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ ﺁﻣﺎﺯﻭﻥ ﺏ‪ .‬ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ ﻧﻴﻞ ﺝ‪ .‬ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ ﻣﻰ ﺳﻰ ﺳﻰ ﭘﻰ ﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ ﺳﻨﺪ‬

‫ﺷﺎﮔﺮﺩﺍﻥ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﭽﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺗﺮﺳﻴﻢ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﻌﺮﻭﻑ‬
‫ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺭﻭﻯ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺳﻢ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪180‬‬
‫‪G10 Fasli (6).indd 180‬‬ ‫‪8/15/2011 4:49:35 PM‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﺱ )‪(53‬‬
‫ﭘﺴﺘﻰ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺑﻠﻨﺪﻯ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﺧﺸﻜﺔ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ )‪(123‬‬
‫ﺁﻳﺎ ﺗﺎ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻥ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﺍﻃﺮﺍﻑ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻗﺖ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﻳﺪ؟‬
‫ﭘﺴﺘﻰ ﻭ ﺑﻠﻨﺪﻯ ﺑﻪ ﭘﺪﻳﺪﻩ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻰ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻛﻮﻩ‪ ،‬ﺗﭙﻪ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭﻩ‪ ،‬ﺟﻠﮕﻪ‪ ،‬ﺩﺷﺖ‪ ،‬ﺻﺤﺮﺍﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﭼﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺧﻮﺭﺩﻩ ﮔﻰ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻓﻼﺕ ﻫﺎ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺭﻭﻯ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﭘﺴﺘﻰ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺑﻠﻨﺪﻯ‬
‫ﻫﺎ ﻧﻘﺶ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﻬﻤﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻧﺪﻩ ﮔﻰ ﻣﺎ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻫﺎ ﺍﺯ ﻛﻮﻩ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺑﺮﻑ ﮔﻴﺮ ﻭ ﺑﻠﻨﺪﻯ‬
‫ﻫﺎ ﺳﺮﭼﺸﻤﻪ ﻣﻰ ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﻪ ﭘﺴﺘﻰ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺑﻠﻨﺪﻯ ﻫﺎ ﺳﺒﺐ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ ﺗﺎ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻰ ﺧﻮﺩ‬
‫ﺭﺍ ﺑﻬﺘﺮ ﺑﺸﻨﺎﺳﻴﻢ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﻌﻘﻮﻝ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﺟﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﻪ ﺩﺍﻧﺎﻥ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﮕﻰ ﭘﻴﺪﺍﻳﺶ ﭘﺴﺘﻰ ﻫﺎ ﻭﺑﻠﻨﺪﻯ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﺗﺎ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻭ‬
‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﻯ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﻰ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺫﻳﻞ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻰ ﻣﻰ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‪:‬‬
‫‪ 1‬ـ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺁﻟﭗ ‪:Alpine System‬‬
‫ﺁﻟﭗ ﻫﺎ ﺯﺍﺩﺓ ﺣﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﻛﻬﺰﺍﻳﻰ ‪ Orogenic‬ﺍﻭﺍﻳﻞ ﺳﻴﻨﻮﺯﻭﻳﻴﻚ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺳﻠﺴﻠﻪ‬
‫ﻫﺎﻯ ﺑﺎﻗﻴﻤﺎﻧﺪﺓ ﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﺭﺽ ﺟﻮﺍﻧﺘﺮ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺩﻭ ﮔﺮﻭپ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﺍﻭﻟﻰ ﺁﻥ ﺳﻠﺴﻠﻪ ﻛﻮﻩ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺍﻃﺮﺍﻑ ﺑﺤﺮ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻫﻞ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭﻫﻨﻮﺯﻫﻢ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻌﻀﻰ ﺳﺎﺣﺎﺕ ﺍﻳﻦ‬
‫ﺣﻮﺯﻩ ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺁﺗﺸﻔﺸﺎﻧﻰ ﻭ ﺗﻜﺎﻥ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﻤﺘﺪ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻭﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﺣﻠﻘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ‬
‫ﺑﻨﺎﻡ ‪ Fire Ring‬ﻳﺎ ﺣﻠﻘﻪ ﺁﺗﺸﻴﻦ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻣﺴﻤﻰ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﮔﺮﻭپ ﺩﻭﻣﻰ ﺳﻠﺴﻠﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ‬
‫ﺁﻟﭗ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺭﻭﭘﺎ ﻭ ﺳﻠﺴﻠﻪ ﺟﺒﺎﻝ ﻫﻤﺎﻟﻴﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺳﻴﺎ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺑﻬﻤﻴﻦ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﻛﻮﻩ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺭﺍﻛﻰ ﻭﺍﻧﺪﻳﺰ‬
‫‪181‬‬
‫‪G10 Fasli (6).indd 181‬‬ ‫‪8/15/2011 4:49:37 PM‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﻜﺎﻯ ﺷﻤﺎﻟﻰ ﻭ ﺟﻨﻮﺑﻰ ﺗﺤﺖ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺁﻟﭗ ﻫﺎ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻰ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻤﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺟﻨﻮﺏ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﻜﺎ ﺍﻣﺘﺪﺍﺩ ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺷﺎﺧﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻌﺪﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻜﻪ ﺍﺯ ﭼﻠﻰ ﻭ ﺍﺭﺟﻨﺘﺎﻳﻦ ﻣﻴﮕﺬﺭﺩ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﺘﺎﺭﻛﺘﻴﻜﺎ ‪ Antarctica‬ﻭﺻﻞ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ـ ﺳﺎﺣﻪ ﺷﻜﺴﺘﻪ‪: Rift Zone‬‬

‫ﻧﻮﺍﺣﻰ ﺷﻜﺴﺘﻪ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﮔﻮﻳﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻗﺴﻤﺎً ﺩﺭ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﺧﺸﻜﻪ ﻭﻳﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺮﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻫﺎﻯ‬
‫ﺍﺑﺤﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺳﻠﺴﻠﻪ ﺟﺒﺎﻝ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺁﺏ ﺑﺤﺮ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﺧﺸﻜﻪ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﺘﺮﻳﻦ‬
‫ﺷﻜﺴﺘﮕﻰ ﻗﺸﺮﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺩﺭﺍﻣﺘﺪﺍﺩ ﺟﻬﻴﻞ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻭﻳﻜﺘﻮﺭﻳﺎ‪ ،‬ﻧﻴﺎﺳﺎ‪ ،‬ﺗﺎﻧﮕﺎﻧﻴﻜﺎ‪ ،‬ﺑﺤﻴﺮﻩ ﺍﺣﻤﺮ‪،‬‬
‫ﺧﻠﻴﺞ ﻋﻘﺒﻪ ﻭ ﺑﺤﺮﺍﻟﻤﻴﺖ ﺑﻤﻼﺣﻈﻪ ﻣﻴﺮﺳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ـ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺁﺏ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺍﺗﻼﻧﺘﻴﻚ‪:‬‬

‫ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺤﺮ ﻫﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﻧﻮﺍﺣﻰ ﻣﺠﺎﻭﺭ ﺳﻮﺍﺣﻞ ﺷﺮﻗﻰ ﺁﺳﻴﺎ ﻭ ﺍﻗﻴﺎﻧﻮﺱ ﺍﻃﻠﺲ ﺷﻜﺴﺘﮕﻰ‬
‫ﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﻯ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ـ ﺷﻜﺴﺘﮕﻰ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﻨﻔﺮﺩ ﺁﺗﺸﻔﺸﺎﻧﻰ‪:‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﻀﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺟﺴﺘﮕﻰ ﻫﺎﻳﻴﻜﻪ ﺩﺭﺍﺧﻴﺮ ﻋﻬﺪ ﻣﻴﺰﻭﺯﻭﻳﻴﻚ ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ‬
‫ﻭ ﻣﻨﻔﺮﺩ ﺍﺧﺬ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻬﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﺯ ﺟﺰﺍﻳﺮ ﻫﺎﻭﺍﻳﻰ ﻭ ﺁﻳﺴﻠﻨﺪ‬

‫ﺷﺎﮔﺮﺩﺍﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻭ ﮔﺮﻭپ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﻳﻚ ﮔﺮﻭپ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﭘﺴﺘﻰ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﮔﺮﻭپ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ‬
‫ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﺑﻠﻨﺪﻯ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﻫﻢ ﺑﺤﺚ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻌﺪﺍ ً ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﮔﺮﻭپ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﺑﺤﺚ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﺍﻥ ﺍﺭﺍﻳﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻮﺍﻝ ﻫﺎ‪:‬‬ ‫؟‬

‫‪1‬ـ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﭘﺴﺘﻰ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺑﻠﻨﺪﻯ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﺧﺸﻜﻪ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪2‬ـ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺁﻟﭗ ﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺸﺮﻳﺢ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪3‬ـ ﺳﺎﺣﻪ ﺷﻜﺴﺘﻪ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺁﺏ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺍﺗﻼﻧﺘﻴﻚ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺨﺘﺼﺮﺍ ً ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺷﺎﮔﺮﺩﺍﻥ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﭽﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺗﺮﺳﻴﻢ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﭘﺴﺘﻰ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺑﻠﻨﺪﻯ ﻫﺎﻯ‬
‫ﻣﻬﻢ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻭﻯ ﺁﻥ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﻫﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪182‬‬
‫‪G10 Fasli (6).indd 182‬‬ ‫‪8/15/2011 4:49:37 PM‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﺱ ‪54‬‬
‫ﻣﻬﺘﺎﺏ ﻭ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻰ ﺁﻥ‬
‫‪ -1‬ﻣﺤﺎﻕ‬
‫‪ -2‬ﻣﺎﻩ ﻧﻮ ﻫﻼﻝ‬
‫ﻣﻬﺘﺎﺏ‬
‫‪ -3‬ﺗﺮﺑﻴﻊ‬
‫‪ -4‬ﺑﺪﺭ‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫ﺵ )‪) (124‬ﻗﻤﺮ‪ ،‬ﺣﺠﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﮋﻩ ﮔﻰ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ(‬
‫ﺁﻳﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﻣﻬﺘﺎﺏ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ؟‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻝ‪ 1609‬ﻣﻴﻼﺩﻯ ﮔﺎﻟﻴﻠﻪ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺳﻠﺴﻠﻪ ﻛﻮﻩ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺣﻔﺮﻩ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻯ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﻬﺘﺎﺏ‬
‫ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻭ ﻗﻮﻩ ﺟﺎﺫﺑﺔ ﻣﻬﺘﺎﺏ ﺷﺶ ﻣﺮﺗﺒﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮ ﻛﻤﺒﻮﺩ ﻫﻮﺍ ﺍﺷﻌﺔ ﻣﺎﻭﺭﺍﻯ ﺑﻨﻔﺶ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﻬﺘﺎﺏ ﺗﺎﺛﻴﺮ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻭ ﻫﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﺷﺨﺼﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﻬﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻓﻀﺎﻯ ﻛﺎﻳﻨﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻳﺶﺗﺎﺭﻳﻚﻣﻌﻠﻮﻡﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻬﺘﺎﺏ ﻗﻤﺮ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻣﻰ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﻬﺘﺎﺏ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻗﻤﺎﺭ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺳﺘﺎﺭﻩ ﮔﺎﻥ ﺭﻭﺷﻨﻰ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻰ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‬
‫ﻭ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻣﻨﻌﻜﺲ ﻣﻴﺴﺎﺯﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻗﺮﻥ ﺑﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺷﺶ ﺳﻔﻴﻨﺔ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﻜﺎﻳﻰ ﺑﺮ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﻬﺘﺎﺏ ﻓﺮﻭﺩ ﺁﻣﺪﻧﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻦ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ )ﺁﭘﻮﻟﻮ ‪ (11‬ﺩﺭ ﻗﺮﻥ ‪ 20‬ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺟﻮﻥ ‪ 1969‬ﻭ ﺷﺸﻤﻰ )ﺁﭘﻮﻟﻮ ‪ (17‬ﺩﺭ ‪ 7‬ﺩﺳﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‪ 1972‬ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﻼ ﺑﺮ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﻬﺘﺎﺏ ﭘﻴﺎﺩﻩ‬ ‫ﻓﻀﺎ ﭘﺮﺗﺎﺏ ﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﺮﻳﻚ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻔﻴﻨﻪ ﻫﺎ ﺳﻪ ﺳﺮﻧﺸﻴﻦ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺩﻭ ﻧﻔﺮ ﺁﻥ ﻋﻤ ً‬
‫ﺷﺪﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺳﻮﻣﻰ ﻣﺴﻮﻭﻝ ﻫﺪﺍﻳﺖ ﺳﻔﻴﻨﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺪﺍﺭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻃﺮﺍﻑ ﻣﻬﺘﺎﺏ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﻭ ﻓﻀﺎﻧﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﻳﺎﻻﺕ ﻣﺘﺤﺪﺓ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﻜﺎ ﻫﺮﻳﻚ ﻧﻴﻞ ﺁﺭﻡ ﺳﺘﺮﺍﻧﮓ‪ Neil Arm Strong‬ﻭ ﺍﺩﻭﻳﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﺭﻳﻦ‪ Edvin A. Aldrin‬ﺑﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ‪ 21‬ﺟﻮﻻﻯ ﺳﺎﻝ‪1969‬ﻡ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺪﺍﺭ ﻣﻬﺘﺎﺏ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺩﻭﻳﻦ‬
‫ﻼ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﻬﺘﺎﺏ ﭘﻴﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﻬﺘﺎﺏ ﺑﻪ ﻗﺪﻡ ﺯﺩﻥ ﻣﺒﺎﺩﺭﺕ ﻭﺭﺯﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﻧﻤﻮﻧﺔ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺪﺭﻳﻦ ﻋﻤ ً‬
‫ﻣﻬﺘﺎﺏ ﻭﺳﻨﮓ ﭘﺎﺭﭼﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺭﺍﻛﻪ ﺟﻤﻊ ﺁﻭﺭﻯ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺩﺍﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪183‬‬
‫‪G10 Fasli (6).indd 183‬‬ ‫‪8/15/2011 4:49:38 PM‬‬
‫ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﻣﻬﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ )‪ (382180‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻣﺘﺮ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ ﺟﺴﺎﻣﺖ ﻣﻬﺘﺎﺏ )‪ (82,1‬ﺣﺼﺔ ﺍﺯ ﻛﺘﻠﺔ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻗﻄﺮ ﺁﻥ )‪ (3472‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻣﺘﺮ ﻣﻰ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﺮﻛﺖﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻟﻰﻣﻬﺘﺎﺏ‪:‬‬
‫ﻣﻬﺘﺎﺏ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻭﺭ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻣﻴﭽﺮﺧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﻗﺪﻳﻢ ﺍﻻﻳﺎﻡ ﺗﻘﻮﻳﻢ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻗﻤﺮﻯ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻟﻰ ﺁﻥ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ‬
‫ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬ﻣﻬﺘﺎﺏﻳﺎﻗﻤﺮﺯﻣﻴﻦﻳﮕﺎﻧﻪﺟﺴﻤﻰﺍﺳﺖﻛﻪﺑﻪﺯﻣﻴﻦﻧﺰﺩﻳﻚﻭﺍﻗﻊﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩﻭﺣﺮﻛﺖ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻟﻰ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺪﻭﺭ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺩﺭ ‪ 29‬ﺭﻭﺯ‪ 12 ،‬ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﻭ ‪ 24‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻴﺪﻫﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺎﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻳﻜﺠﺎ ﺑﺪﻭﺭ‬
‫ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﻣﻴﭽﺮﺧﺪ‪) .‬ﺿﻤﻨﺎً ﻣﻬﺘﺎﺏ‬

‫ﺩﺭ ‪ 27,33‬ﺭﻭﺯ ﻳﻚ ﻣﺮﺗﺒﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻭﺭ‬
‫ﻣﺤﻮﺭ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻣﻰ ﭼﺮﺧﺪ ﻭ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ‬
‫ﻭﺿﻌﻰ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻜﻤﻴﻞ ﻣﻴﻜﻨﺪ‪(.‬‬
‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﻮﺍﺿﻊ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺛﺮ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻟﻰ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻃﺮﺍﻑ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻣﺮﺍﺣﻞ‬
‫ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻣﻰ ﺁﻭﺭﺩ ﻛﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺮﺍﺣﻞ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻼﻝ‪ ،‬ﺗﺮﺑﻴﻊ‬
‫ﻭ ﺑﺪﺭ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ )‪(125‬‬

‫ﺷﺎﮔﺮﺩﺍﻥ ﺑﻪ ﮔﺮﻭپ ﻫﺎ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻫﺮ ﮔﺮﻭپ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﺭﺓ ﻣﻬﺘﺎﺏ‪ ،‬ﺳﻔﻴﻨﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻓﻀﺎﻳﻰ ﻭ‬
‫ﺗﺤﻘﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻤﻰ ﺁﺭﻡ ﺳﺘﺮﺍﻧﮓ‪ ،‬ﺍﺩﻭﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﻳﻦ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭﺓ ﻣﻬﺘﺎﺏ ﻭ ﻣﺮﺍﺣﻞ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻣﻬﺘﺎﺏ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻫﻢ ﺑﺤﺚ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻌﺪﺍ ًﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪﺓ ﻫﺮ ﮔﺮﻭپ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺑﺤﺚ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﺍﻥ ﺍﺭﺍﻳﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻮﺍﻝ ﻫﺎ‪:‬‬ ‫؟‬

‫‪1‬ـﻣﻬﺘﺎﺏﺭﺍﻣﺨﺘﺼﺮﺍ ًﺗﺸﺮﻳﺢﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ؟‬
‫‪2‬ـ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﻓﻀﺎ ﻧﻮﺭﺩ ﻫﺎ ﺑﺮﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﻬﺘﺎﺏ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺷﺪﻧﺪ ﻭ ﭼﻪ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺗﺤﻘﻴﻘﺎﺗﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﺍﺩﻧﺪ؟‬
‫‪3‬ـﺣﺮﻛﺖﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻟﻰﻣﻬﺘﺎﺏﺭﺍﻣﺨﺘﺼﺮﺍ ًﺑﻨﻮﻳﺴﻴﺪ؟‬

‫ﺷﺎﮔﺮﺩﺍﻥ ﻳﻚ ﻣﻘﺎﻟﻪ ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻬﺘﺎﺏ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺠﻼﺕ ﻭ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺟﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺎﻳﻰ‬
‫‪184‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﺱ )‪(55‬‬
‫ﺧﺴﻮﻑ ﻭ ﻛﺴﻮﻑ‬
‫ﺧﺴﻮﻑ‬
‫)ﻣﻬﺘﺎﺏ‬
‫ﮔﺮﻓﺘﮕﻰ(‬
‫ﺯﻣﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻛﺴﻮﻑ‬
‫)ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ‬
‫ﺯﻣﻴﻦ‬ ‫ﮔﺮﻓﺘﮕﻰ(‬
‫ﺵ )‪ (126‬ﺧﺴﻮﻑ ﻭ ﻛﺴﻮﻑ‬
‫ﺧﺴﻮﻑ ﻭ ﻛﺴﻮﻑ ﭼﻴﺴﺖ ﻭ ﭼﻄﻮﺭ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ؟‬

‫ﻫﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﻣﻬﺘﺎﺏ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﻭ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺩﺭ ﻳﻚ ﺧﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻭﻗﺖ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺳﺎﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻬﺘﺎﺏ ﺑﺎﻻﻯ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﻴﻔﺘﺪ ﻛﺴﻮﻑ )ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﮕﻰ( ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﻰ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺁﻥ ﻃﻮﺭ‬
‫ﻋﺎﺩﻯ ﻣﺎﻩ ﻧﻮ )ﻫﻼﻝ(‪ ،‬ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﻣﻴﮕﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﻬﺘﺎﺏ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺪﺭﻳﺞ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺛﺮ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻟﻰ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﺤﻞ‬
‫ﻣﻴﺪﻫﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺘﻰ ﻣﻴﺮﺳﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﻬﺘﺎﺏ ﻭ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﺑﻪ ﻳﻚ ﺧﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ‬
‫ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺳﺎﻳﻪ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﻬﺘﺎﺏ ﺑﻴﻔﺘﺪ ﺧﺴﻮﻑ )ﻣﻬﺘﺎﺏ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﮕﻰ(‬
‫ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻬﺘﺎﺏ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺑﺪﺭ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻧﻴﻢ ﻛﺮﺓ ﺷﻤﺎﻟﻰ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﻭﻗﺖ ﺷﺐ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺛﺮ ﻣﺎﻩ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﺩﻩ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻈﺮ ﻣﻴﺮﺳﺪ‪» .‬ﻳﻚ ﻃﺮﻑ ﻣﻬﺘﺎﺏ ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﺑﺴﻮﻯ‬
‫ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﻳﻚ ﺩﻭﺭ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻬﺘﺎﺏ ﺩﺭﺍﻃﺮﺍﻑ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻳﻚ ﻣﺎﻩ ﻗﻤﺮﻯ ﺷﻤﺮﺩﻩ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯﻳﻚ ﻫﻼﻝ ﺗﺎ ﻫﻼﻝ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭﺑﺮ ﻣﻰ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎً ‪ 29،5‬ﺭﻭﺯ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﮔﺎﻫﻰ ﺑﻪ‬
‫‪ 28‬ﺭﻭﺯ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻞ ﻣﻰ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ«‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ‪ :‬ﻫﺮﮔﺰ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﻧﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻜﻨﻴﺪ! ﺣﺘﻰ ﺩﺭ ﻭﻗﺖ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﮕﻰ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻣﻞ‪ ،‬ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﺑﻪ ﭼﺸﻢ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺻﺪﻣﻪ ﻣﻴﺮﺳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪185‬‬
‫‪G10 Fasli (6).indd 185‬‬ ‫‪8/15/2011 4:49:40 PM‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺎﺩ ﻣﺤﺘﺮﻡ ﺧﺴﻮﻑ ﻭ ﻛﺴﻮﻑ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻛﺮﺓ ﻣﺠﺴﻤﻪ ﺗﻤﺜﻴﻞ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻮﺍﻝ ﻫﺎ‪:‬‬ ‫؟‬

‫‪1‬ـ ﺧﺴﻮﻑ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺨﺘﺼﺮﺍ ً ﺗﺸﺮﻳﺢ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ؟‬
‫‪2‬ـ ﻛﺴﻮﻑ ﭼﻴﺴﺖ ﻭ ﭼﻪ ﻭﻗﺖ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ؟‬
‫‪3‬ـ ﺑﺪﺭ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻣﻬﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﺳﺖ؟‬
‫‪4‬ـ ﻛﺴﻮﻑ ﭼﻴﺴﺖ؟ ﺟﻮﺍﺏ ﺩﺭﺳﺖ ﺁﻧﺮﺍﺣﻠﻘﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ .‬ﻣﻬﺘﺎﺏ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﮕﻰ‬
‫ﺏ‪ .‬ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺑﺪﺭ‬
‫ﺝ‪ .‬ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﮕﻰ‬
‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﺷﻜﻞ ﻫﻼﻝ‬

‫ﺷﺎﮔﺮﺩﺍﻥ ﺧﺴﻮﻑ ﻭ ﻛﺴﻮﻑ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﭽﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺗﺮﺳﻴﻢ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪186‬‬
‫‪G10 Fasli (6).indd 186‬‬ ‫‪8/15/2011 4:49:40 PM‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﺱ )‪(56‬‬
‫‪ 4،6‬ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺁﻳﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺣﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ‬
‫ﭼﻴﺰﻯﻣﻰﺩﺍﻧﻴﺪ؟‬
‫ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻯ ﭘﻨﺞ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ‬

‫ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﻧﺪ ﺍﺯ‪:‬‬
‫‪1‬ـ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻭﺿﻌﻰ‬
‫‪2‬ـ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻟﻰ‬
‫‪3‬ـ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻧﻮﺳﺎﻧﻰ‬
‫‪4‬ـ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﺴﻮﻯ‬
‫ﺳﺘﺎﺭﻩ ﻭﻳﮕﺎ‬
‫‪5‬ـ ﺣــــﺮﻛﺖ ﺯﻣﻴــﻦ؛‬
‫ﻛﻬﻜﺸﺎﻥ ﺳﺤــﺎﺑﻰ ﺑـــﻪ ﻳﻚ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺎﻣﺖ ﻧﺎ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻒ ـ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻭﺿﻌﻰ‬
‫ﺯﻣﻴﻦ‪:‬‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪127‬‬
‫ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻭﺿﻌﻰ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻣﺤﻮﺭﻯ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻇﺮﻑ ‪ 24‬ﺳﺎﻋﺖ )‪ 23‬ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﻭ ‪ 56‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ( ﺍﺯ ﺳﻤﺖ‬
‫ﻏﺮﺏ ﺟﺎﻧﺐ ﺷﺮﻕ ﺑﺪﻭﺭ ﻣﺤﻮﺭ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻣﻰ ﭼﺮﺧﺪ‪ .‬ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻭﺿﻌﻰ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻴﺎﺕ ﺑﺸﺮ‪،‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺎﺕ ﺣﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻧﺒﺎﺗﺎﺕ ﻭﻫﻤﭽﻨﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻭﻗﺖ ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺖ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻭﺿﻌﻰ‬
‫ـ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺛﺮ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻭﺿﻌﻰ ﺷﺐ ﻭﺭﻭﺯ ﺑﻤﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﻰ ﺁﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ـ ﺍﻭﻗﺎﺕ ﺳﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺷﺐ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺯ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻭﺿﻌﻰ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﻰ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻳﻚ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ‪15‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﭼﻬﺎﺭ ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ ﻳﻚ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ‪ 24‬ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ‪ 360‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪ‬
‫ﻳﻚ ﻣﺮﺗﺒﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﻣﻰ ﮔﺬﺭﻧﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ـ ﺷﺐ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺛﺮ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻭﺿﻌﻰ ﺑﻤﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﻰ ﺁﻳﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﻻﻯ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﻭ ﺑﺮﻭﺩﺕ ﺳﻄﺢ‬
‫ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺗﺎﺛﻴﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺰﺍ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ـ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻭﺿﻌﻰ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍ ﺑﻄﺮﻑ ﻗﻄﺒﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻞ ﻣﻰ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ‪ ،‬ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﻳﻚ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺧﻂ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻳﻚ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ‪ 1674‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻣﺘﺮ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪ ‪ 30‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ‪ 1566‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻣﺘﺮ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻗﻄﺒﻴﻦ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺮ ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻞ ﻣﻰ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﻭ ﺑﺎﺩ ﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺛﺮ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻭﺿﻌﻰ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻣﺴﻴﺮ ﺍﺻﻠﻰ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ‬
‫ﻣﻴﺪﻫﻨﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻢ ﻛﺮﺓ ﺷﻤﺎﻟﻰ ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺎﻧﺐ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻢ ﻛﺮﺓ ﺟﻨﻮﺑﻰ ﺑﻄﺮﻑ ﭼﭗ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺤﺮﺍﻑ ﻣﻰ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪187‬‬
‫‪G10 Fasli (6).indd 187‬‬ ‫‪8/15/2011 4:49:42 PM‬‬
‫ـ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻫﺎﻳﻜﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺎﺣﻴﺔ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍ ﺑﻄﺮﻑ ﺷﻤﺎﻝ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻭﺿﻌﻰ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺳﺎﺣﻞ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺨﺮﻳﺐ ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﻴﻜﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻢ ﻛﺮﺓ ﺟﻨﻮﺑﻰ ﻋﻜﺲ ﺍﻳﻦ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﺻﺪﻕ ﻣﻴﻨﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ـ ﮔﺮﺩﺑﺎﺩﻫﺎﻯ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﻰ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻢ ﻛﺮﺓ ﺷﻤﺎﻟﻰ ﺭﺥ ﻣﻴﺪﻫﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺮﺍﻛﺰ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﭘﺴﺖ ﺳﺎﻳﻜﻠﻮﻥ‬
‫)‪ (L.P‬ﺳﻤﺖ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺧﻼﻑ ﻋﻘﺮﺑﺔ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻢ ﻛﺮﺓ ﺟﻨﻮﺑﻰ ﺑﺎ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻋﻘﺮﺑﺔ‬
‫ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﻳﻜﺴﺎﻥ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺩﺭ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻭﺿﻌﻰ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍ ﺑﺮ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﮔﻰ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺼﻪ ﻗﻄﺒﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻓﺮﻭﺭﻓﺘﮕﻰ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ ـ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻟﻰ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ‪:‬‬
‫ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺩﺭ ﻳﻚ ﺳﺎﻝ ‪ 365‬ﺭﻭﺯ ﻭ ‪6‬‬
‫ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺪﺍﺭ‬
‫ﺑﻴﻀﻮﻯ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻭﺭﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﺗﻜﻤﻴﻞ ﻣﻰ‬
‫ﻛﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﻃﻮﻝ ﻣﺪﺍﺭ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎً ‪931‬‬
‫ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻣﺘﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ (128‬ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻟﻰ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﺪﻭﺭ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﻭ‬
‫ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﻓﺼﻞ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺳﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﻻﻯ ﻣﺪﺍﺭ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻳﻚ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ‪ 30‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻣﺘﺮ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ‬
‫ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻝ ‪ 1727‬ﻣﻴﻼﺩﻯ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﺩﻟﻰ ﻣﻨﺠﻢ ﻣﻌﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﻧﮕﻠﻴﺴﻰ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻟﻰ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻤﺎﻳﻞ ﺍﺷﻌﺔ ﺳﺘﺎﺭﻩ ﮔﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺍﺛﺒﺎﺕ ﺭﺳﺎﻧﻴﺪ ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﻭ ﺗﻤﺎﻳﻞ ﺷﻌﺎﻉ ﺳﺘﺎﺭﻩ ﮔﺎﻥ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻟﻰ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺳﺎﻝ ﮔﺎﻫﻰ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﻭ ﮔﺎﻫﻰ ﻛﻢ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻟﻰ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻒ ـ ﺩﻭﺭﻯ ﻭ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻜﻰ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ‪:‬‬
‫ﭼﻮﻥ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺪﺕ ﻳﻚ ﺳﺎﻝ ﺑﺮﻣﺪﺍﺭ ﺑﻴﻀﻮﻯ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻟﻰ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﻣﻴﺮﺳﺎﻧﺪ‪،‬‬
‫ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﺩﺭ ﻳﻚ ﻣﺤﺮﺍﻕ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﻣﺪﺍﺭ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﺳﺒﺐ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﺔ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺑﻌﻴﺪ ‪152‬‬
‫ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻣﺘﺮ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺻﻄﻼﺡ ﺍﻭﺝ ﻳﺎﺩ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﻴﻜﻪ ﻛﻮﺗﺎﻩ ﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﺔ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺎ‬
‫ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ‪ 147‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻣﺘﺮ )ﺣﻀﻴﺾ( ﻧﺎﻣﻴﺪﻩ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﻴﻜﻪ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﺔ ﻭﺳﻄﻰ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ‪ 149‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻣﺘﺮ ﻣﻰ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ ـ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﻮﺳﻢ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺳﺎﻝ‬
‫‪1‬ـ ﺍﻋﺘﺪﺍﻝ )ﺑﻬﺎﺭ ﻭﺧﺰﺍﻥ(‬
‫ﻣﺮﺍﺩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻋﺘﺪﺍﻝ‪ ،‬ﻣﺴﺎﻭﻯ ﺑﻮﺩﻥ ﺳﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺷﺐ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﻫﻢ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻭ ﻭﻗﺖ ﻳﻌﻨﻰ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺑﻬﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺧﺰﺍﻥ‪ .‬ﺍﻋﺘﺪﺍﻝ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻬﺎﺭ )ﺍﻭﻝ ﻣﺎﻩ ﺣﻤﻞ( ﻭ ﺍﻋﺘﺪﺍﻝ ﺩﺭ ﺧﺰﺍﻥ )ﺩﺭ ﺍﻭﻝ ﻣﺎﻩ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ(‬
‫ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﻰ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻭ ﻭﻗﺖ ﺩﻭﺍﺯﺩﻩ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﺭﻭﺯ ﻭ ‪ 12‬ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﺷﺐ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪188‬‬
‫‪G10 Fasli (6).indd 188‬‬ ‫‪8/15/2011 4:49:43 PM‬‬
‫ﺑﻬﺎﺭ‬
‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺑﻬﺎﺭ ﻧﻴﻢ ﻛﺮﺓ ﺷﻤﺎﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ‬ ‫ﺣﻀﻴﺾ‬
‫ﺍﻭﺝ‬
‫ﺗﺎﺑﺴﺘﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺯﻣﺴﺘﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺧﺰﺍﻥ‬
‫ﺵ )‪ (129‬ﺍﻭﺝ ﻭ ﺣﻀﻴﺾ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻘﺎﻳﺴﻪ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺍﻋﺘﺪﺍﻝ )ﺩﺭ ﺍﻭﻝ ﻣﺎﻩ ﺣﻤﻞ ﻭ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ( ﺍﺷﻌﺔ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﺑﺎﻻﻯ ﺧﻂ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍ ﻋﻤﻮﺩ ﻣﻴﺘﺎﺑﺪ؛‬
‫ﺍﻣﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺎﻻﻯ ﻗﻄﺐ ﺷﻤﺎﻝ ﻭ ﺟﻨﻮﺏ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﻤﺎﺱ ﻣﻴﮕﺬﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻭﻗﺖ ﺍﻋﺘﺪﺍﻝ ﻃﻠﻮﻉ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ‬
‫ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ‪ 6‬ﺑﺠﻪ ﺻﺒﺢ ﻭﻏﺮﻭﺏ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ‪ 6‬ﺑﺠﻪ ﻋﺼﺮ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﻰ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪2‬ـ ﺍﻧﻘﻼﺏ ﺷﻤﺴﻰ‪:Solstice‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺘﻴﻜﻪ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺩﺭﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻳﻜﻰ ﺍﺯ ﻗﻄﺮﻫﺎﻯ ﺍﻭﺝ ﻭ ﺣﻀﻴﺾ ﻣﺪﺍﺭ ﺑﻴﻀﻮﻯ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ ﺍﻧﻘﻼﺏ‬
‫ﺷﻤﺴﻰ ﺭﺥ ﻣﻴﺪﻫﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻢ ﻛﺮﺓ ﺷﻤﺎﻟﻰ ﺗﺎﺑﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺷﻌﺎﻉ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻭﻝ ﺳﺮﻃﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻻﻯ ﺧﻂ ﺳﺮﻃﺎﻥ ﻋﻤﻮﺩ ﻣﻰ ﺗﺎﺑﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻭﻗﺖ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻢ ﻛﺮﺓ ﺟﻨﻮﺑﻰ ﻓﺼﻞ ﺯﻣﺴﺘﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﻜﻪ ﺩﺭﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻗﻄﺮ ﺑﻴﻀﻮﻯ ﻣﺪﺍﺭ ﺷﻌﺎﻉ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻭﻝ ﺟﺪﻯ ﺑﺎﻻﻯ ﺧﻂ ﺟﺪﻯ‬
‫ﻋﻤﻮﺩ ﺑﺘﺎﺑﺪ‪ ،‬ﺗﺎﺑﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﻧﻴﻢ ﻛﺮﺓ ﺟﻨﻮﺑﻰ ﻭ ﺯﻣﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﻧﻴﻢ ﻛﺮﺓ ﺷﻤﺎﻟﻰ ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻣﻰ ﺁﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﻘﻼﺏ ﺷﻤﺴﻰ ﺗﺎﺑﺴﺘﺎﻥ ‪ Summer Solistice‬ﻭ ﺍﻧﻘﻼﺏ ﺷﻤﺴﻰ ﺯﻣﺴﺘﺎﻥ ‪Winter‬‬
‫‪ Solistice‬ﻫﺮﺩﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﺭﺽ ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺖ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺗﺎﺑﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﻧﻴﻢ ﻛﺮﺓ ﺷﻤﺎﻟﻰ ﺷﻌﺎﻉ‬
‫ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﺯ ﻋﻘﺐ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﻩ ﺁﺭﻛﺘﻴﻚ ﻣﻴﮕﺬﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻢ ﻛﺮﺓ ﺟﻨﻮﺑﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﺓ ﺍﻧﺘﺎﺭﻛﺘﻴﻚ‬
‫ﻣﻤﺎﺱ ﻣﻴﮕﺬﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻧﻘﻼﺏ ﺷﻤﺴﻰ ﺯﻣﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻭﻝ ﺟﺪﻯ ﺁﻏﺎﺯ ﻣﻴﮕﺮﺩﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﻩ ﺟﺪﻯ‬
‫ﺗﺎ ﻋﻘﺐ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﺓ ﺍﻧﺘﺎﺭﻛﺘﻴﻚ ‪ Antarctic‬ﺗﺤﺖ ﺷﻌﺎﻉ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻣﻴﮕﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﻋﻜﺲ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﻗﻄﺐ ﺷﻤﺎﻝ ﺷﺐ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﻚ ﺣﻜﻤﻔﺮﻣﺎ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺩﺭ ﻗﻄﺐ ﺷﻤﺎﻝ ‪ 6‬ﻣﺎﻩ ﺷﺐ ﻣﻰ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻢ ﻛﺮﺓ ﺷﻤﺎﻟﻰ ﻓﺼﻞ ﺗﺎﺑﺴﺘﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻏﺎﺯ ﺍﻋﺘﺪﺍﻝ ﺑﻬﺎﺭ ﺗﺎﻭﻗﺖ ﺍﻋﺘﺪﺍﻝ ﺧﺰﺍﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻗﻄﺐ ﺷﻤﺎﻝ ‪ 6‬ﻣﺎﻩ ﺭﻭﺯ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪،‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﻋﻜﺲ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻢ ﻛﺮﺓ ﺟﻨﻮﺑﻰ ‪ 6‬ﻣﺎﻩ ﺷﺐ ﺩﻭﺍﻡ ﻣﻴﻨﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﻃﻮﺭﻯ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺩﻳﺪﻩ‬
‫ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ ﻧﻴﻢ ﻛﺮﺓ ﺷﻤﺎﻟﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺭﻭﺯﻫﺎﻯ ﺗﺎﺑﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻚ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻓﺼﻞ‬
‫ﺯﻣﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻌﺎﻉ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﺩﻭﺭ ﻣﻴﮕﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪189‬‬
‫‪G10 Fasli (6).indd 189‬‬ ‫‪8/15/2011 4:49:43 PM‬‬
‫ﺗﺎﺑﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﻧﻴﻤﻜﺮﻩ ﺷﻤﺎﻟﻰ‬ ‫ﺩﺍﻳﺮﻩ ﺳﺮﻃﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺯﻣﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﻧﻴﻢ ﻛﺮﻩ ﺷﻤﺎﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍ‬
‫ﻣﺪﺍﺭ ﺳﺮﻃﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺗﺎﺑﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﻧﻴﻜﻤﺮﻩ ﺟﻨﻮﺑﻰ‬ ‫ﺟﺪﻯ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍ‬
‫ﻣﺪﺍﺭ ﺟﺪﻯ‬
‫‪.‬ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ (130‬ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﺎ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ‪ 30‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻣﺘﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻭﺭ ﺧﻮﺭﺷﻴﺪ ﻣﻰ ﭼﺮﺧﺪ‬
‫ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺭﻭﻯ ﻣﺪﺍﺭ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺭﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﻓﺼﻞ ﺑﻬﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﺗﺎﺑﺴﺘﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺧﺰﺍﻥ ﻭ ﺯﻣﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻣﻰ ﺁﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺝ ـ ﺳﺎﻳﺮﺣﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﺳﻴﺎﺭﻩ ﻫﺎ ﺑﺪﻭﺭ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﻣﻰ ﭼﺮﺧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺩﺍﻧﺸﻤﻨﺪﺍﻥ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻳﮕﺎﻧﻪ‬
‫ﺳﻴﺎﺭﺓ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺷﻤﺴﻰ ﻣﻰ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺣﻴﺎﺕ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻣﻜﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺯﻧﺪﻩ ﮔﻰ ﺍﺟﺴﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺣﻴﺔ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻬﻴﺎ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺳﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺗﺤﻘﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻰ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ‬
‫ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻃﻮﺭﻳﻜﻪ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻡ ﻓﻀﺎﻳﻰ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻡ ﺳﻤﺎﻭﻯ‬
‫ﺣﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺑﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﺤﻮﺭ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻧﻮﺳﺎﻧﻰ ﻫﻢ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻄﻮﺭ ﻣﻮﺿﻌﻰ‬
‫ﻧﻮﺳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻋﻠﻤﺎﻯ ﺟﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ‬
‫ﻭﺿﻌﻰ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻟﻰ ﻋﻼﻗﺔ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ؛ ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭﻯ ﺍﺯ ﻭﺍﻗﻌﺎﺕ ﻭﺣﻮﺍﺩﺙ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻰ ﻭﺟﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺎﻳﻰ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﺣﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻟﻰ ﻭﻭﺿﻌﻰ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﻤﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﻰ ﺁﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺻﻨﻒ‬

‫ﺷﺎﮔﺮﺩﺍﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻪ ﮔﺮﻭپ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﮔﺮﻭپ ﺍﻭﻝ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭﺓ ﺣﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﮔﺮﻭپ ﺩﻭﻡ‬
‫ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭﺓ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻭﺿﻌﻰ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﮔﺮﻭپ ﺳﻮﻡ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭﺓ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻟﻰ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﻫﻢ ﺑﺤﺚ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‬
‫ﻭ ﺑﻌﺪﺍ ً ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪﺓ ﻫﺮ ﮔﺮﻭپ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺑﺤﺚ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﺍﻥ ﺍﺭﺍﻳﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻮﺍﻝ ﻫﺎ‪:‬‬ ‫؟‬

‫‪1‬ـ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻯ ﭼﻨﺪ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ ﺟﻮﺍﺏ ﺩﺭﺳﺖ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺣﻠﻘﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ‪ .‬ﺩﻭ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ .‬ﺩﻩ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ‬
‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﭘﻨﺞ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ‬ ‫ﺝ‪ .‬ﻫﻔﺖ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ‬
‫‪2‬ـ ﺣﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﻭﺿﻌﻰ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺨﺘﺼﺮﺍ ً ﺑﻨﻮﻳﺴﻴﺪ؟‬
‫‪3‬ـ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻟﻰ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺨﺘﺼﺮﺍ ً ﺗﺸﺮﻳﺢ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ؟‬

‫ﺷﺎﮔﺮﺩﺍﻥ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭﺓ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻭﺿﻌﻰ ﻭﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻟﻰ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻳﻚ ﻣﻘﺎﻟﻪ ﻣﺨﺘﺼﺮ ﺑﻨﻮﻳﺴﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪190‬‬
‫‪G10 Fasli (6).indd 190‬‬ ‫‪8/15/2011 4:49:44 PM‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﺱ )‪(49‬‬
‫ﻛﻤﻴﺎﺕ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺔ ﺟﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺎﻳﻲ‬
‫ﺩﻭﺍﻳﺮ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪ‬

‫ﺵ )‪ (131‬ﺩﻭﺍﻳﺮ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪ ﻭ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻃﻮﻝﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪ‪Longitude‬‬
‫ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪ ﻳﺎ ﻧﺼﻒ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺭ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻴﻢ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﻩ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺍﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻗﻄﺐ ﺷﻤﺎﻝ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺗﺎ‬
‫ﻗﻄﺐ ﺟﻨﻮﺏ ﺗﻤﺪﻳﺪ ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺧﻂ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍ ﻋﻤﻮﺩ ﺍﻧﺪ‪ ).‬ﻃﻮﻝ ﺟﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺎﻳﻰ ﺁﻥ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﺔ ﻗﻮﺳﻰ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﮔﻮﻳﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﮔﺮﻳﻨﻮﻳﭻ ﻟﻨﺪﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻣﺘﺪﺍﺩ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪ ﻫﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺎﻣﺖ ﺷﺮﻕ‪ ،‬ﻏﺮﺏ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ‬
‫ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ‪(.‬‬
‫ﺧﻂ ﮔﺮﻳﻨﻮﻳﭻ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻬﺮ ﻟﻨﺪﻥ ﻣﻴﮕﺬﺭﺩ ﻣﺒﺪﺃ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪ ﻫﺎ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﻛﺮﺓ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻭ‬
‫ﻧﻴﻢ ﻛﺮﺓ ﺷﺮﻗﻰ ﻭ ﻏﺮﺑﻰ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﻧﺼﻒ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺭ ﮔﺮﻳﻨﻮﻳﭻ ﺗﺎ ﺧﻂ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ‪ 180 International date Line‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪ ﺷﺮﻗﻰ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﮔﺮﻳﻨﻮﻳﭻ‬
‫ﺑﻄﺮﻑ ﻏﺮﺏ ‪ 180‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪ ﻏﺮﺑﻰ ﺗﺮﺳﻴﻢ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪ ﻫﺎ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻛﺮﺓ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﻪ ‪ 360‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﻣﻴﺮﺳﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺮ ﻧﺼﻒ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺭ ﻧﻴﻢ ﻗﻮﺱ ﻳﻚ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﻣﻴﺪﻫﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻧﺼﻒ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺭ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ‬
‫ﺧﻮﺩ ﻳﻚ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﺓ ﻣﻜﻤﻞ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻴﺴﺎﺯﺩ‪ .‬ﻧﺼﻒ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺭ ﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻗﻄﺒﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﻫﻢ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻚ ﺷﺪﻩ‬
‫ﻭ ﺑﺎﻻﺧﺮﻩ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﺔ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺮ ﺗﻘﺮﺏ ﻣﻴﻨﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻭﺻﺎﻑ ﺩﻭﺍﻳﺮ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪ‪:‬‬
‫‪1‬ـ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺩﻭﺍﻳﺮ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺎﺣﻴﺔ ﻗﻄﺒﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﻫﻢ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻚ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﺔ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺮ‬
‫‪191‬‬
‫‪G10 Fasli (6).indd 191‬‬ ‫‪8/15/2011 4:49:47 PM‬‬
‫‪2‬ـ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺎﻣﺖ ﺷﻤﺎﻝ ﻭ ﺟﻨﻮﺏ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻴﺪﻫﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪3‬ـ ﻫﺮ ﻧﺼﻒ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺭ ﻧﻴﻢ ﻗﻮﺱ ﻳﻚ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﻩ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻴﺪﻫﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪4‬ـ ﭼﻮﻥ ‪ 15‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﻧﺼﻒ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺭ ﺩﺭ ﻳﻚ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﻣﻰ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ‬
‫ﺟﻬﺖ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺟﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺎﻳﻰ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺩﻭ ﻧﺼﻒ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺭ ‪ 15‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﻗﺒﻮﻝ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪5‬ـ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺷﺮﻗﻰ ﺍﻭﻟﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﻣﻴﮕﺬﺭﺩ ﻭ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻏﺮﺑﻰ ﻧﺎﻭﻗﺘﺘﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺩﺭ ‪ 80‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪ ﺷﺮﻗﻰ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻇﻬﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺩﺭ ‪ 80‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ‬
‫ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪ ﻏﺮﺑﻰ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﻇﻬﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪6‬ـ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺗﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪ ﻭ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﻳﻚ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﺨﻮﺑﻰ‬
‫ﻭﺍﺿﺢ ﻣﻰ ﺳﺎﺯﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﺳﺒﺐ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﺷﻬﺮﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻣﻤﺎﻟﻚ ﻭﺟﺰﺍﻳﺮ ﺩﺍﻳﻤﺎً ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺩﻭﺍﻳﺮ‬
‫ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻣﻴﮕﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪7‬ـ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪ ﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻉ ﺩﻭﺍﻳﺮ ﺑﺰﺭگ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻤﺜﻴﻞ ﻣﻴﻜﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﻳﺖ ﺩﻭﺍﻳﺮ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪ ﻭﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪ ﺍﺯﻟﺤﺎﻅ ﻛﺎﺭﺗﻮﮔﺮﺍﻓﻰ ﺍﺭﺯﺵ ﺧﺎﺻﻰ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪،‬‬
‫ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﻭ ﺗﺮﺳﻴﻢ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻭﺍﻳﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺍﺭﺗﺴﺎﻡ ﺭﺍ ﻭﺍﺿﺢ ﻣﻴﺴﺎﺯﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪ ‪:Latituate‬‬

‫ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻭﺍﻳﺮﻯ ﺍﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻮﺍﺯﻯ ﺑﻪ ﺧﻂ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍ ﺗﺮﺳﻴﻢ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺷﺮﻗﺎً ﻏﺮﺑﺎً ﺍﻣﺘﺪﺍﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﺟﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺎﻳﻰ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﻗﻮﺳﻰ ﺭﺍ ﮔﻮﻳﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯﺧﻂ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻣﺘﺪﺍﺩ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ‬
‫ﮔﻴﺮﻯ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻓﺎﺻﻠﺔ ﻣﺘﺬﻛﺮﺓ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ )‪ ،(o‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ) ‪ ( /‬ﻭ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ )‪ (//‬ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺍﻳﺮﺓ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍ ﻣﺒﺪﺃ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪ ﻫﺎ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻭ ﻧﻴﻢ ﻛﺮﺓ ﺷﻤﺎﻟﻰ ﻭ ﺟﻨﻮﺑﻰ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ‬
‫ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍ ﺗﺎ ﻗﻄﺐ ﺷﻤﺎﻝ ‪ 90‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍ ﺗﺎ ﻗﻄﺐ ﺟﻨﻮﺏ ْ‪ 90‬ﻋﺮﺽ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻪ ْ‪ 180‬ﻣﻴﺮﺳﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﻭﺍﻳﺮ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺑﺎﻫﻤﺪﻳﮕﺮ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺍﺯﻯ ﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺩﻭﺍﻳﺮ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺯﻭﺍﻳﺔ ﻗﺎﻳﻤﻪ ﻗﻄﻊ ﻣﻰ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﺧﻂ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﺘﺮﻳﻦ‬
‫ﺩﺍﻳﺮﺓ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪ ﻫﺎ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺩﻭﺍﻳﺮ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪ ﺑﻄﺮﻑ ﻗﻄﺒﻴﻦ ﻛﻮﭼﻜﺘﺮ ﻣﻴﮕﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻻﺧﺮﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻗﻄﺒﻴﻦ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻝ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺮ ﻣﻴﮕﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻭﺻﺎﻑ ﺩﻭﺍﻳﺮ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪ‪:‬‬

‫‪1‬ـ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺩﻭﺍﻳﺮ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻫﻤﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﻣﻮﺍﺯﻯ ﺍﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪192‬‬
‫‪G10 Fasli (6).indd 192‬‬ ‫‪8/15/2011 4:49:47 PM‬‬
‫‪2‬ـ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺎﻣﺖ ﺷﺮﻕ ﻭ ﻏﺮﺏ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻴﺪﻫﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪3‬ـ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎً ﻣﺴﺎﻭﻯ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ ﺍﻣﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎﺕ ﺟﻴﻮﺩﻳﺰﻯ)ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻗﺪﺭﻯ ﺗﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ(‬
‫‪4‬ـ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﻩ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪ ﺭﺍﺑﻪ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻗﺎﻳﻤﻪ ﻗﻄﻊ ﻣﻰ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪5‬ـ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺩﻭﺍﻳﺮ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪ ﺩﻭﺍﻳﺮ ﻛﻮﭼﻚ ﺍﻧﺪ ﺍﻣﺎ ﺧﻂ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﻩ ﺑﺰﺭگ ﺷﻤﺮﺩﻩ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻣﺎ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪ ‪ 90‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻝ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺮ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪6‬ـ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻻﻳﺘﻨﺎﻫﻰ ﺩﻭﺍﻳﺮ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪ ﺭﺳﻢ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻣﻴﺘﻮﺍﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻣﺎ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ‬
‫× ‪6 ′′ × 6 ′′‬‬ ‫‪= 32 4‬‬ ‫ﻳﻚ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﻩ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﻧﻴﻢ ﻛﺮﺓ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ‪ 90‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﻳﺎ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺋﺮﻩ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 7‬ـ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺩﻭﺍﻳﺮ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪ ﻣﻴﻞ ﺍﺷﻌﺔ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺍﻋﺘﺪﺍﻝ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜ ً‬
‫ﻼ‪:‬‬
‫)ﻣﻴﻞ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﻪ ﺗﺎﺑﺶ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ = ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪ ــ ‪ 90‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ(‪.‬‬
‫‪8‬ـ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﻩ ﺁﺭﻛﺘﻴﻚ‪ 66 12 :‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪ ﺷﻤﺎﻟﻰ‬
‫‪ 9‬ـ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﻩ ﺍﻧﺘﺎﺭﻛﺘﻴﻜﺎ‪ 66 12 :‬ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪ ﺟﻨﻮﺑﻰ‬
‫‪ -10‬ﺩﺍﻳﺮﻩ ﺳﺮﻃﺎﻥ‪ 23 12 :‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺷﻤﺎﻟﻰ ﻛﻪ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻭﻝ ﺳﺮﻃﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻻﻯ ﺁﻥ ﻋﻤﻮﺩ ﻣﻰ ﺗﺎﺑﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -11‬ﺩﺍﻳﺮﻩ ﺟﺪﻯ‪ 23 1 :‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺟﻨﻮﺑﻰ ﻛﻪ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻭﻝ ﺟﺪﻯ ﺑﺎﻻﻯ ﺁﻥ ﻋﻤﻮﺩ ﻣﻰ ﺗﺎﺑﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪193‬‬
‫‪G10 Fasli (6).indd 193‬‬ ‫‪8/15/2011 4:49:47 PM‬‬
‫ﺷﺎﮔﺮﺩﺍﻥ ﺑﻪ ﮔﺮﻭپ ﻫﺎ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻫﺮ ﮔﺮﻭپ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭﺓ ﺩﻭﺍﻳﺮ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪ‪،‬‬
‫ﺩﻭﺍﻳﺮﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪ‪ ،‬ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺩﻭﺍﻳﺮ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪ ﻭ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻭﺻﺎﻑ ﺩﻭﺍﻳﺮ ﻣﺬﻛﻮﺭ ﺑﺎﻫﻢ‬
‫ﺑﺤﺚ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﺑﻌﺪﺍ ً ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪﺓ ﮔﺮﻭپ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺑﺤﺚ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﺍﻥ ﺍﺭﺍﻳﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻮﺍﻝ ﻫﺎ‪:‬‬ ‫؟‬

‫‪1‬ـ ﺩﻭﺍﻳﺮ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺮﺳﻴﻢ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻣﺨﺘﺼﺮﺍ ً ﺗﺸﺮﻳﺢ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ؟‬
‫‪2‬ـ ﺩﻭﺍﻳﺮ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪ ﺭﺍ ﺭﺳﻢ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻣﺨﺘﺼﺮﺍ ً ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ؟‬
‫‪3‬ـ ﺍﻭﺻﺎﻑ ﺩﻭﺍﻳﺮ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺨﺘﺼﺮﺍ ً ﺑﻨﻮﻳﺴﻴﺪ؟‬
‫‪4‬ـ ﺍﻭﺻﺎﻑ ﺩﻭﺍﻳﺮ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪ ﺭﺍ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ؟‬
‫‪5‬ـ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺩﻭﺍﻳﺮ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺟﻮﺍﺏ ﺩﺭﺳﺖ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺣﻠﻘﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻒ ـ‪ 320‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ‬
‫ﺏ ـ ‪ 160‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ‬
‫ﺝ ـ ‪ 360‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ‬
‫ﺩـ ‪ 90‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ‬
‫‪ 6‬ـ ﻣﺒﺪﺃ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪ ﻫﺎ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﺧﻂ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ ﺟﻮﺍﺏ ﺩﺭﺳﺖ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻰ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ ـ ﺧﻂ ﮔﺮﻳﻨﻮﻳﭻ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻒ ـ ﺧﻂ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍ‬
‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﺧﻂ ﺟﺪﻯ‬ ‫ﺝ‪ .‬ﺧﻂ ﺳﺮﻃﺎﻥ‬

‫ﺷﺎﮔﺮﺩﺍﻥ ﻛﺮﺓ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﭽﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺗﺮﺳﻴﻢ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺩﻭﺍﻳﺮ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪ ﻭ‬
‫ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺭﻭﻯ ﺁﻥ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﻫﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪194‬‬
‫‪G10 Fasli (6).indd 194‬‬ ‫‪8/15/2011 4:49:47 PM‬‬
‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﻫﻔﺘﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻢ‬
‫ـ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻢ ﭼﻴﺴﺖ؟‬
‫ـ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻢ‬
‫ـ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻢ‬
‫ـ ﮔﺮﻡ‬
‫ـ ﻣﻌﺘﺪﻝ‬
‫ـ ﺳﺮﺩ‬
‫ـ ﻋﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﻣﻮﺛﺮ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻢ‬
‫ـ ﭘﺴﺘﻰ ﻭﺑﻠﻨﺪﻯ‬
‫ـ ﺩﻭﺭﻯ ﻭ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻜﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺧﻂ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍ‬
‫ـ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﻪ ﺗﺎﺑﺶ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ‬
‫ـ ﺗﻮﭘﻮﮔﺮﺍﻓﻰ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ‬
‫ـ ﺍﺗﻤﻮﺳﻔﻴﺮ‬
‫ـ ﺍﺗﻤﻮﺳﻔﻴﺮ ﭼﻴﺴﺖ؟‬
‫ـ ﻃﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﺗﻤﻮﺳﻔﻴﺮ ﻭ ﺍﺯﻭﻥ‬
‫ـ ﻛﺮﻩ ﻣﻘﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻰ ﺍﻃﺮﺍﻑ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ‬
‫ـ ﻧﻘﺶ ﺍﺗﻤﻮﺳﻔﻴﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻢ‬
‫ـ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭﻫﺎﻯ ﺳﻨﺠﺶ‬
‫ـ ﺗﺮﻣﻮﻣﺘﺮ‪ ،‬ﺁﻟﻪ ﺳﻨﺠﺶ ﺭﻃﻮﺑﺖ‪ ،‬ﺁﻟﻪ ﺳﻨﺠﺶ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻥ‪ ،‬ﺁﻟﻪ ﺳﻨﺠﺶ ﺑﺎﺩ ﻭ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﻫﻮﺍ‬
‫ـ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺳﻨﺞ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺑﻴﻨﻰ ﻫﻮﺍ‪ ،‬ﻗﻄﺐ ﻧﻤﺎ ﻭ ‪.........‬‬
‫ـ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﮕﻰ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﺑﺎﺩﻫﺎ‬
‫ـ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺑﺎﺩﻫﺎ )ﺩﺭ ﺧﺸﻜﻪ ﻭ ﺑﺤﺮ ﻫﺎ ‪(..........‬‬
‫‪195‬‬
‫‪G10 Fasli (7).indd 195‬‬ ‫‪8/15/2011 4:51:59 PM‬‬
‫ـ ﺑﺎﺩ ﻭ ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﻳﻰ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ‬
‫ـ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻥ‬
‫ـ ﺍﺑﺮ ﺑﻨﺪﻯ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﮕﻰ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻥ‬
‫ـ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﺑﺮﻫﺎ‬
‫ـ ﺗﻐﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺑﺎﺭﻧﺪﻩ ﮔﻰ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ‬
‫ـ ﺑﺎﺭﻧﺪﻩ ﮔﻰ ﻭ ﺳﺎﻳﻜﻞ ﺁﺏ‬
‫ـ ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺖ ﺑﺎﺭﻧﺪﻩ ﮔﻰ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺯﻧﺪﻩ ﮔﻰ‬
‫ﺷﺎﮔﺮﺩﺍﻥ ﻋﺰﻳﺰ ﺑﺎ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺼﻞ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻫﺪﺍﻑ ﺩﺍﻧﺸﻰ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻧﺎﻳﻞ ﺁﻳﻨﺪ‪:‬‬
‫ـ ﻣﻔﻬﻮﻡ ﻭ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻢ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭﻙ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ـ ﻋﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﻣﻮﺛﺮ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻢ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺸﻨﺎﺳﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ـ ﻣﻔﻬﻮﻡ ﺍﺗﻤﻮﺳﻔﻴﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺸﻨﺎﺳﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ـ ﺑﺎ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﺳﻨﺠﺶ ﺭﻃﻮﺑﺖ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻥ‪ ،‬ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﻫﻮﺍ ﺁﺷﻨﺎ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ـ ﻧﺤﻮﻩ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻔﻬﻤﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ـ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﺑﺮﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺸﻨﺎﺳﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ـ ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺖ ﺑﺎﺭﻧﺪﻩ ﮔﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﺖ ﻭ ﺯﻧﺪﻩ ﮔﻰ ﺑﺸﺮ ﺑﺸﻨﺎﺳﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﺷﺎﮔﺮﺩﺍﻥ ﺍﻧﺘﻈﺎﺭ ﻣﻴﺮﻭﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺼﻞ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻫﺪﺍﻑ ﻣﻬﺎﺭﺗﻰ ﺫﻳﻞ ﺩﺳﺖ ﻳﺎﺑﻨﺪ‪:‬‬
‫ـ ﺑﺘﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﻣﻔﻬﻮﻡ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻢ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ـ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻢ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﻰ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ـ ﺍﺗﻤﻮﺳﻔﻴﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ـ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭﻫﺎﻯ ﮔﻮﻧﺎﮔﻮﻥ ﻳﺎﺩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﺘﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ـ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﮕﻰ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺑﺘﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ـ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﺑﺮﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺸﻨﺎﺳﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ـ ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺖ ﺑﺎﺭﻧﺪﻩ ﮔﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺯﻧﺪﻩ ﮔﻰ ﺑﺸﺮ ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺑﺘﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪196‬‬
‫‪G10 Fasli (7).indd 196‬‬ ‫‪8/15/2011 4:51:59 PM‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﺱ )‪(58‬‬
‫‪7‬ـ‪ 1‬ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻢ ﭼﻴﺴﺖ‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ (132‬ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻤﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺁﻳﺎ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻢ ﭼﻪ ﻣﻔﻬﻮﻡ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ؟‬

‫ﺑﻪ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻤﻰ ﺩﻗﺖ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻢ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﻪ ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻢ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻻﺗﻴﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ‪ Klima‬ﺍﻗﺘﺒﺎﺱ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﻣﻔﻬﻮﻡ ﻣﻴﻼﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺭﺍﻳﻪ ﻣﻴﻜﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ‬
‫ﻣﻴﻼﻥ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻴﻼﻥ ﻣﺤﻮﺭ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﺰﻭﺍﻳﻪ ‪ 23 1‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺑﺎﻻﻯ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﻣﺪﺍﺭ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺷﻌﺎﻉ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﻪ ﺯﻭﺍﻳﺎﻯ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻣﻰ ﺗﺎﺑﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻢ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺪ ﻭﺳﻄﻰ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﭘﺪﻳﺪﻩ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺟﻮﻯ ﻳﻚ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻭ‬
‫ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﺍﻭﺻﺎﻑ ﺟﺪﺍﮔﺎﻧﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻢ ﺷﻨﺎﺳﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﻣﺘﻴﻮﺭﻭﻟﻮژﻯ ﺟﺪﺍ ﻣﻴﺴﺎﺯﺩ ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﺗﺤﺖ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻣﺘﻴﻮﺭﻟﻮژﻯ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﭘﺪﻳﺪﻩ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺟﻮﻯ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ‬
‫ﺍﺻﻠﻰ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺭﺯﻳﺎﺑﻰ ﻣﻴﮕﺮﺩﺩ ﺍﻣﺎ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻢ ﺷﻨﺎﺳﻰ ﺣﺪ ﻭﺳﻄﻰ ﭘﺪﻳﺪﻩ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺟﻮﻯ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻃﻮﻝ‬
‫ﺳﺎﻟﻬﺎﻯ ﻃﻮﻻﻧﻰ ﺩﺭ ﻇﺮﻑ ‪ 30‬ﺍﻟﻰ‪ 40‬ﻭ ﻳﺎ‪ 50‬ﺳﺎﻝ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﻪ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻴﺪﻫﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺍﻧﺸﻤﻨﺪﺍﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻢ ﺷﻨﺎﺳﻰ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﻭ ﻋﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻢ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺫﻳﻞ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﻪ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻴﺪﻫﻨﺪ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻒ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻢ‪:‬‬

‫ﺍﺯ ﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﻓﻜﺘﻮﺭﻫﺎﻯ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻤﻰ ﭼﻬﺎﺭ ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺳﻰ ﺫﻳﻞ ﺧﺼﻮﺻﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻤﻰ ﻳﻚ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺭﺍ‬
‫‪197‬‬
‫‪G10 Fasli (7).indd 197‬‬ ‫‪8/15/2011 4:52:01 PM‬‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻤﺎً ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻭﻝ ﻣﻰ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﻧﺪ ﺍﺯ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -1‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ‬
‫‪ -2‬ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﻫﻮﺍ‬
‫‪ -3‬ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﺩﻫﺎ‬
‫‪ -4‬ﺭﻃﻮﺑﺖ ﻭ ﺑﺎﺭﻧﺪﻩ ﮔﻰ‬
‫‪1‬ـ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﻧﮕﺎﻩ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻢ ﺷﻨﺎﺳﻰ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﻭ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﻪ ﺗﺎﺑﺶ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻢ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺭﻭﻝ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺎﺳﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺍﺭﺍ ﺍﺳﺖ‪،‬ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﻭ ﻧﻮﺭﻳﻜﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﺑﻪ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻣﻰ ﺭﺳﺪ ﻣﺆﻟﺪ ﺍﻧﺮژﻯ ﻭﺣﻴﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﻓﻰ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎً ‪ 126‬ﺗﺮﻟﻴﻮﻥ ﻗﻮﻩ ﺍﺳﭗ ﺍﻧﺮژﻯ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺗﻰ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺎﻣﺖ‬
‫ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺳﺮﺍﺯﻳﺮ ﻣﻴﮕﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺷﻌﺎﻉ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﻓﻰ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ ‪ 300,000‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻣﺘﺮ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻛﻪ ﻃﻴﻒ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻄﻮﻝ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ‬
‫ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺎﻣﺖ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻣﻰ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻧﻘﺎﻃﻴﻜﻪ ﺷﻌﺎﻉ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﻋﻤﻮﺩﻣﻰ ﺗﺎﺑﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻰ ﻣﺘﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻓﻰ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ ‪ 2‬ﻛﺎﻟﻮﺭﻯ‬
‫ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﻣﻰ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺻﻄﻼﺡ ﺳﻮﻟﺮﻛﺎﻧﺴﺘﻨﺖ )‪ (solar constant‬ﻳﺎﺩ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﻭﺍﺭﺩﻩ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻓﺼﻞ ﺳﺎﻝ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻧﺸﻴﺒﻰ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺗﻮﭘﻮﮔﺮﺍﻓﻰ‬
‫ﺩﺍﻳﻤﺎً ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﻰ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻄﻠﺐ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻄﻮﺭ ﻣﺨﺘﺼﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻈﺮ ﻣﻰ ﮔﺬﺭﺍﻧﻴﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ‪:‬‬
‫ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺗﺮﻭﭘﻮﺳﻔﻴﺮ ﻭ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊ ﻛﻮﻫﺴﺘﺎﻧﻰ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺗﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻣﻌﻜﻮﺱ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻫﻮﺍﻯ ﻣﺮﻃﻮﺏ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ‪ 1000‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ‪ 10‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻰ ﮔﺮﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻞ ﻣﻰ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ ﺍﻣﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍﻳﻰ‪ ،‬ﻣﻌﺘﺪﻟﻪ ﻭ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﻗﻄﺒﻰ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ‬
‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ‪:‬‬
‫ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﺩﺭ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻳﻚ ﺷﺒﺎﻧﻪ ﺭﻭﺯ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻣﺎﻩ ﻭ ﺳﺎﻝ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﭘﺬﻳﺮ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻗﻮﺱ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ‬
‫ﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻋﻈﻤﻰ ﻭ ﺍﺻﻐﺮﻯ ﺭﺍ ﻭﺍﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﻣﻴﺴﺎﺯﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪198‬‬
‫‪G10 Fasli (7).indd 198‬‬ ‫‪8/15/2011 4:52:01 PM‬‬
‫ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻟﻰ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﭘﺬﻳﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻄﻠﺐ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻓﺼﻮﻝ ﺟﺪﺍﮔﺎﻧﻪ ﺳﺎﻝ ﺑﻬﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﺗﺎﺑﺴﺘﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺧﺰﺍﻥ ﻭ ﺯﻣﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺑﺨﻮﺑﻰ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ‬
‫ﻣﻴﻜﻨﻴﻢ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻋﺘﺪﺍﻝ ﺳﺎﻝ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻮﺳﻢ ﺑﻬﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺧﺰﺍﻥ ﻣﺼﺎﺩﻑ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺷﻌﺎﻉ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﺑﺎﻻﻯ‬
‫ﺧﻂ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍ ﻋﻤﻮﺩ ﺗﺎﺑﻴﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻢ ﻛﺮﻩ ﺷﻤﺎﻟﻰ ﻭ ﺟﻨﻮﺑﻰ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﻌﺘﺪﻝ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺣﻔﻆ ﻣﻰ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻣﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻧﻘﻼﺏ ﺷﻤﺴﻰ ﺗﺎﺑﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻻﻯ ﺧﻂ ﺳﺮﻃﺎﻥ ﻋﻤﻮﺩ ﺗﺎﺑﻴﺪﻩ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺳﺘﻴﺸﻦ‬
‫ﻫﺎﻯ ﻧﻴﻢ ﻛﺮﺓ ﺷﻤﺎﻟﻰ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﺣﺪ ﺍﻋﻈﻤﻰ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﻴﻜﻨﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﻴﻜﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻢ ﻛﺮﻩ‬
‫ﺟﻨﻮﺑﻰ ﺑﺮﻋﻜﺲ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺸﺎﺭﻫﻮﺍ‪ :‬ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﻫﻮﺍ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﺯ ﻭﺯﻥ ﻛﺘﻠﻪ ﻫﻮﺍ ﺑﺎﻻﻯ ﺳﺎﺣﻪ ﻳﻴﻜﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﺗﺴﻠﻂ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﺩ ﻭ ﻣﻴﻜﺎﻧﻴﺰﻡ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻰ ﻭﺯﺵ ﺑﺎﺩﻫﺎﻯ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﺑﺎ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ‬
‫ﻭ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻭﺿﻌﻰ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺷﻜﻞ ﺑﺮﺟﺴﺘﮕﻰ ﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻣﻴﻼﻥ ﻣﺤﻮﺭ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻛﺮﻭﻳﺖ ﻭ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﻳﺖ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﺧﺸﻜﻪ ﻭ ﺍﺑﺤﺎﺭ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺟﺬﺏ ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺣﺎﻟﻴﻜﻪ ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﭘﺴﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﻣﻴﺪﻫﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻣﺎ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﻳﻰ ﻛﻪ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻯ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﻛﻢ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﺍﻣﺎ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻞ‬
‫ﻣﻰ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺩﻩ ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻣﺘﺮﻯ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﻫﻮﺍ ‪ 1‬ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ‪ 120‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻣﺘﺮﻯ ﺁﺗﻮﻣﻮﺳﻔﻴﺮ‬
‫‪10‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫ﻣﺮﺗﺒﻪ ﭘﺎﺋﻴﻦ ﻣﻰ ﺁﻳﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ‬
‫‪100 000‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﺩﻫﺎ ﺩﺍﻳﻤﺎً ﺍﺯ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺎﻣﺖ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﭘﺴﺖ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ‬
‫ﻛﻮﻫﺴﺘﺎﻧﻰ ﺟﺎﺫﺑﻪ ﻭ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﻫﺮﺩﻭ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺑﺎﺩﻫﺎ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪199‬‬
‫‪G10 Fasli (7).indd 199‬‬ ‫‪8/15/2011 4:52:01 PM‬‬
‫ﺷﺎﮔﺮﺩﺍﻥ ﺑﻪ ﮔﺮﻭپ ﻫﺎ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻫﺮ ﮔﺮﻭپ ﺭﻭﻯ ﻳﻜﻰ ﺍﺯ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﻣﻬﻢ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻤﻰ ﺑﺎﻫﻢ‬
‫ﺑﺤﺚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﺭﺍ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺭﻭﻯ ﺻﻨﻒ ﺍﺭﺍﻳﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻮﺍﻝ ﻫﺎ‪:‬‬ ‫؟‬

‫‪1‬ـ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻢ ﭼﻴﺴﺖ؟‬
‫‪2‬ـ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺳﻰ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻢ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﻫﺎ ﺍﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪3‬ـ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﭼﻪ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻧﻴﺪ؟‬
‫ﺟﻤﻼﺕ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻭ ﻏﻠﻂ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻢ ﺗﺸﺨﻴﺺ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ـ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﺗﺮﻭﭘﻮﺳﻔﻴﺮ ﻭ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊ ﻛﻮﻫﺴﺘﺎﻧﻰ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺗﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻣﻌﻜﻮﺱ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ـ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﺩﺭ ﻳﻚ ﺷﺒﺎﻧﻪ ﺭﻭﺯ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻣﺎﻩ ﻭ ﺳﺎﻝ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻧﻤﻴﻜﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ـ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻟﻰ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﻴﻜﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ـ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﺑﺎ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﻫﻮﺍ ﺗﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻣﻌﻜﻮﺱ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻨﺎﺑﻊ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺗﺎﺛﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻢ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﺍﻧﻔﺮﺍﺩﻯ‬
‫ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺳﻜﻮﻧﺖ ﺗﺎﻥ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺟﻤﻊ ﺁﻭﺭﻯ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﻫﻤﺼﻨﻔﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺷﺮﻳﻚ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪200‬‬
‫‪G10 Fasli (7).indd 200‬‬ ‫‪8/15/2011 4:52:01 PM‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﺱ ‪59‬‬
‫ﻭﺯﺵ ﺑﺎﺩ ﻫﺎ‬
‫ﺷﺮﻗﻰ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺩ ﻫﺎﻯ‬
‫ﻏﺮﺑﻰ‬
‫ﺷﺮﻗﻰ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺩ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﺘﻘﺎﺭﺏ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍﻳﻰ‬
‫ﻏﺮﺑﻰ‬
‫ﺷﺮﻗﻰ‬
‫ﻏﺮﺑﻰ‬
‫ﺵ )‪ (133‬ﺳﻤﺖ ﻭﺯﺵ ﺑﺎﺩ ﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺮﻩ ﺍﺭﺽ‬
‫ﺁﻳﺎ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﺎﺩﻫﺎ ﺍﺯ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺎﻣﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻣﻰ ﺍﻓﺘﺪ؟‬

‫ﺑﺎﺩﻫﺎﻳﻴﻜﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻣﻰ ﺍﻓﺘﻨﺪ ﺑﺎﻻﻯ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻢ ﺗﺎﺛﻴﺮ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻭ‬
‫ﺳﻤﺖ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺎﺩﻫﺎﻯ ﻓﻮﻗﺎﻧﻰ ﺗﺮﻭﭘﻮﺳﻔﻴﺮ ﻣﺘﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ ،‬ﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻓﻜﺘﻮﺭﻫﺎﻯ ﺫﻳﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺤﺮﺍﻑ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻤﺖ ﻭﺯﺵ ﺑﺎﺩﻫﺎ ﺭﺥ ﻣﻴﺪﻫﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ـ ﻣﺮﺍﻛﺰ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﭘﺴﺖ ﻭ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﺩﺭﺳﻤﺖ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺑﺎﺩﻫﺎ ﻭﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﻭﺯﺵ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺗﺎﺛﻴﺮ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﻪ‬
‫ﺭﺍ ﺩﺍﺭﺍ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ً‬
‫‪ -‬ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﺩﻫﺎ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﺎ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺮﺍﻛﺰ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺎﻣﺖ ﻣﺮﺍﻛﺰ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﭘﺴﺖ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﻴﮕﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺑﻪ ﻫﺮ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﻳﻰ ﻛﻪ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺍﺗﻤﻮﺳﻔﻴﺮ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﺮﺍﻛﺰ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﭘﺴﺖ ﻭ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﻭﺯﺵ ﺑﺎﺩ ﺳﺮﻳﻊ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ـ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﺩﻭﻣﻴﻜﻪ ﻣﺴﻴﺮ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺑﺎﺩﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻭﻝ ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﺪ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﺯ ﻗﻮﻩ ‪ Coriolis‬ﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻛﺎﺭﻳﻮﻟﺲ ﺍﻧﺤﺮﺍﻑ ﺑﺎﺩ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻤﻜﺮﺓ ﺷﻤﺎﻝ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻤﻜﺮﻩ‬
‫ﺟﻨﻮﺑﻰ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﭼﭗ ﻣﻰ ﻟﻐﺰﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺼﻒ ﻛﺮﺓ ﺷﻤﺎﻟﻰ ﻭ ﺟﻨﻮﺑﻰ ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻭﺿﻌﻰ‬
‫ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺑﺎﺩﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺟﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﺵ ﻣﻨﺤﺮﻑ ﻣﻴﺴﺎﺯﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻈﺮﺩﺍﺷﺖ ﻣﺮﺍﻛﺰ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﺩﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻪ ﺩﺳﺘﻪ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪1‬ـ ﮔﺮﻭپ ﺍﻭﻝ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺳﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺩﻫﺎﻯ ﻏﺮﺑﻰ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﺎً ﺩﺭ ﻧﺼﻒ ﻛﺮﺓ ﺷﻤﺎﻟﻰ ﺑﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪﻫﺎﻯ ‪ 30‬ﺍﻟﻰ ‪ 60‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﻣﻰ ﻭﺯﺩ ‪.‬‬
‫‪201‬‬
‫‪G10 Fasli (7).indd 201‬‬ ‫‪8/15/2011 4:52:03 PM‬‬
‫ﺟﺖ ﺳﺘﺮﻳﻢ‪ :‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ‪10‬ـ‪ 12‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻣﺘﺮﻯ ﻃﺒﻘﻪ ﺗﺮﻭﭘﻮﺳﻔﻴﺮ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺤﺮﻛﺖ‬
‫ﺍﻓﺘﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻣﺎﺭﭘﻴﭻ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻴﻦ ‪ 450‬ـ ‪ 530‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻣﺘﺮ ﻓﻰ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ‬
‫ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﺑﻨﺎﻡ ﺟﺖ ﺳﺘﺮﻳﻢ ﻳﺎﺩ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺮﺍﻛﺰ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﻛﺮﻩ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺮﺍﻛﺰ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺎﻧﺎﺩﺍ ـ ﺍﻳﺴﻠﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺟﺰﺍﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻮﺷﻴﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻣﺘﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻻﺳﻜﺎ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻮﻉ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺩﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻴﻦ ﭘﺮﻭﺍﺯ ﻃﻴﺎﺭﻩ ﻫﺎ ﻣﺸﻜﻼﺕ ﻭ ﻣﻮﺍﻧﻊ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻣﻰ ﺁﻭﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪2‬ـ ﮔﺮﻭپ ﺩﻭﻡ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﺪﺳﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺩﻫﺎﻯ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﺑﺎ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﻣﺮﺍﻛﺰ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ‬
‫ﭘﺴﺖ ﻭ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﺳﺎﺣﻪ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍﻳﻰ ﻗﻄﺒﻰ ﻭ ﺗﺤﺖ ﻗﻄﺒﻰ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﺩﻫﺎ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﻧﺪ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺩﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﺘﻘﺎﺭﺏ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍﻳﻰ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺩﻫﺎﻯ ﺗﺠﺎﺭﺗﻰ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺩﻫﺎﻯ ﺷﺮﻗﻰ ﻗﻄﺒﻰ ﻭ ﺑﺎﺩﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﻮﺳﻤﻰ‪.‬‬
‫‪3‬ـ ﮔﺮﻭپ ﺳﻮﻡ ﺑﺎﺩﻫﺎﻳﻴﻜﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﺣﻪ ﻧﺴﺒﺘﺎً ﺧﻮﺭﺩ ﻭ ﺑﺰﺭگ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻮﻯ ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻣﻰ‬
‫ﺁﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﺖ ﺍﺻﻠﻰ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﻣﺮﺍﻛﺰ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﭘﺴﺖ ﻭ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺩ ﭘﺮﻭﺍﻥ ﻭ ﺑﺎﺩﻫﺎﻯ ‪ 120‬ﺭﻭﺯ ﻫﺮﺍﺕ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﻣﻴﺪﻫﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻌﻀﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﺩﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﺩﻫﺎﻯ ﻧﻮﻉ‬
‫ﻳﺨﭽﺎﻟﻰ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊ ﺩﺭ ﺧﺰﺍﻥ ﺳﺎﻝ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺯﺵ ﻣﻰ ﺍﻓﺘﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺭﻃﻮﺑﺖ ﻭ ﺑﺎﺭﻧﺪﻩ ﮔﻰ‪:‬‬
‫ﺑﺨﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺁﺏ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﻪ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺗﺒﺨﻴﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﻭﻗﻴﺎﻧﻮﺱ ﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺟﻬﻴﻞ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺑﺤﻴﺮﻩ ﻫﺎ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﺮ‬
‫ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﻣﺮﻃﻮﺏ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﻪ ﺗﺎﺑﺶ ﺷﻌﺎﻉ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﺩﺭ ﻃﺒﻘﻪ ﺗﺮﻭﭘﻮﺳﻔﻴﺮ ﺻﻌﻮﺩ ﻣﻰ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﻫﻤﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻟﺤﺎﻅ ﺍﺯ ‪ 1‬ﺍﻟﻰ ‪ 2‬ﻓﻴﺼﺪ ﻫﻮﺍﻯ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺨﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺁﺑﻰ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﻣﻴﺪﻫﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﺖ ﺑﺨﺎﺭﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺁﺑﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺫﻳﻞ ﻣﻰ ﻳﺎﺑﻴﻢ‪:‬‬
‫ـ ﺑﺨﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﮔﺎﺯ ﻭﻗﺘﻰ ﭘﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻰ ﺁﻳﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺍﺷﺒﺎﻉ ﻭ ﺑﺎﺭﻧﺪﻩ ﮔﻰ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻧﮕﺮﻓﺘﻪ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺨﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺁﺑﻰ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﺑﺮﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﺩﻭﺩ ﻭ ﻏﺒﺎﺭ ﺩﺭ ﻓﻀﺎ ﺑﻤﻼﺣﻈﻪ ﻣﻴﺮﺳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ـ ﺑﺤﺎﻟﺖ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﻭﻗﺘﻰ ﭘﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻰ ﺁﻳﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭﺍﺛﺮ ﺳﺮﺩﻯ ﻫﻮﺍ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺍﺷﺒﺎﻉ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ‬
‫ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻥ ﻧﺰﻭﻝ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ـ ﻫﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﻃﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﻻﻳﻰ ﺗﺮﻭﭘﻮﺳﻔﻴﺮ ﺑﻤﺮﺍﺗﺐ ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻞ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ ﻭ ﻗﻄﺮﺍﺕ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻥ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺗﻮﻓﺎﻧﻬﺎﻯ ﺳﺮﺩ ﻫﻮﺍ ﻣﺪﺕ ﺩﻳﺮﺗﺮﻯ ﺩﺭ ﻓﻀﺎ ﺑﺎﻗﻰ ﺑﻤﺎﻧﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻧﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﻗﻄﺮﺍﺕ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻥ ﺑﺤﺎﻟﺖ‬
‫ﺟﺎﻣﺪ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ژﺍﻟﻪ ﻓﺮﻭ ﻣﻰ ﺭﻳﺰﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﺮﺩ‬
‫ﺳﻤﺖ ﺁﻣﺪ ﺑﺎﺩ‬

‫ﺳﻤﺖ ﺭﻓﺖ ﺑﺎﺩ‬
‫ﺳﺮﺩ ﻭ ﻣﺮﻃﻮﺏ‬ ‫ﮔﺮﻡ ﻭ ﺧﺸﻚ‬
‫ﺳﻄﺢ ﺑﺤﺮ‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ (134‬ﺑﺎﺭﻧﺪﻩ ﮔﻰ ﻛﻮﻫﺴﺘﺎﻧﻰ‬
‫‪202‬‬
‫‪G10 Fasli (7).indd 202‬‬ ‫‪8/15/2011 4:52:03 PM‬‬
‫ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺑﺨﺎﺭ ﺁﺑﻰ ﺍﺗﻤﻮﺳﻔﻴﺮ ﺭﺍ ‪ Humidity‬ﻳﺎ ﺭﻃﻮﺑﺖ ﻳﺎﺩ ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﻫﻮﺍﻯ ﮔﺮﻡ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻫﻮﺍﻯ ﺳﺮﺩ ﮔﻨﺠﺎﻳﺶ ﻧﺴﺒﻰ ﺭﻃﻮﺑﺖ ﻫﻮﺍ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺍﺭﺍ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﻟﺤﺎﻅ ﻛﻪ ﻳﻚ ﻣﺘﺮ‬
‫ﻣﻜﻌﺐ ﻫﻮﺍﻯ ﮔﺮﻡ ﻭ ﻣﺮﻃﻮﺏ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍﻳﻰ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻳﻚ ﻣﺘﺮ ﻣﻜﻌﺐ ﻫﻮﺍﻯ ﺳﺮﺩ ﻗﻄﺒﻰ ‪4‬ـ‪5‬‬
‫ﻓﻴﺼﺪ ﺭﻃﻮﺑﺖ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺍﺭﺍ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﻟﺤﺎﻅ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺑﺎﺭﻧﺪﻩ ﮔﻰ ﺳﺎﻻﻧﻪ‬
‫ﺳﺎﺣﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍ ﺑﻤﺮﺍﺗﺐ ﻧﻈﺮﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﻗﻄﺒﻰ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻤﻞ ﺗﺒﺨﻴﺮ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﺩﻭﺍﻡ ﺩﺍﺭ ﺩﺭ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﺖ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﻰ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﺪﺍﺧﻞ ﻳﻚ ﺳﺎﻳﻜﻞ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻈﻢ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺁﺏ‪ ،‬ﻋﻤﻞ ﺗﺒﺨﻴﺮ ﻭ ﺑﺎﺭﻧﺪﻩ ﮔﻰ ﻫﻤﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﻣﻰ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﺖ ﺑﻨﺎﻡ‬
‫ﻫﺎﻳﺪﺭﻭﺳﺎﻳﻜﻞ ﻳﺎﺩ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻫﺎﻳﺪﺭﻭﺳﺎﻳﻜﻞ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﺗﺒﺨﻴﺮ ﻭ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺑﺎﺭﻧﺪﻩ ﮔﻰ‬
‫ﺭﻭﻝ ﻣﻬﻢ ﺭﺍﺩﺍﺭﺍ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺫﺧﺎﻳﺮ ﺁﺏ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺯﻣﻴﻨﻰ ﻭ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺁﺑﻬﺎﻯ ﺟﺎﺭﻯ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺗﻤﺎﻣﺎً ﻣﺘﻜﻰ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺎﻳﻜﻞ ﺁﺏ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻋﻠﻤﺎﻯ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻢ ﺷﻨﺎﺳﻰ ﻭ ﻣﺘﻴﻮﺭﻟﻮژﻯ ﺍﺻﻄﻼﺡ ﺭﻃﻮﺑﺖ‬
‫ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺷﻜﺎﻝ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ ﻣﻴﻨﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‪:‬‬
‫ﺭﻃﻮﺑﺖ ﻧﺴﺒﺘﻰ‪ ،‬ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﺷﺒﻨﻢ‪ ،‬ﺭﻃﻮﺏ ﻣﻄﻠﻘﻪ ﻭ ﺭﻃﻮﺑﺖ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺻﻪ ﻫﻮﺍ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺭﻧﺪﻩ ﮔﻰ‪:‬‬
‫ﻗﻄﺮﺍﺕ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻥ ﻭ ﺩﺍﻧﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ژﺍﻟﻪ ﻭ ﺑﺮﻑ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﺎً ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻗﻮﻩ ﺟﺎﺫﺑﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ‬
‫ﺗﺮﻭﭘﻮﺳﻔﻴﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺎﻣﺖ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻧﺰﻭﻝ ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻛﺘﻠﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺍﺑﺮ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻯ ﺫﺭﺍﺕ ﺧﻮﺭﺩ ﺁﺑﻰ ﻭ‬
‫ﮔﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻗﻄﺮﺍﺕ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺫﺭﺍﺕ ﻣﺎﻳﻜﺮﻭﺳﻜﻮﺑﻰ ﻣﻴﺮﺳﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ ﻫﻤﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺫﺭﺍﺕ ﻛﻮﭼﻚ ﮔﺮﺩ ﻭﺧﺎﻙ ﻫﺴﺘﻪ ﻣﺮﻛﺰﻯ ﻗﻄﺮﺍﺕ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻥ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮﻑ ﻭ ژﺍﻟﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﻣﻴﺪﻫﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺘﻴﻜﻪ ﺑﺨﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺁﺑﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻃﺮﺍﻑ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺫﺭﺍﺕ ﻣﺎﻳﻜﺮﻭﺳﻜﻮﭘﻰ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻉ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ‬
‫ﻫﻮﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﺷﺒﻨﻢ ﺗﺼﺎﺩﻑ ﻣﻰ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺎﻣﺖ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻧﺰﻭﻝ ﻣﻰ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺘﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻭﻗﺖ ﻓﺮﻭﺩ ﺁﻣﺪﻥ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻉ ﭼﻨﺪﻳﻦ ﻗﻄﺮﻩ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻗﻄﺮﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺑﺰﺭﮔﺘﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻤﺜﻴﻞ ﻛﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﺭﻧﺪﻩ ﮔﻰ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺫﻳﻞ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﻰ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪:‬‬
‫‪1‬ـ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﻪ ﮔﺮﺩﺵ ﻳﺎ ‪ Convection‬ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﺭﻧﺪﻩ ﮔﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺛﺮ ﺁﻥ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﻰ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪2‬ـ ﺑﺎﺭﻧﺪﻩ ﮔﻰ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻛﻮﻫﺴﺘﺎﻧﻰ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺻﻄﻼﺡ ‪ Orographic‬ﻳﺎﺩ ﻣﻴﮕﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪3‬ـ ﺑﺎﺭﻧﺪﻩ ﮔﻰ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺳﺎﻳﻜﻠﻮﻧﻴﻚ ﻭ ﺟﺒﻬﻪ ﻳﻰ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﺛﺮ ﻋﻤﻞ ‪ convection‬ﻫﻮﺍﻯ ﮔﺮﻡ ﻳﻚ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﺻﻌﻮﺩ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻋﻮﺽ ﻫﻮﺍﻯ‬
‫ﺳﺮﺩ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﻛﻮﻫﺴﺘﺎﻧﻰ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﻣﺠﺎﻭﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺟﺎﻯ ﻫﻮﺍﻯ ﮔﺮﻡ ﺭﺍ ﻋﻮﺽ ﻣﻰ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﻫﻮﺍﻯ‬
‫ﮔﺮﻣﻴﻜﻪ ﺻﻌﻮﺩ ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺛﺮ ﺑﺎﻻ ﺭﻓﺘﻦ ﺳﺮﺩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻌﻀﻰ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ‬
‫ﺍﺷﺒﺎﻉ ﺭﺳﻴﺪﻩ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺑﺎﺭﻧﺪﻩ ﮔﻰ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻮﻯ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﺎً ﺩﺭ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍﻳﻰ ﺍﺗﻔﺎﻕ ﻣﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻓﺘﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪203‬‬
‫‪G10 Fasli (7).indd 203‬‬ ‫‪8/15/2011 4:52:04 PM‬‬
‫ـ ﺑﺎﺭﻧﺪﻩ ﮔﻰ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﻛﻮﻫﺴﺘﺎﻧﻰ‪:‬‬
‫ﻛﺘﻠﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻫﻮﺍﻯ ﻣﺮﻃﻮﺑﻴﻜﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﻘﺎﻣﺖ ﻧﺸﻴﺒﻰ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﻛﻮﻫﺴﺘﺎﻧﻰ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻣﻰ ﺍﻓﺘﺪ‬
‫ﺗﺪﺭﻳﺠﺎً ﺩﺭ ﺍﺛﺮ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺑﺎﺭﻧﺪﻩ ﮔﻰ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻛﻮﻫﺴﺘﺎﻧﻰ‬
‫ﻣﻴﮕﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﻬﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺑﺎﺭﻧﺪﻩ ﮔﻰ ﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﻭﺭﻭﺩ ﺟﺒﻬﻪ ﺳﺮﺩ ﺳﺎﻳﺒﺮﻳﺎ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﻣﻴﺪﻫﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺠﺮﺩ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﺣﻪ ﻛﻮﻫﺴﺘﺎﻧﻰ ﻫﻨﺪﻭﻛﺶ ﺑﺮﻓﺒﺎﺭﻯ ﻭ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺭﻧﺪﻩ ﮔﻰ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻮﻯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻣﻰ ﺁﻭﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﺭﻧﺪﻩ ﮔﻰ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺟﺒﻬﻪ ﻳﻰ‪:‬‬

‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺑﺎﺭﻧﺪﻩ ﮔﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺛﺮ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﭘﺴﺖ ﻭ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﻳﻚ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺍﻏﻠﺒﺎً ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﻣﻌﺘﺪﻟﺔ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍﻳﻰ ﻭ ﺗﺤﺖ ﻗﻄﺒﻰ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﻰ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻈﺮﺑﻪ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﻫﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﺟﺎﻧﺐ ﺳﺎﺣﻪ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﭘﺴﺖ ﺑﺤﺮﻛﺖ ﺍﻓﺘﺪ ﻭ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ‬
‫ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﭘﺴﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻝ ﭘﻴﺸﺮﻓﺖ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺑﺎﺭﻧﺪﻩ ﮔﻰ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺷﺎﮔﺮﺩﺍﻥ ﺑﻪ ﮔﺮﻭپ ﻫﺎ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻫﺮ ﮔﺮﻭپ ﺭﻭﻯ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﺐ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﻫﻢ ﺑﺤﺚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‬
‫ﻭﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﺑﺤﺚ ﺭﺍ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺭﻭﻯ ﺻﻨﻒ ﺍﺭﺍﻳﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺑﺤﺚ‪ :‬ﻭﺯﺵ ﺑﺎﺩﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺭﻃﻮﺑﺖ ﻭ ﺑﺎﺭﻧﺪﻩ ﮔﻰ‬
‫ﺳﻮﺍﻝ ﻫﺎ‪:‬‬ ‫؟‬

‫‪1‬ـ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻬﻤﻰ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺴﻴﺮ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺑﺎﺩﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻭﻝ ﻣﻴﻜﻨﺪ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﺯ ﭼﻴﺴﺖ؟‬
‫‪2‬ـ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺮﺍﻛﺰ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﺩ ﺑﻪ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺩﺳﺘﻪ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻨﺎﺑﻊ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﻘﺎﻳﺴﻮﻯ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ ﺑﺎﺩ‪ ،‬ﺭﻃﻮﺑﺖ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺭﻧﺪﻩ ﮔﻰ ﻭ ﺗﺎﺛﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻻﻯ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻢ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻧﻔﺮﺍﺩﻯ ﺭﺍ ﻃﻰ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺳﻄﺮ ﺑﻨﻮﻳﺴﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻫﻤﺼﻨﻔﺎﻥ ﺍﺭﺍﻳﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪204‬‬
‫‪G10 Fasli (7).indd 204‬‬ ‫‪8/15/2011 4:52:04 PM‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﺱ ‪60‬‬
‫ﻋﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﻣﻮﺛﺮ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻢ‬
‫ﺷﻌﺎﻉ ﻋﻤﻮﺩ‬
‫ﺷﻌﺎﻉ ﻣﺎﻳﻞ‬
‫ﺵ )‪ (135‬ﺍﺷﻌﻪ ﻋﻤﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻣﺎﻳﻞ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻋﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﻣﺆﺛﺮ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻢ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﻫﺎ ﺍﻧﺪ؟‬

‫ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ (135‬ﺩﻗﺖ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﻳﻜﻰ ﺍﺯ ﻋﻮﺍﻣﻠﻰ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﻻﻯ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻢ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻰ ﺗﺎﺛﻴﺮ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﺪ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻣﻴﺪﻫﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﺧﻴﺮ ﻗﺮﻥ ﺑﻴﺴﺖ ﻭ ﺁﻏﺎﺯ ﻗﺮﻥ ﺑﻴﺴﺖ ﻭ ﻳﻚ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻢ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﻧﺴﺒﻰ ﺭﺥ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﺗﺨﺮﻳﺶ ﻃﺒﻘﻪ ﺍﻭﺯﻭﻥ ﻭ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﮔﺎﺯ ﻫﺎﻯ ﮔﻠﺨﺎﻧﻪ ﺍﻯ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻄﺢ‬
‫ﻛﺮﻩ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺍﻧﺸﻤﻨﺪﺍﻥ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻢ ﺷﻨﺎﺳﻰ ﻋﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﻣﺆﺛﺮ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻢ ﺭﺍﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺫﻳﻞ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﻪ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻴﺪﻫﻨﺪ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻒ ـ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺳﻰ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻢ‬
‫ﺏ ـ ﻋﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﻣﻮﺛﺮ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻢ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻛﻤﻚ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺳﻰ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻢ ﺧﺼﻮﺻﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻤﻰ ﻳﻚ ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪ ﺑﺨﻮﺑﻰ ﺗﺸﺨﻴﺺ ﻣﻴﮕﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻨﺎ ًء ﺩﺭ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻢ ﭼﻬﺎﺭ ﻓﻜﺘﻮﺭ ﺫﻳﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻤﺎً ﺑﺎﻻﻯ ﺁﺏ ﻭ ﻫﻮﺍﻯ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺗﺎﺛﻴﺮ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﻦ‬
‫ﻓﻜﺘﻮﺭﻫﺎ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﻧﺪ ﺍﺯ‪:‬‬
‫‪1‬ـ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﺷﺒﺎﺭﻭﺯﻯ‪ ،‬ﺳﺎﻝ ﻭ ﻣﺎﻩ‬
‫‪2‬ـ ﺭﻃﻮﺑﺖ ﻭ ﺑﺎﺭﻧﺪﻩ ﮔﻰ ﺩﺭ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻣﺎﻩ ﻭ ﺳﺎﻝ‬
‫‪3‬ـ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﻣﺮﺍﻛﺰ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﭘﺴﺖ ﻭ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﺑﻄﻮﺭ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻮﻯ ﻭ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻰ‬
‫‪4‬ـ ﻭﺯﺵ ﺑﺎﺩﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺎﻻﻯ ﺧﺸﻜﻪ ﻭ ﺑﺤﺮ‪.‬‬
‫‪205‬‬
‫‪G10 Fasli (7).indd 205‬‬ ‫‪8/15/2011 4:52:05 PM‬‬
‫( ﺯﺍﻭﻳﻪ ﺗﺎﺑﺶ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﺩﺭ ﻓﺼﻞ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺳﺎﻝ‬ ‫ﺵ)‬
‫ﺷﻌﺎﻉ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻧﻘﻼﺏ ﺷﻤﺴﻰ‬ ‫ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺍﻋﺘﺪﺍﻝ‬ ‫ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺍﻧﻘﻼﺏ ﺷﻤﺴﻰ‬

‫ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺍﻋﺘﺪﺍﻝ‬
‫ﺍﺷﻌﻪ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﺩﺭ‪ 45‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺟﻨﻮﺑﻰ‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ )‪(136‬‬ ‫ﻋﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﻣﻬﻢ ﻭ ﻣﺆﺛﺮ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺁﻥ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﻧﺪ ﺍﺯ‪:‬‬

‫‪6‬ـ ﺑﺎﺩﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻮﻯ‬ ‫‪1‬ـ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﻪ ﺗﺎﺑﺶ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ‬
‫‪7‬ـ ﻧﻮﻋﻴﺖ ﺟﺒﻬﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﮔﺮﻡ ﻭ ﺳﺮﺩ‬ ‫‪2‬ـ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪ‬
‫‪8‬ـ ﺍﻧﻜﺸﺎﻑ ﮔﺎﺯﻫﺎﻯ ﮔﻠﺨﺎﻧﻪ ﺍﻯ‬ ‫‪3‬ـ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻭ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﺭﺍﺿﻰ‬
‫‪9‬ـ ﺗﺨﺮﻳﺶ ﻃﺒﻘﻪ ﺍﻭﺯﻭﻥ‬ ‫‪4‬ـ ﺩﻭﺭﻯ ﻭ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻜﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺤﺮ‬
‫‪10‬ـ ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖ ﺁﺗﺸﻔﺸﺎﻥ ﻫﺎ‪...‬‬ ‫‪5‬ـ ﻧﻮﻋﻴﺖ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺑﺤﺮﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻛﻨﻮﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻫﺮ ﭘﺪﻳﺪﻩ ﻣﺨﺘﺼﺮﺍ ً ﺗﺬﻛﺮ ﻣﻴﺪﻫﻴﻢ‪:‬‬
‫ـ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﻪ ﺗﺎﺑﺶ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ‪ :‬ﺍﺷﻌﻪ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻛﺮﺓ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﻪ ﺯﻭﺍﻳﺎﻯ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻣﻰ ﺗﺎﺑﺪ ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻗﻄﺒﻴﻦ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺳﻢ ﺑﻬﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺧﺰﺍﻥ )ﺍﻭﻝ ﺣﻤﻞ ﻭ ﺍﻭﻝ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ( ﺷﻌﺎﻉ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﻣﻤﺎﺱ ﻣﻰ ﮔﺬﺭﺩ‬
‫ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﻪ ﺻﻔﺮ ﺗﺼﺎﺩﻑ ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪ ‪ 45‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﻪ ‪ 45‬ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺧﻂ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺯﻭﺍﻳﻪ ‪ 90‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﻋﻤﻮﺩ ﻣﻰ ﺗﺎﺑﺪ‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻰ ﻣﺘﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ‪ 2‬ﻛﺎﻟﻮﺭﻯ ﺍﻧﺮژﻯ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺵ )‪ (137‬ﺯﺍﻭﻳﻪ ﺗﺎﺑﺶ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﺩﺭ ﻓﺼﻮﻝ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺳﺎﻝ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﻣﻌﺘﺪﻟﻪ‬
‫‪206‬‬
‫‪G10 Fasli (7).indd 206‬‬ ‫‪8/15/2011 4:52:07 PM‬‬
‫ﺑﻨﺎ ًء ﻗﻄﺒﻴﻦ ﺳﺎﺣﻪ ﺑﺎﺭﺩﻩ‪ ،‬ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻢ ﻣﻌﺘﺪﻟﻪ ﻭ ﺳﺎﺣﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻢ ﺣﺎﺭﻩ‬
‫ﺭﺍ ﺩﺍﺭﺍ ﻣﻰ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﭘﺲ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﻣﻴﺘﻮﺍﻧﻴﻢ ﻛﻪ ﺯﻭﺍﻳﻪ ﺗﺎﺑﺶ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺮﻭﻳﺖ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ‪،‬‬
‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻣﻴﻼﻥ ﻣﺤﻮﺭ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ـ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﻛﻮﻫﺴﺘﺎﻧﻰ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﺻﺪ ﻣﺘﺮ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻳﻚ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻰ ﮔﺮﻳﺪ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻞ‬
‫ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺁﻧﻬﻢ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﺑﺮﻭﺯ ﻳﺨﭽﺎﻟﻬﺎﻯ ﻛﻮﻫﺴﺘﺎﻧﻰ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ـ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻜﻰ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺤﺮ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻢ ﻣﺮﻃﻮﺏ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻮﺍﺣﻞ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻧﺴﻴﻢ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺑﺤﺮﻯ ﻭ ﺑﺮﻯ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻣﻰ ﺁﻭﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ـ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﮔﺮﻡ ﺑﺤﺮﻯ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﮔﺮﻣﻰ ﺳﻮﺍﺣﻞ ﻭ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺳﺮﺩ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﺳﺮﺩﻯ ﺳﻮﺍﺣﻞ ﻣﻰ‬
‫ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺑﺎﺩﻫﺎﻯ ﺗﻴﻔﻮﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻮﺍﺣﻞ ﺷﺮﻗﻰ ﺁﺳﻴﺎ ﻭ ﻫﺮﻳﻜﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻮﺍﺣﻞ ﺷﺮﻗﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻳﺎﻻﺕ ﻣﺘﺤﺪﻩ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﻜﺎ ﭘﺮﺍﺑﻠﻢ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻃﻮﻓﺎﻧﻬﺎﻯ ﺷﺪﻳﺪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﺭ ﻣﻰ ﺁﻭﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺟﺒﻬﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﮔﺮﻡ ﻭ ﺳﺮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﺭﻧﺪﻩ ﮔﻰ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﺤﻠﻰ ﻳﻚ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﺭﻭﻝ ﻣﻬﻢ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﺜ ً‬
‫ﻼ ﺟﺒﻬﻪ‬
‫ﺳﺮﺩ ﺳﺎﻳﺒﺮﻳﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺟﺒﻬﻪ ﮔﺮﻡ ﻭﻣﻮﺳﻤﻰ ﺑﺤﺮ ﻫﻨﺪ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺑﺎﺭﻧﺪﻩ ﮔﻰ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﺤﻠﻰ ﻣﻰ‬
‫ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ـ ﮔﺎﺯ ﻫﺎﻯ ﮔﻠﺨﺎﻧﻪ ﺍﻯ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺒﻴﻞ ‪ N, Co, Co2, CH4‬ﻭ ‪ CFC‬ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﺗﺨﺮﻳﺶ ﻃﺒﻘﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻭﺯﻭﻥ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﻻ ﻣﻰ ﺑﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﻔﺠﺎﺭ ﺁﺗﺸﻔﺸﺎﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺩﻭﺩ ﻭ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ‬
‫ﺷﺪﻩ ﮔﺎﺯﺍﺗﻴﻜﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻃﺮﺍﻑ ﺁﻥ ﭘﺮﺍﮔﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻢ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﺭﺍ ﮔﺮﻡ ﻣﻴﺴﺎﺯﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪207‬‬
‫‪G10 Fasli (7).indd 207‬‬ ‫‪8/15/2011 4:52:07 PM‬‬
‫ﺷﺎﮔﺮﺩﺍﻥ ﺑﻪ ﮔﺮﻭپ ﻫﺎ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻫﺮ ﮔﺮﻭپ ﺭﻭﻯ ﻧﻜﺎﺕ ﻋﻤﺪﻩ ﺩﺭﺱ ﺑﺎﻫﻢ ﺑﺤﺚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‬
‫ﻭ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﺭﺍ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺭﻭﻯ ﺻﻨﻒ ﺍﺭﺍﻳﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻮﺍﻝ ﻫﺎ‪:‬‬ ‫؟‬

‫ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺘﻦ ﺟﻤﻼﺕ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﻛﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﭽﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺧﻮﺩ ﭘﺮ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪1‬ـ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﮔﺎﺯ ﻫﺎﻯ ﮔﻠﺨﺎﻧﻪ ﻳﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ‪ ..............................................‬ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺳﻄﺢ ﻛﺮﺓ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -2‬ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﺟﻮﺍﺏ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪:‬‬
‫ﭼﻬﺎﺭ ﻓﻜﺘﻮﺭ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻤﻰ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﻧﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺭﻧﺪﻩ ﮔﻰ ﻭ ﺭﻃﻮﺑﺖ‪ ،‬ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﻫﻮﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﺯﺵ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺩﻫﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺷﻌﺎﻉ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻛﺮﺓ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﻪ ﺯﻭﺍﻳﺎﻯ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻣﻰ ﺗﺎﺑﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﻛﻮﻫﺴﺘﺎﻧﻰ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﺻﺪ ﻣﺘﺮ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﻣﻴﺮﻭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺟﺒﻬﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺳﺮﺩ ﺳﺎﻳﺒﺮﻳﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺟﺒﻬﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﮔﺮﻡ ﻣﻮﺳﻤﻰ ﺑﺤﺮ ﻫﻨﺪ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺧﺸﻜﻰ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻢ‬

‫ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﻋﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻢ ﻭ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺯﻧﺪﻩ ﮔﻰ ﺗﺎﺛﻴﺮ ﮔﺬﺍﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ؟ ﺟﺴﺘﺠﻮ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺧﻮﻳﺸﺮﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﺩﺭ ‪ 5‬ﺳﻄﺮ ﺑﻨﻮﻳﺴﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪208‬‬
‫‪G10 Fasli (7).indd 208‬‬ ‫‪8/15/2011 4:52:07 PM‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﺱ ) ‪(61‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻢ‬
‫ﺵ )‪ (138‬ﻧﻤﻮﻧﺔ ﺍﻯ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍ‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﺗﺼﻨﻴﻒ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻢ ﻛﺮﻭﻳﺖ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻭ ﻣﻴﻼﻥ ﺷﻌﺎﻉ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﻭ ﻣﻴﻼﻥ ﻣﺤﻮﺭ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺗﻮﺍﻡ ﺑﺎ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ‬
‫ﻼ ﺗﺬﻛﺮ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪ ﺍﺭﺯﺵ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﻪ ﻯ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺍﺭﺍ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺭﻭﻯ ﻫﻤﻴﻦ‬ ‫ﻭ ﻋﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﻣﺆﺛﺮ ﻛﻪ ﻗﺒ ً‬
‫ﺍﺻﻞ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻣﺪﻧﻴﺖ ﻳﻮﻧﺎﻥ ﻗﺪﻳﻢ ﻭ ﺭﻭﻡ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻪ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻤﻰ ﻧﺎﻡ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﺍﺯ‪:‬‬
‫‪1‬ـ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻢ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﺣﺎﺭﻩ ﻳﺎ ﮔﺮﻡ ﺳﺎﺣﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺧﻂ ﺳﺮﻃﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺧﻂ ﺟﺪﻯ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺻﻄﻼﺡ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﻣﺪﺍﺭﻳﻦ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻳﺎﺩ ﻣﻴﻜﻨﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺷﻌﺎﻉ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﻫﺮ ﺳﺎﻝ ﺩﻭ ﻣﺮﺗﺒﻪ ﻋﻤﻮﺩ ﻣﻰ ﺗﺎﺑﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫‪2‬ـ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻢ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﻣﻌﺘﺪﻟﻪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪﻫﺎﻯ ‪ 23‬ﻭ ‪ 66‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻢ ﻛﺮﺓ ﺷﻤﺎﻟﻰ‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫ﻭ ﺟﻨﻮﺑﻰ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪3‬ـ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻢ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﺑﺎﺭﺩﻩ ﻳﺎ ﺳﺮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪﻫﺎﻯ ‪ 66 1‬ﻭ ‪ 90‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺼﻒ ﻛﺮﻩ‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﺑﻨﺪﻯ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺟﻮﻯ ﻭ ﻓﻜﺘﻮﺭﻫﺎﻯ‬ ‫ﺷﻤﺎﻟﻰ ﻭ ﺟﻨﻮﺑﻰ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺩﺳﺘﻪ‬
‫ﻣﻬﻢ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻧﺸﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻢ ﺣﺎﺭﻩ ﻳﺎ ﮔﺮﻡ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ :‬ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﺎﺕ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻢ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺨﺶ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺁﺗﻰ ﺗﺼﻨﻴﻒ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻢ ﮔﺮﻡ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍﻳﻰ ﺳﺎﺣﻪ ﺍﻯ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺧﻂ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﻰ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪ ‪ 5‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺷﻤﺎﻝ ﻭ‬
‫ﺟﻨﻮﺏ ﻛﺮﻩ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺳﺎﺣﻪ ﮔﺮﻡ ﻭ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻧﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﻣﻰ ﺩﻫﺪ ﺍﻣﺎ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻢ ﺗﺮﻭﭘﻴﻚ ﺳﺎﺣﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻊ‬
‫ﺗﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﻩ ﺳﺮﻃﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺟﺪﻯ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮ ﻣﻰ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﺒﺘﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ﻗﺎﻃﻌﻴﺖ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺘﻪ‬
‫‪209‬‬
‫‪G10 Fasli (7).indd 209‬‬ ‫‪8/15/2011 4:52:09 PM‬‬
‫ﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﻮﺿﻊ ﺗﻮﭘﻮﮔﺮﺍﻓﻰ ﻭ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﻋﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﻓﺰﻳﻜﻰ ﻭ ﺟﻮﻯ ﺳﺮﺣﺪ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻢ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﻧﺴﺒﻰ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ‬
‫ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻛﻢ ﻭ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ﺗﺴﻠﻂ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻤﻰ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻚ ﺑﺮﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﻰ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﻟﺤﺎﻅ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﮔﺎﻫﻰ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻢ ﺗﺮﻭﭘﻴﻚ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻟﻰ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪﻫﺎﻯ ﺩﻩ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ‬
‫ﺩﺭﺷﻤﺎﻝ ﻭ ﺟﻨﻮﺏ ﺧﻂ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩ ﻣﻰ ﺳﺎﺯﻧﺪ ﻭ ﮔﺎﻫﻰ ﺳﺎﺣﻪ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺣﺘﻮﺍ ﻣﻴﻜﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻭﺻﺎﻑ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺔ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻤﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ‪:‬‬
‫‪1‬ـ ﺣﺪ ﺍﻭﺳﻂ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﺩﺭ ﻇﺮﻑ ﺳﺎﻝ ﺑﻪ ‪ 27‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻰ ﮔﺮﻳﺪ ﻣﻴﺮﺳﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﺣﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻋﻈﻤﻰ ﻭ ﺍﺻﻐﺮﻯ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﺧﻴﻠﻰ ﻛﻢ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺵ )‪ (139‬ﻣﻨﻈﺮﻩ ﺍﻯ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺎﺣﻪ ﮔﺮﻡ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍﻳﻰ ﻭ ﺗﺮﻭﭘﻴﻚ‬
‫‪2‬ـ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﻫﻮﺍ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﻋﺎﺩﻯ ﻭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻭﺳﻄﻰ ﺑﻴﻦ ‪ 1009‬ﻭ ‪ 1012‬ﻣﻴﻠﻰ ﺑﺎﺭ)ﻳﻚ ﻣﻴﻠﻰ ﺑﺎﺭ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺎﻭﻯ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﻪ ‪ 0,029‬ﺍﻧﭻ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺳﺘﻮﻥ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﺏ( ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻌﻀﺎً ﺍﺗﻔﺎﻕ ﻣﻰ ﺍﻓﺘﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﻫﻮﺍﻯ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺑﺤﺮ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﻫﻮﺍﻯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪3‬ـ ﻭﺯﺵ ﺑﺎﺩﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﺍﻏﻠﺒﺎً ﺍﺯ ﺷﺮﻕ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺎﻣﺖ ﻏﺮﺏ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﻰ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﻨﺎً‬
‫ﺑﺎﺩﻫﺎﻯ ﺷﺮﻕ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍﻳﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﺎﺣﻪ ﻣﺴﻠﻂ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺩﻫﺎﻯ ﺗﺠﺎﺭﺗﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺍﻛﺜﺮﺍ ً‬
‫ﺟﺎﻧﺐ ﺧﻂ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍ ﻣﻰ ﻭﺯﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻯ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﺑﺎﺭﻧﺪﻩ ﮔﻰ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎﻯ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﻛﻮﻫﺴﺘﺎﻧﻰ ﺑﺮﻑ ﻫﺮﮔﺰ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﻧﻤﻴﺒﺎﺭﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﻣﻮﺳﻢ ﺳﺎﻝ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ‬
‫ﻭﺍﺿﺢ ﺑﻤﻼﺣﻈﻪ ﻧﻤﻴﺮﺳﺪ‪ .‬ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺟﺰﻳﻴﻜﻪ ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮ ﻣﻴﻼﻥ ﺷﻌﺎﻉ ﻭﺍﺭﺩﻩ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻭﻝ ﺳﺮﻃﺎﻥ ﻭ‬
‫ﺟﺪﻯ ﺍﺗﻔﺎﻕ ﻣﻰ ﺍﻓﺘﺪ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‪ ،‬ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﺫﻳﻞ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﺍﻯ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻢ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪210‬‬
‫‪G10 Fasli (7).indd 210‬‬ ‫‪8/15/2011 4:52:11 PM‬‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ )‪(140‬‬
‫ﺍﻛﻴﺘﻮﺱ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻴﺮﻭ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪ ‪ 3 1‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻨﻮﺏ ﺧﻂ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍ‪ ،‬ﺑﻠﻴﻢ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻣﺎﺯﻭﻥ‬

‫‪2‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪ 1‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻨﻮﺏ ﺧﻂ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍ‪ ،‬ﺟﺰﺍﻳﺮ ﺍﻭﺷﻦ ﺩﺭ ﻏﺮﺏ ﭘﺎﺳﻔﻴﻚ‪ ،‬ﺟﻮﺭﺝ‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﺗﺎﻭﻥ‪ ،‬ﻛﻨﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﺳﻨﮕﺎﭘﻮﺭ ﻭ ﻛﺎﻧﮕﻮ‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ ـ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻢ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﻣﻌﺘﺪﻟﻪ )ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻭﺳﻄﻰ(‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻢ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﻣﻌﺘﺪﻟﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﺭﺽ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺗﺎﺛﻴﺮ‬
‫ﻫﻮﺍﻯ ﺗﺮﻭﭘﻴﻚ ﻭﻗﻄﺒﻰ ﻫﺮﺩﻭ ﻣﺘﺎﺛﺮ ﻣﻴﮕﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺧﻮﺭﺩ ﺟﺒﻬﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﮔﺮﻡ ﺑﺎ ﺟﺒﻬﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺳﺮﺩ‬
‫ﻗﻄﺒﻰ ﺑﺎﺭﻧﺪﻩ ﮔﻰ ﻭ ﺑﺮﻑ ﺑﺎﺭﻯ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺟﺒﻪ ﻳﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﺭ ﻣﻰ ﺁﻭﺭﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻛﺜﺮﺍ ً ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺳﻌﻪ ﻭﺣﺮﻛﺖ‬
‫ﺳﺎﻳﻜﻠﻮﻧﻬﺎﻯ ﻃﻮﻓﺎﻧﻰ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻢ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺨﺶ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺫﻳﻞ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ‪:‬‬
‫‪1‬ـ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻢ ﻣﺮﻃﻮﺏ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍﻳﻰ‪.‬‬
‫‪2‬ـ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻢ ﺑﺮﻯ ﺳﻮﺍﺣﻞ ﻏﺮﺑﻰ‪.‬‬
‫‪3‬ـ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻢ ﻣﺪﻳﺘﺮﺍﻧﻪ ﻳﺎ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍﻳﻰ ﺑﺎ ﺗﺎﺑﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺧﺸﻚ‪.‬‬
‫‪4‬ـ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻢ ﺻﺤﺮﺍﻳﻰ ﻭ ﺳﺘﭗ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﻣﻌﺘﺪﻟﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪5‬ـ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻢ ﻣﺮﻃﻮﺏ ﻭ ﺑﺮﻯ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﻣﻌﺘﺪﻟﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -1‬ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻢ ﻣﺮﻃﻮﺏ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍﻳﻰ‪:‬‬
‫ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻤﻰ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍﻳﻰ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪﻫﺎﻯ ‪ 25‬ﻭ ‪ 35‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻭ‬
‫ﻧﻴﻢ ﻛﺮﺓ ﺷﻤﺎﻟﻰ ﻭ ﺟﻨﻮﺑﻰ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻢ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻯ ﺗﺎﺑﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﮔﺮﻡ ﻭ ﻣﺮﻃﻮﺏ ﻭ‬
‫ﺯﻣﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﻣﻌﺘﺪﻝ ﻭﻣﺮﻃﻮﺏ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺭﻳﺰﺵ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻥ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺧﺸﻚ ﻧﻤﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﺴﺘﺎﻥ‬
‫‪211‬‬
‫‪G10 Fasli (7).indd 211‬‬ ‫‪8/15/2011 4:52:13 PM‬‬
‫ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮ ﻭﺭﻭﺩ ﺟﺒﻬﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺳﺮﺩ ﻗﻄﺒﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻌﻀﻰ ﻣﺤﻼﺕ ﺑﺮﻓﺒﺎﺭﻯ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﻪ ﻣﻴﺮﺳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -2‬ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻢ ﺳﻮﺍﺣﻞ ﻏﺮﺑﻰ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﺎﺣﻪ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻤﻰ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍ ﻧﺴﺒﺘﺎً ﺩﻭﺭﺗﺮ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺳﻮﺍﺣﻞ ﻏﺮﺑﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺣﺘﻮﺍ ﻣﻴﻜﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ‬
‫ﺑﻴﻦ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪﻫﺎﻯ ‪ 40‬ﻭ ‪ 60‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻢ ﻛﺮﺓ ﺷﻤﺎﻟﻰ ﻭ ﺟﻨﻮﺑﻰ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺧﻮﺭﺩ‬
‫ﺟﺒﻬﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺳﺮﺩ ﻗﻄﺒﻰ ﻭ ﺳﺎﻳﻜﻠﻮﻥ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻃﻮﻓﺎﻧﻰ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﺭﻃﻮﺑﺖ ﻛﻢ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻮﺍﺣﻞ ﻏﺮﺑﻰ‬
‫ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﺗﺎﺑﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺁﻥ ﺧﺸﻚ ﻭ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺑﺎﺭﻧﺪﻩ ﮔﻰ ﺁﻥ ﻛﻢ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -3‬ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻢ ﻣﺪﺗﻴﺮﺍﻧﻪ ﻳﻰ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻢ ﻣﺪﻳﺘﺮﺍﻧﻪ ﻳﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻤﻠﺔ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻤﻰ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍﻳﻰ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻰ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻯ‬
‫ﺗﺎﺑﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺧﺸﻚ ﻭ ﺯﻣﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﻣﻌﺘﺪﻝ ﻭﻣﺮﻃﻮﺏ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪﻫﺎﻯ ‪ 30‬ﻭ‪ 40‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮﺩﻭ ﻧﻴﻢ ﻛﺮﻩ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﻣﺪﻳﺘﺮﺍﻧﻪ ﻳﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﻣﻴﺪﻫﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻬﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻢ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺎﭘﻞ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﺘﺎﻟﻴﺎ ﻭ ﺑﻦ ﻏﺎﺯﻯ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺮﻳﭙﻮﻟﻰ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﻣﻴﺪﻫﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻫﺮﺩﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﺑﺤﻴﺮﻩ ﻣﺪﻳﺘﺮﺍﻧﻪ‬
‫ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -4‬ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻢ ﺻﺤﺮﺍﻳﻰ ﻭ ﺳﺘﭗ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﻣﻌﺘﺪﻟﻪ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺑﺮﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﻜﺎﻯ ﺷﻤﺎﻟﻰ ﻭ ﺁﺳﻴﺎ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪﻫﺎﻯ ‪ 35‬ﻭ ‪50‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻭﺻﺎﻑ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻤﻰ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﺳﻪ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﺫﻳﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻤﺎً ﺍﺛﺮ‬
‫ﻣﻰ ﮔﺬﺍﺭﺩ‪:‬‬
‫ـ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺎﺑﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﻜﻪ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﻫﻮﺍ ﻭ ﻭﺯﺵ ﺑﺎﺩﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺎﻣﺖ ﻗﻄﺐ ﻭﺳﻌﺖ ﻣﻰ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ‬
‫ﻣﺆﻗﺖ ﺍﻭﺻﺎﻑ ﻫﻮﺍﻯ ﺑﺮﻯ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍﻳﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺨﻮﺩ ﻣﻰ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ـ ﺩﺭ ﻓﺼﻞ ﺯﻣﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﻣﺮﺍﻛﺰ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﻛﺎﻧﺎﺩﺍ ﻭ ﺳﺎﻳﺒﺮﻳﺎ‪ ،‬ﻫﻮﺍﻯ ﺑﺮﻯ ﻗﻄﺒﻰ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ‬
‫ﺧﺼﻮﺻﻴﺎﺕ ﺑﺮﻯ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻰ ﺑﺨﺸﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ـ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺳﻠﺴﻠﻪ ﺟﺒﺎﻝ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﻛﺘﻠﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻫﻮﺍﻯ ﻣﺮﻃﻮﺏ ﻭ ﺧﺸﻚ ﻣﻴﮕﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -5‬ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻢ ﺑﺮﻯ ﻭ ﻣﺮﻃﻮﺏ ﻣﻌﺘﺪﻟﻪ‪:‬‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ )‪(141‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻨﺠﺎ ﺍﺻﻄﻼﺡ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻢ ﺑﺮﻯ ﻭ‬
‫ﻣﺮﻃﻮﺏ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻟﺤﺎﻇﻰ ﺑﻜﺎﺭ ﻣﻴﺒﺮﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ‬
‫ﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻌﻀﻰ ﺍﺯ ﻋﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﺑﺮﻯ‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ ﺻﺤﺮﺍﻳﻰ ﻭ ﺳﺘﭗ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺨﻮﺩ ﻣﻰ‬
‫ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻘﻴﻜﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺧﺸﻜﻪ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺪ ﺑﺎﻭﺟﻮﺩﻳﻜﻪ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻢ ﺑﺮﻯ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ‬
‫ﻣﺮﻃﻮﺏ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺎﺭﻧﺪﻩ ﮔﻰ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪212‬‬
‫‪G10 Fasli (7).indd 212‬‬ ‫‪8/15/2011 4:52:14 PM‬‬
‫ﺝ ـ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻢ ﺳﺮﺩ ﻗﻄﺒﻰ ﻭ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊ ﻛﻮﻫﺴﺘﺎﻧﻰ‪:‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻢ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﺫﻳﻞ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ـ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻢ ﺑﺮﻯ ﺗﺤﺖ ﻗﻄﺒﻰ‪ ،‬ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻢ ﻣﺮﻃﻮﺏ ﻭ ﺑﺤﺮﻯ ﺗﺤﺖ ﻗﻄﺒﻰ‪ ،‬ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻢ ﺗﻨﺪﺭﺍ‪ ،‬ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻢ ﻧﻮﺍﺣﻰ‬
‫ﻳﺨﭽﺎﻟﻰ ﻭ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻢ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊ ﻛﻮﻫﺴﺘﺎﻧﻰ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -1‬ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻢ ﺑﺮﻯ ﺗﺤﺖ ﻗﻄﺒﻰ‪:‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﺁﺳﻴﺎ ﻭ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﻜﺎ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺎﻣﺖ ﻗﻄﺐ ﺷﻤﺎﻝ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺗﻮﺳﻌﻪ ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺳﺎﺣﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻊ‬
‫ﺍﺭﺍﺿﻰ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪﻫﺎﻯ ‪ 50‬ﻭ‪ 70‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺩﻳﻒ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻢ ﻣﺤﺴﻮﺏ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺯﻣﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﻜﻪ ﺷﻌﺎﻉ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﻩ ﻗﻄﺐ ﻣﻤﺎﺱ ﻣﻰ ﮔﺬﺭﺩ ﻫﻮﺍﻯ ﺧﻴﻠﻰ ﺳﺮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺳﺮﺍﺳﺮ ﻗﻄﺐ ﺷﻤﺎﻝ ﻭ ﺗﺤﺖ ﻗﻄﺒﻰ ﺑﺎﺭ ﻣﻰ ﺁﻭﺭﺩ ﻭ ﺍﺭﺍﺿﻰ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺮﻑ ﭘﻮﺷﻴﺪﻩ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -2‬ﺳﺎﺣﻪ ﺗﻨﺪﺭﺍ‪:‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫ﺳﺎﺣﻪ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻤﻰ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﺗﻨﺪﺭﺍ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪﻫﺎﻯ ‪ 66‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﻭ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﻩ ﻗﻄﺐ ) ‪75‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﺟﻪ( ﻣﻰ ﻳﺎﺑﻴﻢ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﻯ ﺣﺎﺷﻴﻪ ﺷﻤﺎﻟﻰ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﻜﺎﻯ ﺷﻤﺎﻟﻰ ﻭ ﺁﺳﻴﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭﺑﺮ ﻣﻰ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪ ﺁﺏ ﻭ ﻫﻮﺍﻯ ﺳﺮﺩ ﻗﻄﺒﻰ ﺣﻜﻤﻔﺮﻣﺎ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -3‬ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻢ ﻳﺨﭽﺎﻟﻰ‪:‬‬
‫ﺳﻪ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﺑﺰﺭگ ﻳﺨﭽﺎﻟﻰ ﻣﺜﻞ ﮔﺮﻳﻦ ﻟﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺘﺎﺭﻛﺘﻴﻜﺎ ﻭ ﺳﺎﺣﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻳﺨﭽﺎﻝ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺑﺤﺮ‬
‫ﻣﻨﺠﻤﺪ ﺷﻤﺎﻟﻰ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺤﺎﻟﺖ ﺷﻨﺎ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ ﺳﺎﺣﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻊ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭﺑﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻧﻮﺭ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻮﺍﺣﻰ ﺩﺍﻳﻤﺎً ﻣﻤﺎﺱ ﻭ ﻣﺎﻳﻞ ﻣﻰ ﺗﺎﺑﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﻓﺒﺎﺭﻯ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺛﺮ ﻃﻮﻓﺎﻥ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺳﺎﻳﻜﻠﻮﻥ‬
‫ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﺗﻘﻮﻳﻪ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﻳﺨﭽﺎﻟﻰ ﻣﻴﮕﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﺩﺍﻳﻤﺎً ﺍﺯ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺠﻤﺎﺩ )ﺻﻔﺮ( ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺗﺮ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﺑﻨﺎ ًء ﺩﺭ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﺳﺮﺩﻯ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﺣﻜﻤﻔﺮﻣﺎ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -4‬ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻢ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﻛﻮﻫﺴﺘﺎﻧﻰ‪:‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻃﺒﻘﻪ ﺗﺮﻭﭘﻮﺳﻔﻴﺮ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺗﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻣﻌﻜﻮﺱ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﻠﻜﻪ ﺭﻳﺰﺵ ﺑﺮﻑ ﻭ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻥ‬
‫ﺑﺎ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﻛﻮﻫﺴﺘﺎﻧﻰ ﺗﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﻣﺎ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﻫﻮﺍ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﻣﻰ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﭼﻮﻥ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﻭ ﺑﺎﺭﻧﺪﻩ ﮔﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻛﻮﻫﺴﺘﺎﻧﻰ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻤﻰ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﻰ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﻴﺴﺎﺯﺩ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺑﺤﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺎ ﺑﻠﻨﺪﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﻗﻠﻞ ﺳﻠﺴﻠﻪ ﻫﻤﺎﻟﻴﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﻳﻢ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻢ ﺑﺮﻣﻰ ﺧﻮﺭﻳﻢ‪ .‬ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺑﺎﺭﻧﺪﻩ ﮔﻰ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﻛﻮﻫﺴﺘﺎﻧﻰ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺮ ﺍﺯ‬
‫‪ 1800‬ﻭ ‪ 3000‬ﻣﻴﻠﻰ ﻣﺘﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﺑﺮﻑ ﻭ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﺑﻮﻗﻮﻉ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﻪ‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻟﻨﮓ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊ ﻛﻮﻩ ﺑﺎﺑﺎ ﻭ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﻧﻮﺍﺣﻰ ﻫﻨﺪﻭﻛﺶ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ‬
‫‪213‬‬
‫‪G10 Fasli (7).indd 213‬‬ ‫‪8/15/2011 4:52:14 PM‬‬
‫ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﺑﺎﺭﻧﺪﻩ ﮔﻰ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻧﻮﺍﺣﻰ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻫﻤﺎﻟﻴﺎ ﻭ ﺍﻟﭗ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ‪3000‬‬
‫ﻣﺘﺮ ﻛﺘﻠﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻳﺨﭽﺎﻟﻰ ﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻣﺎ ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮ ﺭﻃﻮﺑﺖ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ‪ ،‬ﺟﻨﮕﻼﺕ ﻛﻮﻫﺴﺘﺎﻧﻰ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺁﻥ ﻧﻤﻮ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻛﻪ ﺳﭙﻴﻦ ﻏﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺑﻬﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻨﮕﻼﺕ ﺳﺎﺣﻪ ﻛﻮﻫﺴﺘﺎﻧﻰ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫ﺷﺎﮔﺮﺩﺍﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻪ ﮔﺮﻭپ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﮔﺮﻭپ ﺍﻭﻝ ﺭﻭﻯ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻢ ﮔﺮﻡ‪ ،‬ﮔﺮﻭپ‬
‫ﺩﻭﻡ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻢ ﻣﻌﺘﺪﻟﻪ ﻭ ﮔﺮﻭپ ﺳﻮﻡ ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻢ ﺳﺮﺩ ﺑﺎﻫﻢ ﺑﺤﺚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪﺓ ﺷﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﺭﺍ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺭﻭﻯ ﺻﻨﻒ ﺍﺭﺍﻳﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻮﺍﻝ ﻫﺎ‪:‬‬ ‫؟‬

‫‪1‬ـ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻢ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﻣﻌﺘﺪﻟﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪﻫﺎﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ 90 - 45 1 .‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺏ‪ 66 1 - 23 1 .‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﻫﻴﭽﻜﺪﺍﻡ‬ ‫ﺝ‪ 45 .‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ‬
‫‪2‬ـ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﺩﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﮔﺮﻡ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍﻳﻰ ﻣﻰ ﻭﺯﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﺷﺮﻕ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﻘﺎﻣﺖ ﻏﺮﺏ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﺟﻨﻮﺏ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺎﻣﺖ ﺷﻤﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﻫﻴﭽﻜﺪﺍﻡ‬ ‫ﺝ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﻏﺮﺏ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺎﻣﺖ ﺷﺮﻕ‬
‫‪1‬ـ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻢ ﻣﻌﺘﺪﻟﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪﻫﺎ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﺁﺏ ﻭ ﻫﻮﺍﻯ ﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﺭﺽ‬
‫ﻣﺘﺎﺛﺮ ﻣﻰ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪2‬ـ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻢ ﻣﻌﺘﺪﻟﻪ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪﻫﺎﻯ ﻭﺳﻄﻰ ﺑﻪ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺑﺨﺶ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﻧﺎﻡ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﻳﺪ؟‬
‫‪3‬ـ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻢ ﻣﺮﻃﻮﺏ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍﻳﻰ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪﻫﺎ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺟﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺎﻯ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻢ ﺭﺍ ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﻳﻰ ﻭ ﺩﺳﺘﻪ ﺑﻨﺪﻯ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﻤﺮﻳﻦ ﻛﺮﺓ ﻣﺠﺴﻤﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺮﺳﻴﻢ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻤﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ‬
‫ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﺑﺎ ﻫﻤﺼﻨﻔﺎﻥ ﺍﺭﺍﻳﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪214‬‬
‫‪G10 Fasli (7).indd 214‬‬ ‫‪8/15/2011 4:52:15 PM‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﺱ )‪(62‬‬
‫ﻃﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﺁﺗﻤﻮﺳﻔﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺗﻐﻴﺮ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ‬
‫ﻃﺒﻘﻪ ﻣﺎﻟﻴﻜﻮﻝ ﻧﺎﻳﺘﺮﻭﺟﻦ‬

‫ﻗ‬
‫ﻮﺱ‬
‫ﺣﺮﺍ‬
‫ﺭﺕ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻮﻧﻮﺳﻔﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺗﺮﻣﻮﺳﻔﻴﺮ‬
‫ﻣﺰﻭﭘﺎﺯ‬
‫ﻣﺰﻭﺳﻔﺮ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﻌﻜﺎ‬
‫ﺝ‬ ‫ﺱ ﺍﻣﻮﺍ‬
‫ﺭﺍﺩﻳﻮ‬
‫ﺳﺘﺮﺍﺗﻮﭘﺎﺯ‬
‫ﻃﺒﻘﻪ ﺍﻭﺯﻭﻥ‬
‫ﺗﺮﻭﭘﻮﭘﺎﺯ ﺳﺘﺮﺍﺗﻮﺳﻔﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺗﺮﻭﭘﻮﺳﻔﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ (142‬ﻛﺮﻩ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻭ ﻃﺒﻘﻪ ﺗﺮﻭﭘﻮﺳﻴﻔﺮ ﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﺮﺍﺗﻮﺳﻴﻔﺮ‬
‫ﺁﻳﺎ ﻃﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﺁﺗﻤﻮﺳﻔﻴﺮﺭﻭﻯ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﻋﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﻓﺰﻳﻜﻰ ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ؟‬
‫ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﻭﺯﻥ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ‪ ،‬ﺫﺭﺍﺕ ﮔﺮﺩ ﻭﺧﺎﻙ‪ ،‬ﺭﻃﻮﺑﺖ‪ ،‬ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﻭ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﻫﻮﺍ ﻃﺒﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺁﺗﻤﻮﺳﻔﻴﺮ ﺍﻳﻨﻄﻮﺭ ﺩﺳﺘﻪ ﺑﻨﺪﻯ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ‪:‬‬
‫‪ A‬ـ ﻃﺒﻘﻪ ﻫﻮﻣﻮﺳﻔﻴﺮ )ﻣﺘﺠﺎﻧﺲ( ‪ B‬ـ ﻃﺒﻘﻪ ﻫﻴﺘﻴﺮﻭ ﺳﻔﻴﺮ )ﻏﻴﺮﻣﺘﺠﺎﻧﺲ(‬
‫ﻃﺒﻘﻪ ﻫﻮﻣﻮﺳﻔﻴﺮ ﻣﺘﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﺫﻳﻞ ﺍﺳﺖ‪:‬‬
‫‪1‬ـ ﻃﺒﻘﻪ ﺗﺮﻭﭘﻮﺳﻔﻴﺮ‪ :‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻃﺒﻘﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﺓ ‪ 8‬ﺍﻟﻰ ‪ 12‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻣﺘﺮ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﮔﺎﺯ‬
‫ﺍﻭﻛﺴﻴﺠﻦ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎً ‪ ٪21‬ﺯﻣﻴﻨﻪ ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺣﻴﺎﺗﻰ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺮﺍﻫﻢ ﻣﻰ ﺳﺎﺯﺩ‪ ،‬ﻛﻪ ﺑﻘﺎ ﻭ ﺯﻧﺪﻩ ﮔﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻧﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺣﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﻣﺘﻜﻰ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻋﻤﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﺣﺘﺮﺍﻕ ﻭ ﺍﻭﻛﺴﺎﻳﺪ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺑﻪ ﮔﺎﺯ ﺍﻭﻛﺴﻴﺠﻦ‬
‫ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ ﻣﻰ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﻪ ﻓﻮﺗﻮﺳﻨﺘﻴﺰ ﻧﺒﺎﺗﺎﺕ ﺍﻭﻛﺴﻴﺠﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺁﺯﺍﺩ ﻣﻴﺴﺎﺯﺩ ﻭ ‪Co2‬‬
‫ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺷﺐ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺯ ﻣﻴﻜﻨﺪﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺴﻢ ﻧﺒﺎﺕ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﻮﻫﺎﻳﺪﺭﻳﺖ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻰ ﺳﺎﺯﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﻨﺎ ًء ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ‪Co2‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﺍﺯﺩﻳﺎﺩ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ‪.‬ﺳﺎﻳﻜﻞ ﺁﺏ ﺩﺭ ﻃﺒﻘﻪ ﺗﺮﻭﭘﻮﺳﻔﻴﺮ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ‬
‫ﻣﻴﮕﻴﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﻭ ﺭﻳﺰﺵ ﺑﺮﻑ ﻭ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻣﻰ ﺁﻭﺭﺩ‪.‬ﻋﻼﻭﻩ ﺑﺮﺁﻥ ﻃﺒﻘﻪ ﺗﺮﻭﭘﻮﺳﻔﻴﺮ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ‬
‫ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﻚ ﻟﻔﺎﻓﻪ ﻧﮕﺎﻩ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺷﺒﻴﻪ ﮔﻠﺨﺎﻧﻪ )ﮔﺮﻳﻦ ﻫﺎﻭﺱ(‬
‫ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻭﺭﻭﺩ ﺍﺷﻌﻪ ﻣﻀﺮ ﻣﺎﻭﺭﺍﻯ ﺑﻨﻔﺶ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻯ ﻣﻴﻜﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺑﺎﻻﻳﻰ ﺗﺮﻭﭘﻮﺳﻔﻴﺮ ﻃﺒﻘﻪ ﻧﺎﺯﻙ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻯ ﺑﻨﺎﻡ ﺗﺮﻭﭘﻮﭘﺎﺯ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻃﺒﻘﻪ‬
‫‪215‬‬
‫‪G10 Fasli (7).indd 215‬‬ ‫‪8/15/2011 4:52:17 PM‬‬
‫ﺗﺮﻭﭘﻮﺳﻔﻴﺮ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﺻﺪ ﻣﺘﺮ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻳﻚ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﻣﻰ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪2‬ـ ﻃﺒﻘﻪ ﺳﺘﺮﺍﺗﻮﺳﻔﻴﺮ‪ :‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻃﺒﻘﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻋﺎﺕ ‪ 12‬ﺍﻟﻰ ‪ 45‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻣﺘﺮﻯ ﺁﺗﻤﻮﺳﻔﻴﺮ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭﻳﻦ ﻃﺒﻘﻪ ﻛﺜﺎﻓﺖ ﻫﻮﺍ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺍﺑﺮ ﻭ ﺩﻣﻪ ﺩﺭﻳﻨﺠﺎ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﺿﻤﻨﺎً ﺳﺎﺣﻪ‬
‫ﭘﺮﻭﺍﺯ ﻃﻴﺎﺭﻩ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺟﻴﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﻣﻴﺪﻫﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﺩﺭ ﻃﺒﻘﻪ ﺳﺘﺮﺍﺗﻮﺳﻔﻴﺮ ﺑﻄﻮﺭ‬
‫ﺗﺪﺭﻳﺠﻰ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻨﻔﻰ ‪ 90‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻰ ﮔﺮﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺮ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻰ ﮔﺮﻳﺪ ﻣﻴﺮﺳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺒﻘﻪ ﺳﺘﺮﺍﺗﻮﺳﻔﻴﺮ‪ ،‬ﻃﺒﻘﻪ ﺳﺘﺮﺍﺗﻮﭘﺎﺯ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻛﻪ ﻃﺒﻘﻪ ﺍﻭﺯﻭﻥ ‪ O3‬ﺩﺭ ﺣﺼﻪ‬
‫ﺗﺤﺘﺎﻧﻲ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﺩﻩ ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻣﺘﺮ ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 3‬ـ ﻃﺒﻘﻪ ﻣﺰﻭﺳﻔﻴﺮ ﻳﺎ ﻭﺳﻄﻰ‪ :‬ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ‪ 45‬ﺍﻟﻰ ‪ 80‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻣﺘﺮ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭﻳﻦ ﻃﺒﻘﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺭﺍﺩﻳﻮ ﺩﻭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﺟﺎﻧﺐ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺍﻧﻌﻜﺎﺱ ﻣﻰ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ ﻭ ﻣﺰﻭﭘﺎﺯ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﻯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻃﺒﻘﻪ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﻃﺒﻘﻪ ﻫﻴﺘﻴﺮﻭ ﺳﻔﻴﺮ ﺁﻏﺎﺯ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪4‬ـ ﻃﺒﻘﻪ ﺗﺮﻣﻮﺳﻔﻴﺮ‪ :‬ﻃﺒﻘﻪ ﮔﺮﻡ ﻭﺩﺍﻍ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺼﻪ ﻓﻮﻗﺎﻧﻰ ﺁﻥ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﺍﺯ ﺻﺪﻫﺎ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ‬
‫ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻰ ﮔﺮﻳﺪ ﺗﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﻣﻴﻜﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻌﺪﺍ ً ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ‪ 80‬ﺍﻟﻰ ‪ 140‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻣﺘﺮﻯ ﺁﻥ ﮔﺎﺯ ﻧﺎﻳﺘﺮﻭﺟﻦ‬
‫ﺑﺤﺎﻟﺖ ﻣﺎﻟﻴﻜﻮﻟﻰ )‪ (N2‬ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﺣﺼﺔ ﺗﺤﺘﺎﻧﻰ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻨﺎﻡ ﺍﻳﻮﻧﻮﺳﻔﻴﺮ ﻳﺎﺩ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺍﻳﻮﻧﻬﺎﻯ ﻫﺎﻳﺪﺭﻭﺟﻦ ﻣﺘﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﺳﺖ‪) .‬ﺵ ‪(141‬‬
‫‪5‬ـ ﻃﺒﻘﻪ ﺍﮔﺰﻭﺳﻔﻴﺮ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ‪ 13000‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻣﺘﺮ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﺁﻫﺴﺘﻪ ﺁﻫﺴﺘﻪ‬
‫ﺟﺎﺫﺑﻪ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺮ ﻣﻰ ﺭﺳﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﺯﻳﻦ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺍﻗﻤﺎﺭ ﻣﺼﻨﻮﻋﻰ ﻛﻢ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﺣﻪ ‪ 500‬ﺍﻟﻰ‬
‫‪ 1000‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻣﺘﺮﻯ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺷﺎﮔﺮﺩﺍﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺖ ﻃﺒﻘﻪ ﺗﺮﻭﭘﻮﺳﻔﻴﺮ ﻣﺘﻮﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺍﺭﺯﺵ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪﺓ‬
‫ﺷﺎﮔﺮﺩﺍﻥ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻴﺸﺮﻭﻯ ﺻﻨﻒ ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ ﻛﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻮﺍﻝ ﻫﺎ‪:‬‬ ‫؟‬

‫‪1‬ـ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺗﺮﻭﭘﻮﺳﻔﻴﺮ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﮔﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻯ ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺖ ﺍﺳﺖ؟‬
‫‪2‬ـ ﻃﺒﻘﻪ ﺍﻭﺯﻭﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﺣﺼﻪ ﺁﺗﻤﻮﺳﻔﻴﺮ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ؟‬
‫‪3‬ـ ﺍﻳﻮﻧﻮﺳﻔﻴﺮ ﭼﻄﻮﺭ ﻳﻚ ﻃﺒﻘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫ﺑﻪ ﺷﺎﮔﺮﺩﺍﻥ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﻪ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺗﺎ ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺖ ﻃﺒﻘﻪ ﺗﺮﻭﭘﻮﺳﻔﻴﺮ ﻳﻚ ﻣﻘﺎﻟﺔ ﺩﻩ ﺳﻄﺮﻯ‬
‫‪216‬‬
‫‪G10 Fasli (7).indd 216‬‬ ‫‪8/15/2011 4:52:17 PM‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﺱ ‪63‬‬
‫ﺁﺗﻤﻮﺳﻔﻴﺮ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺍﺗ‬ ‫ﺳﺘﺮ‬
‫ﻴﺮ‬ ‫ﻮﺳﻔ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍ‬
‫ﻋﻤﻞ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﻛﺸﻦ‬
‫ﻭ ﻃﻼﺗﻢ ﻛﻮﻣﻮﻟﻮﻧﻴﻤﺒﻮﺱ‬
‫ﺗﺮﻭﭘﻮﺳﻔﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ (143‬ﻛﺮﻩ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ‪ ،‬ﻃﺒﻘﻪ ﺗﺮﻭﭘﻮﺳﻔﻴﺮ ﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﺮﺍﺗﻮﺳﻔﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺁﻳﺎ ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺑﻪ ﺁﺗﻤﻮﺳﻔﻴﺮ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻭ ﺍﺭﺯﺵ ﺣﻴﺎﺗﻰ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ؟‬

‫ﺁﺗﻤﻮﺳﻔﻴﺮ ﻛﺮﻩ ﮔﺎﺯ ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻃﺮﺍﻑ ﺳﻴﺎﺭﻩ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺣﺎﻃﻪ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻗﺸﺮ‬
‫ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻰ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﺍﺕ ﺣﻴﻪ ﻭ ﻧﺒﺎﺗﺎﺗﻰ ﺟﺎ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻨﺎﻡ ﺑﺎﻳﻮﺳﻔﻴﺮ ﻳﺎﺩ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺣﻴﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻧﻰ ﺟﺰء ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﺳﺎﺣﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺁﺗﻤﻮﺳﻔﻴﺮ ﻭ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺯﻧﺪﻩ ﮔﻰ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﻳﺖ ﺁﺗﻤﻮﺳﻔﻴﺮ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﺑﻘﺎﻯ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﻭ ﻧﺒﺎﺗﺎﺕ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﺯﻣﻴﻨﻪ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﺣﻴﺎﺕ ﻓﺮﺍﻫﻢ ﻣﻴﺴﺎﺯﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺁﺗﻤﻮﺳﻔﻴﺮ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ‪ 13000‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻣﺘﺮ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺍﻣﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﺣﻪ ﻗﻄﺒﻴﻦ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﺁﻥ‬
‫ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺁﺗﻤﻮﺳﻔﻴﺮ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﻪ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﻚ ﻟﻔﺎﻓﻪ ﺑﺰﺭگ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺣﺎﻃﻪ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻔﻮﺫ ﺍﺷﻌﻪ ﻣﻀﺮﻩ‬
‫ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻯ ﻣﻴﻜﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﮔﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻃﺒﻘﻪ ﺗﺮﻭﭘﻮﺳﻔﻴﺮ ‪ ٪21‬ﺍﻭﻛﺴﻴﺠﻦ‪،‬‬
‫‪ ٪78‬ﻧﺎﻳﺘﺮﻭﺟﻦ‪ ٪0,93 ،‬ﺍﺭﮔﻦ‪ ،‬ﮔﺎﺯ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﻦ ﺩﺍﻯ ﺍﻭﻛﺴﺎﻳﺪ ‪ 0,03‬ﺫﺭﺍﺕ ﮔﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺧﺎﻙ‬
‫ﻭ ﺭﻃﻮﺑﺖ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﮔﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻯ ﻛﻪ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﻛﻢ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﻣﻴﺪﻫﻨﺪ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺗﻨﺪ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﻧﻴﻮﻥ‪ ،‬ﻫﻴﻠﻴﻮﻡ‪ ،‬ﻛﺮﭘﺘﻮﻥ‪ ،‬ﺯﻧﻮﻥ‪ ،‬ﻫﺎﻳﺪﺭﻭﺟﻦ‪ ،‬ﻣﺘﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻧﺎﻳﺘﺮﻭﺟﻦ ﺍﻭﻛﺴﺎﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺮﻭﭘﻮﺳﻔﻴﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺻﻞ ﻟﻔﺎﻓﻪ ﺑﺰﺭگ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﺷﻌﺎﻉ ﻣﺎﻭﺭﺍﺓ ﺑﻨﻔﺶ ﻭ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺍﺷﻌﻪ ﻣﻀﺮﻩ‬
‫ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﻣﻴﺪﻫﺪ ﻭ ﺣﻴﺜﻴﺖ ﮔﻠﺨﺎﻧﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻗﺸﺮ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﻣﻴﺪﻫﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﺭﻧﺪﻩ ﮔﻰ‬
‫‪ ،‬ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﺍﺑﺮ ﻭ ﺭﻃﻮﺑﺖ ﺣﺎﺩﺛﺎﺕ ﺟﻮﻯ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﺎً ﺩﺭ ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﻃﺒﻘﻪ ﻫﻮﺍ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﻴﮕﻴﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﭘﺮﻧﺪﻩ‬
‫ﮔﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻫﻠﻴﻮﻛﻮﭘﺘﺮ ﻭ ﻃﻴﺎﺭﻩ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻛﻮﭼﻚ ﺗﻔﺮﻳﺤﻰ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﻃﺒﻘﻪ ﭘﺮﻭﺍﺯ ﻣﻴﻜﻨﺪ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻜﻞ‬
‫ﺁﺏ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﻃﺒﻘﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﻴﮕﻴﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﻃﺒﻘﻪ ﺳﺘﺮﺍﺗﻮﺳﻔﻴﺮ ﻓﺎﻗﺪ ﺍﺑﺮ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ‪ ،‬ﻃﻴﺎﺭﻩ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺟﻴﺖ‬
‫‪217‬‬
‫‪G10 Fasli (7).indd 217‬‬ ‫‪8/15/2011 4:52:19 PM‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﻃﺒﻘﻪ ﭘﺮﻭﺍﺯ ﻣﻰ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻴﺼﺪﻯ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﮔﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺒﻘﻪ ﺗﺮﻭﭘﻮﺳﻔﻴﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺎﻻ ﻛﻢ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﻫﻮﺍ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﻣﻰ‬
‫ﻳﺎﺑﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺑﺤﺮ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﻫﻮﺍ ﻛﻪ ‪ 760‬ﻣﻴﻠﻰ ﻣﺘﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﻳﻚ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻗﺒﻮﻝ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ ﺩﺭ‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻞ ﻣﻰ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ‬ ‫ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻃﺒﻘﻪ ﺗﺮﻣﻮﺳﻔﻴﺮ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﺁﺧﺮ ﻃﺒﻘﻪ ﺗﺮﻭﭘﻮﺳﻔﻴﺮ ﺑﻪ‬
‫‪100000‬‬ ‫‪10‬‬
‫ﺍﻣﺮﻳﻜﺎﻯ ﺷﻤﺎﻟﻰ‬ ‫ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﺩﺭ ﻃﺒﻘﻪ ﺗﺮﻭﭘﻮﺳﻔﻴﺮ ﺍﻭﻻً ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻞ ﻣﻰ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ‬

‫ﺳﺘﺮﺍﺗﻮﺳﻔﻴﺮ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻃﺒﻘﻪ ﻣﺰﻭﺳﻔﻴﺮ ﺩﻭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﻛﻢ‬
‫ﺍﺑﺮﺑﻨﺪﻯ‬ ‫ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻣﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻃﺒﻘﻪ ﺗﺮﻣﻮﺳﻔﻴﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺻﺪ ﻫﺎ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺻﻌﻮﺩ‬
‫ﻣﻴﻜﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻃﺒﻘﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺎﻡ ﺍﻳﻮﻧﻮﺳﻔﻴﺮ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻳﺎﺩ ﻣﻴﻜﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺤﺮ ﺍﻃﻠﺲ‬ ‫ـ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ‪ 20‬ﺍﻟﻰ ‪ 25‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻣﺘﺮﻯ ﺍﺗﻤﻮﺳﻔﻴﺮ ﻃﺒﻘﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻭﺯﻭﻥ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺎﻧﻊ ﺑﺰﺭگ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻭﺭﻭﺩ‬
‫ﺍﺷﻌﻪ ﻣﺎﻭﺭﺍﻯ ﺑﻨﻔﺶ ﻣﺤﺴﻮﺏ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻣﺮﻳﻜﺎﻯ ﺟﻨﻮﺑﻰ‬
‫ـ ﮔﺎﺯﻫﺎﻯ ﮔﻠﺨﺎﻧﻪ ﺍﻯ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺒﻴﻞ ﻧﻴﺘﺮﻭﺱ ﺍﻭﻛﺴﺎﻳﺪ‪،‬‬
‫‪ ، Co2‬ﻣﺘﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻛﻠﻮﺭﻭﻓﻠﻮﺭﻭ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﻦ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺗﺨﺮﻳﺶ‬
‫ﻃﺒﻘﻪ ﺍﻭﺯﻭﻥ ﻣﻀﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﺟﻬﺖ ﻛﻮﺷﺶ‬
‫ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮔﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻭﻝ ﻭ‬
‫ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻯ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺁﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﺗﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻃﺒﻘﻪ ﺍﻭﺯﻭﻥ ﻭﺣﻴﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪144‬‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺣﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﺻﺪﻣﻪ ﻧﻪ ﺭﺳﺎﻧﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﺯ ﺷﺎﮔﺮﺩﺍﻥ ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﻃﺒﻘﻪ ﻫﻮﻣﻮﺳﻔﻴﺮ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﻃﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﺳﺖ؟ ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺁﻥ ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ ﺩﻫﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻮﺍﻝ ﻫﺎ‪:‬‬ ‫؟‬

‫‪1‬ـ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻓﻴﺼﺪﻯ ﮔﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺮﻭﭘﻮﺳﻔﻴﺮ ﭼﻄﻮﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ؟‬
‫‪2‬ـ ﮔﺎﺯﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﮔﻠﺨﺎﻧﻪ ﺍﻯ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﻫﺎ ﺍﻧﺪ؟‬
‫‪ -3‬ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻞ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﺭ ﻃﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﺁﺗﻤﻮﺳﻔﻴﺮ ﭼﻄﻮﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﻰ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ؟‬

‫ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺷﺎﮔﺮﺩﺍﻥ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﻪ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺁﺗﻤﻮﺳﻔﻴﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ‬
‫ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﺁﻥ ﻳﻚ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺑﻨﻮﻳﺴﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪218‬‬
‫‪G10 Fasli (7).indd 218‬‬ ‫‪8/15/2011 4:52:20 PM‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﺱ )‪(64‬‬
‫ﻧﻘﺶ ﺁﺗﻤﻮﺳﻔﻴﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻢ‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ (145‬ﻧﻘﺶ ﺍﺗﻤﻮﺳﻔﻴﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﺩ ﻫﺎ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺧﺸﻜﻪ‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ (146‬ﻧﻘﺶ ﺍﺗﻤﻮﺳﻔﻴﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﻣﺮﺍﻛﺰ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﭘﺴﺖ ﻭ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺁﻳﺎ ﺁﺗﻤﻮﺳﻔﻴﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻢ ﭼﻪ ﻧﻘﺶ ﻣﻬﻢ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ؟‬

‫ﺍﺗﻤﻮﺳﻔﻴﺮ ﻛﻪ ﻳﻚ ﭘﺪﻳﺪﻩ ﻣﻬﻢ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﻚ ﻟﻔﺎﻓﻪ ﻛﺮﻩ ﺍﺭﺽ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺣﺘﻮﺍ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺁﺗﻤﻮﺳﻔﻴﺮ ﻧﻘﺶ ﺣﻴﺎﺗﻰ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﺍﺕ ﺣﻴﻪ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻋﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻭﻝ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻢ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻰ ﻭ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻮﻯ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﻣﻰ ﺁﻳﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺨﺘﺼﺮﺍ ً ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﻣﻴﮕﻴﺮﻳﻢ‪:‬‬
‫ـ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﻳﺖ ﺍﻭﻛﺴﻴﺠﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺗﻤﻮﺳﻔﻴﺮ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﺯﻧﺪﻩ ﮔﻰ ﺩﺭ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﺧﺸﻜﻪ ﻭ ﺁﺏ‬
‫ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻤﺎً ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺗﻨﻔﺲ ﻣﻴﻜﻨﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﺑﺤﺮﻯ ﺍﻭﻛﺴﻴﺠﻦ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺏ‬
‫ﻣﻴﮕﻴﺮﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﻧﺒﺎﺗﺎﺕ ﺩﺭ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺁﺏ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺭﻳﺸﻪ ﻭ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﻦ ﺩﺍﻯ ﺍﻭﻛﺴﺎﻳﺪ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻮﺍ ﺍﺧﺬ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ‬
‫ﻭ ﺩﺭﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﻳﺖ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﻮﻫﺎﻳﺪﺭﻳﺖ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻰ ﺳﺎﺯﺩ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺗﻐﺬﻳﻪ ﻣﻴﻜﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﻪ ﺑﻨﺎﻡ‬
‫ﻓﻮﺗﻮﺳﻨﺘﻴﺰ ﻳﺎﺩ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻣﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺷﺐ ﺑﺮﻋﻜﺲ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺑﺮگ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺍﻭﻛﺴﻴﺠﻦ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺟﺬﺏ ﻣﻴﻜﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﻦ ﺩﺍﻯ ﺍﻭﻛﺴﺎﻳﺪ ﺭﺍ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﻣﻴﻜﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺍ ﻳﻦ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﻪ ﺑﻨﺎﻡ ﺗﻨﻔﺲ ﻧﺒﺎﺗﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻳﺎﺩ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ـ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻢ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﻳﺖ ﺁﺗﻤﻮﺳﻔﻴﺮ ﺳﺒﺐ ﻭﺯﺵ ﺑﺎﺩﻫﺎ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﻫﻮﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺛﺮ‬
‫ﮔﺮﻣﻰ ﺻﻌﻮﺩ ﻣﻴﻜﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻫﻮﺍﻯ ﺳﺮﺩ ﺟﺎﻯ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﻣﻰ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﻳﺖ ﻣﺮﺍﻛﺰ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ‬
‫ﭘﺴﺖ ﻭ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﺳﺒﺐ ﻭﺯﺵ ﺑﺎﺩﻫﺎﻯ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍﻳﻰ ﺟﺎﻧﺐ ﻗﻄﺒﻴﻦ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﻬﻤﻴﻦ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺑﺎﺩﻫﺎﻯ‬
‫ﻗﻄﺒﻰ ﻭ ﺟﺒﻬﻪ ﺳﺮﺩ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﺎً ﺯﺍﺩﻩ ﺁﺗﻤﻮﺳﻔﻴﺮ ﻭﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ َﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ـ ﻃﺒﻘﻪ ﺍﻭﺯﻭﻥ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻭﺭﻭﺩ ﺍﺷﻌﻪ ﻣﺎﻭﺭﺍﻯ ﺑﻨﻔﺶ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻯ ﻣﻴﻜﻨﺪ ﺣﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺼﺌﻮﻥ‬
‫‪219‬‬
‫‪G10 Fasli (7).indd 219‬‬ ‫‪8/15/2011 4:52:22 PM‬‬
‫ﻧﮕﺎﻩ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ـ ﺍﺑﺮ ﺑﻨﺪﻯ ﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺑﺨﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺁﺑﻰ‪ ،‬ﺭﻳﺰﺵ ﺑﺮﻑ ﻭ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻥ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﺎً ﺑﺎ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﻳﺖ ﺁﺗﻤﻮﺳﻴﻔﺮ ﺍﻣﻜﺎﻥ‬
‫ﭘﺬﻳﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺩﺭ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺁﻥ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺑﺎﺭﻧﺪﻩ ﮔﻰ ﻭ ﺣﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﻛﺘﻠﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺍﺑﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻜﺠﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺎﻯ‬
‫ﻼ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﻳﺖ‬‫ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺍﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﭘﺬﻳﺮ ﻧﻤﻰ ﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻋﻼﻭﺗﺎً ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻃﻮﻓﺎﻧﻬﺎﻯ ﺑﺮﻯ ﻭﺑﺤﺮﻯ ﻛﺎﻣ ً‬
‫ﺁﺗﻤﻮﺳﻔﻴﺮ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﻴﮕﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ـ ﻛﻤﻰ ﻭ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻯ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﻫﻮﺍ ﻧﻪ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺯﺵ ﺑﺎﺩﻫﺎ ﻣﺆﺛﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﻠﻜﻪ ﺗﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻧﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺣﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺑﺎ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺁﺗﻤﻮﺳﻔﻴﺮ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ‬
‫ﺣﻴﺎﺗﻰ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﻳﺖ‬ ‫ﺑﺎ‬
‫ﺁﺗﻤﻮﺳﻔﻴﺮ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪147‬‬ ‫ﻣﻴﮕﻴﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺳﻄﺢ ﺑﺤﺮ ‪760‬‬
‫ﻣﻴﻠﻰ ﻣﺘﺮ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻋﺎﺕ ‪4000‬ـ ‪ 5000‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﻛﻢ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﻻﻯ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺗﻨﻔﺴﻰ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﻣﻰ ﺁﻭﺭﺩ‬
‫ﻭﺣﻴﺎﺕ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﻰ ﺳﺎﺯﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﺩﺭ ﺻﺪﻣﺘﺮ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻳﻚ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻞ ﻣﻰ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﻋﻜﺲ ﺩﺭ ﻃﺒﻘﻪ‬
‫ﺁﻳﻮﻧﻮﺳﻔﻴﺮ ﺑﻪ ‪ 1000‬ﺍﻟﻰ ‪ 2000‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻰ ﮔﺮﻳﺪ ﻣﻴﺮﺳﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﻻﻯ ﺣﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﺍﺕ ﺣﻴﻪ ﺍﺛﺮﺍﺕ ﻣﺴﻘﻴﻢ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﺻﻨﻒ ﺩﺭﺳﻰ ﺩﻭ ﮔﺮﻭپ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﮔﺮﻭپ ﺍﻭﻝ ﻧﻘﺶ ﺁﺗﻤﻮﺳﻔﻴﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻭﺯﺵ ﺑﺎﺩﻫﺎ ﻭ ﮔﺮﻭپ ﺩﻭﻡ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﻳﺖ ﺁﺗﻤﻮﺳﻔﻴﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﺍﺕ ﺣﻴﻪ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺎﻳﺴﻪ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻮﺍﻝ ﻫﺎ‪:‬‬ ‫؟‬

‫‪1‬ـ ﺁﺗﻤﻮﺳﻔﻴﺮ ﭼﺮﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻏﺮﺽ ﺗﻨﻔﺲ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ؟‬
‫‪2‬ـ ﻣﺮﺍﻛﺰ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﭘﺴﺖ ﻭ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﻳﺖ ﺁﺗﻤﻮﺳﻔﻴﺮ ﭼﻪ ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ؟‬
‫‪3‬ـ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﺑﺎﻻﻯ ﺣﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺁﺗﻤﻮﺳﻔﻴﺮ ﭼﻄﻮﺭ ﺗﺎﺛﻴﺮ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻣﻴﻜﻨﺪ؟‬

‫ﻫﺮ ﺷﺎﮔﺮﺩ ﻓﻮﺍﻳﺪ ﺁﺗﻤﻮﺳﻔﻴﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻢ ﻟﺴﺖ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻳﻚ ﻳﻚ ﺳﻄﺮ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ‬
‫ﺁﻥ ﺑﻨﻮﻳﺴﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻨﻒ ﺍﺭﺍﻳﻪ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪220‬‬
‫‪G10 Fasli (7).indd 220‬‬ ‫‪8/15/2011 4:52:24 PM‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﺱ ‪65‬‬
‫ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺳﻨﺠﺶ ﻭ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﺍﺕ ﻫﻮﺍﺷﻨﺎﺳﻰ‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪1148‬‬
‫ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﭘﻴﺸﮕﻮﻳﻰ ﺁﺏ ﻭ ﻫﻮﺍ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺗﺨﻨﻴﻜﻰ‬

‫ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﻰ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ؟‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻌﻀﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﺁﺷﻨﺎ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ـ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻧﻜﺸﺎﻑ ﺳﺎﻳﻨﺲ ﻭ ﺗﻜﻨﺎﻟﻮژﻯ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﺎﺕ ﻫﻮﺍﺷﻨﺎﺳﻰ ﺗﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﻳﺎﻓﺖ‪ ،‬ﺗﻨﻮﻉ ﻭ ﺍﻗﺴﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺟﺪﺍﮔﺎﻧﻪ ﺍﻯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﮔﺮﻓﺖ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍﻯ ﻗﺮﻥ ﻧﺰﺩﻩ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻴﺸﻦ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻫﻮﺍﺷﻨﺎﺳﻰ‬
‫ﻣﺨﺘﺼﺮ ﻭ ﺳﺎﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺗﺪﺭﻳﺞ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺕ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺩﺳﻨﺞ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺍﺗﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻴﻜﻰ‪ ،‬ﺁﻟﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺳﻨﺞ ﻭ ﺭﻃﻮﺑﺖ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻫﻮﺍﺷﻨﺎﺳﻰ ﺟﺎ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ـ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺎﻟﻮﻧﻬﺎﻯ ﺭﺍﺩﻳﻮﺳﺎﻧﺪ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻋﻤﻠﻰ ﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﻟﻮﻧﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﺳﻨﺞ‪ ،‬ﺁﻻﺕ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ‬
‫ﻫﻮﺍ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺭﻭﻣﻴﺘﺮ ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻩ ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎ ﻣﻰ ﺷﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺁﺗﻤﻮﺳﻔﻴﺮ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻫﻮﺍ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻣﺨﺎﺑﺮﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺭﺍﺩﺍﺭ‪ ،‬ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﺎﺕ ﺟﻮﻯ ﺁﺳﺎﻥ ﺗﺮ ﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﺑﺮﺑﻨﺪﻯ‬
‫ﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻃﻮﻓﺎﻧﻬﺎﻯ ﺟﻮﻯ ﻭ ﺑﺤﺮﻯ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺭﻧﺪﻩ ﮔﻰ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺷﺪﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺳﻴﻼﺑﻰ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﻭﻗﻮﻉ ﺳﻴﻼﺏ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺭﻧﺪﻩ ﮔﻰ ﻭ ﮔﺮﻣﻰ ﺯﻳﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﺭ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻤﻰ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻣﺮﺩﻣﺎﻥ ﻣﺤﻞ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻭ ﻫﻮﺷﺪﺍﺭﻫﺎﻯ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺭﺍﻳﻪ ﻣﻴﻜﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ـ ﺍﻗﻤﺎﺭ ﻣﺼﻨﻮﻋﻰ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﭘﻴﺸﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻭ ﻣﺘﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﺗﺮ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﺎﺕ ﺟﻮﻯ ﻭ ﺣﻮﺍﺩﺙ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻰ‬
‫ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺧﺎﺻﺘﺎً ﺍﻗﻤﺎﺭ ﻣﺼﻨﻮﻋﻰ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻑ ﻧﺎﺳﺎ ‪ NASA‬ﺍﻳﺎﻻﺕ ﻣﺘﺤﺪﻩ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﻜﺎ ﻭ‬
‫ﻳﺎ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺭﻭﺳﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺮﺍﻧﺴﻪ ﻭ ﻫﻨﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻓﻀﺎ ﭘﺮﺗﺎﺏ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻫﺪﻑ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻗﻤﺎﺭ‬
‫ﻣﺼﻨﻮﻋﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﭘﺪﻳﺪﻩ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺟﻮﻯ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﻣﻴﺪﻫﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮﻧﻬﺎﻯ ﺧﻮﻳﺶ ﺩﻗﻴﻖ‬
‫ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻗﻤﺎﺭ ﻣﺼﻨﻮﻋﻰ ﻫﻤﻪ ﻭﻗﺖ ﺷﺐ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺍﻭﺿﺎﻉ ﺟﻮﻯ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻧﻌﻜﺎﺱ ﻭ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻣﻴﺪﻫﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺑﺮﺑﻨﺪﻯ‪ ،‬ﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻧﻰ‪ ،‬ﻭﺿﻊ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺑﻰ‪ ،‬ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﺍﻋﻈﻤﻰ‪ ،‬ﺍﺻﻐﺮﻯ‪ ،‬ﻭﺯﺵ ﺑﺎﺩﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ‬
‫ﻫﻮﺍ‪ ،‬ﻃﻮﻓﺎﻧﻬﺎﻯ ﺑﺤﺮﻯ‪ ،‬ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻮﻯ‪ ،‬ﻭﺟﻮﻯ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﻄﻮﺭ ﻭﺍﻗﻌﻰ ﺍﺭﺍﻳﻪ ﻣﻰ‬
‫ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ ﭘﻴﺸﮕﻮﻳﻰ ﺟﻮﻯ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻇﺮﻑ ﺳﻪ ﻭﻳﺎ ﭼﺎﺭ ﺭﻭﺯ ﻭ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﺗﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺍﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎﻥ‬
‫‪221‬‬
‫‪G10 Fasli (7).indd 221‬‬ ‫‪8/15/2011 4:52:27 PM‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪﻩ ﮔﺎﻥ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻣﻴﺪﻫﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺁﻥ ﺗﺪﺍﺑﻴﺮ ﻻﺯﻡ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻼ ﺗﺮﻣﺎﻣﻴﺘﺮﻫﺎﻯ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﺑﻰ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻴﻜﻰ‪،‬‬ ‫ـ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﺁﻻﺕ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻯ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜ ً‬
‫ﺗﺮﻣﺎﻣﻴﺘﺮﻫﺎﻯ ﺍﻋﻈﻤﻰ ﻭ ﺍﺻﻐﺮﻯ ﻭ ﺗﺮﻣﺎﻣﻴﺘﺮﻫﺎﻯ ﺧﺎﻙ‪.‬‬
‫ـ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﻫﻮﺍ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﺭﻭﻣﻴﺘﺮ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻴﺪﻫﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺎﺭﻭﮔﺮﺍﻑ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺛﺒﺖ ﻣﻴﻜﻨﺪ‬
‫ـ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻥ ﺳﻨﺞ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺭﻳﺰﺵ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻥ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻮﺭ ﺩﻗﻴﻖ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﻣﻴﻜﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ـ ﺳﺎﻳﻜﺮﻭﻣﺘﺮ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﺯ ﺗﺮﻣﻮﻣﻴﺘﺮ ﺧﺸﻚ ﻭ ﻣﺮﻃﻮﺏ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﻃﻮﺑﺖ‬
‫ﻧﺴﺒﺘﻰ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻴﺪﻫﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ـ ﺁﻟﻪ ﺭﻭﻳﺖ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﺗﺎﺑﺶ ﺍﺷﻌﻪ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻴﺪﻫﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ـ ﺁﻟﻪ ﺳﻨﺠﺶ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﺑﺮﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺗﺸﺨﻴﺺ ﺭﻃﻮﺑﺖ ﺁﻥ‬
‫ـ ﺁﻟﻪ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﮔﻴﺮﻯ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺑﺎﺩ ﻳﺎ ﺍﻧﻰ ﻣﻮﻣﻴﺘﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻋﺎﺩﻯ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻴﻜﻰ ﻫﻢ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ـ ﺭﺍﺩﻳﻮﺳﺎﻧﺪ ﻣﺘﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺎﻟﻮﻧﻰ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﺎﺕ ﺟﻮﻯ ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ‬
‫ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺁﺗﻤﻮﺳﻔﻴﺮ ﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﺟﻮﻯ ﺭﺍ ﺛﺒﺖ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻴﺸﻦ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻣﺨﺎﺑﺮﻩ ﻣﻴﻜﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ـ ﺷﺒﻜﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺍﻗﻤﺎﺭ ﻣﺼﻨﻮﻋﻰ ﺳﺎﺣﻪ ﺩﻳﺪ ﻭﺳﻴﻊ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻄﻮﺭ ﺍﺗﻮﻣﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻭﺿﺎﻉ ﺟﻮﻯ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻮﻯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻫﺮ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻣﻴﺪﻫﺪ‪ .‬ﺷﺒﻜﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻗﻤﺎﺭ ﻣﺼﻨﻮﻋﻰ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻧﻬﺎﻯ ﻫﻮﺍﻳﻰ‪ ،‬ﭘﺮﻭﺍﺯ ﻃﻴﺎﺭﻩ ﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺧﻂ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺮ ﻛﺸﺘﻰ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺑﺰﺭگ‪،‬‬
‫ﺭﻫﻨﻤﺎﻳﻰ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺯﺭﺍﻋﺖ‪ ،‬ﺁﺑﻴﺎﺭﻯ‪ ،‬ﺣﻔﻆ ﺣﻴﺎﺕ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﺯﻳﺴﺖ‪ ،‬ﺟﻨﮕﻼﺕ ﻭ ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺳﻴﻼﺑﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻔﭽﺮ ﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺧﻄﺮ ﺻﺤﺮﺍﻳﻰ ﺷﺪﻥ‪ ،‬ﺣﺎﺩﺛﺎﺕ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻰ‪ ،‬ﺳﻮﻧﺎﻣﻰ‪ ،‬ﻫﺮﻳﻜﻦ ﻭ ﺗﻴﻔﻮﻥ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻣﻔﺼﻞ ﻣﻴﺪﻫﺪ‪ .‬ﺗﺎ ﺍﺭﮔﺎﻧﻬﺎ ﻭ ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻊ ﻣﺴﻮﻭﻝ ﺗﺪﺍﺑﻴﺮ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﺍﺗﺨﺎﺫ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺷﺎﮔﺮﺩﺍﻥ ﺩﺭ ﮔﺮﻭپ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﺫﻳﻞ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺒﺎﺣﺜﻪ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺻﻨﻒ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪1‬ـ ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺑﻪ ﺭﺍﺩﻳﻮ ﺳﺎﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪2‬ـ ﺩﺭﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺭﺍﺩﺍﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪3‬ـ ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻗﻤﺎﺭ ﻣﺼﻨﻮﻋﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﺟﻮﻯ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻮﺍﻝ ﻫﺎ‪:‬‬ ‫؟‬

‫‪1‬ـ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﺁﻟﻪ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﻣﻴﻜﻨﻨﺪ؟‬
‫ﺩ ـ ﺗﺮﻣﺎﻣﻴﺘﺮ‬ ‫ﺝ ـ ﺑﺎﺭﻭﻣﺘﺮ‬ ‫ﺏ ـ ﺍﻧﻴﻤﻮﻣﺘﺮ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻒ ـ ﺭﺍﺩﻳﻮﺳﺎﻧﺪ‬
‫‪2‬ـ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﻫﻮﺍ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺁﻟﻪ ﺛﺒﺖ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ‪ :‬ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ـ ﺳﺎﻳﻜﺮﻭﻣﺘﺮ‬ ‫ـ ﺗﺮﻣﻮﮔﺮﺍﻑ‬ ‫ـ ﻫﺎﻳﺪﺭﻭﻣﺘﺮ ـ ﺑﺎﺭﻭﮔﺮﺍﻑ‬
‫‪3‬ـ ﺍﻗﻤﺎﺭ ﻣﺼﻨﻮﻋﻰ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﻫﻮﺍﺷﻨﺎﺳﻰ ﭼﻄﻮﺭ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻣﻴﺪﻫﺪ؟‬

‫ﻫﺮ ﺷﺎﮔﺮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺸﻮﺭﻩ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﻪ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺨﺎﻧﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﭘﻴﺸﮕﻮﻳﻰ ﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﺟﻮﻯ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺎﻟﻪ ﻣﺨﺘﺼﺮ ﺑﻨﻮﻳﺴﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪222‬‬
‫‪G10 Fasli (7).indd 222‬‬ ‫‪8/15/2011 4:52:27 PM‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﺱ )‪(66‬‬
‫ﺝ‪ -‬ﭼﮕﻮﻧﮕﻰ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﺑﺎﺩ‬
‫‪ -1‬ﺑﺎﺩ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﺘﻘﺎﺭﺏ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍﻳﻰ‪ITC‬‬
‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪-2‬ﺑﺎﺩﻫﺎﻯﺗﺠﺎﺭﺗﻰﺷﻤﺎﻟﻐﺮﺑﻰ‬
‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪-3‬ﺑﺎﺩﻫﺎﻯﺗﺤﺖﻗﻄﺒﻰ‬
‫‪-4‬ﺑﺎﺩﻫﺎﻯﺷﺮﻗﻰﻗﻄﺒﻰ‬
‫‪-5‬ﺑﺎﺩﻫﺎﻯﺗﺠﺎﺭﺗﻰﺟﻨﻮﺏﺷﺮﻗﻰ‬
‫‪-6‬ﺑﺎﺩﻫﺎﻯﻏﺮﺑﻰﺟﻨﻮﺏﺷﺮﻗﻰ‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪-7‬ﺳﺎﺣﻪﻛﺎﻧﻮﻛﺸﻦﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍﻳﻰ‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪5‬‬
‫‪6‬‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ (149‬ﺳﻤﺖ ﻭﺯﺵ ﺑﺎﺩ ﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺮﺍﺳﺮ ﻛﺮﻩ ﺍﺭﺽ‬
‫ﺁﻳﺎ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﺩ ﭼﻄﻮﺭ ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻣﻰ ﺁﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻧﺪﻩ ﮔﻰ ﺑﺸﺮﻯ ﭼﻪ ﺍﺭﺯﺵ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ؟‬
‫ﺑﺎﺩﻫﺎ ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﻣﺮﺍﻛﺰ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﻭﭘﺴﺖ ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻣﻰ ﺁﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻴﻜﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺛﺮ ﮔﺮﻣﻰ ﻫﻮﺍﻯ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺍﻛﺰ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﭘﺴﺖ ﺑﻄﺮﻑ ﺑﺎﻻ ﺻﻌﻮﺩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﻫﻮﺍﻯ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻧﺴﺒﺘﺎً ﺳﺮﺩ ﺟﺎﻯ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ‬
‫ﺍﺷﻐﺎﻝ ﻣﻰ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﺑﻄﻮﺭ ﻣﺤﻠﻰ‪ ،‬ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻮﻯ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﺭﻩ ﻳﻰ ﻭ ﻳﺎﺑﻪ ﻣﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﻛﺮﻩ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺩﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻣﻰ ﺁﻭﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺝ ـ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺑﺎﺩﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺧﺸﻜﻪ ﻭ ﺑﺤﺮ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺧﺸﻜﻪ ﻭ ﺑﺤﺮ ﺑﺎﺩﻫﺎ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻯ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ‪:‬‬
‫‪1‬ـ ﺑﺎﺩﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻮﻯ‬
‫‪2‬ـ ﺑﺎﺩﻫﺎﻯ ﺗﺠﺎﺭﺗﻰ‬
‫‪3‬ـ ﺑﺎﺩﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﺘﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍﻳﻰ‬
‫‪4‬ـ ﺑﺎﺩﻫﺎﻯ ﺷﺮﻗﻰ ﻗﻄﺒﻰ‬
‫‪5‬ـ ﺑﺎﺩﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﺴﻠﻂ ﻏﺮﺑﻰ‬
‫‪223‬‬
‫‪G10 Fasli (7).indd 223‬‬ ‫‪8/15/2011 4:52:29 PM‬‬
‫‪1‬ـ ﺑﺎﺩﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻮﻯ‪:‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﺩﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻮﻯ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺎﺩﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﻰ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﺣﻪ ﻧﺴﺒﺘﺎً ﺧﻮﺭﺩ ﻭﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻮﻯ‬
‫ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻣﻴﺎﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﻋﻠﺖ ﺍﺻﻠﻰ ﺁﻥ ﻣﺮﺍﻛﺰ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﭘﺴﺖ ﻭ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻬﺎﺕ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ‬
‫ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺎﻣﺖ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺷﻜﺎﻝ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻣﻰ ﻭﺯﺩ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﻤﺎﻟﻚ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻧﺎﻡ‬
‫ﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﻴﻨﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺑﺎﺩ ﭘﺮﻭﺍﻥ ﻭ ﺑﺎﺩﻫﺎﻯ ‪ 120‬ﺭﻭﺯ‬
‫ﻫﺮﺍﺕ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﻣﻴﺪﻫﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺧﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺑﺎﺩﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﺩﻫﺎﻯ ﻳﺨﭽﺎﻟﻰ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊ‬
‫ﻛﻮﻫﺴﺘﺎﻧﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺧﺰﺍﻥ ﺳﺎﻝ ﺑﻮﺯﺵ ﻣﻰ ﺍﻓﺘﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﺩﻫﺎﻯ ﺗﻴﻔﻮﻥ ﻭ ﻫﺮﻳﻜﻦ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺍﺯﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﺑﺎﺩﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻮﻯ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺧﻮﺭﺩﺗﺮ ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩ‬
‫ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺍﻣﺎ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﻭﺷﺪﺕ ﺗﺨﺮﻳﺒﺎﺕ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﺗﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﺩﻫﺎﻯ ﻫﺮﻳﻜﻦ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﺎً ﺩﺭ ﺳﻮﺍﺣﻞ‬
‫ﻓﻠﻮﺭﻳﺪﺍ ﻭ ﻧﻮﺍﺣﻰ ﺗﻜﺰﺍﺱ ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻣﻴﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺳﺎﻟﻪ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﺗﺨﺮﻳﺐ ﻋﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺭﻓﺘﻦ ﺣﺎﺻﻼﺕ ﺯﺭﺍﻋﺘﻰ ﻣﻴﮕﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﺩﻫﺎﻯ ﺗﻴﻔﻮﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻮﺍﺣﻞ ﺷﺮﻗﻰ ﭼﻴﻦ ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﻭ‬
‫ﺁﻧﻬﻢ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺍﺫﻳﺖ ﻳﻚ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪﻩ ﮔﺎﻥ ﺁﻥ ﺳﺎﺣﻪ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻋﻴﻦ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﻌﻀﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻣﺮﺍﺽ ﺳﺎﺭﻯ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻚ ﺳﺎﺣﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺎﺣﻪ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭ ﻣﻰ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺑﺎ ﺳﻮﻧﺎﻣﻰ‬
‫ﻳﻜﺠﺎ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﻫﻼﻛﺖ ﻫﺰﺍﺭﺍﻥ ﻧﻔﺮ ﻭ ﺗﺨﺮﻳﺐ ﻣﻨﺎﺯﻝ ﻣﻴﮕﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻮﻧﺎﻣﻰ‪ :‬ﻃﻮﻓﺎﻥ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺑﺤﺮﻯ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺛﺮ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺷﺪﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺠﺎﻭﺭﺕ ﺳﻮﺍﺣﻞ‬
‫ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺑﺤﺮ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﻴﮕﻴﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻫﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﺑﺎ ﻃﻮﻓﺎﻥ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺗﻴﻔﻮﻥ ﺿﻤﻴﻤﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺳﺎﺣﻪ ﺗﺨﺮﻳﺐ‬
‫ﻼ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻝ ‪ 2004‬ﻡ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﺗﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺻﺪ ﻫﺰﺍﺭ‬ ‫ﻭ ﻧﻔﻮﺫ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﻭﺳﻴﻊ ﻭ ﺗﺨﺮﻳﺒﺎﺗﻰ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜ ًٌ‬
‫ﻧﻔﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻨﻮﺏ ﻭ ﺟﻨﻮﺏ ﺷﺮﻕ ﺁﺳﻴﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﻡ ﻣﺮگ ﺳﭙﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪2‬ـ ﺑﺎﺩﻫﺎﻯ ﺗﺠﺎﺭﺗﻰ ‪Trade Winds‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﺩﻫﺎﻯ ﺗﺠﺎﺭﺗﻰ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪﻫﺎﻯ ‪ 5‬ﻭ ‪ 30‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﻧﺼﻒ ﻛﺮﻩ ﺷﻤﺎﻟﻰ ﻭ ﺟﻨﻮﺑﻰ ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩ‬
‫ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻤﺎﻟﺸﺮﻕ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺎﻣﺖ ﺟﻨﻮﺏ ﻏﺮﺏ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻣﻰ ﺍﻓﺘﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻣﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺼﻒ ﻛﺮﻩ‬
‫ﺟﻨﻮﺑﻰ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻨﻮﺏ ﺷﺮﻕ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺎﻣﺖ ﺷﻤﺎﻟﻐﺮﺏ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﻰ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﺎﺣﻪ ﻭﺯﺵ ﺑﺎﺩﻫﺎﻯ ﺗﺠﺎﺭﺗﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻗﻴﺎﻧﻮﺱ ﺍﻃﻠﺲ ﻭ ﺑﺤﺮ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻫﻞ ﺧﻴﻠﻰ ﻭﺳﻴﻊ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻛﺸﺘﻰ ﺭﺍﻧﻰ ﻣﺪﻧﻴﺖ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺍﻭﻟﻰ ﺑﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺮﻥ ‪ 15‬ﻭ ‪ 16‬ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺖ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻯ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ‬
‫ﻭ ﺑﻜﻤﻚ ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﺩﻫﺎﻯ ﺗﺠﺎﺭﺗﻰ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﻩ ﻣﻤﺎﻟﻚ ﺷﻤﺎﻝ ﻭ ﺟﻨﻮﺏ ﺑﺎﻳﻜﺪﻳﮕﺮ‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪150‬‬
‫‪224‬‬
‫‪G10 Fasli (7).indd 224‬‬ ‫‪8/15/2011 4:52:29 PM‬‬
‫ﺗﺒﺎﺩﻟﻪ ﻣﻴﮕﺮﺩﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﺎﺣﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺻﻄﻼﺡ ‪ Horse Latitude‬ﻳﺎﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪ ﺍﺳﭗ ﻧﻴﺰ‬
‫ﻳﺎﺩ ﻣﻴﻜﻨﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺑﺎﺩﻫﺎﻯ ﺗﺠﺎﺭﺗﻰ ﮔﺎﻩ ﮔﺎﻫﻰ ﺍﺳﭗ ﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻛﺸﺘﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺏ ﻣﻰ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺧﺘﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ‬
‫ﻛﺸﺘﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻏﺮﻕ ﺷﺪﻥ ﻧﺠﺎﺕ ﺩﻫﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﺳﻜﻮﻥ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﻛﺸﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪3‬ـ ﺑﺎﺩﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﺘﻘﺎﺭﺏ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍﻳﻰ ‪I.T.C‬‬

‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﺩﻫﺎ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪﻫﺎﻯ ‪ 5‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺷﻤﺎﻝ ﻭ ﺟﻨﻮﺏ ﺧﻂ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍ ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﺎﺣﻪ ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﻳﺖ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﭘﺴﺖ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍﻳﻰ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻭﺿﻌﻰ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍﻳﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺷﻤﺎﻝ ﻭ ﺟﻨﻮﺏ ﻳﻜﺠﺎ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺎﻣﺖ ﻏﺮﺏ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻣﻰ ﺍﻓﺘﺪ‪،‬‬
‫ﭼﻮﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﺩﻫﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺷﺮﻕ ﺑﻪ ﻏﺮﺏ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺯﺵ ﻣﻰ ﺍﻓﺘﺪ ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮ ﺳﻤﺖ ﻭﺯﺵ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺻﻄﻼﺡ ﺑﻨﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺩﻫﺎﻯ ﺷﺮﻗﻰ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍﻳﻰ ‪ Equatorial Easterleis‬ﻧﻴﺰ ﻳﺎﺩ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ ﺍﻣﺎ ﺍﺻﻄﻼﺡ ﻋﻠﻤﻲ‬
‫ﺁﻥ ﺑﺎﺩﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﺘﻘﺎﺭﺏ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍﻳﻰ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻮﺍﺯﻯ ﺑﻪ ﺧﻂ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻣﻴﻜﻨﺪ‪I.T.C .‬‬
‫‪Imner Tropical Conver gema zome‬‬
‫‪4‬ـ ﺑﺎﺩﻫﺎﻯ ﺷﺮﻗﻰ ﻗﻄﺒﻰ‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪ ﻗﻄﺒﻴﻦ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﻫﺎﻯ ‪ 65‬ﻭ ‪ 90‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺷﻤﺎﻝ ﻭ ﺟﻨﻮﺏ ﻛﺮﻩ ﺍﺭﺽ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺩﻫﺎﻯ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻧﻮﺍﺣﻰ ﻗﻄﺒﻰ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺎﻣﺖ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪﻫﺎﻯ ‪ 60‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ‬
‫ﻣﻴﻮﺯﺩ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻗﺪﺭﻯ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺎﻣﺖ ﻏﺮﺏ ﺍﻧﺤﺮﺍﻑ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺻﻄﻼﺡ ﺑﺎﺩﻫﺎﻯ‬
‫ﺷﺮﻗﻰ ﻗﻄﺒﻰ ﻳﺎﺩ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺎﻣﺖ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺗﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺍﻓﺘﺎﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ‬
‫ﺑﺮﻓﺒﺎﺭﻯ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺷﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻴﮕﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪5‬ـ ﺑﺎﺩﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﺴﻠﻂ ﻏﺮﺑﻰ‬

‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﺩﻫﺎ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪﻫﺎﻯ ‪ 35‬ﻭ ‪ 60‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻢ ﻛﺮﻩ ﺷﻤﺎﻟﻰ ﻭ ﺟﻨﻮﺑﻰ ﺗﺴﻠﻂ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺟﺰء ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﻓﺰﻳﻜﻰ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻭ ﺳﺎﺣﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﻣﻴﺪﻫﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﺩﻫﺎ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﺍﻧﺘﻰ‬
‫ﺳﺎﻳﻜﻠﻮﻥ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍﻳﻰ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺎﻣﺖ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﺳﺎﻳﻜﻠﻮﻥ ﺗﺤﺖ ﻗﻄﺒﻰ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻣﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻓﺘﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻥ ﻃﻮﻓﺎﻥ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺷﺪﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﻣﻴﮕﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻧﺼﻒ‬
‫ﻛﺮﻩ ﺷﻤﺎﻟﻰ ﻭ ﺟﻮﺩ ﺳﻠﺴﻠﻪ ﺟﺒﺎﻝ ﻭﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﺧﺸﻜﻪ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻣﻨﻈﻢ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﺩﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﻫﻢ ﺯﺩﻩ‬
‫ﻭ ﻫﻤﺎﻫﻨﮕﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﻧﻤﻴﺸﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﻣﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺼﻒ ﻛﺮﻩ ﺟﻨﻮﺑﻰ ﭼﻮﻥ‬
‫ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﺧﺸﻜﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪ ‪ 60‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺟﻨﻮﺑﻰ ﺑﻌﺪﺗﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺪﺭﺕ ﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮ ﺁﻥ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺩﻫﺎﻯ ﻏﺮﺑﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﺎﺣﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﻯ ﺷﺪﺕ ﻭ ﻏﺮﺵ ﻣﻬﻴﺐ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺯﺵ ﺍﻓﺘﺎﺩﻩ‪ ،‬ﺳﻤﺖ‬
‫ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺩﺍﻳﻤﺎً ﻣﻨﻈﻢ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪225‬‬
‫‪G10 Fasli (7).indd 225‬‬ ‫‪8/15/2011 4:52:29 PM‬‬
‫ﻣﻔﺎﺩ ﺑﺎﺩﻫﺎ‪:‬‬
‫‪1‬ـ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺩﻭﺭﺍﻥ ﺁﺏ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﻣﻴﻜﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪2‬ـ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺭﺷﺪ ﻭ ﻧﻤﻮﻯ ﻧﺒﺎﺗﺎﺕ ﺧﺎﺻﺘﺎً ﺩﺭﺧﺖ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺧﺮﻣﺎ ﻣﺆﺛﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪3‬ـ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﺮژﻯ ﺑﺎﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﺟﺎ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﻰ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺁﺳﻴﺎﺏ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺑﺎﺩﻯ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻣﻰ ﺁﻭﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﻛﺸﺘﻰ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺗﺠﺎﺭﺗﻰ ﺑﺎﺩﺑﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺭ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﻘﻼﺏ ﺻﻨﻌﺘﻰ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻤﻜﺮﻩ ﺷﻤﺎﻟﻰ ﻗﺒ ً‬
‫ﻼ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﺩ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺗﺠﺎﺭﺗﻰ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺑﻌﻤﻞ ﻣﻰ ﺁﻣﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻤﻜﺮﻩ ﺟﻨﻮﺑﻰ ﺑﺎﺩﻫﺎﻯ ﻏﺮﺑﻰ‬
‫ﻣﻴﺘﻮﺍﻧﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻛﺸﺘﻰ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺑﺎﺩﺑﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻏﺮﺏ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﻕ ﺑﺨﻮﺑﻰ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺩﻫﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺷﺎﮔﺮﺩﺍﻥ ﺑﻪ ﭼﻬﺎﺭ ﮔﺮﻭپ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻫﺮ ﮔﺮﻭپ ﺑﺎﻻﻯ ﻳﻜﻰ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﺐ‬
‫ﺫﻳﻞ ﺻﺤﺒﺖ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪:‬‬
‫‪ :1‬ﭼﮕﻮﻧﮕﻰ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﺑﺎﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺑﺎﺩﻫﺎ‪ :2 .‬ﺑﺎﺩﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﻮﺳﻤﻰ ﻳﺎ ﻣﻮﻧﺴﻮﻥ ﻭ ﺑﺎﺩﻫﺎﻯ ﻏﺮﺑﻰ‬
‫‪ :3‬ﺑﺎﺩﻫﺎﻯ ﺷﺮﻗﻰ ﻗﻄﺒﻰ ﻭ ﺑﺎﺩﻫﺎﻯ ﺗﺠﺎﺭﺗﻰ‪ :4 ،‬ﺑﺎﺩﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻮﻯ ﻭ ﻣﻔﺎﺩ ﺑﺎﺩﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻫﻢ ﺑﺤﺚ‬
‫ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻌﺪﺍ ً ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﮔﺮﻭپ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺑﺤﺚ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﺍﻥ ﺍﺭﺍﻳﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻮﺍﻝ ﻫﺎ‪:‬‬ ‫؟‬

‫‪1‬ـ ﺑﺎﺩﻫﺎ ﭼﻄﻮﺭ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﻧﺪ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ؟‬
‫‪2‬ـ ﺑﺎﺩﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﭼﻨﺪ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﻨﺪ؟‬
‫‪3‬ـ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﺑﺎﺩﻫﺎﻯ ﺗﻴﻔﻮﻥ ﻭ ﻫﺮﻳﻜﻦ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪4‬ـ ﺑﺎﺩﻫﺎﻯ ﺗﺠﺎﺭﺗﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻨﻮﻳﺴﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪5‬ـ ﺑﺎﺩﻫﺎ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻣﻰ ﺁﻳﻨﺪ ﺟﻮﺍﺏ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺣﻠﻘﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﭘﺴﺖ ﻭ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ‬
‫ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﺟﺎﻯ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﭘﺴﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺷﻐﺎﻝ ﻣﻴﻜﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﺛﺮ ﺭﻳﺰﺵ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻥ ﻭ ﺑﺮﻑ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﺛﺮ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ‬

‫ﺷﺎﮔﺮﺩﺍﻥ ﻣﺴﻴﺮ ﻭﺯﺵ ﺑﺎﺩﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻭﻯ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﭽﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺗﺮﺳﻴﻢ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪226‬‬
‫‪G10 Fasli (7).indd 226‬‬ ‫‪8/15/2011 4:52:29 PM‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﺱ ‪67‬‬
‫‪ 6,7‬ﺍﺑﺮﺑﻨﺪﻯ ﻫﺎ ‪Clouds‬‬
‫ﺁﻳﺎ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺑﺮ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ‬
‫ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ؟‬
‫ﺍﺑﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺛﺮ ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﺑﺨﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺁﺏ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻓﻀﺎ ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻣﻰ ﺁﻳﺪ ﻛﻪ‬
‫ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮ ﺗﺎﺑﺶ ﺍﺷﻌﻪ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﻭ ﻋﻤﻞ‬
‫ﺗﺒﺨﻴﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺏ ﺑﺤﺮ‪ ،‬ﺟﻬﻴﻞ ﻫﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺧﺎﻙ ﻭ ﺑﺮگ ﻧﺒﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻓﻀﺎ ﺻﻌﻮﺩ‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪151‬‬
‫ﻣﻰ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﺟﺎﻧﺐ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮ ﺳﺮﺩ ﺷﺪﻥ‬
‫ﻛﺘﻠﻪ ﻫﻮﺍ‪ ،‬ﺫﺭﺍﺕ ﺑﺨﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺁﺏ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﺛﺮ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺗﻜﺎﺛﻒ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻃﺮﺍﻑ ﻫﺴﺘﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻫﺎﻳﺪﺭﻭﺳﻜﻮﭘﻰ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻉ ﻣﻴﻜﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ‬
‫ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺍﺑﺮ ﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻃﺒﻌﻴﺖ ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻣﻰ ﺁﻭﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺨﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺁﺏ ﻛﻪ ﺫﺭﺍﺕ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﻛﻮﭼﻚ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺪ) ﺑﻪ ‪ 0,06‬ﺍﻟﻰ ‪ 0,02‬ﻣﻴﻠﻰ ﻣﺘﺮ( ﺩﺭ ﻫﻮﺍ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﮔﺎﻫﻰ ﺫﺭﺍﺕ ﺧﻮﺭﺩ ﻛﺮﻳﺴﺘﻞ ﻫﺎﻯ‬
‫ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ ﻛﻮﭼﻚ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺘﻠﻪ ﺁﺗﻤﻮﺳﻔﻴﺮ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﻣﻴﺪﻫﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺫﺭﺍﺕ ﺩﺭ ﻓﻀﺎ ﻣﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ‪ ،‬ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮ‬
‫ﺟﺴﺎﻣﺖ ﺧﻮﺭﺩﺷﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﺪﻙ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﻭﻳﺎ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﺩ ﻭ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻓﻘﻰ ﻳﺎ ﻋﻤﻮﺩﻯ‬
‫ﻳﻜﺠﺎ ﺑﺎ ﻛﺘﻠﻪ ﻫﻮﺍ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻣﻴﻜﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺫﺭﺍﺕ ﮔﺮﺩ ﻭﺧﺎﻙ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺍﺟﺰﺍﻯ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ ﻛﻮﭼﻚ ﻫﺴﺘﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻫﺎﻳﮕﺮﻭﺳﻜﻮﭘﻰ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﻣﻴﺪﻫﺪ‪ ،‬ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺛﺮ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺍﺷﺒﺎﻉ ﻗﻄﺮﺍﺕ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻥ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮﻑ ﻭ ژﺍﻟﻪ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻴﺴﺎﺯﺩ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺘﻰ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ‬
‫ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﻫﻮﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﺍﻧﺠﻤﺎﺩ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺗﺮ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ ﺑﺨﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺁﻥ ﻛﺮﻳﺴﺘﻞ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺫﺭﺍﺕ ﻛﻮﭼﻚ‬
‫ﻳﺦ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﻣﻴﺪﻫﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﻃﺒﻘﻪ ﺍﺑﺮ ﻧﺎﺯﻙ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺷﻌﺎﻉ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﺑﺎﻻﻯ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺘﺎﺑﺪ ﺭﻧﮓ‬
‫ﺁﻥ ﺳﻔﻴﺪ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺘﻴﻜﻪ ﺭﻧﮓ ﺍﺑﺮ ﺗﻴﺮﻩ ﻭ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﻚ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻً ﺍﺑﺮ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻧﻰ ﻭ ﺣﺼﺔ‬
‫ﺳﺎﻳﻪ ﺭﺥ ﻛﺘﻠﻪ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺗﻤﺜﻴﻞ ﻣﻴﻜﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﻣﻪ ﻭ ﻏﺒﺎﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻄﺢ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻚ ﺑﻪ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﺮﻫﺎﻯ ﻃﺒﻘﻪ ﻳﻰ ﺳﺘﺮﺍﺗﻮﺱ‬
‫ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻣﻰ ﺁﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ‪ .‬ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﺑﺮ ﻫﺎ‪ :‬ﺍﺑﺮﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻭ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺑﻪ ﭼﻬﺎﺭ ﻃﺒﻘﻪ ﺗﺼﻨﻴﻒ ﻣﻴﻜﻨﻨﺪ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﻤﺎﻯ ﻫﺮﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﺑﺎ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ ﻻﺗﻴﻦ ﻳﺎﺩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻛﻪ ﺧﺼﻮﺻﻴﺖ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺁﺷﻜﺎﺭ ﻣﻴﺴﺎﺯﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﮔﺮﻭپ ‪ :A‬ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ‪ 6‬ﻭ ‪ 12‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻣﺘﺮ‪:‬‬
‫‪1‬ـ ﺳﻴﺮﻭﺱ ‪ Cirrus‬ﻣﮋﻩ ﻧﻤﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪2‬ـ ﺳﻴﺮﻛﻮﻣﻮﻟﻮﺱ ‪ Cirrocumulus‬ﭘﺎﺭﭼﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺧﻮﺭﺩ ﻭ ﺩﺍﻧﻪ ﺩﺍﺭ )ﭘﺮﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ(‬
‫‪3‬ـ ﺳﻴﺮﻭﺳﺘﺮﺍﺗﻮﺱ‪ Cirrostratus‬ﻣﮋﻩ ﻧﻤﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪4‬ـ ﻫﺎﻟﻮ )‪ (Halo, Veil‬ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻫﺎﻟﻪ ﻳﺎ ﺧﺮﮔﺎﻩ‪.‬‬
‫‪227‬‬
‫‪G10 Fasli (7).indd 227‬‬ ‫‪8/15/2011 4:52:31 PM‬‬
‫ﮔﺮﻭپ ‪ :B‬ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ‪ 5‬ﺍﻟﻰ ‪ 3‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻣﺘﺮ‪:‬‬
‫‪1‬ـ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺑﺪﻧﻪ ﻛﻮﻣﻮﻟﻮﻧﻴﻤﻮﺱ ـ ﺍﺑﺮﻫﺎﻯ ﻛﺘﻠﻮﻯ‬
‫‪2‬ـ ﻛﻮﻣﻮﻟﻮﺱ ـ ﮔﻨﺒﺪ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪3‬ـ ﺳﺘﺮﺍﺗﻮﺱ)ﻃﺒﻘﻪ ﻳﻰ( ﺷﻜﻞ ﻃﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﻛﻮﭼﻚ ﻭ ﺑﺰﺭگ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺨﻮﺩ ﻣﻰ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪4‬ـ ﻧﻴﻤﺒﻮﺳﺘﺮﺍﺗﻮﺱ ﺍﺑﺮ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻧﻰ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻥ ﻭ ﺑﺮﻑ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻣﻰ ﺁﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﮔﺮﻭپ ‪ :C‬ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ‪ 1500‬ﺍﻟﻰ ‪ 3000‬ﻣﺘﺮ‪:‬‬
‫‪1‬ـ ﺳﺘﺮﺍﺗﻮﺱ ـ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﭘﺮﺩﻩ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻧﺎﺯﻙ ﻭ ﺳﻔﻴﺪ ﺭﻧﮓ ﺩﺭ ﻓﻀﺎ ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻣﻰ ﺁﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪2‬ـ ﺳﺘﺮﺍﺗﻮﻛﻮﻣﻮﻟﻮﺱ ـ ﺍﺑﺮﻫﺎﻯ ﻛﻢ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪3‬ـ ﻧﻴﻤﺒﻮﺳﺘﺮﺍﺗﻮﺱ ـ ﺑﺮﻑ ﻭ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻥ ﻳﻜﺠﺎ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻃﺒﻘﻪ ‪ B‬ﻫﻢ ﺑﻤﻼﺣﻈﻪ ﻣﻴﺮﺳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﮔﺮﻭپ ‪ :D‬ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ‪ 100‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻰ ‪ 1,5‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻣﺘﺮ‪:‬‬
‫‪1‬ـ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺗﺤﺘﺎﻧﻰ ﻛﻮﻣﻮﻟﻮﻧﻴﻤﺒﻮﺱ)ﻧﻴﻤﺒﻮﺱ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻌﻨﻰ ﻃﻮﻓﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻥ(‬
‫‪2‬ـ ﻛﻮﻣﻮﻟﻮﺱ ـ ﺗﻴﺮﻩ ﮔﻰ ﺭﻧﮓ ﺁﻥ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻫﺮﻡ ﮔﻨﺒﺪ ﻧﻤﺎ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪3‬ـ ﺳﺘﺮﺍﺗﻮﻛﻮﻣﻮﻟﻮﺱ ـ ﺍﺑﺮﻫﺎﻯ ﻛﻢ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪4‬ـ ﻧﻴﻤﺒﻮﺳﺘﺮﺍﺗﻮﺱ ـ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺸﻴﺒﻰ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺳﺮﺩ ﻛﻮﻫﺴﺘﺎﻧﻰ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﺑﺎﺭﻧﺪﻩ ﮔﻰ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﺑﺮﻫﺎﻯ‬
‫ﻛﻮﻣﻮﻟﻮﺱ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺑﺰﺭگ ﻭ ﻋﺮﻳﺾ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ‪ 5‬ﺍﻟﻰ ‪ 6‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻣﺘﺮ ﺑﻠﻨﺪﻯ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺭﻧﺪﻩ ﮔﻰ‬
‫ﺷﺪﻳﺪ ﻭ ﻃﻮﻓﺎﻧﻰ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﻗﺎﻋﺪﻩ ﺁﻥ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻚ ﺑﻪ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻫﻤﻮﺍﺭ ﻭ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻧﻰ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺭﺃﺱ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭ ‪6‬‬
‫ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻣﺘﺮﻯ ﺳﺎﺣﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻊ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺷﻐﺎﻝ ﻣﻴﻜﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺷﺎﮔﺮﺩﺍﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻭ ﮔﺮﻭپ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻫﺮ ﮔﺮﻭپ ﺑﺎﻻﻯ ﻳﻜﻰ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﺐ ﺫﻳﻞ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ‪:‬‬
‫ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﺍﺑﺮﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﺑﺮ ﻫﺎ ﺑﺎ ﻫﻢ ﺑﺤﺚ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻌﺪﺍ ً ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﮔﺮﻭپ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﺑﺤﺚ ﺧﻮﺩ‬
‫ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﺍﻥ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻮﺍﻝ ﻫﺎ‪:‬‬ ‫؟‬

‫‪1‬ـ ﺍﺑﺮ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻣﻰ ﺁﻳﺪ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ؟‬
‫‪2‬ـ ﺍﺑﺮ ﺑﻪ ﭼﻨﺪ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻭ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺁﻥ ﻧﺎﻡ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﻳﺪ؟‬
‫‪3‬ـ ﺍﺑﺮﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﮋﻩ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻭ ﭘﺮ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻢ ﭼﻪ ﻓﺮﻕ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﻭﺍﺿﺢ ﺳﺎﺯﻳﺪ؟‬
‫‪4‬ـ ﺍﺑﺮ ﻛﻮﻣﻮﻟﻮﺱ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﻳﻜﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺑﺮﻫﺎ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ ﺟﻮﺍﺏ ﺩﺭﺳﺖ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺗﺸﺨﻴﺺ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ـ ﺗﻮﺍﻡ ﺑﺎ ﻃﻮﻓﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻥ ـ ﻫﺮﻣﻰ ﻭ ﮔﻨﺒﺪ ﻧﻤﺎ ـ ﺍﺑﺮﻫﺎﻯ ﻛﻢ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ـ ﻫﺎﻟﻪ ﻳﺎ ﺧﺮﮔﺎﻩ‬

‫ﺷﺎﮔﺮﺩﺍﻥ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﺑﺮﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﭽﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺳﻢ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪228‬‬
‫‪G10 Fasli (7).indd 228‬‬ ‫‪8/15/2011 4:52:31 PM‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﺱ )‪(68‬‬
‫ﺝ ـ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺑﺎﺭﻧﺪﻩ ﮔﻰ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ (152‬ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺑﺎﺭﻧﺪﻩ ﮔﻰ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ‬
‫ـ ﭼﺮﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺟﺎﻫﺎ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺑﺎﺭﻧﺪﻩ ﮔﻰ ﻳﻜﺴﺎﻥ ﻧﻤﻰ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ؟‬
‫ﻛﺘﻠﻪ ﻫﻮﺍﻯ ﻣﺮﻃﻮﺑﻰ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺎﻣﺖ ﻧﺸﻴﺒﻰ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﻛﻮﻫﺴﺘﺎﻧﻰ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻣﻰ ﺍﻓﺘﺪ‬
‫ﺗﺪﺭﻳﺠﺎً ﺩﺭ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺑﺎﺭﻧﺪﻩ ﮔﻰ ﻣﻴﮕﺮﺩﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﻬﺘﺮﻳﻦ‬
‫ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺑﺎﺭﻧﺪﻩ ﮔﻰ ﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﻭﺭﻭﺩ ﺟﺒﻬﻪ ﺳﺮﺩ ﺳﺎﻳﺒﺮﻳﺎ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﻣﻴﺪﻫﺪ ﻛﻪ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻣﺠﺮﺩ ﻭﺭﻭﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺎﺣﻪ ﻛﻮﻫﺴﺘﺎﻧﻰ ﻫﻨﺪﻭﻛﺶ ﺑﺮﻓﺒﺎﺭﻯ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺑﺎﺭﻧﺪﻩ ﮔﻰ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻮﻯ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪ ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻣﻰ ﺁﻭﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﻨﻴﻜﻪ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺳﻠﺴﻠﻪ ﺟﺒﺎﻝ ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻞ ﻣﻰ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ‪ ،‬ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﺗﺪﺭﻳﺠﺎً ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﺜ ً‬
‫ﻼ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪ‬
‫ﻣﺎﻫﻴﭙﺮ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﺑﻰ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺳﻠﺴﻠﻪ ﺟﺒﺎﻝ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺎﻣﺖ ﺣﻮﺯﻩ ﻧﻨﮕﺮﻫﺎﺭ ﻭ ﭘﻜﺘﻴﺎ ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻞ ﻣﻰ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻨﺎ ًء ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺳﻢ ﺯﻣﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺟﺒﻬﻪ ﺳﺮﺩ ﺳﺎﻳﺒﺮﻳﺎ ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮ ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻞ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺑﺎﺭﻧﺪﻩ ﮔﻰ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ‬
‫ﺷﺮﻕ ﻭ ﺟﻨﻮﺏ ﺷﺮﻗﻰ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﻧﻤﻰ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩـ ﺑﺎﺭﻧﺪﻩ ﮔﻰ ﻭ ﺩﻭﺭﺍﻥ ﺁﺏ‪:‬‬

‫ﺑﺎﺭﻧﺪﻩ ﮔﻰ ﻭ ﺩﻭﺭﺍﻥ ﺁﺏ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﭘﻴﻬﻢ ﺑﺎ ﻳﻜﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﻫﻤﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻃﺒﻌﻴﺖ ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮ‬
‫ﺗﺎﺑﺶ ﺍﺷﻌﻪ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﺁﺏ ﺍﺑﺤﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﺟﻬﻴﻞ ﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺧﻠﻴﺞ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺑﺤﻴﺮﻩ ﻫﺎ ﺗﺒﺨﻴﺮ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ‬
‫ﺑﺨﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺁﺑﻰ ﺩﺭ ﻓﻀﺎ ﺻﻌﻮﺩ ﻣﻰ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪229‬‬
‫‪G10 Fasli (7).indd 229‬‬ ‫‪8/15/2011 4:52:33 PM‬‬
‫‪ -1‬ﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﺑﺤﺎﺭ‬
‫‪13‬‬ ‫‪14‬‬ ‫‪ -2‬ﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺁﺑﻬﺎﻯ ﺟﺎﺭﻯ ﻛﻪ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺑﺤﺮ ﻣﻴﺮﻳﺰﺩ‬
‫‪ -3‬ﺁﺑﻬﺎﻯ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻧﻔﻮﺫ ﻣﻴﻜﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -4‬ﺁﺑﻬﺎﻯ ﺗﺎﺯﻩ‬
‫‪ -5‬ﺁﺑﻬﺎﻯ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺯﻣﻴﻨﻰ‬
‫‪9‬‬ ‫‪10‬‬ ‫‪ -6‬ﺳﺎﺣﻪ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺁﺑﻬﺎﻯ‬
‫‪12‬‬ ‫ﺟﺎﺭﻯ‬
‫‪ -7‬ﺁﺏ ﺑﺤﺮ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺧﺸﻜﻪ‬
‫‪11‬‬ ‫‪7‬‬ ‫‪8‬‬
‫‪ -8‬ﺗﺒﺨﻴﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺑﺤﺮ‬
‫‪ -9‬ﺑﺎﺭﻧﺪﮔﻰ ﺩﺭﺧﺸﻜﻪ‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ )‪(153‬‬ ‫‪6‬‬
‫‪ -10‬ﺑﺎﺭﻧﺪﻩ ﮔﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺤﺮ‬
‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪ -11‬ﺗﺒﺨﻴﺮ‬
‫‪ -12‬ﺗﺒﺨﻴﺰ‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪ -13‬ﺗﺒﺨﻴﺰ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻓﻀﺎ‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫ﻣﻴﺮﻭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -14‬ﺗﺒﺨﻴﺰ ﻛﻪ ﺳﺒﺐ‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺭﻧﺪﻩ ﮔﻰ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﺛﺮ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﻪ ﺻﻌﻮﺩ ﺑﺨﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺁﺑﻰ‪ ،‬ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﺁﻥ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺳﺮﺩ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ‬
‫ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﺍﺑﺮﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻣﻴﮕﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﺑﺮﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻻﺑﻼﻯ ﺟﺒﻬﺎﺕ ﮔﺮﻡ ﻭ ﺳﺮﺩ ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮ ﻭﺯﺵ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺩﻫﺎ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﮔﺎﻫﻰ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﻋﻤﻮﺩﻯ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺍﻓﻘﻰ ﺩﺭ ﻃﺒﻘﻪ ﺗﺮﻭﭘﻮﺳﻔﻴﺮ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ‬
‫ﻣﻴﻜﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﻮﺍﻯ ﻣﺮﻃﻮﺏ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﺻﺪ ﻣﺘﺮ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺗﻤﻮﺳﻔﻴﺮ ‪ ٠,٦‬ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻰ ﮔﺮﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻞ ﻣﻰ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ ﺑﻨﺎً ﻫﺮﻗﺪﺭ ﻛﺘﻠﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺍﺑﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺨﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺁﺑﻰ ﺩﺭ ﻓﻀﺎ ﺻﻌﻮﺩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺛﺮ‬
‫ﻋﻤﻞ ﺍﺷﺒﺎﻉ ﻭ ﺗﻜﺎﺛﻒ ﺩﻭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺑﺮﻑ ﻭ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻥ ﻭﻳﺎ ژﺍﻟﻪ ﻓﺮﻭ ﻣﻴﺮﻳﺰﺩ ﻛﻪ ﻫﺮ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻰ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪1‬ـ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﻛﻮﻫﺴﺘﺎﻧﻰ ﺑﺎﺭﻧﺪﻩ ﮔﻰ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺍﻭﺭﻭﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﻚ ﻳﺎ ﻛﻮﻫﺴﺘﺎﻧﻰ ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻣﻰ ﺁﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪2‬ـ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍﻳﻰ ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﻳﻜﺸﻦ ﻫﻮﺍﻯ ﻣﺮﻃﻮﺏ ﺻﻌﻮﺩ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺛﺮ ﺳﺮﺩ‬
‫ﺷﺪﻥ ﺩﻭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍﻳﻰ ﺑﺎﺭﻧﺪﻩ ﮔﻰ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻮﻯ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﻣﻴﺪﻫﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪3‬ـ ﺑﺎﺭﻧﺪﻩ ﮔﻰ ﺟﺒﻬﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﮔﺮﻡ ﻭ ﺳﺮﺩ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺮﺓ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﻰ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﻛﺘﻠﻪ ﻫﻮﺍﻯ ﮔﺮﻡ ﺑﺎﻻﻯ ﺟﺒﻬﻪ ﺳﺮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﻛﻮﻫﺴﺘﺎﻧﻰ ﭘﻴﺸﺮﻓﺖ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﺁﻧﻬﻢ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺛﺮ‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﻴﻪ ﺗﻜﺎﺛﻒ ﺑﺎﺭﻧﺪﻩ ﮔﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻣﻰ ﺁﻭﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﺭﻧﺪﻩ ﮔﻰ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺟﻮﻳﺒﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﻭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺤﺮ ﻣﻴﺮﻳﺰﺩ‪ ،‬ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻴﻜﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ‬
‫‪230‬‬
‫‪G10 Fasli (7).indd 230‬‬ ‫‪8/15/2011 4:52:35 PM‬‬
‫ﻧﻮﻉ ﺑﺎﺭﻧﺪﻩ ﮔﻰ ﻫﺎ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺴﻴﺮ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻫﺎ ﻭﻳﺎ ﺫﻭﺏ ﻳﺨﭽﺎﻝ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺑﺮﻑ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻛﻮﻫﺴﺘﺎﻧﻰ ﺳﺎﺣﻪ‬
‫ﻗﻄﺒﻰ ﺩﻭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺑﺤﺎﺭ ﻣﻴﺮﻳﺰﺩ‪ ،‬ﺩﻭﺭﺍﻥ ﺁﺏ ﺗﻜﻤﻴﻞ ﻣﻴﮕﺮﺩﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻃﺒﻌﻴﺖ ﺑﻄﻮﺭ‬
‫ﻣﺴﻠﺴﻞ ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺩﻭﺍﻡ ﺣﻴﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺗﻜﻤﻴﻞ ﭘﺮﻭﺳﻪ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻰ ﺩﻭﺭﺍﻥ ﺁﺏ ﻣﻴﮕﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮ ﺗﺎﺑﺶ ﺍﺷﻌﻪ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﺑﺤﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﺑﺤﻴﺮﻩ ﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺟﻬﻴﻞ ﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺧﺎﻙ ﻭ ﺑﺮگ ﻧﺒﺎﺗﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻋﻤﻞ‬
‫ﺗﺒﺨﻴﺮ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﻴﮕﻴﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻓﻀﺎ ﺻﻌﻮﺩ ﻣﻴﻜﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﻪ ﺭﻛﻦ ﺑﺰﺭگ ﺩﻭﺭﺍﻥ ﺑﺰﺭگ‬
‫ﺁﺏ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻃﺒﻌﻴﺖ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﻣﻴﺪﻫﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﺭﻧﺪﻩ ﮔﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺑﺤﺎﺭ ‪ 409000‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻣﺘﺮ ﻣﻜﻌﺐ‬ ‫ﺗﺒﺨﻴﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺑﺤﺎﺭ ‪ 455000‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻣﺘﺮ ﻣﻜﻌﺐ‬

‫‪//‬‬ ‫‪ //‬ﺩﺭ ﺧﺸﻜﻪ ‪108000‬‬ ‫‪//‬‬ ‫‪ //‬ﺩﺭ ﺧﺸﻜﻪ ‪62000‬‬
‫‪//‬‬ ‫‪517000‬‬ ‫‪//‬‬ ‫‪517000‬‬
‫ﺍﻣﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﺧﺸﻜﻪ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﺗﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺗﺒﺨﻴﺮﻳﻜﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺁﻥ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﻰ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ‪46000‬‬
‫ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻣﺘﺮ ﻣﻜﻌﺐ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﺗﺮ ﺁﺏ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻰ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫـ ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺖ ﺑﺎﺭﻧﺪﻩ ﮔﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻧﺪﻩ ﮔﻰ‪:‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﺭﻧﺪﻩ ﮔﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻧﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻧﺒﺎﺗﺎﺕ ﻭ ﻫﻤﻪ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﺍﺕ ﺯﻧﺪﻩ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻯ ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺖ‬
‫ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﺣﻴﺎﺕ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﻳﺖ ﺁﺏ ﻧﺎﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺑﺎﺭﻧﺪﻩ ﮔﻰ ﺍﺭﺍﺿﻰ‬
‫ﺯﺭﺍﻋﺘﻰ ﺁﺑﻴﺎﺭﻯ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻛﻮﻫﺴﺘﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻳﺨﭽﺎﻟﻰ ﺑﺮﻑ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺩﺍﻳﻤﻰ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺪﺭﻳﺞ ﺁﺏ‬
‫ﻣﻴﺸﻮﻧﺪ ﺍﺭﺍﺿﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺁﺑﻴﺎﺭﻯ ﻣﻴﻜﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺁﺑﻬﺎﻯ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺯﻣﻴﻨﻰ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻧﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﻭ ﻧﺒﺎﺗﺎﺕ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺁﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻰ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﻫﻤﺔ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﺘﻌﺎﻝ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺯﻧﺪﻩ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺷﺘﻦ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻗﺎﺕ ﺧﻮﺩ‬
‫ﺁﻓﺮﻳﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺑﻨﺎً ﻣﺎ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﻣﻴﺘﻮﺍﻧﻴﻢ ﻛﻪ ﺁﺏ ﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﺣﻴﺎﺗﻰ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻧﺪﻩ ﮔﻰ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﺍﺕ ﺣﻴﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺖ ﺧﺎﺻﻰ ﺑﺮﺧﻮﺭﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪231‬‬
‫‪G10 Fasli (7).indd 231‬‬ ‫‪8/15/2011 4:52:35 PM‬‬
‫ﺷﺎﮔﺮﺩﺍﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻪ ﮔﺮﻭپ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻫﺮ ﮔﺮﻭپ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﻳﻜﻰ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﺐ ﺫﻳﻞ‬
‫ﺻﺤﺒﺖ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪:‬‬
‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺑﺎﺭﻧﺪﻩ ﮔﻰ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺭﻧﺪﻩ ﮔﻰ ﻭ ﺩﻭﺭﺍﻥ ﺁﺏ ﻭ ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺖ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺭﻧﺪﻩ ﮔﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻧﺪﻩ ﮔﻰ ﺑﻌﺪﺍ ً ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﮔﺮﻭپ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﺑﺤﺚ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﺍﻥ ﺍﺭﺍﻳﻪ‬
‫ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻮﺍﻝ ﻫﺎ‪:‬‬ ‫؟‬

‫‪1‬ـ ﭼﺮﺍ ﺑﺎﺭﻧﺪﻩ ﮔﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺳﺎﺣﺎﺕ ﻳﻜﺴﺎﻥ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻧﻤﻰ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ؟‬
‫‪2‬ـ ﺑﺎﺭﻧﺪﻩ ﮔﻰ ﻭ ﺩﻭﺭﺍﻥ ﺁﺏ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺨﺘﺼﺮﺍ ً ﺷﺮﺡ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ؟‬
‫‪3‬ـ ﺑﺎﺭﻧﺪﻩ ﮔﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻧﺪﻩ ﮔﻰ ﭼﻪ ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺖ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ؟‬

‫ﺷﺎﮔﺮﺩﺍﻥ ﻳﻚ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺎﺭﻧﺪﻩ ﮔﻰ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﻛﻮﻫﺴﺘﺎﻧﻰ ﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍﻳﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﭽﻪ‬
‫ﻫﺎﻯ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺗﺮﺳﻴﻢ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪232‬‬
‫‪G10 Fasli (7).indd 232‬‬ ‫‪8/15/2011 4:52:35 PM‬‬

جغرافیه صنف دهم

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

جغرافیه صنف دهم

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

‫ﺟﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴـﻪ‬

‫ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﻰ ﻭ ﺗﺄﻟﻴﻒ ﻛﺘﺐ ﺩﺭﺳﻰ‬

‫ﺟﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴـﻪ ﺻـﻨﻒ ‪10‬‬

‫ﻫـ ‪ .‬ﺵ‬ ‫‪1390‬‬

‫ﺳﺎﻝ ﭼﺎپ‪1390 :‬ﻫـ ‪ .‬ﺵ‪.‬‬

‫‪Introduction & Contents.indd 1‬‬ ‫‪8/15/2011 3:48:42 PM‬‬

‫ﺍﻳﺪﻳﺖ ﻋﻠﻤﻰ ﻭ ﻣﺴﻠﻜﻰ‪:‬‬

‫ﻛﻤﻴﺘﺔ ﺩﻳﻨﻰ‪ ،‬ﺳﻴﺎﺳﻰ ﻭ ﻓﺮﻫﻨﮕﻰ‪:‬‬

Introduction & Contents.indd 3 8/15/2011 3:48:47 PM

‫دا ﻋﺰت د ﻫـــﺮ اﻓﻐﺎن دى‬ ‫دا وﻃﻦ اﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘـــﺎن دى‬

‫ﻫﺮ ﺑﭽﯽ ﻳ‪ ３‬ﻗﻬﺮﻣــــــﺎن دى‬ ‫ﮐﻮر د ﺳﻮﻟ‪ ３‬ﮐﻮر د ﺗﻮرې‬

‫د ﺑﻠﻮ＇ــــﻮ د ازﺑﮑــــــــــــﻮ‬ ‫دا وﻃﻦ د ！ﻮﻟﻮ ﮐـﻮر دى‬

‫د ﺗﺮﮐﻤﻨــــــــﻮ د ﺗﺎﺟﮑــــــﻮ‬ ‫د ﭘ‪＋‬ﺘــــﻮن او ﻫﺰاره وو‬

‫ﭘﺎﻣﻴــﺮﻳﺎن‪ ،‬ﻧــﻮرﺳﺘﺎﻧﻴــــﺎن‬ ‫ورﺳﺮه ﻋﺮب‪－ ،‬ﻮﺟــﺮ دي‬

‫ﻫﻢ اﻳﻤــﺎق‪ ،‬ﻫﻢ ﭘﺸـﻪ ‪４‬ــﺎن‬ ‫ﺑﺮاﻫﻮي دي‪ ،‬ﻗﺰﻟﺒﺎش دي‬

‫ﻟﮑــﻪ ﻟﻤـﺮ ﭘﺮ ﺷﻨﻪ آﺳﻤـــﺎن‬ ‫دا ﻫﻴـــﻮاد ﺑﻪ ﺗﻞ ‪＄‬ﻠﻴ‪８‬ي‬

‫ﻟﮑـﻪ زړه وي ﺟــﺎوﻳــﺪان‬ ‫ﭘﻪ ﺳﻴﻨــﻪ ﮐ‪ ３‬د آﺳﻴـــﺎ ﺑﻪ‬

‫واﻳﻮ اﷲ اﮐﺒﺮ واﻳﻮ اﷲ اﮐﺒﺮ‬ ‫ﻧﻮم د ﺣﻖ ﻣﻮ دى رﻫﺒـــﺮ‬

‫‪Introduction & Contents.indd 4‬‬ ‫‪8/15/2011 3:48:51 PM‬‬

‫‪Introduction & Contents.indd 5‬‬ ‫‪8/15/2011 3:48:52 PM‬‬

‫‪Introduction & Contents.indd 6‬‬ ‫‪8/15/2011 3:48:52 PM‬‬

‫‪Introduction & Contents.indd 7‬‬ ‫‪8/15/2011 3:48:52 PM‬‬

‫ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻧﺎﻡ ﻣﻴﮕﻴﺮﻳﻢ‪:‬‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﺱ ﺍﻭﻝ‪ :‬ﻧﻘﺸﻪ‬ ‫‬

‫ﺩﺭﺱ ﺩﻭﻡ‪ :‬ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻰ ﻭ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺳﻴﺎﺳﻰ‬ ‫‬

‫ﺩﺭﺱ ﺳﻮﻡ‪ :‬ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻯ ﻭ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﻮﺍﺻﻼﺗﻰ‬ ‫‬

‫ﺩﺭﺱ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﻡ‪ :‬ﻣﻘﻴﺎﺳﻬﺎ‬ ‫‬

‫ﺩﺭﺱ ﭘﻨﺠﻢ‪ :‬ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺭﻧﮓ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ‬ ‫‬

‫ﺩﺭﺱ ﺷﺸﻢ‪ :‬ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺟﻬﺎﺕ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ‬ ‫‬

‫ﺩﺭﺱ ﻫﻔﺘﻢ‪ :‬ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺗﺮﺳﻴﻢ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ‬ ‫‬

‫ﺩﺭﺱ ﻫﺸﺘﻢ‪ :‬ﺗﺼﺎﻭﻳﺮ ﻣﺎﻫﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﻳﻰ )ﺍﻗﻤﺎﺭﻣﺼﻨﻮﻋﻰ(‬ ‫‬

‫‪G10 Fasli (1).indd 1‬‬ ‫‪8/15/2011 3:55:48 PM‬‬

‫‪G10 Fasli (1).indd 2‬‬ ‫‪8/15/2011 3:55:49 PM‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ .1‬ﻧﻘﺸﻪ‪ ،‬ﭼﻮﻛﺎﺕ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﻭ ﻛﻤﻴﺎﺕ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﻪ ﺟﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺎﻳﻰ‬

‫‪G10 Fasli (1).indd 3‬‬ ‫‪8/15/2011 3:55:49 PM‬‬

‫‪G10 Fasli (1).indd 4‬‬ ‫‪8/15/2011 3:55:49 PM‬‬

‫ﭼﻪ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻰ ﮔﻮﻳﻨﺪ؟‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ ) ‪ ( 2‬ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻰ‬

‫‪G10 Fasli (1).indd 5‬‬ ‫‪8/15/2011 3:55:52 PM‬‬

‫ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺻﻨﻒ‪:‬‬

‫ﺳﻮﺍﻝ ﻫﺎ‪:‬‬ ‫؟‬

‫ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺻﻨﻒ‪:‬‬

‫‪G10 Fasli (1).indd 6‬‬ ‫‪8/15/2011 3:55:54 PM‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ (4‬ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻯ‬

‫ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﻮﺍﺻﻼﺗﻰ‪:‬‬

‫‪G10 Fasli (1).indd 7‬‬ ‫‪8/15/2011 3:55:57 PM‬‬

‫ﺣﻤﻞ ﻭ ﻧﻘﻞ ﻓﻀﺎﻳﻰ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻤﭽﻮ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﻫﺎ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺻﻨﻒ‪:‬‬

‫ﺳﻮﺍﻝ ﻫﺎ‪:‬‬ ‫؟‬

‫ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺍﺯ ﺻﻨﻒ‪:‬‬

‫‪G10 Fasli (1).indd 8‬‬ ‫‪8/15/2011 3:56:00 PM‬‬

‫ﻳﺎ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﺔ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ‬ ‫‪Map distance‬‬ ‫‪= Scale‬‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﺭﺍﺿﻰ‬

‫‪G10 Fasli (1).indd 9‬‬ ‫‪8/15/2011 3:56:01 PM‬‬

‫‪0‬‬ ‫‪20‬‬ ‫‪40‬‬ ‫‪60‬‬ ‫‪80‬‬ ‫‪100 km‬‬

‫ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺻﻨﻒ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -2‬ﻣﻘﻴﺎﺱ ‪ 1:205000‬ﭼﻪ ﻣﻔﻬﻮﻡ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ؟‬

‫ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺍﺯ ﺻﻨﻒ‪ :‬ﺷﺎﮔﺮﺩﺍﻥ ﻣﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻰ ﺳﻪ ﺳﻮﺍﻝ‬

‫‪G10 Fasli (1).indd 10‬‬ ‫‪8/15/2011 3:56:01 PM‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ (6‬ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺭﻧﮓ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ‬

‫ﺁﻳﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺭﻧﮓ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﻣﻔﻴﺪ ﺍﺳﺖ؟‬

‫‪G10 Fasli (1).indd 11‬‬ ‫‪8/15/2011 3:56:02 PM‬‬

‫ﺁﻳﺎ ﺟﻬﺎﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﭼﻄﻮﺭ ﺗﻌﻴﻦ ﻣﻴﺘﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ؟‬

‫‪G10 Fasli (1).indd 12‬‬ ‫‪8/15/2011 3:56:02 PM‬‬